1000 Chemical Formulas - Unlocked

1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS
ANY INFORMATION : 315-2814868 ING. ENRIQUE CABAL.
CHEMICAL FORMULAS
001) SHAMPOO BASE FORMULA INGREDIENTS

002) SHAMPOO ALERT
003) PANTENE PRO-V SHAMPOO
004) SHAMPOO II & S (HEAD AND SHOULDER)
005) SUNZILK SHAMPOO
006) PERT PLUS SHAMPOO
007) NATURAL ALOE VERA SHAMPOO
008) SHAMPOO OF THE 7 HERBS
009) COLLAGEN SHAMPOO
010) NATURAL SHAMPOO OF RUM AND EGG
011) CHAMOMILE SHAMPOO
012) PETROLEUM SHAMPOO
013) MEDICATED VITAMINIZED SHAMPOO
014) COCONUT SHAMPOO
015) HERBAL SHAMPOO
016) ROSEMARY AND CINCHONA SHAMPOO
017) NATURAL PLACENTA SHAMPOO
018) SUPER SOFT SHAMPOO FOR BABIES
019) PROFESSIONAL SHAMPOO FOR HAIR
020) CAR SHAMPOO
021) PLACENTA CONDITIONER AND RECONSTITUTING AGENT
022) ANTI-SEBORRHEIC HAIR LOTION
023) ANTI-DANDRUFF - ANTISEBORRHEIC CREAM
024) CREAM FOR WARTS AND CALLUSES
025) LOTION BASE
026) AFTER-SHAVE COLOGNE
027) COSMETIC ALCOHOL 1
028) ALCOHOL COSMETIC Shampoo children (does not sting the eyes)
029) ANTISEPTIC ALCOHOL
030) ROSE WATER
031) ANTISEPTIC WATER
032) ROSE WATER (ASTRINGENT PERFUME)
033) 70º ANTISEPTIC ALCOHOL.
034) 60º COSMETIC ALCOHOL
Page 1
035) DEODORIZED PERFUMERY ALCOHOL
036) CLOVE EXTRACT
037) ALCOHOL FIXATIVE GEL
038) WET GEL IN WATER
039) CRYSTALLIZED GEL
040) MOISTURIZING HAND CREAMS
041) TURTLE CREAM (NIGHT)
042) PLACENTA CREAM
043) DERMATOLOGICAL CREAM
044) LACTIC CREAM FOR PIMPLES AND BLACKHEADS
045) COLLAGEN CREAM
046) VENUS FOOD CREAM FOR THE SKIN
047) NOURISHING NIGHT CREAM
048) SLIMMING CREAM
049) UNDERARM CREAM (DEODORANT)
050) BALDNESS CREAM
051) HAIR STRAIGHTENING CREAM
052) MEDICINAL CREAM FOR RHEUMATISM
053) SPECIAL NATURAL SKIN CREAM
054) TALCUM POWDER MEXANA
055) TO GRADUALLY BLACKEN THE HAIR
056) FIXING LACQUER
057) RINSE CONDITIONER
058) WASHING SOAP
059) BATH SOAP
060) VARELA COCONUT SOAP
061) JONSON OATMEAL SOAP
062) LIQUID HAND SOAP (PLAIN)
063) ANTIBACTERIAL LIQUID HAND AND BODY SOAP
064) DEGREASING SOAP
065) INDUSTRIAL BAIT
066) ANTIBACTERIAL SURGICAL SOAP
067) AJAX POWDER
068) AXION DISHWASHER
069) CLEAN
070) DRY FABRIC STAIN REMOVER
071) SOFFLAN SOFTENER
072) FABULOUS
073) SAMPIC AIR FRESHENER FOR FLOORS
074) LIQUID AIR FRESHENER (SPRITE)
075) TOOTHPASTE
Page 2
076) MOUTHWASH
077) JONSON OIL
078) BITUMEN PASTE
079) SELF-SHINING RED WAX (LIQUID)
080) CONCENTRATED STAIN REMOVER FOR FLOORS
081) GREASY FLOOR WAX IN STICK FORM
082) LAUNDRY DISINFECTANT
083) ROSEMARY TINCTURE
084) REMOVE ENAMEL
085) CHLORINE
086) LIQUID AIR FRESHENER
087) FLOOR DISINFECTANT
088) LIQUID GLASS CLEANER
089) ACID FOR GRANITE FLOORS
090) LIQUID DISHWASHING SOAP
091)LAUNDRY SHAMPOO
092) FOOT POWDER
093) LIQUID BODY SOAP
094) FIXATIVE HAIR GEL
095) BABY OIL
096) LANDERS ENAMEL REMOVER
097) LIQUID HAND SOAP
098) PERFUMERY AND FINE LOTIONS
099) WOOD FURNITURE CLEANER
100) GREASE AND GRIME REMOVER
101) SCALE REMOVER FOR THE BATHROOM
102) SKIN CREAM
103) GENERIC CREMADENTAL
104) CREMADENTAL GENERICA1
107) CASTILE LIQUID SOAP
108) WOOD RESTORER AND CLEANER
109) RAG TREATERS
110) RED OIL TYPE 3M
111) SOAP MADE WITH USED OIL (1)
112) SOAP MADE WITH USED OIL (2)
113) CAMPHOR BELL PEPPER LINIMENT
114) TIGER OINTMENT
115) CAPSITRIN TYPE FRICTION
116) CAMPHOCIN TYPE THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE OIL
Page 3
117) MASSAGE OIL TO ACTIVATE CIRCULATION
118) CELL REGENERATING MASSAGE OIL
119) MASSAGE OIL FOR SKIN CARE
120) APHRODISIAC MASSAGE OIL
121) HONEY TREATMENT FOR DAMAGED HAIR
122) HERBAL HONEY HAIR CONDITIONER
123) PAPER AND CARDBOARD ADHESIVE
124) ADHESIVE FOR P.V.C.
125) GLUE 1 TO ELABORATE GLUE
126) ANTICORROSIVE FORMULA (2)
127) CORROSION INHIBITORS IN OIL
128) ANTIPERSPIRANT STICK
129) OATS SOAP
130) OATMEAL SOAP (2)
131) UNIVERSAL POLISH (BRILLAMETAL)
132) BEESWAX CREAM FOR HANDS
133) RUBOR
134) MAKE-UP REMOVER CREAM
135) ALTERNATIVES FOR HAIR DYES
136) RED SHADES
137) TO COVER GRAY HAIR
138) TO DARKEN HAIR
139) SKIN ASTRINGENT(1)
142) ASTRINGENT FOR THE SKIN(4)
143) BODY DEODORANT (1)
144) CARPET DEODORIZER
145) BAKING SODA REINFORCED GLUE
BAKING SODA AND KOLA REINFORCED GLUE
LOKA ( OR SIMILAR)
146) HOUSEHOLD CLEANING
147) PERSONAL HYGIENE
148) HEALTH
149) GASTRONOMY
150) SMELLS
151) BEE OR OTHER INSECT STINGS
152) CLEANING POWDER FOR THE KITCHEN
153) LOW ACID COFFEE
154) WATER SOFTENING
155) LESS ACIDIC TOMATO SAUCES
Page 4
156) SUBSTITUTE HONEY FOR SUGAR
157) ODOR REDUCTION -SODIUM BICARBONATE OF SODA
158) ECOLOGICAL CLEANERS
159) FORMULAS FOR GENERAL CLEANING
160) BICARBONATE SOLUTION
161) MESCLA DE SOSA
162) SODA MIXTURE(2)
163) AIR FRESHENER
164) GLASS CLEANER
165) HAND CLEANER (PAINT OR GREASE)
166) SCOURING POWDER
167) DRAIN PIPE CLEANER
168) INTERIOR CLEANER
169) SANITARY CLEANER
170) TUB AND TILE CLEANERS
171) KITCHEN DEGREASER
172) AROMATIZER FOR GARBAGE BINS
173) TREATMENT FOR DAMAGED HAIR
174) HONEY AND POLLEN SHAMPOO
175) HONEY-HERBAL HAIR CONDITIONER
176) PEANUT BUTTER
177) CAR WAX
178) WHITE SAIL
179) STEARIN CANDLES
180) BASS CANDLES
181) ECONOMICAL CANDLE FORMULA
182) VARIOUS CANDLES
183) FURNITURE WAX
184) WAX FOR DARK WOOD
185) ODORLESS WAX
186) OAK FURNITURE WAX
187) WAX FOR WATER STAIN TREATMENT
188) SOLID PERFUME
189) COMMERCIAL CHLORINE
190) SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE
191) CEMENT AND CONCRETE
192) LIQUID DEGREASER
193) GEL DEGREASER
194) UNIVERSAL DEGREASER
195) DEGREASER FOR MECHANICS.
196) IODIZED ALCOHOL
Page 5
197) ANTIBACTERIAL GEL
198) SPRAY DISINFECTANT
199) INDUSTRIAL CHLORINE
200) NATURAL DEODORANT
201) ALUM DEODORANT
202) ANTIPERSPIRANT STICK
203) BODY DEODORANT (1)
204) CARPET DEODORIZER
205) LIQUID DETERGENT TYPE PLUS COLOR
206) FOR HEADACHES
207) FRUITY CAR AIR FRESHENER
208) LAVENDER AIR FRESHENER ON CARDS FOR VEHICLES
209) FORMULA FOR BOXER GLUE
210) SNAIL REPELLENT
211) CLEANER FOR SANITARY FEE
212) ECOLOGICAL CLEANER
213) AIR FRESHENER FOR THE ENVIRONMENT
214) GLASS STAIN REMOVER
215) FAT REMOVER
216) ORAL ASTRINGENT
217) RECIPE FOR GINGIVITIS
218) SOLDERING FLUX OR OINTMENT
219) LIQUID FLUX FOR TIN SOLDERING
220) LIQUID FLUX MICRO SOLDERING FLUX
221) CAPSICUM AND CAMPHOR LINIMENT
222) CAPSITRIN OINTMENT
223) ANTIBACTERIAL TEA GEL
224) BATH GEL
225) LIQUID TO MAKE SOAP BUBBLES
226) LEATHER GOODS CURATOR
227) COLD OINTMENT
228) LIPSTICK FOR DRY LIPS
229) ANTI BACTERIAL MOUTHWASH
230) POLISHER /armorall type/ 1
231) LIQUID CARPET CLEANER
232) FABRIC SOFTENER
233) RECIPES AGAINST COCKROACHES
234) BIOLOGICAL COCKROACH KILLER
235) COCKROACH CONTROL AND ERADICATION
236) INSECTICIDE FOR MOSQUITOES
237) TOILET SOAP BAR
Page 6
238) OATMEAL SOAP (2)
239) LIQUID FLOOR CLEANER TYPE FABULOUS
240) INSECT REPELLENT SOAP
241) LIQUID SOAP
242) SULFUR SOAP
243) COFFEE SOAP
244) OATMEAL SOAP ANOTHER WAY
245) HANDMADE SOAP PREPARATIONS
246) SOAP MADE FROM USED OIL
247) SOAP MADE WITH USED OIL (OTHER FORMULA)
248) LIQUID HAND SOAP
249) LIQUID HAND SOAP (OTHER FORMULATION)
250) GREASE CLEANER FOR MECHANICS
251)ADDITIVES FOR HANDMADE SOAPS
252)LIQUID YIELDING SOAP
253)FORMULATION FOR P.V.C. CLEANER
254)BLACK SHOE CREAM (BITUMEN)
255)MOLDING COMPOUND
256)PLASTYLIN
257)PLAY DOOUGH TYPE PLAY DOUGH
258)COLORED PLASTICINE
259)TEXTURIZING PASTE
260)ENDURED (GLUE)
261)FABRIC STIFFENERS
262)COLD PORCELAIN
263)GYPSUM PASTE
264)MARBLE PASTE
265)FILIGREE PASTE
266)CEMENT PASTE
267)CARDBOARD PULP
268)PAPER MACHE
269)FAST DOUGH
270)TERRACOTTA-LIKE DOUGH
271)BREAD CRUMB DOUGH
272)CHALK MASS
273)STONE PASTE
274)INDUSTRIAL GREASE
275)FAST DRYING GLUE FOR CARDBOARD
276)FORMULATION FOR RUBBER GLUE
277)THICK CARDBOARD GLUE
278)PAPER AND CARDBOARD ADHESIVE
Page 7
279)MAKING HOMEMADE GLUE
280)ADHESIVE FOR P.V.C. AND CHLORINATED CPVC
281)PERFUMERY AND FINE LOTIONS
282)FLORAL COLOGNE
283)NATURAL PERFUME
284)GENERIC PERFUMES
285)ESSENCES FOR PERFUMING THE BATHROOM
286)AFTERSHAVE LOTION
287)SOLID PERFUME
288)CAMPHOR ALCOHOL
289)FOR MOSQUITO BITES
290)MOSQUITO REPELLENT (2)
291)INSECT REPELLENT SOAP
292)BEE STINGS OR OTHER INSECT STINGS
293)JUDEA BITUMEN
294)ANILINE
295)STUCO
296)WOOD PROTECTOR
297)MATTE PLASTIC PAINT
298)CLEAR VEHICLE LACQUER
299)COLORED LACQUER PAINT
300)FAST DRYING, POLISHABLE WOOD FILLER
301)SHELLAC FINISH
302)NOPAL PAINT
303)DOMESTIC ENAMEL, OR OIL-BASED PAINT
304)ECONOMIC OR POPULAR PAINTING
305)WATER-BASED VINYL PAINTS
306)PROSTATE RECIPES
037)CREAM FOR MINOR BURNS
308)COPPER AND BRASS STAIN REMOVER
309)PAPER RECYCLING
310)COLD OINTMENT
311)COLD OINTMENT
312)ORAL SERUM
313)ALOE VERA SHAMPOO
314)RECIPES WITH ALOE VERA TINCTURE
315)ALOE VERA OR ALOE VERA TINCTURE
316)ASTRINGENT DRYING POWDER
317)MASTER FORMULA TALCUM POWDER FOR FEET
318)MENTHOLATED FOOT POWDER FORMULA
319)NATURAL ALCOHOL
Page 8
320)TE CHAI 2
321)TE CHAI 3
322)ICE TEA
323)WINE VINEGAR
324)VINEGAR WITH HERBS
325)ROSEMARY VINEGAR
326)VINEGARS WITH AROMATIC HERBS
327)BASIC LOTION
328) ERADICATE DISEASES.
329)INSECT BITES
330)SUN EXPOSURE BURNS
331)MINOR BURNS
332)ARTHRITIS AND RHEUMATISM
333)HYPERTENSION (HIGH BLOOD PRESSURE)
334)HOW TO FIX COLORS ON CLOTHES
335)BEAUTIFY YOUR AZALEAS AND GARDENIAS
336)ELIMINATE GRASS AND WEEDS
337)USES OF VINEGAR
338)VINEGAR
339)STINGS
340)THERMOACTIVE GEL AIR FRESHENER
341)AIR FRESHENER PASTE
342)AIR FRESHENER
343)SCENTED AIR FRESHENER
344)GLYCERIN TOILET SOAP BASE
345)BITUMEN WITH SILICONE
346)SELF-GLOSSY FLOOR WAX
347)EMULSIFIED FLOOR WAX WITH FRAGRANCES
348)AUTO GLOSSY GEL WAX FOR AUTOMOBILES
349)ANTISEIZE PASTE WAX FOR WOOD
350)COUNTERFEIT DETECTION INK
351)FORMULA FOR THE PREPARATION OF DETERSIN-K
352)FORMULA FOR DETERSIN-CR
353)INDUSTRIAL HAND DEGREASER CREAM
354)DEGREASER FOR ENGINES AND INDUSTRIAL PARTS
355)FORMULAS FOR THE COLBON
356)FORMULAS FOR QUICK-DRYING COLBON
357)THICK GLUE FOR CARDBOARD
358)FORMULA FOR YELLOW SOLUTION
359)FLOOR WAX TYPE LBD
360)SCARLET WAX FORMULA
Page 9
361)FORMULA FOR VINYLS IN WATER
362)PAINTING TYPE (B)
363)PAINTING TYPE (C)
364)POPULAR PAINTING
365)FINE PAINTS FOR FACADES
366)PAINT FOR PLATING BACKGROUNDS
367)FIBER CEMENT WHITE PAINT
368)FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE
369)SLIGHTLY THIXOTROPIC GLOSS PAINT
370)INTERIOR MATTE PAINT
371)WASH RESISTANT INTERIOR PAINT.
372)INTERIOR PAINTING WITH COARSE PAPER EFFECT
373)GRAY CONCRETE FLOOR PAINT
374)MATTE PLASTIC PAINT
375)DRYING WOOD FILLER
376)COARSE TROWEL PLASTERING
377)CURRENT GRANIPLAS FORMULA
378)FINE SPATULA PLASTERING
379)COARSE SPLASH PLASTERING
380)COARSE PLASTER
381)FRICTION COATING
382)ROLLER PLASTERING
383)BRUSH PLASTERING
384)CORROSION-RESISTANT METAL BASE
385)FORMULA FOR ECONOMIC GRANIPLAS
386)FORMULATION FOR P.V.C. GLUE. (2)
387)FORMULATION FOR P.V.C. CLEANER(2)
388)BASE FOR WALLS BEFORE APPLYING GRANIPLAS
389)CLEAR VEHICLE LACQUER
390)COLORED LACQUER
391)LIQUID "NEUTRAL" CAR WAX
392)CAR WAX IN PASTE "NEUTRAL".
393)DETERGENT POWDER BASE
394)ECONOMICAL DETERGENT POWDER FORMULATION
395)FORMULA FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF VARIOUS CANDLES
396)POPULAR ECONOMIC FORMULA (CANDLES)
397)STEARIN CANDLES
398)WHITE PINE SCENTED CANDLE
399)REFINED BAIT CANDLES
400)SMOLDERING CANDLE WICKS
401)ORMULA TO AVOID DRIPPING CANDLES
Page 10
402)FORMULATION FOR ANTICORROSIVES IN OIL
403)OTHER ANTICORROSIVE FORMULATION
404)DOMESTIC SMALTE, OR OIL-BASED PAINT
405)MASSAGE OIL REDUCER
406)JOHNSON TYPE OIL
407)HAIR STRAIGHTENER
408)DEPILATORY WAX
409)NOURISHING CREAM WITH COLLAGEN AND ELASTIN
410)MULTI-VITAMIN HAND AND BODY CREAM
411)ANTIPERSPIRANT CREAM DEODORANT
412)MOUTHWASH
413)COSMETIC NAIL POLISH
414)EXTRA STRONG GEL FIXATIVE WITH SILICONE
415)FROSTING GEL OR COSMETIC MURANO GEL
416)HOT OR COLD LIPOREDUCING GEL
417)COSMETIC AND RELAXING MASSAGE GEL
418)MEDICINAL TOILET SOAP
419)HAIR LOTION AGAINST DANDRUFF
420)BODY MOISTURIZER
421)MASK FOR WRINKLES
422)MIMETIZATION WITH PIGMENTS
423)ANTI-CELLULITE OINTMENT
424)SULFUR AND GLISERIN OINTMENT
425)MENTHOLATED OINTMENT
426)CUTICLE REMOVER FOR NAILS
427)RINSE
428)2 IN 1 SHAMPOO
429)ANTI-DANDRUFF SHAMPOO
430)SHAMPOO FOR NORMAL HAIR WITH PANTHENOL
431)FRIZZ ACTIVATOR SPRAY
432)FLAVORED TALCUM POWDER
433)ANTICORROSIVE FOR CAR BODIES (ASPHALTING)
434)DISHWASHING DETERGENT POWDER
435)POWDER FOR BATHTUBS AND SINKS.
436)CHEWING REPELLENT
437)LOOSENS NUTS
438)WALL CLEANER
439)DISINFECTANT DETERGENT BASED ON AMMONIA
440)PATOJITO CONCENTRATED LIQUID CHLORINE BLEACH
441)METAL DEGREASER
442)CARPET AND RUG CLEANER
Page 11
443)RADIATOR COOLANT
444)ALGAECIDE FOR SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER TANKS
445)INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER
446)FLOOR CLEANER WITH DISINFECTANT EFFECT
447)CHLORINATED SWIMMING POOL CLEANER
448)CHLORINATED SWIMMING POOL CLEANER GERMICIDE
449)ORGANIC, DEGRADABLE WASHING POWDER DETERGENT
450)POWDERED CONCRETE FLOOR CLEANER.
451)SOLID FIRE
452)CHLORINE POWDER
453) GLASS GREASE REMOVER
454)WOOD STAIN REMOVER
455)WOOD CLEANER RED
456)LIQUID DISHWASHING LIQUID WITH COCONUT OIL
457)POWDERED METAL CLEANER
458)SILVER PASTE CLEANER
459)SHAMPOO NORMAL HAIR
460)SHAMPOO FOR CHILDREN (DOES NOT STING THE EYES)
461)CHAMOMILE SHAMPOO
462)EGG SHAMPOO
463)ROSEMARY SHAMPOO
464)ALOE VERA SHAMPOO
465)SHAMPOO FOR DRY HAIR
466)SHAMPOO FOR GREASY HAIR
467)HAIR RINSE
468)CREAM BATH
469)MENTHOL FOOT CREAM
470)MUSCULAR FRICTIONAL
471)CHINESE MENTHOL
472)VASELIN
473)DEPILATORY CREAM
474)MASSAGE CREAM
475) FOR INTERNAL CLEANING OF GASOLINE ENGINES 476) QUICK GLUE FOR
RUBBER, GLASS, METAL, WOOD 477) PASTE TO AVOID PUNCTURES
478)METAL GLUE
479)GLUE POWDER
480)GLASS POLISH
481)SEAWATER
482)COCKROACH AND INSECT REPELLENT
483)CHAIN AND PADLOCK LUBRICANT
Page 12
484)WAX FOR HEAVY DUTY FLOORS
485)FLOOR WAX "RED" HEAVY DUTY
486) FLOOR WAX "GREEN
487)SUPER GLOSS FLOOR WAX
488)LIQUID METAL CLEANER
489)SINK CLEANER
490)PORCELAIN CLEANER
491)CERAMIC CLEANER
492)CLEANER FOR AIR CONDITIONERS
493)PIPE UNCLOGGER (CAUSTIC - LIQUID)
494)PIPE UNCLOGGER (CAUSTIC - SOLID)
495)PIPE UNCLOGGER (ACID - LIQUID)
496)RADIATOR CLEANER
497)LIQUID CONCRETE FLOOR STRIPPER
498)EXTRA CAR SHAMPOO
499)CARBURETOR INTERNAL CLEANER
500)DENICKELATOR
501)FREEZING
502)LAVENDER AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT
503)FLORAL AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT
504)LEMON AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT:
505)APPLE AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT
506)DISINFECTANT CITRONELLA AIR FRESHENER
507)PINE AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT
508)CITRONELLA DISINFECTANT (OTHER FORMULA):
509)MULTIPURPOSE DISINFECTANT
510)BATHROOM FRESHENER, LAVENDER
511)FLORAL BATH FRESHENER
512)LEMON BATH FRESHENER
513)APPLE BATH FRESHENER
514)GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH LAVENDER SPRAY:
515)GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH FLORAL SPRAY:
516)GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH LEMON SPRAY:
517)GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH AN APPLE SPRAYER
518) LAVENDER AIR FRESHENER BAR FOR VEHICLES
519)AIR FRESHENER BAR FOR VEHICLES FLORAL
520)AIR FRESHENER BAR FOR VEHICLES LEMON
Page 13
521)AIR FRESHENER BASE
*************************************************************************************** **************
001- FORMULA FOR SHAMPOO BASE INGREDIENTS: Quantity for 6 liters: 1.

Demineralized water 6 liters 2. Texapon N-70 600 grams (or Texapon 40, 2,500 grams) 3.
Comperland K-D 150 grams 4. Pure methyl paraben 3.5 grams 5. Sodium methyl paraben
3.5 grams 6. Sodium chloride (salt) 250 grams (or to taste) 7. Citric acid 2.5 grams 8.
Boric Acid 1.5 grams PROCEDURE: In a container with capacity for 6 liters, fill it half full
of water, then add the Texapon 70 and dilute it in the water with your hands until it
disappears and the mixture is without residue, once this is achieved add the Comperland
K-D and stir gently with a wooden or P.V.C. utensil. until the products are well mixed.
Then in a separate plastic container, add two (2) liters of water, plus the Sodium
Chloride, Citric Acid, Boric Acid and stir this mixture well. Then in a separate plastic
container, add the remaining water (1 liter) plus the Methyl Paraben and the Sodium
Methyl Paraben and stir this mixture well, finally take the last two mixtures and add them
to the first mixture under continuous agitation until it reaches the desired thickness. This
mixture is called shampoo base. NOTE: If the shampoo base lacks more viscosity or
thickness, add another little bit of Sodium Chloride (salt) proportionally (i.e. in small
quantities). To measure the degree or PH of the Shampoo base, we use a Peaclimeter
from 1 to 10 or from 1 to 11 or a degree thermometer for chemical products. And the
base grade shall be 5 degrees minimum to 8 degrees maximum. To test this mixture, the
certificate of analysis, we introduce in the base the Peaclimeter or the Thermometer. And
it will give us the desired result. If the base is upgraded, it is because he added more
than enough chemicals to the formulation. In order not to lose the base, we add any of
the following components: Trictalonamine or Citric Acid in small amounts until we
observe that the base drops in degrees. If the product's PH is altered, it can cause hair
loss. Or if the base is downgraded, it is because you have added less chemicals to the
formulation, leave the base like this, there is no problem when using it on the scalp, the
certificate
Page 14
The analysis report they issue on the product is that it is of low quality. NOTE: When
Texapon 70 is used in the formula, it must be diluted with the hands, if it is Texapon 40,
there is no need to dilute it since this product is liquid.
2. SHAMPOO CLASSES THAT COME OUT OF THIS BASE Shampoo ALERT: Formula for
12 liters of base. INGREDIENTS
3. a) Zinc pyrinitione 1.5 grams b) Anionic surfactant 50 grams c) Natural Ernolient 20
grams d) Genamin Conditioner 50 grams e) Glycerin 50 grams f) Preservative (ascorbic
acid) 10 grams g) Vegetable sky blue color 2.5 grams h) American floral fragrance 20
grams PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir and ready.
4. PANTENE PRO-V SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 2 LITERS OF BASE: a) Provitamin B-5

Complex 16.5 grams b) Vitamin E 16.5 grams c) Genamin 8 grams d) Anionic surfactant
10 grams e) Dimethicone 150 grams f) Euperland 100 grams g) Preservative (acd asc) 1.5
grams h) Dipanthenol 600 grams or to taste PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with
the previous base, stir well until the products are well mixed, pack quickly in plastic
containers for shampoo and ready.
5. SHAMPOO II Y S (HEAD AND SHOULDER) FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

Zinc Pinthionate 60 grams b) Anionic surfactant 50 grams c) Genamin 50 grams d)
Cocoamide 15 grams e) PH Stabilizer 1 gram f) Glycerin 50 grams g) Preservative (acd
asc) 10 grams h) Vegetable sky blue color 2.5 grams i) Muss U.S.A. Fragrance 20 grams
or to taste PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the previous base, stir well and
ready.
6. SUNZILK SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE a) Pro-vitamin B-5 100

grams b) Vitamin E 100 grams c) Anionic surfactant 50 grams d) Amphoteric surfactant
30 grams e) Genamin 50 grams
3. f) Euperland (Pearlescent) 250 grams g) Vegetable mint green color 2.5 grams i)
Vicosante 30 grams j) Sequestrant (or planteren) 25 grams k) Pantyl fragrance 50 grams
PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir well and ready.
6. SHAMPOO PERT PLUS FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)
Page 15
Anionic surfactant 50 grams b) Viscosant 30 grams c) Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams d)
Vitamin E 100 grams e) Ascorbic acid 10 grams f) Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams g)
Genamin 50 grams h) Green apple vegetable color 2.5 grams i) Pert-Plus Extract 50
grams PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the previous base, stir well and ready.
7. NATURAL SHAMPOO - ALABIA SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

Aloe extract 4 ounces (88 grams) b) Peculiar H-80 30 grams c) Anionic surfactant 50
grams d) Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams e) Genamin 50 grams f) Euperland or Pearlescent
250 grams g) Vegetable mint green color 2.5 grams PREPARATION: Mix these
ingredients with the base, stir and ready. NOTE: This shampoo serves to revive the hair
follicles, preventing hair loss and also gives softness to the hair.
8. 7 HERBS SHAMPOO INGREDIENTS: FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Herbal

Extract 22 grams b) Aloe Extract 5 grams c) Chamomile Extract 5 grams d) Wheat Germ
Extract 5 grams e) Rosemary Extract 5 grams f) Nettle Extract 10 grams g) Cinchona
Extract 3 grams h) Vitamin E 50 grams
4. i) Vegetable mint green color 2.5 grams j) Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams k)
Genamin conditioner 50 grams PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir
well and ready, NOTE: This shampoo is used to prevent hair loss, fights hair loss,
moisturizes and strengthens the hair root.
9. COLLAGEN SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Collagen Extract 5

ounces (110 grams) b) Active Amphoteric Tense 30 grams c) Polyquar H-80 15 grams d)
Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams e) Vitamin E 100 grams f) D-Yquar-A 10 grams g) Vegetable
Sky Blue Color 2.5 grams h) Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams i) Shampoo Fragrance
20 grams PREPARATION: Mix well the ingredients with the base, stir well and ready.
NOTE: This shampoo is used to remove scalp irritations, gives stability and security and
enhances the hair.
10. NATURAL RUM & EGG SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Rum
Extract 4 ounces (88 grams) b) 5 beaten egg yolks c) Vitamin C. 10 grams d) Anionic
surfactant 50 grams e) Cocoamide 15 grams f) Egg yellow vegetable color 2.5 grams g)
Page 16
Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams h) Genamin or conditioner 50 grams
PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir well and ready. NOTE: This
shampoo is used to give silkiness and shine to the hair.
11.CHAMOMILE SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Chamomile Extract 5

ounces b) Anionic surfactant 50 grams c) Genamin 50 grams d) D-ycuar-A 30 grams e)
Euperland or pearlescent 250 grams f) Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams g) Apple green
vegetable color 2.5 grams
5. PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir and ready. NOTE: This
shampoo is suitable for blond hair and also gives shine to the hair.
PETROLEUM SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Crude oil extract 200
grams b) Resin oil 50 grams c) Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams d) Vitamin E 100 grams e)
Active amphoteric surfactant 30 grams f) Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams g)
Vegetable chocolate brown color 2.5 grams h) Genamine conditioner 50 grams
shampoo works for dry hair that lacks nutrients, revives hair follicles, prevents hair loss
and also works for black hair.
13. MEDICATED VITAMINIZED SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

Vitamin E 100 grams b) Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams c) Vitamin C 10 grams d) Vitamin B-6
20 grams e) Placenta Fil 5 ampules f) Anionic active stenso 50 grams g) Glycerin 50
grams h) Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams i) Fragrance for shampoo Tara Americano
20 grams j) Genamin 50 grams k) Ultra-mar blue vegetable color 2.5 grams
shampoo serves to awaken hair follicles, fertilize the scalp, deflates connective tissues,
controls dandruff and increases hair growth.
14.COCONUT SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Coconut Extract 4

ounces (88 grams) b) D-ycuar-E 30 grams c) Anionic Surfactant 50 grams d) Conditioning
Genmin 50 grams e) Pro-vitamin B-5 100 grams f) Vitamin E 100 grams g) Plantaren 50
grams h) Euperland or Pearlescent 500 grams PREPARATION: We mix these ingredients
with the base, stir well and ready.
6. NOTE: This Shampoo serves to grow the hair, it increases it, it moisturizes the root so
that it follows its natural state.
Page 17
15. HERBAL SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Herbal extract 110
grams b) Glycerin 50 grams c) Soft anionic active tense s50 grams d) Polyquar H-80 30
grams e) Conditioning genamin 50 grams f) Vitamin E 100 grams g) Lemon green
vegetable color 2.5 grams h) Euperland or Pearlescent PREPARATION: Mix these
ingredients with the base, stir well and ready. NOTE: This shampoo helps to maintain the
hair's natural shine, hydrates (moisturizes) and controls dandruff.
16. ROSEMARY AND QUINE SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: A)

Rosemary Extract 3 ounces (66 grams) b) Quina Extract 2 ounces (44 grams) c) Wheat
Germ 20 grams d) Anionic Active Tenso 50 grams e) Genamin 50 grams f) Pro-vitamin B-
5 100 grams g) Euperland or Pearlescent 250 grams h) Vegetable Black Color 2.5 grams
PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir and ready. NOTE: This
shampoo is suitable for black hair, it enhances, shines and covers gray hair.
17. FORMULA FOR NATURAL PLACENTA SHAMPOO TO BE ELABORATED IN 4 LITERS

OF SHAMPOO BASE. INGREDIENTS: 1. Placenta extract 58 grams 2. Placentafil 2 grams
3. Provitamin V5 15 grams 4. Vitamin E 15 grams 5. Genamin 10 grams 6. Texapon
pearlescent 150 grams 7. Vegetable yellow or vegetable blue color 1.5 grams 8. Shampoo
Fragrance 10 grams or to taste PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir
well and ready.
NOTE: This shampoo serves to revitalize the hair root while opening the pores so that
the sebaceous gland receives the natural flow preventing hair loss.
18. SUPER SOFT BABY SHAMPOO INGREDIENTS: a) Tegobetine 1-7 33 grams b) Pure
methyl paraben 0.2 grams c) Pure propyl paraben 0.15 grams d) Citric Acid 0.13 grams e)
Carbocemethyl cellulose C.M.C. 1.5 grams f) Mediamide C-90 2 grams PREPARATION:
Mix these ingredients with the base, stir well, pack quickly and ready.
19. PROFESSIONAL HAIR SHAMPOO FORMULA INGREDIENTS: 1. Genapol 250 grams

2. Genamid 30 grams 3.
Cocoamido propylbetuin or amphoteric 90 grams 4. Texapon pearlescent 40 grams 5.
Sodium methyl paraben 2 grams 6. Ethylene diamine tetraacetate or edta 3 grams 7.
Vitamin E 10 grams 8. Sodium chloride (salt) 30 grams 9. Fragrance for fruity or floral
shampoo 2 grams or to taste. 10. H20 583 grams 11. Vegetable coloring = 0.5 grams or to
taste or any color PREPARATION: In a plastic container add the genapol, the enfotero
and the pearly Texapon and stir gently this mixture. Then add the water with the methyl
sodium and stir well until the products are well mixed, then add the genamid and all the
other ingredients and stir.
20. SHAMPOO FOR CARS INGREDIENTS: 1) Water 111 liters 2) Texapon N70 6 kilos 3)
C.M.C. extra 1.500 grms 4) Sodium chloride 50 grms 5) Stone salt 100 grms 6) Hydrolyzed
Page 18
ammonium 100 grms 7) Bronuidox 50 grms Methyl sodium 50 grms 9) Liquid silicone 15
grms 10) Vegetable coloring 5 grms or to taste 11) Fruit or flower extract 50 grms
PREPARATION: In a plastic container, add half of the water and dissolve the c.m.c., Then
add the ammonia, the sodium chloride and the stone salt and stir this mixture well; in the
other half of the water, add the ammonia, the sodium chloride and the stone salt and stir
this mixture well.
8. Dissolve the texapon until the mixture is free of residues, then add the bromidox, the
fragrance and the color, mix the two mixtures under continuous agitation and it is ready.
21. PLACENTA HAIR CONDITIONER AND RESTORATIVE HAIR CONDITIONER

INGREDIENTS: 1. Triple stearic acid 75 grams 2. Lanec O. 18.5 grams 3. Cetyl alcohol
37.5 grams 4. Mineral Oil 100 grams 5. Eumulgin B-1 O b-2 25 GRAMS 6. Genamin or
Rinsol 100 grams 7. Glycerin 75 grams 8. Citric acid 2.5 grams 9. Natural Placenta
Extract 12.5 grams 10. Provitamin B-5 10 grams 11. Extract or fragrance for shampoo 5
grams 12. Vegetable color to taste 13. H20 2 liters PREPARATION: In an enamel or
pewter or aluminum container, add the first five ingredients and mix well, then in another
enamel or aluminum container add the remaining ingredients and put this mixture to
boil, when this happens (grass), remove from the fire, and take the first mixture and also
put it on the fire (slow) until the products are melted and the mixture is without residue,
remove from the fire and put the two hot mixtures together, under constant agitation,
until the products are melted and the mixture is without residue, remove from the fire
and put the two hot mixtures together, under constant agitation.Remove from the fire
and put it on the fire (slow) until the products melt and the mixture is without residues,
remove from the fire and join the two hot mixtures, under constant agitation, as the
mixture lowers the temperature, the Reconstituyente thickens, let it lower the
temperature, pack it and it is ready. NOTE: Adjust the PH between 3 to 6 with
citric acid. Use this product from root to tip, after washing hair with Placenta shampoo.
22. ANTI-SEBORRHEIC HAIR LOTION INGREDIENTS: 1. Betaine L-7 15 grams 2.

Panthenol 5 grams 3. Prolenalicol grams 4. Alcohol 96º. 40 grams 5. Water 100 grams 6.
Salicylic acid 5 grams PREPARATION: In a glass container, add the alcohol, betaine and
panatenol and dissolve these products and filter then add the remaining ingredients, stir
well and ready.
Proceed to packaging, use daily until positive results are seen.
23. ANTI-DANDRUFF - ANTISEBORRHEIC CREAM INGREDIENTS: 1. Panthenol 5 grams

2. Prolenalicol 5 grams 3. Alcohol 96º. 40 grams 4. Purified water 100 grams 5. Zinc
pyritonate 1 gram 6. Neomycin sulfate 1 gram 7. Cream base 100 grams PREPARATION:
In a laboratory or kitchen mortar, pulverize the zinc pintonato, if it is a fine gram, if it is
Page 19
liquid there is no need for this, apart in a plastic container we dissolve the panthenol in
the prolenalicol, then we join the two mixtures apart in an enameled or pyrethrum
container, we give it a smallWe give a small heating to the rest of the ingredients that
have not been mixed, remove from the fire and unite all the components under a
continuous agitation with a mixer.
24. CREAM FOR WARTS AND CORNS INGREDIENTS: 1. Lactic acid 10 grams 2. Salicylic
Acid 10 grams 3. Elastic collodion 80 grams 4. Cetyl alcohol 4 grams 5. Lanolin
anhydrous 10 grades 6. Neutral Vaseline 10 grams PREPARATION: In a pewter container
we dissolve the acids in the elastic collodion, to what has happened we take another
container of the same reference and we melt the rest of the ingredients to slow fire, to
what the mixture remains liquid we unite it with the first mixture under continuous
agitation until achieving its homogenization, then we pack quickly in a glass container.
METHOD OF APPLICATION: Apply this cream once a day on the affected area but before
applying it we take Vaseline and smear it around the affected area, i.e. the wart in order
to protect the skin from irritation using this cream.
25. FORMULA FOR LOTION BASE INGREDIENTS: a) Deodorized alcohol for perfumes
400 grams b) Propylene glycol 150 grams c)
Tween-80 80 grams d) Fragrance fixative (benzoin dye) 15 grams e) Aroma retainer
(almiscler or coumarin) 2 grams f) Glycerin 10 grams g) Pure lotion extract 150 grams
PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients in order in a glass container, stir well, until the
mixture is free of residue, cover and let stand for
10. space of a day (24 hours), the following day, we filter with filter paper if it is
necessary, that is to say, if the colony does not remain transparent but turbid. After 24
hours, we put it in the door of a refrigerator for 30 days or more, in order to give it
concentration, manceration and evaporation. In this process lies the success of a good
colony. NOTE: Ideally, the lotion should be left on for 20 days or more. OBSERVATION
ON THE LOTION: In the cooling state three important and indispensable things happen
in the lotion: 1. MANCERATION: It is what eliminates the oily residues in the lotion and at
the same time its crystallization. 2. EVAPORATION: This process prevents the lotion
from becoming alcoholic and stealing the lotion's fragrance. 3. CONCENTRATION: This
process allows the lotion to be more fragrant and last longer. NOTE: Measure the PH
with an alcoholometer and leave it in a neutral consistency from 1 to 10.
26. AFTERSHAVE COLOGNE INGREDIENTS: 1. Alcohol 5º. 1 kilo 2. Tween 80 3 c.c. 3.

Extract for cologne 3 c.c. 4. Perfume fixative 2 c.c. c.c.= cubic centimeters
PREPARATION: Mix the ingredients in order, stir well, let stand for 24 hours, filter if
necessary and put in a refrigerator door for eight (8) days or more. NOTE: Use glass
containers. FRAGRANCES FOR PERFUMES AND COLOGNES MEN WOMEN 360º.
Page 20
Bulgata Jans Pascalli Paloma Picasso Julio Iglesias Omarais de Chibenjui Eternit by
Kardin Klein Bedli Hill 273 Skaone by Kardin Klein Carolina Herrera Obsession Blue
Jeans Paddle - Temptation Xelius Carolina of England Infiniti Vinotauro Wat's Azzaro
Lapidus Oscar De La Renta etc.
27. COSMETIC ALCOHOL FORMULA INGREDIENTS:

11. a) 95º alcohol. 100 cubic centimeters b) Distilled water 65 cubic centimeters
PREPARATION: Mix both liquids, cover the container and shake it. Let it rest from one
day to the next. It is called cosmetic because it is odorless. When it is diluted, it is put in
a refrigerator from one day to the next. It is filtered with filter paper or white crepe paper.
Page 21
28. COSMETIC ALCOHOL How is it distilled? This alcohol is known as 60 proof alcohol,
for diluting very thick fragrances and diluting perfumes. PREPARATION: Mix the two, 95
proof alcohol and water, shake. Alcohols are not always liquid, they come in bars,
creams or flakes, and distilled water is used to dilute them.
29. FORMULA FOR ANTISEPTIC ALCOHOL INGREDIENTS: a) Alcohol 95º. 50 liters b)

Distilled water 21.5 liters PREPARATION: Mix the alcohol in water and stir well until it is
well mixed, cover quickly and let it stand in a cold place overnight.
30. FORMULA FOR MAKING WATER OF ROSES INGREDIENTS: a) Distilled water (hot
boiled) 1 liter b) Ethyl alcohol 1,000 cubic centimeters c) Essence of cloves c.s. 11/2
grams d) Rose extract q.s. 5 grams e) A pinch of magnesium carbonate PREPARATION:
Dilute the extracts in the alcohol, then add the rest of the ingredients and stir well. We
pack quickly in plastic containers. And that's it. SERVES: To remove the fat gland,
removing bacteria, fungus, stains produced by pregnancy. It is applied every night to
remove pimples and blackheads. After the bath, massages are done to remove cellulite.
It is the base for making shaving cream, for making perfumes. Medically perfumed.
31. ANTISEPTIC WATER INGREDIENTS: a) Zinc sulfate 300 grams b) Sodium chloride
(iodized or iodine-free) 150 grams c) Water 10 liters PREPARATION: These elements are
mixed well and ready.
32. ROSE WATER (ASTRINGENT PERFUME) a) Distilled water 1 kilo
12. b) Ethyl alcohol 100 cc. c) Rose extract 2.5 grams d) Clove extract 2 grams e) Tween
80 1 gram PREPARATION: Mix the ingredients slowly, stir, filter and leave it overnight for
packaging. NOTE: If we do not want a milky color, we reduce the formulation or the
quantity to the two extracts.
33. 70º ANTISEPTIC ALCOHOL. INGREDIENTS: a) Ethyl alcohol of 96º. 5,000 c.c. b)
Demineralized water 2,043 cc. PREPARATION: Mix and leave it overnight. Filter and then
pack. NOTE: To measure the alcohol content, we use the alcohol thermometer.
Page 22
determining its temperature (it is best to use an Alcoholmeter).
34. 60º COSMETIC ALCOHOL. INGREDIENTS: a) Ethyl alcohol 100 cc. b) Distilled water
90 c.c. c) Benzoin tincture PREPARATION: Mix the ingredients, shaking them thoroughly,
the next day it is filtered and packaged.
35. DEODORIZED ALCOHOL FOR PERFUMERY INGREDIENTS: a) Ethyl alcohol 125

liters b) Demineralized water 4 liters c) Chlorine 500 grams d) Lime 500 grams e) Olive oil
30 drops PREPARATION: We use dark glasses and a wet cloth in mouth and nose or
mask, we proceed to mix the demineralized water and ethyl alcohol, slowly adding the
chlorine, shake very well and let stand for 12 hours. After twelve hours, add 30 drops of
olive oil, stir well and let stand for another twelve hours. The following day it is filtered
and bottled in glass containers, since it is alcohol for perfume.
36. INGREDIENTS: a) Clove 10 grams b) Ethyl alcohol 500 cc.

13. PREPARATION: The clove is ground and then we throw it in the ethyl alcohol. This
mixture is bottled for 180 days. After six months it is filtered and we have the clove
extract. To obtain a higher quality extract, we add 250 c.c. before filtering. of cooking oil
to alcohol.
We proceed to packaging.
37. FORMULA FOR THE FIXING GEL IN ALCOHOL INGREDIENTS: a)

Polyvinylpyrrolidone (or luviscol K-30) 90 grams b) Ethyl alcohol 400 grams c)
Demineralized water 100 grams d) Carbopol 9-40 14 grams e) Triethanolamine 15 grams
f) Vegetable coloring to taste g) Extract or fragrance 10 grams PREPARATION: We take
the ethyl alcohol in a plastic container and dissolve the polyvinyl until it disappears, after
this we add all the other ingredients in parts and shake strongly with a blender or mixer
and proceed to pack and ready. NOTE: To obtain a good product, carbopol 9-40 should
be placed in the water one day in advance to allow it to grow, swell or increase.
38. FORMULA FOR WET GEL IN WATER INGREDIENTS: 1. Water 1 liter 2. Carbopol 940
8 grams 3. Polyvinylpyrrolidone or luviscol K-30 5 grams 4. Methyl sodium 2 grams 5.
Triethanolamine 30 grams or
Page 23
Taste 6. Glycerin 10 grams 7. Perfume for gel - fruity or floral 2 grams or to taste 8.
Vegetable coloring ½ gram. PREPARATION: In a plastic container add the water and the
carbopol and leave it overnight, so that the mixture gels, the next day take the Inviscol K-
30 and dissolve it in 5 grams of water, and add it to the container where the carbopol is
dissolved in the water. Then add the remaining ingredients in portions, stir well, pack
and ready.
39. CRYSTALLIZED GEL INGREDIENTS: 1. H20 1 Liter 2. Carbopol N-40 4 grams 3.

Sodium Methyl 1.5 grams 4. Luviscol K-30 0.5 grams
14. 5. Fruity or floral fragrance 1 gram 6. Vegetable coloring 0.5 grams PREPARATION: In
a plastic container add the water, methyl solid and carbopol and stir well this mixture
until the products are well mixed, then let stand for a period of time until the products
gelatinize and when this happens add the hiviscol plus 30 grams of triethalonamine (this
is the product that crystallizes the gel). Finally we add the fragrance and the color, pack
and ready. The Ph should be 7 or lower.
40. FORMULA FOR HAND AND BODY MOISTURIZING CREAMS, ANTISOLAR

INGREDIENTS PER STAGE: a) Water 66 liters b) Propylene glycol 2 kilos c) Glycerin 300
grams d) Tretanolamine 800 grams 2nd. PHASE: a) Mineral oil 10 liters b) Cetyl alcohol
500 grams c) Glyceryl monodiesterate 1 kilo d) Triple stearic acid 3 kilos e) Pure methyl
paraben 100 grams f) Sodium methyl paraben 100 grams g) Carbopol 9-40 250 grams h)
Tween 80 200 grams i) Vegetable coloring to taste Fragrance or lotion extract to taste
PREPARATION: For the preparation of this cream, we must boil the water, and once this
has happened, we add the components of Phase 1, and stir well until homogenized (i.e.
the products are well mixed), then in a pewter container or a bowl of pewter, we add the
components of Phase 2, and stir well until homogenized (i.e. the products are well
mixed).In a pewter or aluminum container we add in order all the components of Phase 2,
except the Carbopol, the fragrance and the color, we mix well and put on low heat until it
is a totally liquid mixture and without residues, we join the two mixtures, under
continuous agitation with a mixer or blender until it is a smooth cream, finally we
proceed to add the fragrance and the color. The result is a high quality cream that
protects fifteen times from the sun's rays. NOTE: The carbopol is used in the formula
when the formula is not thick enough, the carbopol is dissolved in three liters of water
and
Page 24
We leave it from one day to the next, until it gels. To reduce this formula in small
quantities, we divide each ingredient into 33 parts, giving us approximately 2 liters of
cream. Adjust the Ph from 3 to 8 with Triethanolamine. This fragrance-free and colorless
cream is called cream base.
41. TYPES OF CREAMS THAT ARE TAKEN FROM THE PREVIOUS BASE
15. To prepare these creams we remove the fragrance and the color from the first one,
i.e. the previous formulation (thus leaving the base). FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF
BASE: a) Turtle oil 2.5 grams b) Sandalwood extract 2.5 grams c) Vitamin E pearls 10
grams d) Lemon extract 10 drops e) Yellow vegetable color 2.5 grams PREPARATION:
Mix these ingredients with the base, stir well and ready. NOTE: This cream is used to
combat carate, it is not used during the day.
42. PLACENTA CREAM FORMULA FOR 12 L ITROS OF BASE: a) Placenta Extract 2.5
grams b) Glycerin 1 gram c) Talc Extract 2.5 grams d) Vitamin E 10 grams c) Cornstarch
5 grams PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir well and ready. NOTE:
This cream serves to rejuvenate the skin, is anti-allergic and also serves for baby burns
or diaper rash.
43. DERMATOLOGICAL CREAM FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Herbal extract

2.5 grams b) D-yeuar -E- 3 grams c) Collagen 15 grams PREPARATION: Mix these
ingredients with the base, stir well and ready. NOTE: This cream is used to stimulate the
sebaceous glands and at the same time stimulate hair growth.
44. INGREDIENTS: 1) Lactic acid 2 grams 2) Hydrated lanolin 45 grams 3) Resin oil 12
grams 4) Mineral oil 60 grams 5) Rose water 5 grams 6) Boric acid 2 grams 7) Cerecin 2
grams PREPARATION: In an enamel container add the first 6 ingredients and put on low
heat until it is a completely liquid mixture, after this, remove from heat and let stand a
little to add the rose water, stir.
16. until creamy and ready. NOTE: Apply every night on clean skin, the next day we take
a pot of hot water and make vaporizations on the face soaking a towel, repeat the
treatment until positive results are seen, it also serves for
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATIONS rashes and spots.
45. COLLAGEN CREAM FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Collagen Extract 3

grams b) Aloe Extract 3 grams c) Tara Extract 5 grams d) Aloe Vera Extract 5 grams e)
Page 25
Vitamin E (pearls) 10 grams PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients with the base, stir well
and ready. NOTE: This cream is used to remove stains caused by pregnancy, it fights
wrinkles, skin and freckles, it should not be used during the day.
46. VENUS FOOD CREAM FOR SKIN INGREDIENTS: 1.

Hydrated lanolin 232 grams 2. White wax 58 grams 3. Sweet almond oil 116 grams 4. Pure
Manitas oil 29 grams 5. Rose water 145 grams 6. Cliotrope essence 14.5 grams 7. Acetic
acid 1 gram 8. Stearyl alcohol 5 grams PREPARATION: In an enamel or pewter container,
add the first four ingredients plus the stearyl alcohol, place over low heat until these
products are dissolved, after this, remove from heat and let the mixture become
lukewarm, when this has happened, add the rose water under continuous agitation, it
can be with a mixer or blender. Then add the heliotrope essence and continue beating
until it becomes a cream and finally we pack it in a glass container. METHOD OF USE:
Before using this cream, wash the body part with warm water to open the pores, then dry
well and apply in circular motions until the cream disappears, then apply another layer in
the same way for 10 to 15 minutes every night. Results in 15 days.
47. NUTRITIVE NIGHT CREAM INGREDIENTS BY PHASE: PHASE No. 1 1. Triple stearic
acid 5 grams
17. 2. Cutin MD or glyceride monodiesterate 18 grams 3. Enmulgin B-1 3 grams 4.
Entanol G 15 grams PHASE No. 2 1. Glycerin 5 grams 2. Triethanolamine 1 gram 3.
Alphahydroxyacid 2 grams 4. Water 51 grams 5. Fragrance luzi 1 gram or to taste.
PREPARATION: In an enameled or pewter container we add the components of phase 1,
until the mixture is completely liquid, then in another enameled pot we heat the water,
remove it from the fire and add the components of Phase 2, without including the
alphabidroxiacid and the fragrance, finally we join the two phases that are hot until it is
creamy and we add the other two ingredients, pack and ready.
48. SLIMMING CREAM FORMULA FOR 10 LITERS OF BASE: a) Sodium benzoate 20
grams b) Camphor 10 grams c) Ethyl alcohol 50 grams d) Talc extract 5 grams e)
Chloramphenicol capsules 10 capsules Crystallized menthol 20 grams PREPARATION:
We take the ethyl alcohol and dissolve in the camphor one day before, after this day, we
mix all the other ingredients, stir well and ready.
NOTE: This cream is used to reduce stomach and bananas, works with the exercise or
metabolism of each person, must be accompanied by a cold black plastic, this makes the
pores sweat and leave the fat, the effect of this cream will be seen after three months.
49. UNDERARM CREAM (DEODORANT) INGREDIENTS: a) Eumulgil B-2 6 grams b) Cetyl

alcohol 12 grams c) Mineral oil 10 grams d) Aluminum chlor-hydroxide (or locran) 20
grams e) Pure methyl paraben ½ gram f) Arlasel 10 grams g) Water 150 grams h) Citric
acid 1 gram i) Extract or fragrance to taste PREPARATION: In an enamel or aluminum
Page 26
container, add the first 4 ingredients and mix well, then in another aluminum or enamel
container, add the remaining ingredients in order mix well, and bring to the fire.
18. until it reaches a temperature of 80 degrees (i.e. it is about to boil), once this has
happened, we take the first mixture and we also take it to the low fire, until the products
melt. Once this is achieved, we remove from the fire and join the two mixtures under
continuous agitation. As the mixture lowers in temperature, the cream will thicken. We
pack quickly and that's it. NOTE: In this formulation the last thing added to the cream is
the fragrance. If the sweat is too strong, we add 5 to 10 grams of Aluminum
Chlorohydroxide, this is the active ingredient that protects against bad odor. Fix the Ph
of 3-8 with Citric Acid.
50. BALDNESS CREAM INGREDIENTS: 1. Cinchona extract 6 grams 2. Tincture of

contracted 3 grams 3. Lemon oil 20 drops 4. Bergamot oil 10 drops 5. Resin oil 5 grams
6. Bone marrow 58 grams 7. Lemon juice 3 grams PREPARATION: In a plastic container
add the marrow and all the other ingredients in order and shake strongly with a mixer or
blender until creamy, then proceed to pack, cover tightly and ready. NOTE: Wash the
scalp every morning with a mild soap or a little eau de cologne, rinse and dry, then apply
a little of the cream on the scalp and repeat daily.
Page 27
over 4 to 5 weeks, you will begin to see results. The Ph of this cream should be neutral
from 2 to 5.
51. CREAM FOR HAIR STRAIGHTENING INGREDIENTS: 1.Calf tallow 464 grams 2.Yellow
wax 58 grams 3.Castor oil 58 grams 4.Benzoic acid 10 grams 5.Lemon oil 1 drop 6.Cacia
oil 15 drops PREPARATION: In a pewter or enamel container add the tallow and the wax
and put on low heat until the products melt, then add the castor oil and the benzoic acid
and remove from heat, let the mixture warm and add the two oils, stir well and pack.
NOTE: Apply at the root of the hair or on the scalp at night and in the morning until
positive results are seen, and the hair will be completely straight.
52. MEDICINAL CREAM FOR RHEUMATISM INGREDIENTS: 1. Petroleum jelly 1,000

grams 2. Alhefia extract 28 grams 19. 3. Kerosene wax or kerosene wax 120 grams 4.
Oregano oil 12 grams 5. Bell pepper extract 12 grams 6. Turpentine oil 29 grams 7.
Eucalyptus oil 125 grams 8. Olive oil 29 grams PREPARATION: In an enameled container
add the petroleum jelly, the alhefia extract, the kerosene and put over low heat until
these elements are dissolved, then strain through a cloth or a dense sieve, then add all
the other ingredients and shake vigorously with a whisk until creamy. We pack and that's
it.
53. SPECIAL NATURAL SKIN CREAM INGREDIENTS: 1. Beeswax 5 grams 2. Cocoa

butter 6 grams 3. Triple stearic acid 5 grams 4. Almond oil 20 milliliters (measure with
syringe) 5. Recino oil 10 millimeters 6. Borax 0.5 grams 7. Orange essence 5 millimeters
8. Pure methyl paraben 1 gram 9. Avocado extract 20 milliliters 10. Three drops of lemon
11. wheat germ 5 grams 12. Rosemary leaves powder 10 grams 13. Powdered chamomile
leaves 15 grams 14. Aloe extract 5 grams 15. H20 30 grams PREPARATION: In a pewter
container add the first five ingredients and put them over low heat until the products are
completely liquid, remove from heat and stir with a mixer until it begins to give the point
of cream. Apart in another enamel container we take the water and put it to boil when it
happens we add the borax and beat until we obtain a milky liquid then we add all the
other ingredients, to this mixture while stirring constantly.
shake, mix the two mixtures, shake, proceed to packaging and ready. NOTE: Ph is 3 to 6
and is regulated with triethalonamine. This cream is suitable for oily, dry, flaking, aging,
acne, or normal skin and should only be used at night.
54. FORMULA FOR MEXAN TALCUM FORMULA (ANTISEPTIC) INGREDIENTS: A)

Page 28
Imported rock talc 1 kilogram b) Boric acid 120 grams c) Salicylic acid 10 grams
20. d) Triclosan 20 grams e) Medicated zinc oxide 10 grams f) Sodium benzoate
preservative 10 grams g) Borax or sodium borate 10 grams, NOTE: Use with caution
Ladies. Do not smell or taste. h) Camphor powder 125 grams PREPARATION: We take
the imported talc and add the other ingredients in parts and stir well, after this we sift it
three (3) times in a dense wicker sieve, until the talc is soft or as many times as
necessary until the talc is extra fine or very soft, finally we proceed to pack and ready.
NOTE: To prepare this product a mask should be used and it should be in a closed room
with no air occlusions. NOTE: If we want a perfumed talcum powder for the body, we
remove the camphor from the Mexana formula and add 150 grams of refined corn starch
and 5 grams of fragrance for feminine or masculine talc or to taste. This product does
not have a defined Ph since all the products used are for cosmetic use and do not have
chemical alterations.
55. FORMULAS TO GRADUALLY BLACKEN HAIR INGREDIENTS: 1. Iron sulfate 3 grams

2. Rectified alcohol 29 grams 3. Rosemary oil 12 drops 4. H20 227 grams 5. Old beer 227
grams PREPARATION: Mix all the products in a glass container and shake vigorously
and then pack. NOTE: If you want to see faster results, remove the water from the
formula; apply every night and morning until you see more positive results. Fix the Ph
from 5 to 8 with Citric Acid.
56. INGREDIENTS: a) Polyvinyl pyrrolidone or luviscol K-30 - 40 grams b) Alcohol for

perfumery 500 grams c) Genamin 5 grams d) Soft anionic surfactant 50 grams e)
Vegetable colorant to taste f) Fragrance for shampoo 20 grams PREPARATION: We take
the ethyl alcohol and dissolve in it, the polyvinyl, after this we add all the other
components, stir well and ready. Take the Ph test with Alcoholometer that
Page 29
6 to 8.
21.
57. FORMULA FOR CONDITIONING RINSE INGREDIENTS: a) Cetyl alcohol 30 grams b)

Cetytrimethylammonium bromide or genamin t.s. 30 grams c) Citric Acid 10 grams d)
Pure methyl paraben 2 grams e) Water 600 grams f) Plantaren conditioner 10 grams g)
Vegetable color to taste (green or blue) h) Fragrance for shampoo 5 grams
PREPARATION: In an aluminum container, take the genamÍn, the cetyl alcohol and the
plantaren and mix well, then in another aluminum container add in order the remaining
ingredients. Mix well and put on the fire until it reaches a temperature of 80 degrees (that
is to say, it is about to boil), then remove from the fire and take the first mixture and put
it on a low fire until the products melt, remove from the fire and join the two mixtures
under continuous agitation. The last thing we add is the fragrance. As the mixture lowers
the temperature and thickens the rinse NOTE: Adjust the Ph from 3 to 6 with Citric Acid,
this rinse is neutral for all types of hair and for all types of shampoo.
58. FORMULA FOR WASHING SOAP INGREDIENTS: a) Caustic soda 3 kilos b) Water 18
liters c) Natural animal tallow 15 kilos d) Stannic fatty acid 2 kilos e) Secondary lard 3
kilos f) Texapon N-70 2 kilos (or sulfonic acid) g) Synthetic or natural sodium silicate
(NA) 1 kilo h) Soft ash 50 grams i) Calcium carbonate (Ca) 50 grams j) Sodium benzoate
50 grams k) Sodium benzoate 50 grams l) Sodium benzoate 50 grams l) Sodium benzoate
50 gramsh) Soft ash 50 grams i) Calcium carbonate (Ca) 50 grams j) Sodium benzoate 50
grams k) Pigment or fat coloring 15 grams l) Extract or fragrance for soap 50 grams or to
taste PREPARATION: In a plastic container of great resistance we add the water, the
caustic soda, the pigment for fat or coloring to the fat and shake the mixture for about 10
minutes and let it rest for one hour, maximum 2 hours, after two hours we add the
silicate, the soft ash, the calcium carbonate and the sodium benzoate and the fragrance
and stir well, this mixture is called Legía for soap. Then in a separate aluminum
container add the tallow, lard and fatty acid and take this mixture to the fire until the fat
is completely melted, once this is achieved, we take a wire sieve and strain the fats so
that it is without residue and add it to the Legia (that is the first mixture), under
continuous stirring with a wooden paddle if it is small quantities, if it is in large
quantities, we use a blender.
22. of about two horsepower, until the mixture is mixed with the
is uniform (that is to say, well mixed), we take it to the fire again and at that moment we
Page 30
add the Texapon or Sulfonic Acid, which is the foaming agent, and we leave it on the fire
until the soap cooks (that is to say, boils), stirring constantly. Once this is achieved, we
quickly deposit in the molds and leave for a minimum of five days and a maximum of ten
days. This is in order for the soap to dry and become compact. NOTE: Soap molds
should be made of stainless steel, galvanized sheet or plastic. If the soap is added or
cut, it was because it was not cooked well, in order not to lose the soaps, we chop them
and add 3 liters of water, and we take them to the fire again until it cooks well (boil them
again) when this happens we deposit them in the molds. NOTE: Adjust the Ph from 9 to
12 with Glycerin. Take this analysis with a chemical thermometer. This fragrance-free,
caustic soda-free and colorless formula is called soap base. From this base comes any
kind of soap, be it bath or washing soap. Except for compact soaps.
59. FORMULA FOR BATH SOAP INGREDIENTS: a) Previous base 3 kilos b) Industrial
Talc 4 kilos c) Glycerin 2 kilos d) D-yeuar-A 250 grams e) Mild anionic surfactant 150
grams f) Vitamin E 50 grams g) Colors to fat, pastels 1.5 grams or to taste h) Extracts or
fragrances 20 grams or to taste PREPARATION: Mix these ingredients in order with the
soap base, stir strongly until the products are well mixed. Heat until the soap is cooked
while stirring constantly, remove from the heat, quickly place in the molds and let the
washing soap dry for the same amount of time. NOTE: Measure Ph or degree with a
chemical thermometer. Leave it at 5 to 8 degrees. If the degree is altered, lower it with
Glycerin. SOAP FRAGRANCES: With the French gala extract or fragrance, we make
camay soap; with the organics extract, we make Palmolive soap; with the French Tara
extract, we make Rexona soap; with the American optins extract and 250 grams of milk,
we make Juno soap.
60. FORMULA FOR COCO VARELA SOAP INGREDIENTS: a) Soap base 3 kilos b) Liquid
caustic soda 100 grams c) Glycerin 1 kilo d) Industrial talc 4 kilos e) D-Ycuar-A 250
grams
23. f) White Zinc 200 grams g) Water 2 liters (lts) h) Natural coconut extract 100 grams
PREPARATION: Mix all these ingredients with the base, stir well until the products are
well mixed. Heat until cooked, stirring constantly,
Page 31
remove from the fire, place in the molds and ready. NOTE: Adjust the Ph from 7 to 9 with
Glycerin.
61. FORMULA FOR JONSON AVENA SOAP INGREDIENTS: a) Soap base 3 kilos b)
Tegobetaine L-7 50 grams c) Vitamin E 50 grams d) Industrial talc 4 kilos e) Glycerin 10
grams f) Water 1 liter g) Pulverized oatmeal 250 grams h) Baby Extract (fragrance) 1
ounce (22 grams) PREPARATION: We mix these ingredients with the base, stir well until
the products are well blended. Cook until it cooks, stirring constantly, remove from heat
and place in the molds, let dry and ready. NOTE: Adjust Ph from 3 to 6 with Glycerin.
62. LIQUID HAND SOAP (CURRENT) INGREDIENTS: a) Texapon No.: 1. 70 12 kilos b)

Sodium chloride 500 grams c) Demineralized water 120 kilos d) Pure methyl paraben 2
grams e) Vegetable coloring 200 grams f) Fragrance to taste PREPARATION: Mix the
water with the Texapon and dilute it until the Texapon disappears, once this has
happened add the remaining ingredients, stir well. We pack quickly and ready. NOTE:
Adjust the Ph from 6 to 9 with Citric Acid. We use Peachimeter.
63. ANTIBACTERIAL LIQUID SOAP FOR HANDS AND BODY INGREDIENTS: 1. Triclosan
5 grams 2. Texapon 70 1 kilo 3. Comperland KD 150 grams 4. Dodigen 226 5.5 grams 5.
Sodium methyl 5 grams
24. 6. EDTA 5.2 grams 7. Mild anionic surfactant 12 grams 8. Amphoteric active tense 15
grams 9. Vitamin E 20 grams 10. Color and fragrance to taste 11. H2O 12 liters
PREPARATION: In a plastic container, add the water and dissolve the Texapoon in the
water until it disappears. Once this is achieved, add the remaining ingredients in order
and stir gently until the products are well blended. We pack quickly and that's it. NOTE: If
we want to thicken the liquid soap a little, we add Sodium Chloride (salt) in small
quantities until we get the desired thickness. NOTE: The pH should be adjusted from 4 to
8 with citric acid or with TEA (Triethenolamine).
64. SOAP DEGREASER: INGREDIENTS: 1) Detergent powder (base without brand name)
2 kilos 2) Pomes stone powder or silica 500 grams 3) Corn or yucca starch 100 or 500
grams 4) Glycerin 800 grams 5)
Calcium carbonate 22 grams 6) Water 1 liter 7) Fragrance for soap 20 grams or to taste
Fat coloring 1 gram or to taste PREPARATION: Put the glycerin and corn starch in an
aluminum container and place over low heat, stirring constantly, until a jelly forms for 15
Page 32
minutes on the heat. Apart we put to soak the detergent soap powder in the liter of water,
add the calcium carbonate, the pomes stone, the color to the fat and 60 grams of salt and
this mixture also we take it to the slow fire and it is adding water proportionally can
reach up to 6 wells, until the mixture is cooked. Then remove from the heat and add the
first mixture, but hot, and stir well until the products are well blended and finally the
fragrance. NOTE: This soap is a cream soap, it is used industrially as a degreasing soap.
Adjust the Ph with glycerin from 7 to 11 with a chemical thermometer.
65. INDUSTRIAL Bait: INGREDIENTS: a) Animal fat (bait) 10 kilos b) Natural water 25
liters c) Sodium methyl paraben 2 grams PREPARATION: Once the animal fat is cleaned,
it is cooked in the 25 liters of water, making it boil for two hours, then we add the sodium
methyl paraben, and to remove it from the fire, we add cold water to cut the fat. We
proceed to pour it into wooden or cardboard molds, let it cool and proceed to wrap it in
cellophane paper in blocks of 5, 10 or 20 kilos.
25. NOTE: It is used as grease for chain saws, wood planing machines, etc. IMPORTANT
ABOUT THE Bait: When the bait is damaged, to remove the smell of fat (bait) we take the
30 kilos of bait with 28 liters of water and add 30 grams of common salt, powdered soda
and put to boil for an hour, after this we pass it through a sieve to remove the residues
and we have the fat decontaminated.
66. ANTIBACTERIAL SURGICAL SOAP INGREDIENTS: 1. Triclosan 1 gram 2. Genapol

200 grams 3. Comperland KD 30 grams 4.
Pearlescent 20 grams 5. Ethylene diamine tetraketate 1 gram 6. Dodigen 226 (chloride 7.
benzalkonium) 2 grams 8. Methyl sodium 1 gram 9. Water 745 grams 10. Perfume and
color to taste 1 gram PREPARATION: a) Add the methyl sodium to the water and stir b)
Mix the genapol with the pearlescent and add 10% of the comperland KD and stir. c) Mix
the processes b+a stirring well until homogenization is achieved d) Add EDTA and the
remaining comperland KD slowly to c. e)
Page 33
Dissolve the triclosan in 2 grams of ethyl alcohol and add it to the mixture c f) Finally add
the perfume and the color, stir, pack and ready. NOTE: The containers used in this
formula should be plastic. Fix the Ph from 5 to 8 with Citric Acid. Use Peachimeter.
67. AJAX POWDER FORMULA INGREDIENTS: a) Calcium carbonate 1 kilo b) Trisodium

phosphate 60 grams c) Chlorine powder T.II 120 grams d) Industrial detergent 1 kilo e)
Lemon fragrance 50 grams or to taste PREPARATION: Mix the ingredients together, stir
well and ready.
68. FORMULA FOR AXION WASHING WARE INGREDIENTS: a) National talc 1,500 grams
b) Calcium carbonate 1,500 grams c) Industrial detergent 2,500 grams (or Sulfonic acid)
500 grams 26. d) Sodium Silicate 100 grams e) Glycerin 5 grams f) Lemon Extract 2
ounces (44 grams) g) Vegetable mint green color (make sure it is green) h) Water to taste
i) Quartz 1.500 grams PREPARATION: In a plastic container we mix all the ingredients in
order except the water, stir well until a uniform mixture is obtained, then we add the
water little by little until a cream is formed, once this is achieved, we pack quickly in
plastic molds and let it dry for two days and it is ready. NOTE: Adjust the Ph from 8 to 11
with Glycerin. Use Thermometer for chemical products.
69. FORMULA TO PREPARE LIMPIDO INGREDIENTS: A) Water 4 liters b) Sodium

hypochlorite or hyposodium 1 ½. liter c) Granulated or frosted caustic soda (or it can be
liquid) 2 ounces (44 grams) d) Sodium Chloride (salt) 4 ounces (88 grams) e) Sodium
Benzoate (preservative) 1 gram f) Oxalic Acid 5 grams PREPARATION: In a resistant
plastic bucket, add the water and all the other ingredients in parts and stir well with a
wooden beater or a P.V.C. TUBE, until the products or ingredients disappear completely,
and we pack quickly so that the limpid does not lose its active power and ready. If the
mixture is left with residues, filter it through filter paper or crepe paper until the product
is crystalline. NOTE: To manufacture this product we use a mask and resistant gloves,
prepare it in a cool place where it is not exposed to sunlight, do not allow children to get
close to it. If we want a stronger limpid we add 250 grams more of Sodium Hypochlorite.
If we want it with fragrance, we
Page 34
add fragrances such as lemon, floral, jasmine, lavender, etc. Any of these, 50 grams or to
taste, dissolved in 10 grams of Atkopal so that the fragrance oil does not rise to the
surface of the limpid (the Atkopal is what makes it possible for the oil to unite with the
water). Adjust the Ph from 9 to 13 with water, use the Peachimeter.
70. DRY FABRIC STAIN REMOVER INGREDIENTS: 1. Rose water 29 grms 2. Castile soap
14.5 grms 3. Borax 7.5 grms 4. Gum arabic powder 7.5 grms 5. Water 937 grms 6.
Glycerin 29 grms 7. Ammonia 29 grms
27. 8. Chloroform 43.5 grms 9.Ether sulflónico 58 grms 10.Gasoline proportional
PREPARATION: In an aluminum container we boil the water and we add the 4 previous
products. After removing it from the fire, stir and let it cool, then add the glycerin,
ammonia, chloroform and sulfonic ether, stirring. Then we pack in a plastic gallon and
proceed as follows: We are pouring the gasoline in quantities of 3 grams to the mixture,
we cover the gallon and shake strongly, it should give a white and creamy form and if
not continue pouring the gasoline proportionally until obtaining this result. Wear gloves,
mask and goggles.
71. FORMULA FOR SOFFLAN SOFTENER INGREDIENTS: a) Water 3 ½. Liters b) Methyl

paraben 4 grams c) Suavitex 2 kilos d) Fragrance or perfume to taste e) Vegetable color 2
grams (red or sky blue) PREPARATION: In an aluminum container we boil the water with
the methyl paraben and the color at the same time, in another container we melt the
suavitex in a water bath (that is, melt the product in a pot with hot water, without taking
the product out of its container). We add it to the water and finally the fragrance and the
color, stir well, as the mixture lowers in temperature, the Soflán thickens. We pack and
that's it. NOTE: The suavitex melts when it comes in paste, if it does not come in paste
there is no need. NOTE: Adjust the Ph with Citric Acid from 5 to 9. Use thermometer for
chemical products.
72. FORMULA TO PREPARE THE FABULOUS INGREDIENTS: a) Water 50 liters b)

Sodium methyl paraben 20 grams c) Ethyl alcohol 75 grams d) Ammonia (hazard) 1
ounce 22 grams. Use with caution. e) Carboxymethyl-cellulose-special (CMC extra) 500
grams f) Coumarin 2 grams (or PPG-20 5 grams or fixative AX 1 gram) g) Arkopal 20
grams h) Detersin K 2 liters i) Mineral or vegetable coloring 15 grams (or al
taste) j) Floor fragrance: Lavender, floral, rose, sea water, etc. 250 grams or to taste.
PREPARATION: In a plastic bowl add the water and the CMC and dissolve it until the
Page 35
water is free of residues, it can be dissolved with the hands or with a mixer. Once this
has happened, we add the Sodium Methyl, which is the preservative, then we add the
fragrance with the Coumarin, or PPG-20, the Arkopal and stir well these three products
and add them to the first mixture under continuous agitation. Lastly
28. add the remaining ingredients, stir well and leave for two days, well covered so that
the mixture takes body or concentration. After this period of time, we proceed to pack
and that's it. NOTE: If we are going to manufacture disinfectant with Lavender fragrance,
the colorant should be violet colored Mineral Aniline. This coloring must be dissolved
separately, in a liter of water, shake well and at the moment of applying it to the mixture,
in the mouth of the liter we put a handkerchief or a veiled stocking. This is in order to
filter the dye, since it contains small pebbles that when falling on the floor, stain it. If we
use vegetable coloring there is no need to do this procedure. Fix the Ph from 8 to 12 with
Triethalonamine, use Thermometer for chemical products.
73. INGREDIENTS: a) Universal Solvent (water) 25 liters b) Fragrance 250 grams c)

Detersin K 1 liter d) Ethyl alcohol 32.5 grams e) Ammonia 12.5 grams f) Cumarin (PPG-
20) 2.5 grams g) CMC EXTRA 20 grams h) Vegetable coloring 10 grams or to taste
PREPARATION: In a plastic container, add the water plus the CMC and shake vigorously
until the CMC disappears (this is the one that thickens the mixture). Then add the
remaining ingredients in order, stir and leave for two days.
74. FORMULA FOR LIQUID AIR FRESHENER (SPRITE) INGREDIENTS: a) Deodorized

alcohol for perfumery 500 grams b) Tween 80 50 grams c) Sodium Benzoate 5 grams d)
Water 600 grams e) Fruit or floral extract 50 grams f) PPG-20 5 grams PREPARATION: In
a plastic container add the water, plus the sodium benzoate, then separately add the
fragrance, the Tween and the PPG-20, stir well these three products and add them to the
deodorized alcohol. Finally, mix the two mixtures together, stir well, pack quickly and
that's it. NOTE: This product does not have a defined Ph.
75. FORMULA FOR TOOTH CREAM INGREDIENTS BY PHASE: PHASE No. 1: a) Calcium
phosphate 48 grams b) Glycerin 30 grams 29. c) Peppermint extract 1 gram PHASE NO.
2: a) Imported Cme 2 grams b) Demineralized water 12 grams c) Sodium Dicarbonate 1
gram PHASE No.3: a) Saccharin 1 gram b) Fluorine 1 gram PHASE No.3: a) Saccharin 1
gram b) Fluorine 1 gram PHASE No.4. 4: a) Texapon K-12 2 grams b) Water 4 grams
PREPARATION: In an enamel or earthenware container we mix phase No. 1 and leave it
overnight, separately in another enamel or earthenware container we mix the phase No. 1
and the phase No. 2. 2 and also leave it overnight, the next day we join phase two with
phase three, and stir well and the result of this process we add it to phase one, finally we
take phase 4 and give it a little warm up and add it to the other phases, stir well, until it is
creamy, we send it to an injector if we are going to work on a large scale (i.e. in
bulk).Finally we take phase 4 and we give it a little heating and we add it to the other
phases, we stir it well until it becomes creamy, we send it to an injector if we are going to
Page 36
work on a large scale (i.e. wholesale). NOTE: Adjust to a pH of 4 to 8 with Glycerin, use
Peachimeter.
76. MOUTHWASH INGREDIENTS: 1. Menthol Powder 6 grams 2. Chloroform 8 grams 3.

Alcohol 95º. 200 grams 4. Salicylic acid 4 grams 5. Sodium saccharin 1 gram 6. Sodium
bicarbonate 1 gram 7. Eucalyptus oil 1.5 grams PREPARATION: In a glass container add
alcohol, baking soda and salicylic acid, dissolve well until no residue is left, then add all
the other components in parts, shake vigorously, pack and ready. NOTE: If the mixture
does not remain crystalline, filter with filter paper, until obtaining crystallization, fix the
Ph of 9 to 12 with Sodium Bicarbonate and with an Alcohometer.
77. FORMULA FOR JONSON OIL INGREDIENTS: a) Mineral oil 1 pound b) Talc fragrance
10 grams c) Peach fragrance 2.5 grams PREPARATION: Mix these three ingredients
together, shake vigorously and that's it. We pack quickly in plastic containers. NOTE:
Adjust Ph from 2 to 5 with mineral oil, use Peachimeter.
30.
78. FORMULA FOR BITUMEN PASTE INGREDIENTS: 1. Carnauba wax 500 grams 2.
Kerosene wax 1,000 grams 3. Silicone stick 100 grams or as desired. It is the one that
gives shine to the shoe 4. Varzol 5 bottles or 3,750 grams 5. Cinnamon extract 22 grams
6. Pigment or coloring to the fat 100 grams to taste PREPARATION: In a container of
add the first 3 ingredients and put on low heat until the products melt, remove from heat
and add the remaining ingredients under continuous stirring, stir well, pack the bitumen
and ready. NOTE: If we are going to make black bitumen, we use black carnauba wax and
black colorant to the grease. With the colors yellow to the fat and orange to the fat we
get the yellow bitumen, 10 grams and 10 grams: with the color red to the fat we get the
red bitumen, 20 grams. With the red and blue colors to the fat, we take out the grape
bitumen, 10 grams and grams. With the black, yellow and red colors to the fat, we
remove the brown coffee, 10 grams and 10 grams. With the blue color to the fat we take
out the blue bitumen, 10 grams. With the white color to the fat, we take out the white
bitumen, 10 grams. With the colorless formula we remove the neutral bitumen.
79. RED SELF-BRILLING WAX (LIQUID) INGREDIENTS: 1 .Licowax 200 grams 2. Mergal 4
grams 3. Arkopal No. 100 20 grams 5. H20 (water) 3,750 grams 6. Liquid red pigment 40
grams or to taste 7. Caustic potash 50 grams PREPARATION: In a plastic container add
500 grams of water, plus the 50 grams of potash and the red pigment, stir well and set
this mixture aside. Then, in an aluminum container, we boil half of the remaining water.
At the same time in another pot melt the wax over low heat, when the wax is melted add
it to the hot water and stir well when the temperature drops a little, add the other half of
the water at room temperature, also add the Mergal with the arkopal and the fragrance
and add to the mixture finally take the first mixture and add it to this last mixture stir well
Page 37
and ready. NOTE: If we want a thicker wax add 200 grams of Erwax.
80. CONCENTRATED FLOOR STAIN REMOVER INGREDIENTS: 1. Nitric acid 1 liter 1,000
grams 2. Detersin K 1 liter 1,000 grams 3. H20 (water) 3 liters 3,000 grams
31. PREPARATION: Mix these 3 ingredients in a resistant plastic container, stir well,
pack and ready. NOTE: Use on tile floors, bathroom, walls, etc. Avoid contact with skin at
the time of preparation, wear gloves, goggles and mask. Keep out of reach of children.
81. INGREDIENTS: a) Beeswax 200 grams b) Carnauba wax 50 grams c) Paraffin wax 100
grams d) 5 liters of water (or varsol) e) Ammonia 100 grams f) Pigment to the
Page 38
fat (color to the fat) 20 grams or to taste g) Fragrance for wax, 50 grams or to taste h)
Silicone 50 grams i) Magnesium carbonate 10 grams (to make it shine when making and
using it). It is the one that thickens the wax. PREPARATION: In an aluminum container,
add the beeswax, carnauva, kerosene and silicone. And we put these elements to melt
over low heat, without letting the waxes burn. Once the waxes have melted, remove from
the heat and add the remaining ingredients, stirring continuously. As the mixture lowers
in temperature it becomes a paste. NOTE: This wax is normally made in red or yellow, if
you want it neutral do not apply colors. Use it on tile or wood floors. If you want a harder
or more impastoed wax, add 200 grams more beeswax.
82. DISINFECTANT FOR CLOTHING INGREDIENTS: a) Turpentine 1 liter b) Water 50 liters

c) Arkopal No. 100 20 grams d) Dodigen 266.5 grams PREPARATION: Mix these
ingredients together, shake vigorously and pack in glass containers. NOTE: This product
is used to disinfect infected clothes, it is used in hospitals and morgues to wash dead
bodies.
83. ROSEMARY TINCTURE a) Rosemary 500 grams b) Water 4 liters c) Sodium chloride
1 tablespoon d) Pure or sodium methyl paraben 1 gram PREPARATION: Take the
rosemary and blend it together with the water, the tablespoon of sodium chloride and the
gram of methyl paraben, then boil it. Preferably in a pewter pot. Filter and add another
gram of pure or sodium methyl paraben. NOTE: To 3 liters of rosemary tincture we add
17 liters of demineralized water and we will obtain 20 kilos of rosemary extract.
84. ENAMEL REMOVAL FORMULA INGREDIENTS: 1. Ethyl alcohol 100 grams 2. Butyl
acetate 250 grams 3. Kingdom oil 22 grams 4. Yellow pigment to the fat to taste
PREPARATION: Mix the color to the fat with the acetate and stir well, then add the other
ingredients and ready.
MANUFACTURE OF TOILETRIES AND COSMETOLOGY PRODUCTS
INTRODUCTION: As an introduction to the elaboration of Cosmetology and Toiletry

Products, this is another opportunity that life offers us.
to learn an art that can bring us both economic and personal satisfaction. This course
Page 39
will initiate you into the world of the elaboration and manufacture of many of the
toiletries and cosmetology products that we use in our daily life, with the exception that
we will make them to our liking, and we will not have to be subjected to what is only
offered to us in the market. The raw materials for the elaboration of the products that will
be elaborated in this course are easy to obtain, since they can be obtained in the
chemical stores closest to your home. The quantities to be produced can be proportional
to the formulas that you will find in each of the chapters, as long as you keep the same
proportion of each of the chemical elements. MATERIALS: The basic implements for the
elaboration are the following: Plastic container (bucket) for water of 10 liters. Plastic
beakers graduated for liquids of 1 liter, 500 c.c., 1 liter. and 250 c.c. Cylindrical graduated
cylinders for measuring liquids, 1 liter, half liter, 10 milliliters or 20 milliliters, preferably
plastic for durability. One metal soup spoon and one metal sugar spoon (homemade).
Large funnel. Wooden spoon. Mortar. Weighing scale of 500 grams. Metal stirrer
(optional). Mouthpiece. Rags.
85- CHLORINE
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 800 c.c. HYPOCHLORITE OF SODIUM 200 c.c. TRISODIUM
PHOSPHATE 2.5 grams CARBONATE A S H 2.5 grams HYPOSODIUM PERFUME 2.5 cc.
PROCEDURE: In the 10 liter plastic container we place the 800 cc. of water, to which we
add the 200 cc. of sodium hypochlorite and stir well with a wooden spoon. (Both
elements can be measured with the 1 liter measuring cylinder) Then we add the
trisodium phosphate and the carbonate - previously weighed, and we continue stirring
very well. We add the hyposodium fragrance. Previously measured in the 10 c.c. test
tube. Stir everything well with the wooden spoon and pack with the help of the funnel.
Note. Hyposodium fragrance that can be used: Lavender, Floral and Lemon, as long as
they are hyposodium fragrances. If you want your product to have more aroma, you can
use up to 10 c.c. of fragrance for this quantity. Recommendations: No special
recommendations Precautions: Wear apron, avoid splashing while making the product,
as this product may discolor clothes.
Page 40
86- LIQUID AIR FRESHENER RAW MATERIAL: WATER 750 cc. COLOR - ANILINE
(VEGETAL) 1 gram FRAGRANCE 10 c.c. EDTA 2 c.c. PROPILEN GLYCOL 50 c.c.
ARKOPAL 3 c.c. ETHYL ALCOHOL 200 c.c. CUMARIN or FIXER AX 2.5 grams
PROCEDURE: In a 10 liter plastic container we place the 750 c.c. of water. of water, to
which we add the 200 cc. of ethyl alcohol, stir well with a wooden spoon, also add the 50
c.c. of ethyl alcohol. Propylene Glycol. (These elements can be measured with the 1 liter
or half liter measuring cylinder), and we continue stirring very well. Then we add one
gram of aniline and the 2 c.c. of Edta (this element can be measured with the 10 c.c. test
tube), and we continue stirring very well. In another 500 cc plastic container, place the 10
cc. of fragrance, we add the 3 c.c. of Arkopal and 2.5 grams of Coumarin. Liquids can be
measured with the 10 c.c. measuring cylinder. Coumarin must be previously ground in
the mortar to refine the size of the crystal. The content of the second container is poured
into the first one, and we stir everything well with the wooden spoon and pack with the
help of the funnel.
Recommendations: For the preparation of the liquid air freshener two containers are
required, in a first container make the first mixture water, Ethyl alcohol, Propylene glycol,
aniline and Edta; in another container mix together the fragrance, Coumarin or AX
fixative and arkopal and then join the two mixtures. *Ethyl alcohol is a very strong
bactericide and disinfectant. The Arkopal, its essential function is to dissolve the
fragrance (they are oily) Precautions: Keep in mind that you are working with highly
flammable liquids.
87- FLOOR DISINFECTANT
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 1000 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 grams

TRIETHANOLAMINE 2 c.c. FRAGANCE 5 c.c. EDTA 1 c.c. CMC Instantaneous 3 grams
SODIUM BENZOATE 3 grams DETERSIN 50 c.c. AMMONIACO 1 c.c. PROPILEN GLYCOL
5 c.c. ARKOPAL 5 c.c.
PROCEDURE: In a 10 liter plastic container we place the 1000 cc. of water, to which we
add the 3 grams of instant CMC, which we measure with the gram gram scale, proceed to
stir well for 5 minutes with the wooden spoon. Then we add the 2 c.c. of Triethanolamine.
(These elements can be measured with the 10 c.c. measuring cylinder), and continue
stirring very well for 10 to 12 minutes. Then we add the Sodium Benzoate (3 grams,
previously weighed with the weighing machine), and continue stirring very well. Then we
add the
Page 41
Detersin (50 c.c., previously measured with the 500 c.c. measuring cylinder), and
continue stirring very well. Then we add the Ammonia (1 c.c., measured with the 10 c.c.
measuring cylinder), and we continue stirring very well. Then we add the Propylene
glycol (5 c.c., measured with the 10 c.c. measuring cylinder), and continue stirring very
well. In a second plastic container (Beakers) graduated for liquids of 250 c.c., we put a
little bit of water and we mix 1 c.c. of Edta with 1 gram of aniline. It is added to the large
plastic container and stirred very well. In a third plastic container (Beakers) graduated
for liquids of 250 c.c., we mix the 5 c.c. of Arkopal with the 5 c.c. of fragrance. It is added
to the large plastic container and stirred very well. Stir everything well with the wooden
spoon and pack with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: 3 containers are required
in the preparation of the floor disinfectant. First the products (water, CMC,
Triethanolamine, Sodium Benzoate, Detersin, Ammonia and Propylene Glycol) are mixed
one at a time. Then a separate mixture is made between the aniline and EDTA in a little
water and added to the original mixture and finally in another container the fragrance
and arkopal are mixed separately. In the mixtures we must stir at all times. Arkopal, its
essential function is to dissolve the fragrance (they are oily) Precautions: Keep in mind
that ammonia is a strong product, avoid smelling it.
88- GLASS CLEANING LIQUID
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 930 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 Gram GENAPOL LRO
1 c.c. EDTA 1 c.c. MERGAL 1 c.c. BUTYL CELLOSOLVE 50 c.c. ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL 20
c.c. PROCEDURE: In a 10-liter plastic container we place the 930 cc. of water, to which
we add 1 c.c. Mergal to preserve it. (These elements can be measured with the 1,000 c.c.
test tube. and that of 10 c.c., respectively), stir very well, then in another plastic
container (Beakers) graduated for liquids of 1 liter, we place the 50 c.c. of cellosolve
butyl, we add 1 c.c. of Genapol and the 20 c.c. of Isopropyl Alcohol, and continue
stirring. Then add the second mixture to the first and continue stirring well. Then add 1
c.c. of Edta to the final mixture and also add 1 gram of aniline. Stir everything well with
the wooden spoon and pack with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: For the
preparation of the glass cleaner two containers are needed simultaneously, one to mix
the water with the Mergal (this is a preservative) and the other one to mix the water with
the Mergal.
Page 42
industrial, which renders the water inert) and in another container mix the Butyl
cellosolve, with Genapol and Isopropyl alcohol. Subsequently, the two mixtures are
joined and the rest of the products (Edta and aniline) are added. Here there is no need to
mix the aniline with EDTA, since there are no products in oil. Butil Cellosolve shines and
polishes the glass. Cautions: Be aware that you are working with flammable liquids. This
product should not be used to clean TV screens or any type of lens.
89- ACID FOR GRANITE FLOORS
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 920 c.c. OXALIC ACID 30 Grams GENAPOL LRO/DETERSIN 50
c.c. PROCEDURE: In a 10-liter plastic container we place the 930 cc. of water, to which
we add the 30 grams of Oxalic Acid. (These elements can be measured in the gramera),
we stir very well, then we add the 50 c.c. of Genapol or Detersin previously measured in
a 50 ml graduated cylinder. Stir everything well with the wooden spoon and pack with the
help of the funnel. Recommendations: No recommendations.
Precautions: Be aware that you are working with acids, avoid contact with eyes or
inhalation and ingestion of these.
90- LIQUID DISHWASHING SOAP
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 300 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 gram

TRIETHANOLAMINE 1 c.c. FRAGANCE 5 c.c. GLYCERIN 10 c.c. EDTA 2 c.c. Instant CMC
2 grams SODIUM BENZOATE 3 grams DETERSIN 600 c.c. ARKOPAL 80 c.c. TRISODIUM
PHOSPHATE 2 grams PROCEDURE: In a 10 liter plastic container we place the 300 c.c. of
water. of water, to which we add the 2 grams of instant CMC, which we measure with the
gram gram scale, proceed to stir well for 5 minutes with the wooden spoon. Then we add
1 c.c. of Triethanolamine. (These elements can be measured with the 10 c.c. measuring
cylinder), and continue stirring very well for 10 to 12 minutes. Then we add the Sodium
Benzoate (3 grams, previously weighed with the weighing machine), and continue
stirring very well. Then add the Detersin (600 c.c., previously measured with the 1000 c.c.
measuring cylinder), and continue stirring very well. Then we add the Trisodium
Phosphate (2 grams, previously weighed with the weighing machine), and continue
stirring very well. Then add the Glycerin (10 c.c., measured with the 10 c.c. measuring
cylinder), and continue stirring very well. In a
second container (Beakers) plastic graduated for liquids of 250 c.c., we put a little bit of
Page 43
water and we mix 2 c.c. of Edta with 1 gram of aniline. It is added to the large plastic
container and stirred very well. In a third plastic container (Beakers) graduated for
liquids of 250 c.c., we mix the 80 c.c. of Arkopal with the 5 c.c. of fragrance. It is added to
the large plastic container and stirred very well. Stir everything well with the wooden
spoon and pack with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: In the preparation of
liquid dishwashing soap, the products (water, CMC, Triethanolamine, Sodium Benzoate,
Detersin, Trisodium Phosphate and glycerin) are mixed one at a time. Then a separate
mixture is made between the aniline and EDTA in a little water and added to the original
mixture and finally in another container the fragrance and arkopal are mixed separately.
In the mixtures we must stir at all times. Glycerin, its essential function is to leave hands
smooth and soft after washing dishes. Precautions: There are no major precautions to
take.
91- LAUNDRY SHAMPOO
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 700 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 gram METHYL
SODIUM PARABEN 1 gram FRAGRANCE 5 c.c. GENAPOL LRO 50 c.c. EDTA 2 c.c.
COMPERLAN 50 c.c. DETERSIN 200 c.c. ARKOPAL 50 c.c. PROCEDURE: In a 10 liter
plastic container we place the 700 cc. of water, to which we add one gram of Methyl
Paraben Sodium, which we measure with the gram gram gram, proceed to stir well with
the wooden spoon. Then we add Detersin (200 c.c.), Genapol (50 c.c.), and Arkopal (50
c.c.), previously measured in the 100 c.c. test tubes, and stir each one of the components
very well. Then we add little by little the Coperlan (50 c.c.) previously measured in the
100 c.c. test tubes. stirring continuously until it thickens. In a second plastic container
(Beakers) graduated for liquids of 250 c.c., we put a little bit of water and we mix 2 c.c. of
Edta with 1 gram of aniline. It is added to the large plastic container and stirred very well.
Then we add the 5 c.c. of fragrance. This is added to the large plastic container, stirring
well.
Stir everything well with the wooden spoon and pack with the help of the funnel.
Recommendations: When we apply the Comperlan, we should do it little by little and stir,
since it is a spice and gives softness to the garment. The suggested fragrance is Brissa,
Drakkar and Floral. Aniline is mixed in a separate container with EDTA in a small amount.
Page 44
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES of water, and finally we add the
fragrance alone. The Arkopal, their essential function is to dissolve the fragrance (they
are oily) Precautions: There are no
92- FOOT POWDER
RAW MATERIAL: IMPORTED TALC 740 Grams BORIC ACID 245 Grams ALCANFOR 15
Grams CUMARIN 15 Grams FRAGRANCE 15 cc. PROCEDURE: In a plastic container of 5
liters we place the 740 grams of imported talc, we pulverize it well, then we add the 245
grams of Boric Acid (previously pulverized), which we measure with the gramera,
proceed to stir well with the wooden spoon. Then we add the 15 grams of Camphor
previously measured in the grammar machine and pulverized in the mortar, and we stir it
very well. Then we add the 15 grams of Cumarina previously measured in the grammar
machine and pulverized in the mortar, and stir very well. Then we add the 15 c.c. of
fragrance previously measured in a 20 c.c. test tube. This is added to the plastic
container, stirring very well all the time, and packed in the plastic containers for the talc
with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: In foot powder, it is important to use
imported "American" talc, and as a recommendation, fragrance should be used to scent
the talc instead of menthol, as this product cools the feet a lot. An easy way to make this
mixture is to use a large plastic bag, making sure it is not torn. As camphor is a material
that always tries to compact, to prevent this from happening, the camphor to be used is
placed in a separate small bag and two or three tablespoons of the mixture of imported
talc and boric acid are added to allow a better pulverization. *Imported talcum powder is
a skin softener. Boric acid, eliminates bad odor, serves as a bactericide (anti-fungal)
Precautions: Wear a mask at all times.
93- LIQUID BODY SOAP
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 750 C.C. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 Gram

SODIUM METHYL PARABEN 2 Grams FRAGRANCE 10 C.C. ANFÓTERO or
TEST TUBE 50 C.C. GENAPOL LRO 150 C.C. PEARLESCENT 40 C.C.
GLYCERIN 20 C.C. EDTA 2 C.C. COMPERLAN - COCOAMIDE 40 C.C.
PROCEDURE: In a 10 liter plastic container we place the 750 cc. of water, to which we
add the 2 grams of methyl paraben.
Page 45
Sodium, which we measure with the grammar scale, proceed to stir well with the wooden
spoon. Then we add the Amphoteric or Probetaine (50 c.c.), the Genapol (150 c.c.), the
Nacarado (40 c.c.), and the Glycerin (20 c.c.) previously measured in the 100 c.c. test
tubes, and we stir each one of the components very well. In a second plastic container
(Beakers) graduated for liquids of 250 c.c., we mix 2 c.c. of Edta with 1 gram of aniline.
This mixture is added to the large plastic container and stirred well. Then we add little by
little the Coperlan (40 c.c.) previously measured in the 100 c.c. test tubes.
stirring continuously until it thickens. Then we add the 10 cc. of fragrance. It is added to
the large plastic container and stirred very well. Stir everything well with the wooden
spoon and pack with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: In the liquid bath soap
mixture, aniline and Edta are mixed separately and then added to the main mixture.
When Comperlan is to be mixed, it should be poured a little at a time, until the ideal
thickness of the shampoo is reached. If the shampoo is too thick, add 10 cc. Propylene
Glycol for thinning. Amphoteric or Prophetamine is responsible for the production of
foam.
94- FIXATIVE GEL FOR HAIR
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 876 C.C. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1.0 Gram SODIUM
METHYL PARABEN 2.0 Grams CARBOPOL 940 7.0 Grams TRIETHANOLAMINE 7.0 C.C.
LUVISCOL or PVP 7.0 Grams PERFUMERY ALCOHOL 97 C.C. FRAGRANCE 5.0 C.C.
PROCEDURE: In a 10-liter plastic container we place the 876 cc. of water, to which we
add the 2 grams of Sodium Methyl Paraben, which we measure with the grammar scale,
proceed to stir well with the wooden spoon. Then we add the Carbopol (7 grams)
previously weighed in the weighing machine, this compound is added little by little and it
is stirred constantly. Then we add Triethanolamine (7 c.c.), previously measured in the
10 c.c. test tube. and stir very well. Let the preparation stand for one hour while it turns
into gel. After one hour we add the Luviscol (7 grams) previously weighed in the
weighing machine, this compound is added little by little and stirring constantly. Then
we add the Perfumery Alcohol (97 c.c.) previously measured in a test tube, and stir it
very well, and finally we add the 5 c.c. of fragrance. Stir everything well with a wooden
spoon and pack it in a bag
Page 46
with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: In the preparation of the Gel, initially mix
the products up to Triethanolamine. It is left for an hour or so and then the last three
products are mixed. To make a STRONG GEL just double the Luviscol. For a WET GEL,
add 30 c.c. to the mixture. of glycerin and 5 cc. of silicone oil. For a SCARKED GEL, the
litmus is added to taste. Recommended perfume Escape. *PEG-40 is used at a ratio of 5
c.c./liter to make the products fairly crystalline. This product is optional. It can only be
used in the manufacture of Gel. Precautions: No
95- BABY OIL
RAW MATERIAL: PROPILEN GLYCOL 10 c.c. MINERAL OIL 986 c.c. FRAGRANCE TALCO
BABY TYPE 5 c.c. PROCEDURE: In a 10-liter plastic container we place the 986 cc. of
Mineral Oil, to which we added the 10 c.c. of Propylene Glycol which we measure in the
test tube, proceed to stir well with the wooden spoon. Then add the fragrance, and stir
very well. Let it stand for about 5 minutes, allowing it to settle. And we pack with the help
of the funnel. Recommendations: When the mixing of the oil preparation is finished,
when packing the product, the preparation residue should not be packed, as these are
the precipitation of organic elements (Organic residues that the oil contained). In this
preparation and to obtain a better product, baby powder is recommended instead of
perfume (talc). *Mineral oil, acts as a moisturizer and softener for the skin. Precautions:
No
96- ENAMEL REMOVER
RAW MATERIAL: ANILINE (VEGETAL) - ROSE 1.00 gram GLYCERIN 20 cc. ETHYL
ALCOHOL 600 cc. MINERAL OIL 30 c.c. BUTYL ACETATE 350 c.c. PROCEDURE: In a first
plastic container of 2 liters we place the 30 cc. of Mineral Oil and the 350 c.c. of Butyl
Acetate (Isobutyl Acetate), which we measure in the test tube, proceed to stir well with
the wooden spoon. In a second 2-liter plastic container we place the 600 cc. of Alcohol
and 20 c.c. of Glycerin, which we measure in the test tube, proceed to stir well with the
wooden spoon. In a small plastic container (Beakers), put some water and dissolve the
pink Aniline. Apply a few drops of this preparation (6 - 8 drops).
Page 47
to the second container to give a pastel shade to the mixture. Finally, add the contents of
the first container to the second container and stir well. And we pack with the help of the
funnel.
Recommendations: In the first container mix Buryl Acetate and Mineral Oil and in the
second container mix alcohol and glycerin (protects the cuticle). Dissolve the pink color
in a little water and add 6 to 8 drops to the second container to give a light pastel shade.
The contents of the first container are then poured into the contents of the second
container. Precautions: No
97- LIQUID HAND SOAP
RAW MATERIAL: WATER 716 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 gram

TRIETHANOLAMINE 3 c.c. FRAGANCE 10 c.c. GENAPOL LRO 48 c.c.
GLYCERIN 29 c.c. EDTA 2 c.c. SODIUM BENZOATE 3 grams DETERSIN 191 c.c. METHYL
CELLULOSE 5 grams PROCEDURE: In a 10 liter plastic container we place the 716 cc. of
water, to which we add the 3 grams of Sodium Benzoate which we measure with the
grammar scale, proceed to stir very well. Then add the 5 grams of Methyl Cellulose,
previously measured in the weighing machine, and stir continuously for 5 minutes with a
wooden spoon. Then we add the 3 cc. of Triethanolamine. (This element can be
measured with the 10 c.c. measuring cylinder), and continue stirring very well until it
thickens. Then add the Detersin (191 c.c.), previously measured with the measuring
cylinder, and continue stirring very well. Then add the Genapol (48 c.c.), previously
measured, and continue stirring very well. Then add the Glycerin (10 c.c.), previously
measured, and continue stirring very well. In a second plastic container (Beakers)
graduated for liquids of 250 c.c., we put a little bit of water and we mix 2 c.c. of Edta with
1 gram of aniline. It is added to the main mixture and stirred very well. And the 5 c.c. is
added to the main mixture. of fragrance, stirring well. Stir everything well with the
wooden spoon and pack with the help of the funnel. Recommendations: In the
preparation of liquid hand soap, the products (water, Sodium Benzoate, Methyl
Cellulose, Triethanolamine, Detersin, Genapol and glycerin) are mixed one at a time.
Keeping in mind that once the Methyl Cellulose is applied, it must be mixed continuously
for 5 minutes, just as when using Triethanolamine, continue stirring until the mixture
thickens, then in a little water a separate mixture is made between the aniline and Edta
and it is added to the mixture.
Page 48
principal. Finally, the fragrance is applied directly to the main mixture. Glycerin, its
essential function is to leave hands smooth and soft. Precautions: None.
98- PERFUMERY AND FINE LOTIONS
RAW MATERIAL: PERFUMERY ALCOHOL 70 C.C. PROPYLENE GLYCOL 2 C.C.

PERFUME EXTRACT 30 C.C. P.P.G. FIXER 20 (Fixer AX) 2 C.C. PROCEDURE: In the
container to be used for packaging the lotion, mix the PPG 20 Fixative or Fixative AX (2
cc) with the Perfume Extract (30 cc), and shake very well. In another plastic container,
mix the Fine Perfumery Alcohol (70 c.c.) with the Propylene Glycol (2 c.c.), and shake
very well. Pour the contents of this second mixture into the contents of the first mixture.
Shake both mixtures so that they emulsify perfectly. Place the finished product for 24
hours in the refrigerator, icebox or cooler. Ensure that the container is completely lined
with a dark or black bag to prevent light from penetrating the bottle. If the lotion remains
cloudy, strain it with filter paper or half a veil. Leave the lotion at room temperature in a
dark place for 12 hours to macerate. Recommendations: The preparation of the lotions is
done in the same container that is going to serve as packaging. Place the Perfume
Extract in the container, then add the Fixative and stir well, then in another container
place the Perfumery Alcohol with the Propylene Glycol and shake to mix well. Then the
two mixtures are joined by pouring the contents of the second to the first container, mix
well until a good emulsion is obtained, the finished product is left in the inner part of the
refrigerator for 24 hours. NOTE: 100 c.c. equals 3.4 ounces and 50 c.c. equals 1.7
ounces. The extracts of the well-known brands are available at the same place where the
rest of the chemical elements are purchased. Precautions: None.
99- CLEANER FOR WOOD FURNITURE.
This is a small formula for making an oil for wood furniture, very easy to make and very
practical for home use.
To elaborate it we have to buy the following ingredients:
Page 49
Ingredients
1/4 L of crude linseed oil
40 ml of turpentine, about one cup
One sachet of red mineral dye (Aniline)
Method of preparation
In a plastic container add the colorant and then add the turpentine little by little. Stir with
a stirring stick until the colorant is completely dissolved.
Then add the oil and mix until a homogeneous red coloration is seen. If we notice that
the mixture is not very red, add more coloring until the desired red color is obtained.
Everything is emptied into a container and closed. It is labeled to know its content and
its expiration date will be approximately 1 year.
This mixture is recommended for varnished and dark wood. Before applying the oil to
the wood furniture we will have to remove the dust and then with a semi damp cloth we
apply the oil and rub it on the surface of the wood. After cleaning, wipe with a dry cloth
to remove any remaining oil residue. If you want, you can add some floral fragrance to
the oil.
100- GREASE AND GRIME REMOVER
Friends, on this occasion I am sending you a small formula to make a powerful crust
remover gel to make it at home. Forget about high prices for buying cleaning products;
with this gel you will be able to do it, have it at home for your use and also market it to
your friends.
The formula for doing so is as follows:
Ingredients to buy
Corn or wheat flour - 8%.
Sodium hydroxide at 50%-10%.
Water- 82% Water- 82% Water- 82% Water- 82% Water- 82% Water- 82% Water- 82
Page 50
The percentage is equal to the amount you are going to prepare.
Preparation
Mix the flour in half of the water, stirring constantly to avoid lumps. Once it is perfectly
well mixed, the sodium hydroxide is added, stirring very vigorously and slowly until a gel
form is formed. Once formed, it is packaged in pre-washed containers and is ready for
use.
101- SCALE REMOVER FOR THE BATHROOM
This is a formula for making an effective scale remover for the bathroom and is made as
follows:
Ingredients:
2 cups of warm water (500 ml)

3 tablespoons white vinegar (30 ml)
4 tablespoons of white baking soda (30 g)
1 large spoonful of detergent (5 g)
Add the baking soda together with the vinegar in a medium bowl and stir with a spoon
until the foam is removed. Dissolve the detergent soap in the warm water and add it to
the previous mixture. Everything already incorporated and mixed is poured into a plastic
container, covered and labeled with the name of the product.
When making this product it is best to wear gloves and a mouth cover.
102- SKIN CREAM
Here is a small idea to elaborate a skin cream and to elaborate it we have to do the
following:
Put a tablespoon of lanolin, 3 grams of beeswax and 5 grams of cocoa in a water bath. In
a separate container, put 40 milliliters of rose water in a water bath. Once it is very hot
(about 50 degrees), take the first ingredients out of the water bath and the other
recipeinte with the rose water.
Page 51
All the ingredients are then added to a blender or food processor to be shaken.
It is then allowed to cool to a thick mixture. Once everything is cooled, add 3 or 4 drops
of rose essence and beat again.
With a spoon, pour all the mixture into a jar or small container and label it; after using
the cream you can put it in the refrigerator to keep the skin cream for a little more than a
month and a half.
103- CREMADENTAL GENERICA Bicarbonate of Soda. Mix the powder with a little water
to create a paste.
Experience:
Too salty, grainy, and generally disliked, it leaves a clean mouthfeel but leaves a slight
metallic taste in the teeth. Note: It is proven that baking soda really cleans teeth, that is
why it is a common additive in commercial toothpastes. It is also the main ingredient in
any homemade toothpaste recipe. Although there is one over there made only of herbs.
Don't use an old box of baking soda that has been sitting in your refrigerator to
deodorize for a year or two, no matter how desperate you are.
104- CREMADENTAL CREAM GENERICA 1 teaspoon of baking soda, ½ teaspoon of sea

salt, 1 drop of some essential oil (peppermint, orange, cinnamon, etc.). Mix the
ingredients until a paste is formed. Experience:
Generally better than baking soda alone, but somewhat saltier. The peppermint oil adds
flavor and leaves a tingle on the lips. Note: You can use your favorite oil to flavor this
super salty mixture. The salt whitens the teeth and adds more cleaning power to the
mixture. One of the things it sure adds is, well, savory flavor. Be sure to use fine salt to
prevent scratching your teeth or gums.
105- CREMADENTAL GENERICA 2 two teaspoons of lemon peel
Page 52
grated, ¼ cup baking soda, 2 teaspoons fine salt. In a food processor pulverize the
lemon peels. Add the baking soda and salt, mix well. Store it as a dry mixture, adding
something wet to the brush with each brushing.
Experience:
The lemon leaves a pleasant flavor and noticeably counteracts the saltiness of the
baking soda and salt. But it does leave the slight metallic taste that baking soda does.
Note: Orange peel could be used. This recipe is my favorite, however I must ask my
dentist before brushing my teeth daily with citrus ingredients.
106- CREMADENTAL GENERICA 3 Baking soda and hydrogen peroxide (3%) topical
solution. Add a few drops of hydrogen peroxide to the baking soda until a paste is
formed.
Experience:
Much less grainy and salty than baking soda alone, but somewhat foamy and not at all
pleasant. Strong tingling in the gums that even itches. The foaming sensation remains
until after rinsing. It leaves a slight unpleasant taste and sensation. Note: The 3%
hydrogen peroxide solution sold in a brown bottle in stores is commonly used as a
disinfectant when mixed with water to remove natural secretions that can aggravate an
injured mouth. It is also used in home methods to whiten teeth. But remember that it
cannot be ingested. High concentrations of hydrogen peroxide are used in rocket fuel,
which explains its foam.
107- LIQUID CASTILLA SOAP (like Dr. Bronner's brand) Experience: Hardly more
pleasant than cleaning teeth with sandpaper. Notes: Real backpackers are well aware
that they can use this soap to clean their teeth, just like any other product from the
natural world. And it's not such a bad idea. But if you threaten 50-year-olds with this
soap, they'll be good. After using this soap on a camping trip, you get used to using it,
but the taste is something to experience, you can't describe it.
108- RESTORER AND CLEANER FOR WOOD SURFACES

Blend of natural oils to restore furniture surfaces
Page 53
cleaning and polishing them to a shine.
INGREDIENT FUNCTION QUANTITY FOR ONE LITER
Orange essential oil 100 ml
Olive oil 900 ml
MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUE
Mix both oils avoiding rough agitation.
Packaging in containers protected from light
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Apply the product on a damp cloth and rub on wood surfaces. Do not apply excess
product on the cloth.
Posted by picamoscos at 19:40
Tags: oil, household, cleaning
109- mops and rags, for dry cleaning INGREDIENTS FOR ONE LITER
Industrial grade mineral oil 1 liter
Essence (optional) to taste.
Incorporate the essence to the oil until uniformity is obtained.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Apply the product on a mop or mop with a spray gun. Do not apply excess product.
Allow the fibers to soak in well and then apply to the surfaces to be cleaned.
Tags: oil, cleaning
110- RED OIL TYPE 3M

Multi-purpose product for cleaning wooden furniture, telephone sets, etc. Similar to 3m
red oil.
FORMULATION:
MINERAL OIL 95
ESENCIA 1%
GLYCERIN 4%
RED DYE AS NEEDED
Method of preparation:
In a container, add the mineral oil.
Add the remaining ingredients in the order listed, shake and pack.
The trademarks of the products mentioned here are the property of their manufacturers
and we have no relationship with them nor do we describe the original formulas, we only
provide the formula of products that work in a similar way.
Page 54
111- SOAP MADE WITH USED OIL (1)

Why do you make soap?
Because oil that is left over in the home and flushed down the sink ends up in our rivers.
Once there, it forms a film that does not allow oxygenation and destroys fish and aquatic
plants. One liter of oil contaminates 50,000 liters of water.
Materials needed to make soap:
· Used edible oil of any kind: soybean, sunflower, seed, olive. etc. It must be passed
through a very fine strainer to remove impurities.
· One plastic paint can (25 liters)
· Wooden stirring stick.
· Plastic or tergopol molds.
· Water.
· Caustic soda. (Sodium hydroxide).
· Common salt.
· Half a glass of dishwashing liquid to scent the soap.
HOW TO MAKE HOMEMADE SOAP:
1 Save the used oil until two and a half liters are collected.
2 Fill a jar with two and a half liters of water. To make colored soap breads, cake
coloring can be added to the water.
3 In a ventilated environment and with the help of a stick, dilute in water half a kilo of
caustic soda and a handful of salt. An "exothermic" (heat) chemical reaction will occur,
which requires a few hours to cool down. Caustic soda is a material that damages the
skin if it comes into direct contact with it. For this reason, it is advisable to use gloves
and protective goggles.
4 Slowly pour the oil over the liquid mixture, also called "caustic lye", stirring
constantly (always on the same side, otherwise the soap may be "cut").
The mixture is heated with a burner until it reaches boiling temperature and this
treatment is maintained for two hours in order to produce the "saponification" of the
fats. This chemical reaction is what combines the sodium from the lye with the fatty
acids from the oils to form a "soluble organic salt" known as soap.
If you want to make soap with essences add aromatic herbs or other types of natural
aromas after the mixture has been heated to 40ºC.
5 When the mixture thickens, it is poured into the molds and left in the molds.
Page 55
harden for several days. If you are anxious to see how the soaps turn out, you can speed
up the process by placing a few loaves in the freezer.
6 . The soaps are removed from the molds. The mixture can also be poured into a large
pan. It is left to rest and before it becomes completely hard, it is cut into tablets with a
common cutter. To make it easier to remove the molds, they can be floured or covered
with oil.
112- SOAP MADE WITH USED OIL (2)

How to give a "clean" end to used oil: homemade liquid soap recipe
Here we give you the recipe to make both liquid soap and soap from used frying oil, with
which besides having a good time, you can give a sustainable solution to a problematic
domestic waste: for its quantity and its power to pollute rivers.
Ingredients:
1 liter of used oil.
5 liters of water.
250 g of solid soda in the form of lentils (90% concentration).
150 g of sodium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate.
The juice of two lemons.
Essences or perfumes of pine, lemon, rosemary, lavender or others.
Preparation:
In a plastic container of sufficient size and dry place the soda avoiding contact with the
skin, add the water slowly, taking special care in this process because the soda in
contact with water, produces heat and can cause burns by splashing. Stir until
dissolved. Add the carbonate and stir until completely dissolved.
Strain the oil well and pour it slowly into the water while stirring. The soap formation
reaction is slow, it takes between 5 and 15 days, but it can be accelerated if stirred from
time to time. From the third day on, you can use a blender or an electric whisk. Once the
process is finished to give it a creamy and homogeneous aspect, it is convenient to heat
it all a little, it is the moment to add the lemon and when it is almost cold add the
essences. Finally, stir and pack immediately.
To make soap, the procedure is the same, only instead of using 5 liters of water, use only
1 liter of water for each liter of used frying oil.
Page 56
113- CAMPHOR BELL PEPPER LINIMENT

bell pepper tincture 10 ml
camphor alcohol 10 ml
it is used for friction of painful places in case of neuralgia, lumbago, sciatica, myositis
and radiculitis.
packaged in boxes of ointment
114- TIGER OINTMENT

clove oil 1 ml
ecualyptus oil 10 ml
camphor 10 g
menthol 18 g
kerosene 30.5 g
petroleum jelly 30.5 g
It is used in case of neuralgia, migraines, lumbago and also has anti-inflammatory
effects.
115- CAPSITRIN TYPE FRICTION

pepper tincture 27g
green soap 10 g
20% solution of ammonia 6 g
ethyl alchol 60% 56 g
this anti-inflammatory and soothing remedy is applied in radiculitis, sciatica, myositis,
lumbago and other muscular affections.
When using ointments and oils, make sure that they do not fall on sensitive areas of the
skin or mucous membranes. In case of contact, it is necessary to apply petroleum jelly
or neutral oil and remove it with cotton wool.
After massaging with ointments or ointments, hands should be washed with cold water
and soap and then with hot water and soap, only in this way can the ointment or oil
residues be removed.
116- CAMPHOCIN TYPE THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE OIL

salicylic acid 3g
castor oil 3 g
turpentine oil 10 g
Page 57
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS.........................................................................................................32
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS.......................................................................................................103
Page 58
Page 59
AFRODISIACOS...............................................................................................................................467
JOY.....................................................................................................................................................489
Page 60
use:
cover the diseased area with the liquid and massage until the skin dries.
When using ointments and oils, make sure that they do not fall on sensitive areas of the
skin or mucous membranes. In case of contact, it is necessary to apply petroleum jelly
or neutral oil and remove it with cotton wool.
and soap and then with hot water and soap, only in this way can the ointment or oil
residues be removed.
117- MASSAGE OIL TO ACTIVATE CIRCULATION

Ingredients:
1/4 liter of sweet almond oil
U.S.A. cypress
U.S.A. mint
U.S.A. rosemary
A small non-transparent glass bottle.
Page 61
Preparation:
Pour the sweet almond oil into a glass jar or bottle.
Add these amounts:
7 drops of AA.EE. cypress
7 drops of AA.EE. mint
7 drops of rosemary AA.EE.
*AA.EE Essential Oil
Close the bottle tightly and, holding it with both hands, stir it gently so that all the
components are well mixed.
The way to apply it on the skin is as follows:
The small bottle is taken between both hands and rotated by warming it slightly with
body heat. Rub your hands together and add the
precise amount before applying to the skin. This option is better than putting the oil
directly on the skin.
Indications: This oil is very suitable for use in cases of circulatory problems of blood
return especially in the extremities since the active ingredients especially of the
essential oil of cypress and peppermint activate blood circulation considerably. It can
also be used in cases of varicose veins and phlebitis or if the feet are usually cold.
Note: it is preferable to prepare small quantities of massage oil since volatile essential
oils deteriorate over time once they have been mixed. A half-liter bottle we think is
adequate to massage for a couple of weeks.
118- CELL REGENERATIVE MASSAGE OIL

Ingredients:
1/4 liter of wheat germ oil
U.S.A. thyme
U.S.A. of savory
U.S.A. of angelica
U.S.A. of balsam of Tolú
Calendula tincture
Preparation:
Pour the sweet almond oil into a glass jar or bottle. Add these quantities:
7 drops of AA.EE. thyme
7 drops of AA.EE. of savory
7 drops of AA.EE of angelica
7 drops of AA.EE. of balsam of Tolú
3 drops of calendula tincture
Page 62
components are well mixed. The way to apply it on the skin is as follows:
body heat. Rub hands together and add the precise amount before applying to the skin.
This option is better than putting the oil directly on the skin.
Indications:
This oil is very suitable for use in cases where you want to treat
Page 63
wrinkles or simply take care of the skin by helping it regenerate its cells and keep it
smooth and fresh.
Note:
It is preferable to make small quantities of massage oil since volatile essential oils
deteriorate over time once they have been mixed. A half liter bottle we think is adequate
to massage for a couple of weeks.
119- MASSAGE OIL FOR SKIN CARE Ingredients:

1/4 liter sweet almond oil
1/4 liter of wheat germ oil
U.S.A. thyme
U.S.A. of savory
U.S.A. of angelica
U.S.A. of Tolu balsam
Calendula tincture
Preparation:
7 drops of AA.EE. thyme
7 drops of AA.EE. of savory
7 drops of AA.EE of angelica
7 drops of AA.EE. of balsam of Tolú
3 drops of calendula tincture
Indications:
This oil is very suitable for use in cases where you want to treat wrinkles or simply take
care of the skin, helping it to regenerate its cells and keep it smooth and fresh.
Note:
it is preferable to make small quantities of massage oil since
Page 64
Volatile essential oils deteriorate over time once they have been mixed. A half liter bottle
we think is adequate to massage for a couple of weeks.
120- APHRODISIAC MASSAGE OIL

U.S.A. sandalwood
U.S.A. rosemary
U.S.A. of ylang ylang
U.S.A. pink
AA.EE of cloves
AA.EE of fennel
Preparation:
7 drops of AA.EE. sandalwood
7 drops of AA.EE. rosemary
7 drops of AA.EE of ylang ylang
7 drops of AA.EE. pink
3 drops of AA.EE. clove
3 drops of AA.EE. fennel
Close the bottle tightly and, holding it with both hands, stir gently so that all the
This oil is very suitable for use before sexual intercourse in couples. The best way is to
create a suitable atmosphere with candles and sandalwood incense, relaxing
background music and applying the oil to each other, first one and then the other.
Note: it is preferable to prepare small quantities of massage oil since volatile essential
oils deteriorate over time once they have been mixed. A half-liter bottle we think is
adequate to massage for a couple of weeks.
Page 65
121- HONEY TREATMENT FOR DAMAGED HAIR

Honey treatment for very damaged hair
3 tablespoons Honey
1 tablespoon olive oil
Mix for one minute until the mixture is even,

apply to freshly washed hair and let it sit for 10 to 12 minutes, rinse with lukewarm water,
Yields for one application
122- HERBAL HONEY HAIR CONDITIONER

1/4 cup honey
1/4 cup glycerin
1/4 cup sage

1/2 cup dried chamomile flowers
1/4 cup rosemary leaves
additionally can be used (although it is not very necessary)

1/4 cup nettle leaves
1/4 cup Hamamelis Virginiana
1 tablespoon of liquid lecithin
Put all the ingredients in a jar with lid, close, shake well and let stand for 1 hour, drain to
remove the herbs, and deposit the liquid in a jar with lid.
123- ADHESIVE FOR PAPER AND BOARD (Yield: 90 g)

Preparation time: 30 min
Ingredients:
• 60 ml of water
• 3 tablespoons of dextrin
• 1 ½ teaspoon of borax
Page 66
• 1 ½ teaspoons glucose
• 3 tablespoons gum arabic *Available in large pharmacies
Utensils:
• Metal container with ½ L capacity

• Coffee spoon
• Soup spoon
• Clean plastic container with lid
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
Mix the dextrin, the borax, the glucose and the gum Arabic, in the plastic container and
with the help of the soup spoon it is shaken during 10 sec.
2. Heat the water in the metal container. When it begins to boil, it is removed from the
fire.
Next, add the hot water to the plastic container and shake until a viscous consistency
similar to that of cajeta is obtained.
Packaging and preservation:
Do not forget to label it with the name of the product and expiration date. It is advisable
to store the adhesive in a dry and dark place.
Expiration:
The adhesive produced by this technology lasts approximately 1 month.
Interesting fact:
The substances used to bind the pigments of the frescoes of the ancient Egyptian and
Cretan civilizations already had an adhesive character. The evolution in the preparation
of adhesive products, in spite of the
Page 67
However, it was very slow until the last years of the 19th century, when rubber-based
glues began to be manufactured.
Benefit:
By making your own adhesive, you can make considerable savings compared to a
commercial product.
Mode of use:
• Clean the surface thoroughly before application.

• Apply with the help of a tongue depressor and leave in the open air for one minute.
• Subsequently join the opposite part. Finally, press for one minute.
Recommendations:
• Wear gloves when processing the product
124- ADHESIVE FOR P.V.C.
INGREDIENTS:
1. CYCLOEXANONE - 400 CC
2. P.V.C. RESIN SOFT - 60 GRAMS
3. METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR ZINC STEARATE - 4 GRAMS
PREPARATION:
In a metal or enamel container, add the cyclodexanone and put it in the bath.
Maria (i.e. a container inside another with water and bring it to a low heat), then
add the 60 grams of P.V.C. resin. (this resin is the one used for
the baby's bottles), when the resin is diluted, remove it from the
and add the methylene chloride, under continuous agitation. Pack quickly,
as it is a very volatile product in amber colored containers.
Page 68
NOTE: When this mixture is on Bain Marie heat, it must remain covered;
This is to prevent the mixture from evaporating.
PRECAUTIONS: When preparing this product, use masks, gloves and goggles. Yes
large-scale production is to be carried out in a suitable location equipped with a fire
extinguisher.
fire, as it is flammable. Keep out of reach of children.
125- GLUE 1
TO MAKE GLUE
Ingredients:
° ½ cup water
° 2 sachets of unflavored gelatin
° 2 tablespoons white vinegar
° 2 tablespoons glycerin
Preparation:
1. Heat the water in the saucepan. When it begins to boil, remove from the heat and add
the gelatin until dissolved.
2. Add the vinegar and the glycerin, mixing everything very well.
3. Allow to cool slightly, pour into the jar and cover tightly.
4. This glue is applied hot. To use it, heat the bottle in a water bath. Its duration is 6
months
126- ANTICORROSIVE FORMULA (2)

ANTICORROSIVE FORMULA
INGREDIENTS:
1. ALKYD RESIN - 1260 GRAMS

2. IRON OXIDE - 20 GRAMS OR TO TASTE (THIS PRODUCT IS USUALLY
Page 69
THE COLOR GRAY AND BLACK IS LEFT TO THE MANUFACTURER'S DISCRETION.
APPLICATION).
3. COBALT NEPHTHENATE - 40 GRAMS
127- FORMULA FOR CORROSION INHIBITORS IN OIL
INGREDIENTS:
1. ALKYD RESIN - 1.260 GRAMS
2. ZINC CHROMATE - 20 GRAMS OR TO TASTE (USUALLY THIS ONE
PRODUCT COMES IN COLORS IS SELECTED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER).
3. COBALT NEPHTHENATE - 40 GRAMS.
128- ANTIPERSPIRANT STICK

(Yield: 1 piece - 45 g)
Preparation time: 30 min.
Ingredients
• 1 teaspoon of zinc oxide (5 g)*.
• 1 tablespoon of starch (10 g)*.
• 30 g of white wax
• 4 tablespoons of petroleum jelly (40 g)*.
• 3 ml of essence of your choice (you can measure it with a plastic syringe)*.
• It is purchased in drugstores or large pharmacies.
Utensils
• Water bath saucepan
• Small container for the bath, you can use a glass beaker. - Two small plastic cups.
• Two plastic soup spoons.
• Plastic coffee spoon.
• Empty, clean deodorant stick deodorant container with plunger and cap. Procedure
1. Pour the zinc oxide and the starch in a small plastic cup and mix with the help of a
spoon. Then add the petroleum jelly and continue stirring.
2. The wax is placed in a glass container in a water bath. When
Page 70
the wax is melted, the essence is added and stirred with a spoon during
10 sec, without removing from the bath.
3. Finally, the mixture from the small plastic cup is added to the container in the bath
and stirred for 20 seconds.
The mixture is removed from the water bath and then poured into the deodorant stick
container and covered. Be careful not to move it until it solidifies (about 2 hours). Do not
forget to label it with the name of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date.
Store in a cool, dry place.
Expiration:
Properly covered deodorant lasts approximately six months.
Interesting fact
There are an estimated 2,380,000 sweat glands distributed throughout the body surface.
There are two types of sweat glands: eccrine glands and apocrine glands. The eccrine
glands, or small spiral glands, are the true sweat glands and are found almost
everywhere on the surface of the body. They are formed in the deeper layers of the
dermis or subdermis and flow directly into the skin through a thin duct. The apocrine
glands, or large spiral glands, are those that are linked to sexual development and
appear after puberty. They occur in relatively small numbers and are located in the
axillae, around the nipple, on the abdomen and in the pubic region.
Benefit:
By making your own antiperspirant stick, you can save up to 65% compared to
commercial products.
Recommendations:
• Once the deodorant container is empty, it is washed with soap and water to remove
residues and refill it. You can get empty containers at flea markets for reuse items.
• To avoid burns with the water bath, we recommend you use
Page 71
handles.
• In case of leftover ingredients, they are stored in their containers, labeled and kept
tightly covered in a clean, dry place, out of the reach of children.
• It is important to wash the utensils used very well with warm water and plenty of soap
before using them again.
129- OATS SOAP

(Yield:12-15 pieces)
Preparation time: 1 day
Ingredients:
• 150 g oatmeal (1 cup, approx.)
• 300 g of neutral soap (previously grated)
• 3 tablespoons of clean water
• 1 cup milk (250 ml)
Utensils:
• 2 liter lined pot - Large pot for bain-marie - Large pot for bain-marie
• Metal container with a capacity of 1 liter (you can reuse an empty and clean metal can
of powdered milk or canned food).
• Wooden or plastic shovel
• Large metal or plastic tray
• Cellophane paper
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Two hours before starting the soap making process, soak the oats in the milk in the 2
liter pot.
2. Meanwhile, the water bath is put to heat and, once it has started to boil, in the metal
pot, add the water and add the grated soap, exposing it to the bath, stir it with the help of
the stirring stick until a paste is formed, turning off the fire immediately and without
taking it out of the bath.
3. Over medium heat, the milk with oatmeal is heated while stirring, when it reaches a
temperature that can be supported with the fingertip, add the soap paste, the mixture will
take the consistency of a gruel.
4. The paste to form the soap will be ready when, when stirred, it can be
Page 72
see the bottom of the pot.
5. Immediately, the paste is poured into the tray to form the soaps with clean hands, the
paste should still be hot, but tolerable to the touch.
6. Once the soaps are formed, they are left to dry on the tray (approximately one night).

Dried soaps are wrapped individually in cellophane paper, or all in a tightly closed
container, placing a label with the name of the product, date of preparation and
expiration date to keep them in a clean, dry place.
Expiration:
Oat soaps made using this technology retain their characteristics of use for up to 3
months.
Interesting fact:
In Europe, soap manufacturing began in Marseilles in the Middle Ages and spread to
Genoa, Venice and Savona. There were soap makers in Bristol, England, in the late 12th
century. The use of soap was not, however, widespread. Queen Elizabeth I (1533-1603)
was said to bathe once a month, whether she needed it or not. In 1972, when the German
A. Leo sent Lady von Scheinitz a package containing soap from Italy thought it
necessary to accompany it with detailed instructions for its use.
Benefit:
By making your own soaps using this technology, you can save up to 40% compared to
the commercial product, in addition to taking advantage of the oats.
Mode of use:
This product is used like any other everyday soap for body and face.
Processing recommendations:
• It is advisable to use grips or gloves.
• Molds can be used to form different shapes, or by cutting out cardboard containers,
such as milk or juice cartons, to form molds,
Page 73
remembering that the larger the mold, the longer the drying time will be needed.
• In case of leftover ingredients, they are labeled in their respective containers and
stored in a cool, dry and safe place.
• Essential oil of the preferred scent can be added (available at scent stores or large
pharmacies).
130- OATS SOAP
The oat flakes give the soap extremely gentle exfoliating properties, recommended for
sensitive skin, and the soap has a very pleasant veined texture.
MATERIALS
120 gr of grated soap

90 gr of water
40-59 gr oat flakes
PROCEDURE
Mix the oatmeal with the grated soap and water.

Dissolve in a water bath while stirring gently until a homogeneous paste is obtained.
Pour the combination into the molds, taking care not to polish too much or smooth the
edges in order to give it a rustic appearance. Allow to dry for a few days.
131- UNIVERSAL POLISH
Product description:
Product similar to armor-all, considered within the category of cosmetics for cars, which
when applied to tires and plastic fenders, gives them shine and color, due to the action
of oils and moisturizers.
Formulation %
1. Silicone oil___________5.0
Page 74
Page 75
Page 76
AFRODISIACOS...............................................................................................................................467
JOY.....................................................................................................................................................489
Page 77
In a container mix perfectly the nonyl phenol and the silicone oil.
Add the silicone emulsion and empty the container containing the total water, shake
vigorously until the mixture is uniform.
Add the remaining ingredients, stir vigorously and let stand.
Packaging.
Note:
Shake before use
If thick viscosity is desired, dissolve 2-4 % of olietilene glycol distearate (peg-150) in hot
water and add it to the final product.
and we do not have any relationship with them nor do we describe the original formulas,
we only provide the formula of products that work in a similar way.
132- Beeswax cream for hands
Page 78
1/4 cup beeswax
1/4 cup almond oil
1/4 cup honey
1 tablespoon of bee pollen
1/4 cup petroleum jelly
1/4 cup glycerin
2 tablespoons liquid lecithin
Melt the beeswax and vaseline in a water bath.

Add the rest of the ingredients and heat for 4-5 minutes until the mixture becomes
Page 79
smooth and incorporate.
Pour into a bowl while still hot, as they will harden as they cool.
Yields about 1 1/4 cups.
133- RUBOR
(Yield: 30 g)
Preparation time: 24 h 15 min.
Ingredients:
• ¼ cup talcum powder

• ¼ cup boiled or chlorinated water
• ¼ teaspoon of powdered red vegetable coloring *.
• Available at large pharmacies
Utensils:
• 2 measuring cups or plastic containers with a capacity of 250 ml.

• Soup spoon
• Coffee spoon
• Tray
• Stick or knife
• Plastic bag
• Fine mesh strainer
• 50 g plastic container
Procedure:
1. in the plastic container, mix the vegetable color with the talcum powder with the help
of
of the spoon.
2. Then add the water and incorporate everything with the spoon until a uniform paste is
obtained.
3. This paste is then spread with a shovel or knife on the tray and left to dry for one day.
4. The dough is removed from the tray and placed in the plastic bag in which it is
placed.
is mashed with the help of a spoon and sieved with a strainer.
Page 80
With the help of a spoon, the mixture obtained is poured into the plastic container
previously boiled in water for 10 minutes. and is covered. Do not forget to put a label
with the name of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date. It is advisable to
store the blush in a clean and cool place.
Expiration:
Properly covered blush lasts for approximately one year.
Interesting fact:
Colored substances that are capable of dyeing plant and animal fibers are called
colorants. Colorants have been used since ancient times, being used as such diverse
coloring matters coming from vegetables (palo de campeche, turmeric, natural indigo,
etc.), animals and different minerals.
Benefit:
By making the blush yourself, you can save up to 60% compared to a commercial
product.
Mode of use:
The blush can be applied with a piece of absorbent cotton or sponge soaking it a little
with the powder and spreading it on the desired part of the face so that it gives color, but
that it is not too noticeable.
Recommendations:
• During the elaboration of this product use masks.

• In case of leftover ingredients, do not forget to store them, label them in their
containers and keep them well covered in a cool place.
134- MAKE-UP REMOVER CREAM

(Yield: 250 g)
Processing time: 20 min. approx.
Page 81
Ingredients:
1 50 g of beeswax** 50 g of beeswax** 50 g of beeswax** 50 g of beeswax

2 2 tallow candles without wick**.
3 3 tablespoons glycerin*.
4 ¼ cup baby oil*.
5 ¼ cup hot water
6 It is available in large pharmacies.

7 * Available in markets.
Utensils: ƒ 2 tablespoons.
ƒ 1 coffee spoon.
ƒ 2 pewter or stainless steel container with a capacity of ½ L
ƒ 2 pewter or stainless steel container with 2 L capacity
ƒ Electric mixer
ƒ 1 plastic or glass container with lid with 250 ml capacity
ƒ Adhesive label.
Procedure:
1. Glycerin, beeswax and tallow candles are placed in a container.

2. Pour the baby oil into another container.
3. Both containers are heated in a water bath until the beeswax and tallow candles melt.
4. Once melted, mix the contents of both containers and place in a water bath.
5. Subsequently, add ¼ cup of hot water to the mixture, integrate everything and remove
from the water bath.
6. Using an electric mixer, beat until the mixture cools.
Packaging and Preservation:
ƒ Packed in plastic or glass containers, and kept in a dry, cool and dark place.
ƒ Label by putting the name of the product, date of manufacture, expiration date, mode
of use and precautions.
Page 82
Expiration:
The make-up remover cream produced using this domestic technology lasts for
approximately 6 months.
Interesting Fact:
Beeswax is a yellow, easily melted substance from which bees make honeycombs.
Tallow is a hard, solid fat taken from boiled animals. Glycerin is a colorless, thick, sweet
alcohol obtained by saponification of fat. Used in pharmaceuticals and perfumery.
Benefits:
• By making this make-up remover cream at home you will save more than 30%
compared to commercial ones.
• You will be able to remove your make-up with great ease, preventing your skin from
drying out.
Mode of use:
Apply with a cotton pad on the area to be cleansed with circular movements and with a
clean cotton pad, remove excess oil with a damp towel.
Recommendations:
• If the cream releases water while whipping, it means that it has not been heated or the
first ingredients have not been mixed well.
• If after a few days the cream shows some liquid, you can mix it with the help of a
spoon and you will be able to continue using your cream.
• Use only the cream for make-up removal, as using it on your hands will leave them
very greasy and shiny.
135- ALTERNATIVES FOR HAIR DYES
Page 83
To lighten hair color:
1 tablespoon lemon juice

1 gallon of warm water.
Wash hair with the mixture
136- Red tones:
Wash hair with rose petal tea or cloves. You can also use black coffee.
137- To cover gray hair:
½ cup dried sage

2 cups of water
Boil the sage for thirty minutes and soak for several hours. Apply to the hair when the
tea is cold.
Wait until it is dry and wash and dry it again. Apply every week until you get the color
you want and then apply every month to maintain the color.
138- To darken hair:
Wash hair with strong black tea or black coffee.
139- FOOT ASTRINGENT: Option 1:
Lettuce leaves
Water
Boil the lettuce leaves for 10 minutes in enough water to cover them. Allow to cool and
Page 84
strain it.
Vodka
Chamomile or mint tea
Mix 1 part vodka with 9 parts chamomile or peppermint tea.
1 cup of pure water

2 tablespoons of vodka
¾ cup borax
Mix the ingredients in a blender until the borax is dissolved.
142- SKIN ASTRINGENT: Option 4:
¼ cup lemon juice

¼ cup lime juice
¼ cup of pure water
1 cup of vodka
Mix the ingredients. Strain to remove pulp.
143- DEODORANT (1)

Body Deodorant
Put baking soda under the arms after bathing. The skin should be slightly moist but not
wet. If it is too abrasive, mix cornstarch or white clay.
Page 85
144- CARPET DEODORANT material: Sodium Bicarbonate
Apply the baking soda all over the area to be treated. Wait fifteen minutes or more and
vacuum. Repeat the process if necessary. The carpet must be completely dry before
applying the baking soda. Please remember: several kilos of baking soda are needed for
a nine by twelve foot room.
145- BAKING SODA REINFORCED GLUE

GLUE REINFORCED WITH BAKING SODA AND KOLA LOKA ( OR SIMILAR)
WHEN JOINING PARTS WITH KOLA LOKA, WE CAN SUPER-STRENGTHEN THE JOINT
AS DESCRIBED BELOW:
STEPS:
1 CHECK THAT THE PARTS TO BE JOINED ARE FREE OF DUST AND GREASE (IF THEY
ARE PRESENT, CLEAN THE SURFACES TO BE JOINED VERY WELL).
2 APPLY THE KOLA LOKA GLUE TAKING CARE NOT TO DO IT IN EXCESS, ONLY THE
NECESSARY, BUT THAT THE SURFACES THAT WILL MAKE CONTACT ARE WELL
COVERED WITH GLUE.
3 JOIN THE PIECES TOGETHER IMMEDIATELY, BEFORE THE GLUE DRIES.
4 ONCE JOINED, SPRINKLE BAKING SODA ON THE JOINTS, IT WILL FIX WITH THE
EXCESS GLUE BECOMING STONE, WHICH WILL SUPER-STRENGTHEN THE GLUE
MAKING IT MORE RESISTANT.
5 ONCE THE GLUE WITH THE BAKING SODA HAS DRIED, SHAKE OR WIPE THE
REPAIRED PART TO REMOVE THE EXCESS LOOSE BAKING SODA.
Posted by picamoscos at 22:26 0 comments
Tags: baking soda
SODIUM BICARBONATE
Page 86
SODIUM BICARBONATE
Sodium bicarbonate, or sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3), is a component found in

mineral deposits around the world. Although very popular and useful, it was not used
until the mid-1800s.
Sodium bicarbonate (also known as "baking soda") is a natural substance that is present
in all living organisms, helping them to maintain pH balance, i.e. the balance between
acidic and alkaline substances.
Although it is a natural substance, it is also manufactured industrially by mixing carbon

dioxide gas with sodium carbonate. This is what we find in the supermarket: a white
powder that does not give off odor and comes packaged in boxes or jars.
Bicarbonate has many unsuspected uses: the pharmaceutical industry uses it in

effervescent medicines, the agricultural industry as a food additive, and the oil industry
uses it as antidetonating! But here we will concentrate on the domestic uses of this
versatile powder.
BENEFITS
Since it is not combustible, it is not susceptible to fire.
It is non-toxic, so it does not pose a danger to children or pets.
Does not stain: on the contrary, it removes many stains.
It does not have a strong odor and does not attack the respiratory tract like most
common cleaning products.
It is versatile: it can be used for cooking, cleaning or deodorizing.
It can be found in any grocery or drug store.
Page 87
It is very cheap.
It is natural
Biodegradable
It is found as white powder or crystalline lumps.
Slightly refreshing alkaline flavor
Soluble in water and insoluble in alcohol
Stable in dry air
Absorbs water, so it tends to form lumps and harden during storage
146- HOUSEHOLD CLEANING
Bicarbonate is an alkaline substance, which means that it is able to dissolve fat when
combined with water. Used dry or on a slightly damp cloth, its abrasive properties make
it suitable for scrubbing dirty surfaces, just as if we were using a scouring pad, but with
the advantage that baking soda does not scratch.
This way you can clean all types of surfaces: metal, plastic, fabric, enamel...it can be
used to clean the bathtub, a sofa, a carpet, a plastic container or a stuffed animal.
147- PERSONAL HYGIENE
Baking soda doubles as toothpaste and mouthwash to eliminate bad breath caused by
strong foods such as garlic. This is because bicarbonate neutralizes odors by reducing
their acidity.
It can also be used as a deodorant in the armpits and feet. Although there is a small
possibility of skin irritation, it is very rare as it is not dermatologically toxic. It is best to
Page 88
test on a small area of skin and observe the results.
148- HEALTH
Because it attacks acids, a tablespoon of baking soda dissolved in a glass of warm water
can reduce heartburn and relieve indigestion after a heavy meal.
A paste made with water and baking soda also relieves skin discomfort due to mosquito
bites and sunburn.
149- GASTRONOMY
Almost all baking recipes call for one or two tablespoons of baking soda. This is
because this substance reacts when it comes into contact with the acids in the other
ingredients, creating carbon dioxide that increases the volume of the dough of the bread,
cake or pie being prepared.
150- SMELLS
Strong odors are usually produced by very acidic foods, such as sour milk, or very
alkaline foods, such as fish that is not fresh enough. Bicarbonate balances these levels
of acidity and alkalinity, thus reducing the root causes of odor. In other words, it does
not cover up the odor with strong perfumes, but actually eliminates the odor.
Thus, it is advisable to keep an open jar of baking soda in the refrigerator so that it does
not smell.
When heated, the bicarbonate produces carbon dioxide which extinguishes the fire
instead of spreading it like oxygen. That is why it is good for fighting small house fires
such as a pan that suddenly catches fire. However, it is not recommended to use it in
very large quantities for large fires since too much carbon dioxide attacks the respiratory
system.
CONCLUSION
Page 89
Thus, the baking soda we all have at home can fulfill many more functions than we
thought. If you are concerned about the use of chemicals in the home, baking soda is a
good alternative for cleaning with peace of mind.
151- BEE OR OTHER INSECT STINGS

Make a paste of baking soda and apply it to bee stings or other insect bites for
immediate relief from itching.
A poultice made with a crushed basil leaf is also very effective in case of mosquito bites.
For wasp stings, diluted vinegar is recommended.
152- CLEANING POWDER FOR THE KITCHEN

A cookware cleaning powder is prepared with the following combination:
1 cup of baking soda

1 cup borax
1 cup salt
It can be used as any commercial powder.
153- LOW ACID COFFEE

Make your own coffee low in acidity, add a pinch of baking soda to your regular cup of
coffee, this small amount will not affect the flavor,
(This trick works with other foods high in acidity, and can be useful for those cases that
by medical prescription require a diet low in acidity, as in the case of ulcers, or intestinal
cystitis).
Page 90
154- WATER SOFTENING

To soften boiled water add one teaspoon of baking soda per gallon (3.78lts).
155- LESS ACIDIC TOMATO SAUCES

Add a pinch of baking soda to the tomato sauce used for the spaghetti to reduce its
acidity.
156- SUBSTITUTE HONEY FOR SUGAR
To substitute honey for sugar in bread or cookie recipes, use 2/3 cup of honey for each
cup of sugar, then add 1/2 teaspoon of baking soda for each cup of honey to neutralize
the acidity. euze the liquids in the recipe by 1/4 cup and bake at 25 degrees fahrenheit (5
to 10 degrees Celsius) lower than the recipe indicates to prevent over browning.
Tags: baking soda, honey
157- ODOR REDUCTION -SODIUM BICARBONATE OF SODA
Make small cardboard boxes and fill them with baking soda.
Take a box of baking soda, open it and place it in a place where you need to reduce
some odor.
158- ECOLOGICAL CLEANERS

There are common items that can be used in the home in a less aggressive way than
conventional ones.
Sodium bicarbonate:
It can be used for cleaning and flavoring. Softens water and acts as a scouring powder
or detegent.
Page 91
Sosa:
It is used as a cleaner and germ eliminator and increases the effectiveness of washing
soap.
Vinegar:
Cut the fat and aromatize.
Lemon juice:
Removes stains and has a refreshing scent.
159- General cleaning formulas
4 tablespoons of baking soda
1/4 liter of warm water
160- Dissolve the baking soda in water, apply with a sponge.
1 tablespoon liquid vegetable soap
one tablespoon of lemon juice
161- Mix all ingredients and apply with sponge or cloth.
1/8 teaspoon of soda
1/4 tablespoon vinegar
two gallons of hot water
Page 92
162- Mix all ingredients and apply with a cloth. **** USE GLOVES IN THIS CASE*****
3 tablespoons of soda
Mix in a bucket and apply with sponge and cloth.
Other household cleaners
163- Air freshener
1. Simmer cinnamon and cloves.
2. Vinegar or baking soda in an open dish.
3. Flower petals in an open container.
164- Glass cleaner
Dissolve 3 or 4 tablespoons of vinegar and warm water Use with a cloth or old
newspaper sheets.
165- Paint or grease hand cleaner

Baby oil or margarine
166- Rubbing powder

preparation:
One cup of baking soda
A quarter cup of vinegar
Page 93
Apply with a scouring pad or soft brush.
167- Drainage pipe cleaner

formula:
3 tablespoons salt
1/2 cup vinegar
1/4 cup baking soda
Pour baking soda into the drain followed by the salt and then the vinegar, let stand for 10
to 15 minutes and drain with hot water.
168- To clean dirt in corners Equal parts of vinegar and salt
169- Toilet or toilet bowl cleaner formula:

A quarter cup of baking soda + warm water.
Equal parts of baking soda and soda + warm water.
Two tablespoons of Borax + a quart of warm water.
170- Bathtub and mosaic cleaner formula:

1/2 tablespoon of soda
1/2 tablespoon liquid vegetable soap
3 tablespoons vinegar
2 cups of hot water
Mix ingredients in a spray bottle for spraying, application and cleaning. 1/4 cup baking
soda lukewarm water
Bicarbonate
vinegar
Sprinkle baking soda on a sponge, add vinegar, apply and rinse.
2 tablespoons of Borax
1/4 liter of warm water.
Page 94
171- Kitchen degreaser
As a degreaser
formula:
Half tablespoon of soda

half tablespoon of liquid vegetable soap
three tablespoons of vinegar
two cups of hot water
Mix in a spray bottle for spraying, rubbing and cleaning3 tablespoons of salt
Borax in a damp cloth
172- Garbage bin freshener

Formula:
Slicing oranges and lemons or baking soda
Turn the products in the bucket and rinse.
173- Honey treatment for very damaged hair

Formula
3 tablespoons Honey
1 tablespoon olive oil
Mix for one minute until the mixture is even,
apply to freshly washed hair and let it sit for 10 to 12 minutes, rinse with lukewarm water,
Yields for one application
174- Honey and Pollen Shampoo

Formula:
1/4 cup honey
1/2 cup glycerin
1 tablespoon of witch hazel
1/4 cup cologne or orange blossom water
Page 95
1 teaspoon liquid soap
1 tablespoon of alcohol
Put the ingredients in a jar with a lid.
Close and shake, this yields about one cup.
175- Honey-Herbal Hair Conditioner

Formula:
1/4 cup honey

1/4 cup glycerin
1/4 cup sage
1/2 cup dried chamomile flowers
1/4 cup rosemary leaves
additionally can be used (although it is not very necessary)

1/4 cup nettle leaves
1/4 cup Hamamelis Virginiana
1 tablespoon liquid lecithin
Put all the ingredients in a jar with lid, close, shake well and let stand for 1 hour, drain to
remove the herbs, and deposit the liquid in a jar with lid.
176- uses of peanut butter

1)As a lubricant:
Can be used on squeaky doors, shrub shears or any other device that requires
lubrication.
2) Medication in animals:
Dogs and cats (and many humans) do not like to take tablets or pills, and sometimes you
have to fight real battles with them to get them to take their medications. Fortunately,
they love peanut butter, so all you have to do is mix the medicine with some peanut
butter and that's it, problem solved.
Page 96
3) Butter replacement:
Many recipes use butter. If we have run out, we can substitute it in any dish with peanut
butter. The taste changes, of course, but it often improves it.
4) As mouse bait:
Mice like peanut butter much better than cheese, so some can be placed in the trap as
"bait".
5) Remove price tags:

When the label is removed from a newly purchased product, there is often a sticky area
that is difficult to remove. Just apply a little peanut butter on the spot, rub with a cloth
and that's it: The glue is gone.
6) Remove fishy odor:

If you have ever cooked seafood, you will know that the house is impregnated with the
smell for a long time. Just fry some peanut butter in a pan for a minute or two and the
smell will go away.
7) Cleaning leather goods:

Peanut butter is excellent for cleansing the skin. Simply apply a little on the surface, rub
and remove the excess. To prevent our jacket or boots from smelling like peanut butter,
mix one or two drops of perfume with the peanut butter to eliminate the smell.
8) Peanut butter cookies:

One cup of peanut butter, 1 egg, one cup of sugar and half a tablespoon of vanilla
essence. Mix all ingredients thoroughly, roll the dough into small balls, flatten and cook
for 12 to 15 minutes at 180°C (350°F).
9) Remove chewing gum from hair or any other place:

Peanut butter is mixed with the gum making it softer and easier to remove with a cloth.
10) As shaving cream:

Peanut butter is excellent for shaving. In addition, its oils are excellent for the skin.
Page 97
11)Vitamin supplement:
Consuming a daily dose of 25 g of peanuts provides almost half of the
13 vitamins and a third of the 20 minerals required by the body each
day.
177- CAR WAX
(Yield: 200 g)
Preparation time: 9 h
Ingredients:
· 3 1/2 tablespoons of carnauba wax* (equivalent to 20 g)

· 1/3 cup of yellow wax* (equivalent to 40g)
· 1 teaspoon mineral oil* 1 teaspoon mineral oil* 1 teaspoon mineral
oil* 1 teaspoon mineral oil* 1 teaspoon mineral oil* 2 teaspoons
mineral oil
· 1 cup of turpentine (it is acquired in tlapalerías).
· It is purchased in large pharmacies.
Utensils:
-Saucepan with capacity of 2 lt with lid preferably.

-Grinder with hand or thick plastic bag and a hammer.
-Measuring or reference cup.
-Can with a capacity of 350 g (you can use your previous wax
containers or use a large, empty and clean tuna can) with a lid
preferably.
-Fine mesh strainer.
-Whisk (you can use a plastic fork, a tongue depressor or a wooden
stick).
-Adhesive label.
-Latex or plastic gloves.
Procedure:
1 The carnauba wax is crushed in the molcajete or with a hammer on

the floor inside a bag, until a fine powder is obtained.
Page 90
2 The 31/2 tablespoons are taken, strained and deposited in the can.
3 Place 1/3 cup of yellow wax, together with the carnauba wax in the
same can.
4 Two cups of water are put to boil in the two-liter saucepan (to speed
up the process, you can cover the saucepan in the heating stages).
5 Once it is boiling, the can is heated in a bain-marie and left for a few
minutes until the waxes are completely melted. Once liquid, the fire is
turned off and the pan is placed outside the stove in a safe place, so that
the cup of turpentine can be added little by little, being careful not to
spill it from the can.
6 Then place the pan back on the stove and turn it on. If we have a
saucepan with a lid, heat for one minute with maximum flame. If we have
a pan without a lid, heat for two minutes with minimum flame.
7 With the aid of a whisk the liquid mixture is stirred for ten seconds.
8 The can is removed from the pan and left to cool in a safe place
exposed to the open air for three hours. At the end of the time we
incorporate the mixture with the whisk stirring gently until a semi-paste
consistency is obtained, which is left to stand for 5 hours.
9 Finally, the small spoonful of mineral oil is added and a quick stirring
of thirty seconds is made with the whisk, so as to obtain a creamy and
smooth wax.
Keep this product in the can tightly covered. Do not forget to label it with
the name of the product, date of manufacture and date of manufacture.
Page 99
expiration. It is convenient to store your car wax in a dry and dark place.
Expiration:
The car wax produced by this technology lasts approximately 3 months.
Interesting fact:
The first ancestor of today's cars, a steam tractor, was built in France in
the second half of the 18th century, and in 1892 in Paris, Levassor built
the first real automobile, as it had a special place for the engine, and
even had a clutch and gears. Many inventors and manufacturers began
to build automobiles, which at first were so expensive that only the rich
could afford them, until Ransom Olds, founder of the Oldsmobile
factory, built the first economy car, but it was Henry Ford who was the
first to mass-produce them.
Benefit:
By making your own car wax, you can obtain considerable savings of
50% compared to the commercial product.
Mode of use:
The car must be washed and dried very well before applying the wax.
Apply the wax with cheesecloth.
To prevent the wax from drying out during application, perform the
operation in sections.
With a soft cloth rub rigorously on the waxed sections in such a way that
no traces of grease appear.
Recommendations:
Page 100
Wear gloves during processing.
This product should be processed in a ventilated room.
In case of leftover ingredients, label their respective containers and

store them in a dry and dark place.
178- WHITE SAIL

INGREDIENTS:
1. KEROSENE - 100 GRAMS

2. WHITE WAX (ANY) - 150 GRAMS
3. POLYETHYLENE - 10 GRAMS
4. OLEIC ACID - 5 GRAMS
PREPARATION:
In an aluminum or enamel container, melt the waxes until a totally liquid

mixture is obtained and then proceed to deposit them in the molds,
which should already be provided with their respective wicks, not
forgetting that the fragrances and colors are according to the taste of
the manufacturer or the consumer.
NOTE: The P.V.C. tube system can be used for the candle molds. in the
desired diameters and sizes.
Example: Cut the tubes to the desired size and diameter, spread
shampoo base on the inside to prevent the candle from sticking.
Do not forget to place a P.V.C. or metallic stopper with a small hole

through which the wick must pass before applying the candle liquid.
This is a simple example that we can provide to the manufacturer, since
there are other industrial methods with special machinery, or it is also
Page 101
up to the ingenuity of each person to make their own molds, according
to their taste.
Page 102
179- STEARIN CANDLES
INGREDIENTS:
1. STEARIC ACID - 750 GRAMS

3. FAT COLOR (TO TASTE)
4. FRAGRANCE TO TASTE
5. FRAGRANCE - 14 GRAMS OR TO TASTE
PREPARATION:
In an aluminum or enamel container, melt the waxes until a mixture is

obtained.
liquid and then it is deposited in the molds, which should already be
completely liquid.
The fragrances and colors are according to the manufacturer's or
consumer's taste.
NOTE: The P.V.C. tube system can be used for the candle molds. at
the desired diameters and sizes. Example: Cut tubes to size and
diameter.
the desired, spread shampoo base on the inside of the candle to prevent
the candle from
paste.

to their taste.
180- BASS CANDLES
Page 103
INGREDIENTS:
1. BEEF BAIT - 2000 GRAMS
Page 104
2. BEESWAX - 800 GRAMS
3. CAMPHOR - 100 GRAMS
4. ALUM POWDER - 400 GRAMS
PREPARATION:

obtained.
completely liquid.
consumer's taste.
diameter.
the candle from
paste.

to their taste.
181- ECONOMICAL CANDLE FORMULA
INGREDIENTS:
1 .KEROSENE - 100 GRAMS

2 .LUMEN - 10 GRAMS
Page 105
3 .FRAGRANCE - 14 GRAMS OR TO TASTE
4 .FAT COLOR (TO TASTE
Page 106
PREPARATION:

obtained.
completely liquid.
consumer's taste.
diameter.
the candle from
paste.

to their taste.
182- FORMULA FOR CANDLE MANUFACTURING VARIOUS

INGREDIENTS:
1. GOOD QUALITY KEROSENE WAX - 100 GRAMS

2. MICROCRYSTALLINE WAX - 150 GRAMS
3. POLYETHYLENE, OR CARBOWAX 600 - 1 GRAM
4. OLEIC ACID - 3 DROPS
5. PIGMENT OR DYE TO FAT - (TO TASTE) PREPARATION:

obtained.
Page 107
completely liquid.
Page 108
consumer's taste.
diameter.
the candle from
paste.

up to the ingenuity of each person.
to manufacture your own molds, according to your taste.
183- FURNITURE WAX

Wax with lemon fragrance
1 teaspoon lemon oil
2 cups mineral oil
Mix and apply with a soft cloth.
184- Dark wood wax
1 teaspoon olive oil

juice of a lemon
1 teaspoon of cognac or whiskey
1 teaspoon of water
Mix and apply with a soft cloth. The mixture should be fresh for each
use.
Page 109
185- Odorless wax
3 parts olive oil
Page 110
1 part vinegar
Mix and apply with a soft cloth.
186- Wax for oak furniture
1 quart of beer
1 tablespoon sugar
2 tablespoons of beeswax
Boil the beer with sugar and beeswax.

When cool, use the mixture on the wood, allow it to dry and apply the
wax with a soft cloth.
To remove scratches and heat stains
Strain mayonnaise and clean. Shine with a clean cloth.
187- Wax for the treatment of water spots
toothpaste (do not use gel) baking soda

pecan nut
Apply equal parts toothpaste and baking soda with a soft, damp cloth.
Wash the cloth and remove any residue. When it is smooth, polish it
with a clean cloth. Restore the color and brightness by tarting the point
with the flesh of half a walnut and then brightening it.
188- SOLID PERFUME
Solid perfume
An innovative way of using perfume is through its presentation in solid

form, as a cream or ointment. With this technique it is possible to
create
Page 98
personalized essences, away from the conventional or use the already
recognized fragrances.
The most expensive material is essential oils or extracts, especially if a

complex or sophisticated blend is being prepared. However, a bottle of
essential oil will make a large amount of perfume since only a few drops
are used in the process.
materials 1 tablespoon of beeswax

1 tablespoon sweet almond oil (jojoba oil or vitamin e) 8-15 drops
essential oils
1 container with lid (preferably wide mouth)
Procedure
Melt the wax and the almond oil in a bain-marie, stir and mix well, when
well melted add the oils or extracts, pour them into the final container.
wait half an hour and the solid perfuem is ready to use.
Application
To use it, just rub a finger over the mixture and then smear it on the area
to be perfumed, such as wrists, behind the ears, wherever you like.
Combinations:
Different flavors can be combined to obtain interesting blends.
(taking care to apply a maximum of 15 drops as the total sum of the
combination).
rosemary
cinnamon
pine
basil
Page 112
mint
ylang ylang
189- CHLORINE Commercial Chlorine Preparation
(Yield: 1 L)
Ingredients:
· 3 ½ cups of water (875 ml)

· ½ cup of 12% liquid sodium hypochlorite (125 ml)*.
· It is available in drugstores or large pharmacies.
Utensils:
· damp mouth cover or damp rag

· 2 thick, wet cloths (20 x 20 cm.) or asbestos gloves
· glass cup (preferably measuring cup)
· narrow-mouthed, glass or plastic container with a lid and a capacity of
1 ½ liters, you can reuse clean, empty containers of cleaners, shampoo
or some other
· medium funnel
· adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Using the mouth cover and thick cloths or gloves, two cups of water
are poured into the container.
2. With the aid of the funnel the sodium hypochlorite is added and then
the rest of the water. Allow to stand uncovered for 30 seconds.
3. After this time it is covered and shaken moderately for 1 minute and it
is uncovered to let any gas that has formed escape and it is covered
again.
It is left in the same container where it was elaborated, the label is
placed with the name of the product, date of elaboration and expiration
date and mode of use. Chlorine is stored in a cool, dry place out of the
reach of children with a precautionary legend.
Page 113
Expiration:
The chlorine produced by this domestic technology lasts approximately
8 months.
Interesting Fact:
Sodium hypochlorite is a compound that oxidizes a certain number of
microorganisms, which makes it a bleach and disinfectant.
Benefits:
By making this product at home, you will save 30% compared to
commercial products. It will help you keep your home clean and
disinfected and will make it easier to wash your clothes.
Mode of Use:
Dilute 1 cup of bleach in 3 liters of water and introduce the garments to
be bleached for 30 minutes. It can be used to disinfect the bathroom and
mop your floors.
Recommendations:
· The preparation should be carried out in a shaded and ventilated place.
· When preparing be very careful as the chlorine may burn your clothes.
· It is recommended that leftover sodium hypochlorite be kept in its
container tightly covered and kept in a cool, dark place away from
children.
Precautions:
· Remember to wear gloves when using it - If your skin is very sensitive
when using it, discontinue use.
· It is recommended not to use the product undiluted as it may damage
your skin and clothes.
· In case of ingestion seek medical advice.
Keep out of reach of children.
190 - sodium hypochlorite by means of electrolysis
To make chlorine from the electrolytic decomposition of a solution of

salt in water (sodium chloride), it is sufficient to create an electrolytic
tank and apply a direct current for a few hours, it is recommended to
design the electrolytic tank with carbon electrodes (graphite), which can
be taken from the core of a common battery type AA, or D, or C, clean
the electrode very well and apply current.It is recommended to design
the electrolytic tank with carbon electrodes (graphite), which can be
taken from the core of a common battery type AA, or D, or C, clean the
electrode very well and apply current.
Page 114
positive voltage at the lower electrode and negative voltage at the upper
electrode (the upper electrode can be made of wire).
When the current flows through this solution, the reaction will be
activated, forming hydrogen bubbles in the negative electrode and
chlorine gas bubbles in the positive electrode.
The chlorine bubbles, as they pass through the liquid to reach the
surface, react with the second product of the electrolysis reaction -
sodium hydroxide - to form sodium hypochlorite.
The hypochlorite conversion reaction is facilitated by a long rising path
of the chlorine bubbles and by the small size of the bubbles, a factor that
favors the maximum contact surface with the liquid mass.
The use of a graphite electrode is indispensable because any metal
would be quickly corroded by the chlorine bubbles formed there.
As far as the negative electrode is concerned - where the hydrogen gas
bubbles develop - there are no corrosion problems: an ordinary wire,
stripped to 3-5 cm. of your insulating covering may be sufficient, but a
piece of iron wire, a metal cover, etc. also works well.
Two hours after this reaction we can use our chlorine to purify water.
at the rate of two tablespoons of our solution per 5 liters of water.
the proportions to make are 50 grams of salt per liter of water. Notes:
The graphite electrode tends to leave carbonaceous residues in the
liquid solution due to its slow consumption. This does not constitute any
detriment to the sanitary use of the product obtained.
Replace the graphite electrode when its dimensions have been reduced
by about half.
The sodium hypochlorite production device automatically "self-signals"
an accidental inversion of polarities: no gas bubbles will form on the
negative copper electrode, while it will tend to become covered with a
gray-greenish patina due to its progressive wear by the corrosive attack
of chlorine gas.
The concentrated sodium hypochlorite obtained should be handled with
special care and kept out of the reach of children. In case it is necessary
to produce larger quantities of disinfectant, increase the operating
current by using batteries in parallel.
191 - cement and concrete
Page 115
Concrete is a durable and resistant material, and since it is worked in its
liquid form, it can practically take any shape.
Techniques for the use of concrete.
Fresh concrete is a semi-liquid mixture of portland cement, sand (fine
aggregate), gravel or crushed stone (coarse aggregate) and water.
Through a process called hydration, the cement particles react
chemically with water, the concrete hardens and becomes a durable
material.
Cement is not the same as concrete, it is one of the ingredients used.
The cement is called portland cement because it takes the color of a
limestone from that region of England, the cement is a mixture of burnt
limestone, silica, iron and alumina, the mixture is put into a kiln to dry
and pulverized, then packaged and is the cement that we know
commercially.
There are 5 types of cement.
Type 1 All-purpose cement is the most common type for residential
construction.
Type II is a cement that has a medium resistance to sulfates, which are
found in some types of soil and groundwater.
Type III is a fast-hardening, but low-strength cement, useful for cold
regions that require fast hardening,
Type IV produces less heat during the hydration process and is used in
large construction projects such as dams and highway piles. Not
suitable for residential construction.
Type V has a high sulfate resistance and its distribution is very limited.
The cement comes in gray or white, however it is possible to add
pigments to color it.
Concrete mix proportions
Use Resistance
Walls/Firm 1ton/cm2
2 1/4 Water cans
6 1/2 Sand pots
7 Gravel Bins
1 sacks c emento
Beams/beams 150kg/cm2
Page 116
2 Water cans
5 Sand pots
6 3/4 Botes Gravel
1 bag cement
Slabs/slabs 200 kg/cm2

1 1/2 Cans water
4 Sand pots
5 Gravel Bins
1 bag cement
columns/roofs 250 kg/cm2

1 Can of water 1/2
3 Sand pots
4 Gravel Bins
1 bag cement
The cans are 18 liters, 1 bag of cement is 50Kg.

sand is medium, gravel is 3/4".
The water is clean and the mixture should be stirred thoroughly.
191- DEGREASER
FUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT:
This is a highly concentrated liquid detergent that deeply cleans and degreases the
following materials:
Bathroom and kitchen mosaics

Grills
Extraction hoods
Carpets and upholstery Clothing and table linens
Telephones and computers
Gold, silver and precious stones.
II PROPOSED FORMULATION
INGREDIENT (FUNCTION) QUANTITY FOR ONE LITER
Nonyl phenol ethoxylate 10 moles (Detergent) 100 ml

Page 104
Sodium lauryl ether sulfate (Detergent) 50 ml
Monoethanolamine (Alkalinizer) Butyl cellosolve 25 ml
(Solvent) 50 ml
Color * (Identity) s.c. *
Methyl paraben (Nipagin) (Preservative) Water * 1g
vehicle q.s. 1 liter
* 1 liter
c.b.p base quantity for
c.s sufficient quantity
III MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUE
1. - Mix Nonyl phenol with butyl cellosolve and add this mixture to water.
2. - Add sodium lauryl ether sulfate.
3. - Add monoethanolamine
4. - Mix the color with a little water, and add it to the water, until it reaches the
desired shade. The color must be a stable aniline in alkaline solutions, as is the case
with Chicago blue.
5. - Add nipagin to water
6. - Mix well.
IV INDICATIONS FOR USE
In bathrooms, it has great cleaning power in toilet bowls, urinals, sinks and mosaics,
using it diluted with 10 or up to 40 equal parts of water and a fiber.
In the kitchen, it easily degreases grills and extraction hoods, using it diluted with 4
equal parts of hot water, applied with a spray gun and carving with fiber.
It is multipurpose, since diluted with 10 equal parts of water, it cleans and degreases
telephones, computers, doors, upholstery, carpets, car rims, percured clothes, silver,
gold, aluminum and precious stones.
Page 118
192- GEL DEGREASER:
A less aggressive but equally effective product, a high category product due to its
degreasing and solvent components of the crud and grease, if we want a more
aggressive and high quality product, replace the monoethanolamine of this formulation
with sodium hydroxide at 10-20%.
Formulation %
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS 32
Page 119
Page 120
AFRODISIACOS 467
JOY 489
Page 121
1.
In a quantity of water dissolve ingredient 1 for at least 12 hours before use.
In the remaining water of the formulation dissolve one by one the other ingredients of
the formulation with vigorous agitation.
Once the above ingredients are perfectly dissolved, add them to the mixture of item a)
until the desired consistency is obtained.
Page 122
Packaging.
193- UNIVERSAL DEGREASER:
High concentration liquid detergent, which cleans and degreases extraction hoods, gold,
silver, precious stones, carpets etc. Dilution for use:
One part of this product with 10-20-30 equal parts of water,
Page 123
depending on the
amount of dirt or grease to be removed.
Formulation
1. Sodium lauryl ether sulfate 7.0
2. Sodium alkylbenzenesulfanate 7.0
3. Butilcellusolve 5.0
4. Sodium Tripolyphosphate 3.0
5. Nonyl phenol 10 moles 3.0
6. Formaldehyde 0.25
7 water q.s. 100 % 74.75
Heat half of the total water of the formulation where we will dissolve perfectly the sodium
alkylbenzenesulfanate. In another container heat the other half of water to 70°c to boiling
point, adding the sodium tripolyphosphate, which we will dilute completely with vigorous
agitation.
We proceed to mix both phases a) in b) and mixing perfectly by adding the rest of the
ingredients in the order of formulation with vigorous stirring.
Let stand and pack.
Optional; 1% pearlescent
194- DEGREASER FOR MECHANICS.

Very active formulation based on anti-grease and alkalizing ingredients, similar to cesco,
dry-clean, suaip, suitable for cleaning hands, floors, mosaics, bathrooms, mechanics'
clothes, etc.
Formulation % Formulation
1. Nonyl phenol 10 moles 15.0
2. Butilcellusolve 5.0
3. Sodium hydroxide 50% 5.0
Page 124
4. Water q.s. 100% 75.0
Make a mixture of the nonyl with the butylcellusolve and already integrated dissolve in
the remaining water with vigorous stirring until a homogeneous mixture is obtained.
Add the sodium hydroxide and stir until the product is dissolved.
195- BORIC WATER For cleaning irritated eyes: 4 grams of boric acid 100 ml of boiled
water
196- IODIZED ALCOHOL

It is used to disinfect pimples and wounds, preparation:
to 99 milliliters of alcohol, add 1 milliliter of tincture of iodine, stir and it is ready to use.
197- ANTIBACTERIAL GEL

Ingredients:
-Six tablespoons of ethyl alcohol (72 percent ethanol) or approximately 90 milliliters.
-Three quarts teaspoon of carbopol
One-quarter teaspoon of pure glycerin
One-quarter teaspoon of triethanolamine
The carbopol is a carbomer that serves to give that thick consistency to the gel, to make
it gelatinous, however this solution is too acidic so it is necessary to use an alkalinizer,
this is where the TEA (triethanolamine or triethyl amine) comes into action, which
manages to neutralize the preparation.
These ingredients are available at any drugstore.
Instruments:
A glass bowl with a one liter capacity

A fine mesh strainer
Page 125
A flan pan or small glass container
A balloon agitator
One 100-milliliter plastic container with snap-on cap
The procedure:
Place the fine mesh strainer over a flan dish or small glass container, pour the carbopol
over the strainer and break up the lumps with the help of a teaspoon, in order to
pulverize it completely.
Pour the alcohol into the bowl and shake vigorously with the balloon while adding the
carbopol little by little. Add the glycerin while stirring gently with the balloon.
When the carbopol is completely dissolved and no lumps are visible, add the
triethanolamine, while stirring gently. At this point the gel will form. Pour the alcohol gel
into the plastic bottle and cap tightly.
To use the antibacterial gel, hands should be washed using water and liquid soap,
rubbing them for at least 20 seconds. Then rinse, dry and apply. Used in this way it will
give the best protection against bacteria, molds and viruses.
If used on the street and hand washing is not possible, apply on a palm and then rub
hands together, covering mainly both palms and fingertips. Allow to dry without shaking
hands.
For the preservation of antibacterial gel, Profeco recommended keeping it in a cool, dry
place to avoid evaporation of the alcohol, which is the germicidal ingredient.
Disinfectant
198- Spray disinfectant ½ cup of borax

1 gallon of hot water
Dissolve the borax in hot water.
Clean the areas to be disinfected.
199- CHLORINE
Page 126
(Yield: 1 L)

Ingredients:
3 1/2 cups of water (875 ml)
1/2 cup of 12% liquid sodium hypochlorite (125 ml)*.
*It is available in large pharmacies.
Utensils:
Damp mouth cover or damp cloth.
2 thick, wet cloths (20 x 20 cm.) or asbestos gloves.
Glass container with lid and capacity of 1 1/2 liters, you can reuse the chlorine
containers, make sure they have a lid.
Medium funnel.
Adhesive label.
Procedure:
Cover your mouth with the wet mouth cover and your hands with the thick cloths.
Two cups of water are placed in the glass container and with the help of the funnel the
sodium hypochlorite is added little by little and then the rest of the water. Allow to stand
uncovered for 30 seconds.
After the time has elapsed, cover and shake moderately for 1 minute and uncover for
to let any gas formed escape and is then recapped.

Store in glass containers with lids and keep in a cool, dry place. It is labeled with the
name of the product, date of manufacture, expiration date, directions for use and
precautions.
Expiration:
The chlorine produced by this domestic process lasts approximately 8 months.
200- Alternative natural deodorants

Drinking a cup of sage infusion every day helps to reduce the activity of the sweat
glands.
Apply a handful of fresh sage leaves mixed with juice of
Page 127
tomato on the armpits is as effective as commercial deodorants.
Wet the armpits with a mixture of willow bark tea and borax Powder the clean and dry
armpits with cornstarch or rice powder. Mix 1 tablespoon of baking soda and the juice of
one lemon. Wash the armpits daily with this preparation.
Apply an alum stone to the armpits.
201- alum natural deodorant

What is alum stone?
The name comes from the Latin "Alumen", which means bitter, due to the salty and bitter
taste of the stone. Also called "Kalinite", alum stone prevents the development of
bacteria that are the source of body odors. A natural deodorant. Alum mineral occurs in
nature in the form of a water-soluble crystalline salt, a property thanks to which the skin,
the organ that protects us, benefits from its antibacterial and healing qualities. It
destroys the bacteria responsible for unpleasant odors and forms a thin protective layer,
allowing the skin to breathe.
100% pure and natural, protects the body and the environment. It can also be used after
shaving, for small wounds, for deodorant on any part of your body.
Alum is an astringent salt used to clarify turbid waters by placing it in the filters where
the currents pass; it is used as a mordant in dyeing and as a caustic in medicine, leather
tanning, plaster hardener. It is used in the manufacture of paper. In medicine, in
urological patients who have recurrent bleeding of bladder origin, alum can be used,
which causes bleeding arrest, since it produces cauterization of the vessels and in turn
fibrosis of the mucosa.
How does alum stone work?

An invisible protective film of mineral salts prevents the formation of bacteria that are
the source of body odors. Our alum stone does not mask bad odors, if it does not act
before its use.
Page 128
development.
It does not irritate, does not stick, does not stain the skin or clothes, the millions of
active microcrystals are invisible on the skin.
How to apply it?

After showering or bathing, rub the alum stone on the still wet skin for 5 - 10 seconds.
An invisible layer of millions of microcrystals provides a feeling of natural freshness and
ensures effective protection.
As it is soluble in water, it is enough to pass the moistened stone over the skin area
where we want to use it. Perhaps in the not too distant future we will be able to see much
more convenient and practical forms of application.
Are there other applications of alum stone?

Natural alum stone is traditionally used by Moroccan women to maintain firm breasts as
well as to strengthen the skin of the belly. Thanks to its astringent properties, it acts as a
skin strengthener and toner.
In Holland it is especially appreciated as an aftershave. In France, on the other hand,

they appreciate its properties as a deodorant as much, if not more.
In the Middle East, alum was used after depilation to prevent skin irritation.
The slightly antiseptic effect of alum stone also allows to effectively soothe razor burn or
depilation. Alum stone is indispensable in every bathroom.
Other advantages of alum mineral as a deodorant are:
Page 129
It has a natural bactericidal effect, without antiperspirants.
It has astringent properties so it can be applied after shaving.
Does not contain alcohol or perfume,
Suitable for sensitive skin
Effective throughout the day
Does not leave stains on skin or clothing
The applications of Alum Stone are numerous:
Healing agent suitable for use after shaving, as it soothes the skin, disinfects it, and its
astringent effect prevents the appearance of wounds, its healing qualities, on the other
hand, minimize bleeding.
Astringent . Due to its astringent and antiseptic qualities, it is good to apply on pimples
to dry them.
Firming. Maghrebi women also use it as a firming agent for the belly or breasts.
Internal uses . Alum mineral has so many uses that in some cultures, such as Indian or
Chinese, it is used internally for gargling, enemas or vaginal douching.
It is also used as a starch for ironing and as a water purification tablet. etc
Alum stone also has enormous advantages
Natural: It is 100% natural and does not contain any chemical or toxic components.
Although it is necessary to put "Potassium Alum" in the composition, there is a
synthetic form of Alum based on Ammonia (Ammonium Alum) that is not distinguishable
to the naked eye. Are there two kinds of alum stone? Yes, there is NATURAL and
SYNTHETIC salt-based alum stone on the market. Potassium alum stone is based on
potassium salt, natural extract of salt mines and racing. As for the alum stone of
Page 130
ammonium, is produced with ammonium salt obtained by synthesis. Natural alum stone
is recognized by its composition, not by its appearance.
The law on cosmetics requires manufacturers to declare ingredients on their labels. As

the consumer warns can easily know if the product contains ammonium without having
to make an expensive chemical analysis. Under the ingredient statement, natural alum
stone is identified as "POTASSIUM ALUM". As for alum stone based on synthetic
ammonium salts, it must be declared as "AMMONIUM ALUM". All our alum stones are
based on natural potash.
Hypoallergenic properties: This care product is tolerated by even the most sensitive
skins.
Harmless: Alum Stone is totally harmless to health, despite its aluminum content, since
the negative ionic charge of potassium and its unique molecular structure prevent it
from being absorbed by the skin, unlike other deodorants based on aluminum
hydrochloride that are totally toxic to the skin.
Odorless. Alum stone is odorless so it will not mix with your perfume or stain your
clothes.
Easy to use . It is enough to wet the stone and pass it over the area to be treated since
alum is water soluble.
Economical :One 60-gram stone is equivalent to 12 traditional deodorants.
Some History.
Volcanic origin
Alum is a mineral that occurs in nature in crystal form. It is obtained from a magmatic
rock, of volcanic origin, called aluniferous trachyte, which, once processed, becomes
potassium alum. Alum mineral deposits originate in different phases of the long
Page 131
geological process that volcanic rocks undergo, coming from the melting mass in the
earth's interior. Alum crystals may vary in appearance, color or texture, although they all
maintain their properties.
Luxury goods in the Middle Ages

In the Middle Ages, alum acquired great value and became coveted by popes,
archbishops and kings.
Pliny, writer and famous Roman naturalist, was the first to call it "Alumen Romanum" in
his "Naturalis Historia", and the Greek Dioscorides gives a good account of this mineral
in his work "De Materia Medica", a reference treatise.
When the Byzantium mines fell into the hands of the Turks in 1455, alum ore became
extraordinarily expensive, and new deposits were sought in Europe. Shortly after, in
1462, the famous mines of Tolfa, in the Italian region of Padua, were discovered, and for
a century, alum ore was transported by sea from the port of Civitavecchia to the ports of
Venice, Genoa, Marseilles, Barcelona, and even to ports in the North Sea.
Tip:
Although the alum crystals often have sharp edges, it is possible to sand them down
with sandpaper to leave a smoother surface and thus facilitate their application.
202- ANTIPERSPIRANT STICK

(Yield: 1 piece - 45 g)
Preparation time: 30 min.
Ingredients
• 1 teaspoon of zinc oxide (5 g)*

• 1 tablespoon of starch (10 g)*.
• 30 g of white wax
• 4 tablespoons of petroleum jelly (40 g)*.
• 3 ml of essence of your choice (you can measure it with a plastic syringe)*.
*It is purchased in drugstores or large pharmacies.

Page 132
Utensils
• Water bath pan

• Small container for the bath, you can use a glass beaker. - Two small plastic cups.
• Two plastic soup spoons.
• Plastic coffee spoon.
• Empty, clean deodorant stick deodorant container with plunger and cap.
Procedure
1. Pour the zinc oxide and the starch in a small plastic cup and mix with the help of a
spoon. Then add the petroleum jelly and continue stirring.
2. The wax is placed in a glass container in a water bath. When the wax melts, add the
essence and stir with a spoon for 10 seconds, without removing from the bath.
3. Finally, the mixture from the small plastic cup is added to the container in the bath
and stirred for 20 seconds.
The mixture is removed from the water bath and then poured into the deodorant stick
container and covered. Be careful not to move it until it solidifies (about 2 hours). Do not
forget to label it with the name of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date.
Store in a cool, dry place.
Expiration:
Properly covered deodorant lasts approximately six months.
Interesting fact
There are an estimated 2,380,000 sweat glands distributed throughout the body surface.
There are two types of sweat glands: eccrine glands and apocrine glands. The eccrine
glands, or small spiral glands, are the true sweat glands and are found almost
everywhere on the surface of the body. See
Page 133
form in the deeper layers of the dermis or subdermis leading directly to the skin through
a thin duct. The apocrine glands, or large spiral glands, are those that are linked to
sexual development and appear after puberty. They occur in relatively small numbers
and are located in the axillae, around the nipple, on the abdomen and in the pubic region.
Benefit:
By making your own antiperspirant stick, you can save up to 65% compared to
Recommendations:
• Once the deodorant container is empty, it is washed with soap and water to remove
residues and refill it. You can get empty containers at flea markets for reuse items.
• To avoid burns in the water bath, we recommend the use of potholders.
tightly covered in a clean, dry place, out of the reach of children.
203- DEODORANT (1)

Body Deodorant
Put baking soda under the arms after bathing. The skin should be slightly moist but not
wet. If it is too abrasive, mix cornstarch or white clay.
204- CARPET DEODORIZER

Carpet deodorizer
Page 134
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES material: Sodium bicarbonate
Apply the baking soda all over the area to be treated. Wait fifteen minutes or more and
vacuum. Repeat the process if necessary. The carpet must be completely dry before
applying the baking soda. Please remember: several kilos of baking soda are needed for
a nine by twelve foot room.
205- LIQUID DETERGENT TYPE PLUS COLOR
Liquid detergent for colored clothes, with optical ingredients that reaffirm the colors of
the clothes, maintaining the smoothness and softness of the fabric does not require the
use of fabric softener as these are included in the formulation.
FORMULATION
1; PEG-150 OR CUTIN (POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL DISTEARATE)... 0.4
2; NONYL PHENOL MOLES 8.0.... 10
3; ETHOXYLATED LAURIC ALCOHOL 4.0 MOLES ... 10
4; DISODIUM SALT E.D.T.A ... 0.1
5; OLEIC ACID ... 2.0
6; MONOETHANOLAMINE ... 2.0
7; OPTICAL DYE... 0.2
8; AROMA (PLUS COLOR)... 0.4
9; FORMOL ... 0.1
10; COLOR Q.S.C.
11; COCONUT FATTY ACID DIETHANOLAMINE... 3.0
12; WATER ....79.8
Weigh the total water, separating 10% to dissolve the optical dye.
Measure and mix ingredients 2 and 3 and heat to 50 °c.
At 50 °c add the cutin until homogenized.
Add this mixture to the water with constant agitation.
Add oleic acid.
Add the monoethanolamine and stir until homogenized.
Add the e.d.t.a. and the formaldehyde, stirring until dissolved.
Add ingredient 8, adjusting the pH to 9-10.
Add the optical dye, previously dissolved in water.
Page 135
Add the blue coloring, and stir until a transparent color is obtained. Add diethanolamine
and stir to thicken the solution.
206- headaches
For the most typical headaches that any person usually has, willow is always
recommended as the best remedy to clear them. It has salicin, an active ingredient found
in aspirin. Of course, if you are allergic to these, you should not consume it. Otherwise,
boiling a teaspoon of bark for each cup of water may be beneficial.
Lemon balm, on the other hand, is usually very indicated for migraine. The procedure is
also similar to that of willow. Simply boil one tablespoon of the dried plant per cup of
water to form the infusion and drink two servings a day to try to combat that annoying
persistent headache.
An infusion of basil flowers is usually very effective for the treatment of headache.
There are also headaches that are the result of fatigue or stress, also closely related to
your emotional stability. In this case, it may be appropriate to consume an infusion
based on a plant that relaxes you. Lime blossom or linden may be the right choice. The
tisane is repeated as in the previous cases: one tablespoon per cup of water, and it can
be consumed two or three times a day.
207- FRUITY CAR AIR FRESHENER

A strawberry-scented air freshener base is obtained, ideal for air fresheners and
disinfectants.
WATER 88.00 Lts.
99% DENATURALIZED ALCOHOL 10.00 Lts.
STRAWBERRY ESSENTIAL OIL 1,8 Lts.
LEMON ESSENTIAL OIL 0,1 Lts.
BITTER ALMOND ESSENTIAL OIL 0.1 Lts.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
PROCEDURE:
Same D. 76
Page 136
208- CAR CARD FAN FOR VEHICLES WATER WASHER WATER 95.9 Lts.
LAVENDER ESSENTIAL OIL 2,0 Lts.
16 MOL. MONYL PHENOL. 2.0 Lts.
CUMARIN AHIDRA 0,1 Lts.
PROCEDURE: Heat the water to about 70º C., dissolve the Coumarin, let it cool to about
40º C., and add the perfume and the Monil Phenol. Once all the ingredients are mixed, the
compressed cardboard or permaline pieces are impregnated with it, previously pre-
formed and packed in plastic bags.
209- FORMULA FOR BOXER GLUE INGREDIENTS:

1. TOLUENE - 100 GRAMS.
2. NEOPRENE - 15 GRMS.
3. DIMETHYL - ANILINE - (DMA) - 1 GM.
4. ZINC STEARATE - 2 GRMS.
5. YELLOW COLOR TO FAT - 0.5 GRMS OR TO TASTE PREPARATION:
In an enamel container take to the bain-marie, the toluol until it is hot, then and in the
same container that contains the toluol, we add the neoprene and we leave to very slow
fire, during two hours or more, this is in order to melt the neoprene that is rubber, after
this process we remove from the fire and we add the (DMA), stearate and colorant to the
fat under the fire.After this process we remove from the fire and add the (DMA), the
stearate and the colorant to the fat under continuous agitation, preferably with an
electric mixer, we pack quickly in glass containers, metallic gallons, tempered aluminum
containers, etc.
NOTE:
If this product is to be manufactured on a large scale, use large stainless steel or
tempered aluminum containers and a stirring motor of 1500 revolutions per minute, this
is so that the product is well mixed and at the same time of a good thickness; if you want
the glue to be more adhesive, increase the formula to 3 to 5 grms of neoprene. more.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing this product, the use of goggles, mask and gloves is
recommended, since most of its components contain gases that are harmful to health.
To prepare in isolated places to family homes,
Page 137
be very careful during the whole process as this product is one hundred percent
flammable. (Make sure that the fire where the toluol and neoprenoi are cooked is not too
high, hopefully as slow as possible).
210- Snail Repellents
Option 1:
Put grain cereal near the snails' favorite plants (put enough).
Option 2:
Bury a small bowl or jar at ground level and fill it with beer to trap the snails.
211- Toilet cleaning

½ teaspoon sodium sulfate
2 tablespoons vinegar
1 teaspoon orange oil or 1 teaspoon grapefruit oil (optional)
2 cups of water
Mix all ingredients. The vinegar and baking soda will form a foam when mixed. Wait 10
minutes to pour the mixture into a spray bottle.
212- ECOLOGICAL CLEANERS

There are common items that can be used in the home in a less aggressive way than
conventional ones.
Sodium bicarbonate:
It can be used to clean and aromatize. Softens water and acts as a scouring powder or
detegent.
Page 138
Sosa:
It is used as a cleaner and germ eliminator and increases the effectiveness of washing
soap.
Vinegar:
Cut the fat and aromatize.
Lemon juice:
Removes stains and has a refreshing scent.
General cleaning formulas
Dissolve the baking soda in water, apply with a sponge.
one tablespoon of lemon juice
Mix all ingredients and apply with sponge or cloth.
1/8 teaspoon of soda
1/4 tablespoon vinegar
two gallons of hot water
Mix all ingredients and apply with a cloth.
**** USE GLOVES IN THIS CASE*****
3 tablespoons of soda
Mix in a bucket and apply with sponge and cloth.
Other household cleaners
213- Air freshener
1. Simmer cinnamon and cloves.

2. Vinegar or baking soda in an open dish.
3. Flower petals in an open container.
214- GLASS STAIN REMOVER
Dissolve 3 or 4 tablespoons of vinegar and warm water.

Use it with a rag or old sheets of newspaper.
Page 139
215- FAT REMOVER

paint or grease
Baby oil or margarine
Rubbing powder
One cup of baking soda
A quarter cup of vinegar
Apply with a scouring pad or soft brush.
216- ORAL ASTRINGENT

(Yield: 500 ml)
Processing time: 30 min
Ingredients:
· ½ L of boiled or chlorinated water
· 25 pieces of cloves (3g)
· 1 bunch of clean parsley, fresh or dried
· 1 tablespoon of cinnamon essence*(10ml)
· 1 tablespoon of peppermint essence*(10ml)
· The tip of a teaspoon of green vegetable coloring**.
· It is available in large pharmacies or drugstores.
· *Available in commodity stores
Utensils:
· Piece of clean cotton cloth 10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in.)
· Pewter pot with a capacity of 1 L
· Large cooking spoon
· Small funnel
· Pre-sterilized glass container with lid with a capacity of 500 ml.
· 1 filter paper (can be the one used for coffee pots) or a clean piece of cotton cloth
· Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. With the piece of cloth, form a small bag and put the clove and twelve parsley leaves
inside. Tightly knot it to prevent the ingredients from coming out and reserve it for later
use.
2. In the pewter pot add the water and the coloring, stirring with a spoon until it
dissolves.
3. When it starts to boil, add the cloth sachet, lower the flame to medium heat and let it
boil for 10 minutes.
Page 140
4. After this time, add the cinnamon essence and the mint essence and let it boil for 10
more minutes.
5. After this time, it is removed from the heat and allowed to cool. Finally the funnel is
placed in the mouth of the glass container and inside it the piece of cloth (or filter paper)
to filter the rinse, finally the rinse is poured, the label is placed on the bottle with the
name of the product, date of elaboration and expiration date.
Once packaged, the mouthwash should be stored in a cool, dry place. Expiration:
The mouthwash produced using this technology has a shelf life of 1 month. After this
time, discard the leftovers. Interesting fact:
Spices such as cinnamon, cloves and mint have a physical and emotional effect on the
body. For example, cinnamon has properties that stimulate circulation and awaken the
senses, cloves serve as an analgesic, stimulate memory and are antiseptic, mint
refreshes the breath and stimulates concentration.
Benefit:
By making mouthwash at home, you can obtain an economic benefit of up to 75%
compared to a commercial product. Mode of use:
· Shake well before using the rinse. In a glass, add one part rinse and one part water.
Swish for 20 seconds and rinse your mouth with water. Repeat the operation 3 or more
times.
· If desired, the rinse can be used undiluted. The mouthwash should not be swallowed.
Recommendations:
· It is advisable not to alter the quantities of the ingredients, otherwise the final
characteristics of the product will not be adequate.
· In case of leftover ingredients, they should be labeled and stored in a cool, dry and
dark place.
217- Recipes for gingivitis

Many people when brushing their teeth notice a little blood when they rinse which is the
first sign of gingivitis leading to gum or periodontal disease. Gingivitis consists of
inflammation, swelling and bleeding of the gum tissue caused by plaque, which is a
clear, transparent film and
Page 141
sticky food debris and bacteria that, if not properly cleaned, turns into a yellowish
substance called tartar or dental calculus (dental calculus).
This tartar eventually produces toxins that irritate and destroy the gum tissue causing
them to separate from the teeth and pockets of infection to form. These erode the bone
causing the teeth to loosen and probably fall out.
Causes of gingivitis include:

Inappropriate oral hygiene (improper or infrequent brushing or flossing) Emotional
stress
Hormonal imbalances such as pregnancy, menstruation, and the hormonal change of
adolescence.
Nutritional deficiencies
Diseases such as diabetes and osteoporosis
Medications such as antibiotics and anticoagulants
Folk remedies
Prepare a mixture of equal parts of baking soda and hydrogen peroxide and then brush
well, especially around the gum line. Baking soda not only washes away dental plaque,
but also deodorizes and polishes teeth.
Rinse the mouth with a mixture of one-half teaspoon of salt in four ounces or 120
milliliters of warm water.
Rub the gums several times a day with aloe vera gel or figs cooked in milk.
Eat a piece or two of aged cheddar or Swiss cheese after the meal.
Eat a quarter of a raw apple especially after eating.
Make an infusion with a teaspoon of dried anise, a teaspoon of mint and 1 teaspoon of
rosemary in 3/4 cup of boiling water for 10 minutes, and after straining it, use the liquid
as a mouthwash every hour.
Use a teaspoon of apple cider vinegar in a cup of water every morning and evening as a
mouthwash, and even drink a cup of apple cider vinegar every morning and evening.
Page 142
1000-ChEMICAL FORMULATIONS glass of the same mixture with
each meal.
Rinse the mouth with an infusion based on three drops of lavender essential oil and a
teaspoon of clear honey, then dilute the warm solution in cold water.
Prepare a solution of hot water to which two drops of tincture of myrrh have been added.
This antiseptic should be used before and after each meal.
Mix equal parts of baking soda and hydrogen peroxide and then swish (without
swallowing) with this preparation. Baking soda cleanses and helps to keep gums
swollen.
to make a mouthwash with 10 drops of hydrogen peroxide
Rinse the mouth with an infusion or neem extract Recommendations

Some recommendations to avoid and control gingivitis:
Brush your teeth with a soft-bristled toothbrush three times a day for three minutes each
time. It is important that the brush is placed at a 45-degree angle against the gums and
teeth and is rotated in circles. It is also necessary to brush the tongue to reduce the
amount of bacteria and to increase circulation.
Using a toothpaste that controls tartar helps improve gums by reducing gingivitis.
Use waxed dental floss (it is easier to move between teeth) at least twice a day.
Swish with water and rinse your mouth immediately after eating, if you do not have a
toothbrush handy.
Try to brush dry (i.e. without toothpaste) with little pressure while doing other activities
or watching television.
Eating a balanced diet with vegetables, fresh fruits, whole grains and avoiding sugars,
fats and starchy foods that
Page 143
stimulate bacterial growth by causing food particles to stick to the teeth.
Schedule regular dental appointments to prevent and treat gingivitis and other gum
disease.
Avoid smoking as it can reduce blood circulation to the gums and may hinder healing.
Avoid breathing through the mouth as it tends to dry the gums and increase the number
of bacteria.
218- SOLDERING FLUX OR OINTMENT

Paste type organic flux
Ingredients:
1 Rosin = incense stone or gum Arabic.
2 100% pure petroleum jelly (pure petrolatum).
3 Isopropyl alcohol
Process:
In a metal container pour the vaseline the amount depends on what you want to do with
a bottle of 100g (depends on how much you want to do) then proceed to heat with the
heat gun (vaseline) until it is diluted and remains with the viscosity as cooking oil... grind
the rosin and then add the powdered stone little by little. until a thick consistency of dark
yellow color is obtained, once everything is well diluted, add about 10 ml of isopropyl
alcohol without waiting for it to cool, put it in the syringes or applicators.
219- LIQUID FLUX FOR TIN SOLDERING

isopropyl alcohol. 125 ml
incense, gum, myrrh, copal ,rosin 50 g
Dilute the organic resin in the solvent and store in closed containers.
220- LIQUID FLUX MICRO SOLDERING FLUX

An auxiliary for soldering small elements, SMT and others is liquid flux,
Page 144
a recipe for flux is as follows:
Materials:}
isopropyl alcohol 125 ml
rosin resin 50 g
Procedure:
In a glass container place the alcohol you intend to prepare (125ml dissolve about 50 g
of resin) and add the resin, preferably powdered to facilitate the solution.
You can also prepare flux by using this resin diluted in thinner, isopropyl alcohol or
acetone (nail polish remover), for the protection of printed matter this mixture is quite
good, as it not only protects, but also helps to weld, gives cleaner welds and better
adhesion. However, the use of thinner or acetone could remove paint from some
elements of the welding area, so it is suggested to consider this aspect.
"Rosin is a natural amber-colored resin obtained from conifers by exudation from
growing trees or extraction from stumps. It is the non-vapor entrained fraction of
oleoresin and consists of a mixture of resin acids, mainly abietic acid. It is also the
fundamental component of the resin used in tin soldering in electronics."
221- camphor bell pepper liniment

camphor bell pepper liniment
bell pepper tincture 10 ml
camphor alcohol 10 ml
it is used for friction of painful places in case of neuralgia, lumbago, sciatica, myositis
and radiculitis.
222- CAPSITRIN OINTMENT

pepper tincture 27g
green soap 10 g
20% solution of ammonia 6 g
ethyl alchol 60% 56 g
this anti-inflammatory and soothing remedy is applied in radiculitis, sciatica, myositis,
lumbago and other muscular affections.
When using ointments and oils, care must be taken to ensure that they do not fall on
Page 145
sensitive areas of the skin or mucous membranes, in case of contact it is necessary to
apply petroleum jelly or neutral oil to remove it with a cotton pad.
and soap and then with hot water and soap, only in this way the ointment or oil remains
can be removed.
223- ANTIBACTERIAL TEA GEL

Ingredients:
-Six tablespoons of ethyl alcohol (72 percent ethanol) or approximately 90 milliliters.
-Three quarts teaspoon of carbopol
- One quarter teaspoon of pure glycerin
- One quarter teaspoon of triethanolamine
The carbopol is a carbomer that serves to give that thick consistency to the gel, to make
it gelatinous, however this solution is too acidic so it is necessary to use an alkalinizer,
this is where the TEA (triethanolamine or triethyl amine) comes into action, which
manages to neutralize the preparation.
These ingredients are available at any drugstore.
Instruments:
- A glass bowl with a one liter capacity
- A fine mesh strainer
-A flan pan or small glass container
- A balloon agitator
A plastic container with a 100-milliliter capacity snap-on lid
The procedure:
-Place the fine mesh strainer over a flan dish or small glass container, pour the carbopol
over the strainer and break up the lumps with the help of a teaspoon, in order to
pulverize it completely.
-Pour the alcohol into the bowl and shake vigorously with the balloon while adding the
carbopol little by little. Add the glycerin while stirring gently with the balloon.
-When the carbopol is completely dissolved and no lumps are visible, add the
triethanolamine, while stirring gently. At this point the gel will form. Pour the alcohol gel
into the bottle of
Page 146
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES plastic and tape tightly.
To use the antibacterial gel, hands should be washed using water and liquid soap,
rubbing them for at least 20 seconds. Then rinse, dry and apply. Used in this way it will
give the best protection against bacteria, molds and viruses.
If used on the street and hand washing is not possible, apply on a palm and then rub
hands together, covering mainly both palms and fingertips. Allow to dry without shaking
hands.
For the preservation of antibacterial gel, Profeco recommended keeping it in a cool, dry
place to avoid evaporation of the alcohol, which is the germicidal ingredient.
224- bath gel

- 1 cup eucalyptus leaves
- 6 tablespoons grated hard soap
- 1 + 1/2 liters of distilled water
Mode of Preparation:
Place the eucalyptus leaves in a saucepan, pour the water over them, and simmer for
fifteen minutes.
The container is removed from the fire and two hours later the contents are strained.
Boil the infusion again and add the soap, stirring until it is well dissolved.
Once the mixture is cold, it is packaged, labeled and stored in the refrigerator. This gel,
in addition to having a pleasant aroma, relieves muscle tiredness and fatigue symptoms.
225- liquid to make soap bubbles

All you need to do is mix:
50% Water: The cleaner the better, hopefully distilled or at least from a bottle, but if you
only have tap water, it also works well.
Page 147
40% of baby shampoo: do not use shampoo for adults or dishwasher or laundry
detergent, as this can irritate the eyes of babies, I use the shampoo Jhonson & Jhonson
no more tears but the one that does not bring or chamomile or aloe or anything like that,
only the traditional, the less things it brings the better.
10% Glycerin: You can get this at any drugstore and it is very economical.
Mix these proportions without whisking, just mix taking care not to make foam (this
makes the mixture lose strength) and let stand for two days for best results, but if you
can not wait, then give the bubbles immediately.
If you wish, you can add a few drops of colored ink special for pastry and you will have
colorful bubbles, I recommend that you do them outdoors because they can stain the
walls and floors.
Bubbles develop better in humid environments, so you can spray some water with an
atomizer or do it at the moment after it rained.
Finally, children should always be supervised so that they do not slip if they are watered
and avoid drinking it, since the mixture has a somewhat sweet taste.
226- PRESERVATORY FOR LEATHER ITEMS (Yield: 1L)

Preparation Time: 20 min.
Ingredients:
• ½ L castor oil * ½ L castor oil

• ½ L of mineral oil * ½ L of mineral oil
• They are available in large pharmacies
Utensils:
Page 148
• Measuring cup
• Flask with lid with 1.5 L capacity
Procedure:
1. Castor oil and mineral oil are mixed in the bottle.
The bottle is perfectly closed and shaken very well. Do not forget to label the product
and the expiration date to avoid any confusion, and store in a cool, dry place.
Expiration:
The mixture of oils for the preservation of leather goods in a dry and cool place has a
shelf life of 3 months.
Interesting fact:
Castor oil is a transparent, slightly pungent, greenish-yellow oil obtained by boiling the
common castor bean with water. It is used as a purgative.
Benefit:
By making your own leather goods preservative, you can save more than 76% compared
to commercial products.
Mode of use:
The bottle is shaken to prevent the oils from separating. With a cotton swab, apply some
of this liquid and smear it on the leather item, smear the entire surface with this liquid, let
it absorb for 5 minutes, and then wipe off the excess to prevent it from feeling greasy.
Recommendations:
• Keep the liquid for preserving leather goods out of the reach of children.
tightly covered in a clean, dry place.
Page 149
227- OINTMENT FOR COLDS

(Yield: 37 g)
Ingredients:
1 tablespoon of camphor* 1 tablespoon of camphor* 1 tablespoon of camphor

1 tablespoon of menthol* 1 tablespoon of menthol* 1 tablespoon of menthol* 1
tablespoon of menthol* 1 tablespoon of menthol
1 tablespoon of white wax*.
1/2 tablespoon of simple solid petroleum jelly*.
1 teaspoon of eucalyptus essence*.
* Available in large pharmacies.
Utensils:
A wet mouth cover.

A pewter or stainless steel soup spoon.
A small pewter container with 1/2 L capacity
A small glass or plastic container with a lid.
Adhesive label.
Procedure:
1. Add the menthol, eucalyptus essence and camphor (previously ground) and stir with
a spoon until the camphor is dissolved.
2. Put the wax and the petroleum jelly in the pewter container and place over low heat
until completely dissolved.
3. Pour the first mixture into the wax with vaseline and with the help of the spoon mix
again and remove from the fire.
4. Pour into the container and allow to cool at room temperature in a ventilated place.
When it is completely cold, cover.
Store in plastic or glass containers and keep in a cool, dry place.
Page 150
dry, cool and dark.
Label with product name, date of manufacture, expiration date, directions for use and
precautions.
Expiration:
The ointment produced by this domestic technology has a shelf life of approximately 1
year.
Interesting fact:
The ancient Greeks believed that bloodletting (red juices) with leeches was the answer to
cure colds. The older you get, the less likely you are to catch 1 of 200 cold-causing
viruses, while children have 6 to 10 colds a year. It should be clarified that any warm
liquid relieves the discomfort of a cold.
Benefits:
By producing this product, you will save more than 40% compared to commercial
products.
It will help to reduce the discomfort of colds.
It will prevent the accumulation of phlegm in the airway.
You will get a great feeling of freshness.
Mode of use:
Apply by taking the product with the fingertips (three fingers) and apply on the chest,
back and throat, with circular movements. After application, cover the body areas
perfectly.
Do not bathe after application, wait 24 hours.
Recommendations:
When preparing this product, keep children away, preferably out of the house. To avoid
irritation of children's eyes.
When heating the mixture with the wax, keep the windows open and avoid contact of the
vapors with your face, if so, wash with plenty of warm water where contact occurs.
Keep container tightly closed.
Do not expose to sunlight.
Page 151
To remove the ointment from the hands use warm water (without soap).
Wait 24 hours before bathing, otherwise you will damage your health.
Do not apply the product more than two days in a row.
Precautions:
Avoid direct contact with eyes, mouth and genitals. If so, wash with plenty of lukewarm
water and seek medical attention.
In case of irritation, discontinue use.
Do not introduce in the nose.
Do not apply to children under three years of age.
Keep out of reach of children
228- LIPSTICK FOR DRY LIPS

(Yield: 25 g - 1 piece)
Ingredients:
• 1 tablespoon of almond oil (10 g)*.

• 1 teaspoon of grated kerosene wax (5 g)*.
• 1 teaspoon of carnauba wax or grated beeswax(5 g)*.
• ½ teaspoon of vegetable shortening (3 g)*.
• They are available in large pharmacies or drugstores.
Utensils:
• Stainless steel spoon

• 2 L pewter bain-marie container - 2 L glass bain-marie vessel - 2 L glass bain-marie
vessel
• Funnel
• Empty lipstick container with plunger, clean and with cap.
Procedure:
1. Pour the kerosene wax, carnauba wax or beeswax and the beeswax into the beaker.
Page 152
vegetable shortening and place in a bain-marie until melted.
2. Mix everything very well with the help of a spoon and then add the almond oil while
stirring for 10 minutes.
3. Finally, the mixture is removed from the oven and allowed to cool for 1 minute at
room temperature.
With the help of a funnel, pour the previous mixture into an empty container and
Clean a lipstick with a cap and let it cool at room temperature until the mixture hardens
(about 1 hour). This lipstick should be stored in a cool, dry place to prevent it from
melting.
Expiration:
The lipstick produced using this technology lasts for approximately 1 year.
Interesting fact:
Carnauba wax obtained from a species of palm, beeswax and lanolin wax (wool wax) are
used in varnishes and shoe creams, for candle making and in pharmaceuticals. Fats and
waxes are generally called lipids and, in the case of the lips, they form a very light layer
that helps to prevent water from evaporating so quickly from the lips.
Benefit:
By making your own lipstick for dry lips, you can save up to 60% compared to a
commercial product.
Mode of use:
The lipstick for dry lips is applied to the surface of the lips, like any similar commercial
product.
Page 153
Recommendations:
• To melt all the ingredients in a water bath, we recommend using pot holders, since you
will be exposed to a high temperature during the mixing of the ingredients.
tightly covered in a clean, dry place, out of the reach of children. You can continue to
use these ingredients to make more lipstick for dry lips.
229- ANTI BACTERIAL MOUTH RINSE (Yield: 500 ml)

Ingredients:
• ½ L of boiled or chlorinated water

• 25 pieces of cloves (3g)
• 1 bunch of clean parsley, fresh or dried
• 1 tablespoon of cinnamon essence†(10ml) - 1 tablespoon of peppermint
essence*(10ml)
• The tip of a teaspoon of green vegetable colorant‡
†It is available in large pharmacies or drugstores.

‡Available in raw material stores
Utensils:
- Piece of clean cotton cloth 10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in.)

- Pewter pot with a capacity of 1 L
- Large cooking spoon
- Small funnel
- Pre-sterilized glass container with lid with a capacity of 500 ml.
- 1 filter paper (can be the one used for coffee pots) or piece of clean cotton fabric
- Adhesive label
Page 154
Procedure:
1. With the piece of cloth, form a small bag and put the clove and twelve parsley leaves
inside. Tightly knot it to prevent the ingredients from coming out and reserve it for later
use.
2. In the pewter pot add the water and the coloring, stirring with a spoon until it
dissolves.
3. When it starts to boil, add the cloth sachet, lower the flame to medium heat and let it
boil for 10 minutes.
4. After this time, add the cinnamon essence and the mint essence.
Let it boil for 10 minutes more.
5. After this time, it is removed from the heat and allowed to cool. Finally the funnel is
placed in the mouth of the glass container and inside it the piece of cloth (or filter paper)
to filter the rinse, finally the rinse is poured, the label is placed on the bottle with the
name of the product, date of elaboration and expiration date.
Once packaged, the mouthwash should be stored in a cool, dry place.
Expiration:
The mouthwash produced using this technology has a shelf life of

1 month. After this time, discard the leftovers.
Interesting fact:
Spices such as cinnamon, cloves and mint have a physical and emotional effect on the
body. For example, cinnamon has properties that stimulate circulation and awaken the
senses, cloves serve as an analgesic, stimulate memory and are antiseptic, mint
refreshes the breath and stimulates concentration.
Benefit:
Page 155
By making mouthwash at home, you can obtain an economic benefit of up to 75%
compared to a commercial product.
Mode of use:
• Shake well before using the rinse. In a glass, add one part rinse and one part water.
Swish for 20 seconds and rinse your mouth with water. Repeat the operation 3 or more
times.
• If desired, the rinse can be used undiluted. The mouthwash should not be swallowed.
Recommendations:
• It is advisable not to alter the quantities of the ingredients otherwise,

the final characteristics of the product will not be adequate.
• In case of leftover ingredients, they should be labeled and stored in a cool, dry and
dark place.
230- POLISHER /armorall type/ 1
Product similar to armor-all, considered within the category of cosmetics for cars, which
when applied to tires and plastic fenders, gives them shine and color, due to the action
of oils and moisturizers.
Formulation:
Formulation %
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS_____________________________________________________32
Page 156
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS____________________________________________________103
Page 157
Page 158
AFRODISIACOS________________________________________________________________467
JOY___________________________________________________________________________489
Page 159
c.b.p base quantity for
In a container mix perfectly the nonyl phenol and the silicone oil.
Add the silicone emulsion and empty the container containing the total water, shake
vigorously until the mixture is uniform.
Add the remaining ingredients, stir vigorously and let stand.
Packaging.
Note:
Shake before use
If thick viscosity is desired, dissolve 2-4 % of olietilene glycol distearate (peg-150) in hot
water and add it to the final product.
and we do not have any relationship with them nor do we describe the original formulas,
we only provide the formula of products that work in a similar way.
231- LIQUID CARPET CLEANER
Highly efficient liquid carpet cleaner and degreaser dissolved in a little water and
brushed on carpets and rugs, use undiluted in difficult cases.
Formulation:
Formula %
Page 160
Sodium alkylbenzenesulfanate 7
Page 161
Page 162
AFRODISIACOS 467
JOY 489
Page 163
In a container place half of the total water and dissolve the ingredient at (65-70°c), with
vigorous agitation.
Continue adding the remaining ingredients in the order noted, and stir until the mixture
is uniform and let stand.
Packaging.
Note that formaldehyde is added when it is cold.
232- FABRIC SOFTENER
Page 164
(Yield: 1 L)
Ingredients:
• 3 tablespoons of lauryl sulfate triethanolamine (30 g)*.
• 3 tablespoons of cetyl alcohol (30 g)*.
• 1 teaspoon (5 ml)* 1 teaspoon (5 ml)* 1 teaspoon (5 ml)* 1 teaspoon (5 ml)* 1 teaspoon
(5 ml)* 1 teaspoon) recine oil
• 1 teaspoon of white vinegar (5 ml)*.
• 1 L of distilled or boiled water*.
• 1/8 teaspoon of carboxymethylcellulose (2 g)*.
• 15 drops of rose essence or your choice*.
• 1/4 teaspoon of blue vegetable coloring (3 g)*.
• They are purchased in drugstores or large pharmacies.
Utensils:
• Wide pan for bain-marie, with a capacity of 5 liters.
• Glass container with a capacity of 2 liters
• Plastic container with 1 liter capacity
• Plastic funnel
• 3 tablespoons.
• Coffee spoon.
Procedure:
1. The cetyl alcohol and water are poured into a glass container with a 2 L capacity.
2. The glass container is placed in a water bath and, with the help of a
Page 165
The mixture is stirred with a spoon until the cetyl alcohol is melted.
3. Subsequently, the recin oil is added and stirred to dissolve for 10 seconds.
4. The water bath is removed and the carboxymethyl cellulose is added little by little
with continuous stirring until it is incorporated into the liquid mixture.
5. Finally, add the lauryl sulfate triethanolamine, the colorant, the vinegar and the
essence, stirring for 10 seconds while pouring each of the above ingredients.
6. Finally, it is removed from the heat and allowed to cool to room temperature.
With the help of a fine mesh strainer and a funnel, the mixture is poured into a clean
plastic container with a capacity of 1 L and covered. Do not forget to attach a label
with the name of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date. It is stored in a
dry place and
cool, out of reach of children.
Expiration:
Fabric softener has a shelf life of approximately 6 months.
Mode of use:
Pour 1 tablespoon of fabric softener (10 ml) into the last rinse water of your clothes and
hang out.
233- Effective recipes against cockroaches.
Page 166
In a plastic cap, place a teaspoon of borax well mixed with a teaspoon of sugar and a
teaspoon of flour. Place it behind the refrigerator or on top of the cupboards; after a few
days you will find the dried cockroaches.
Put half of sugar and half of boric acid in plastic caps, after a while they disappear.
234- BIOLOGICAL COCKROACH KILLER
- Clean the corners of the house with soapy water and vinegar.
- Locate their hiding places and pour boiled water.
- Combat them with a mixture of powdered gypsum, flour and sugar, spreading the
mixture in the places where the pest proliferates.
- Mix two tablespoons of corn flour with 4 tablespoons of powdered sugar, one
tablespoon of quicklime, and one tablespoon of powdered borax. Sprinkle the mixture in
hiding places where cockroaches are frequently found.
- Mix two tablespoons of boric acid, one tablespoon of sugar in flower and put the
mixture in a container, this mixture works as bait.
- Use sliced cucumber as a repellent.
- Smoke with aromatic herbs to eliminate cockroach nests.
- Place garlic cloves or bay leaves to eliminate cockroach nests.
- Mix Borax with impalpable sugar / White vinegar / Flour + cocoa + sugar + borax +
baking soda
"Prevention - preventive measures
- Hygiene and protection of dwellings, especially in kitchens, bathrooms, bakeries and

cellars, is highly recommended.
- Keep the house ventilated and sanitized, since cockroaches live in damp and dark
places.
- Wash dishes right after use, wipe countertops and kitchen after meals.
- Vacuuming or sweeping the floor after meals.
- Do not accumulate paper and waste in basements or attics.
- Household waste should be stored in containers with lids.
- Put out garbage for collection in plastic bags.
- Store food in containers with lids, containers with tightly fitting lids, containers with
Page 167
or in tightly closed places.
- Do not store boxes, newspapers, grocery bags or empty bottles and cans.
- Use a silicone sealant to seal gaps and cracks where cockroaches can enter the house
or hide.
- Do not throw garbage, garbage or waste in the street, vacant lots or uninhabited
dwellings.
- Destroy the capsules left by the females containing the eggs.
- Do not leave pet food out.
235- The Least Toxic Cockroach Control, an anti-roach compendium from the University
of Nebraska.
Barb Ogg, Ph.D., Extension Educator & Clyde Ogg, Extension Educator
University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Some people see a cockroach and immediately grab a can of "bug spray". But, a quick
bug spray will not result in long-term control. Ingredients in most aerosol and "bomb"
type treatments repel cockroaches. After the aerosols are sprayed, cockroaches avoid
those sprayed areas. Using these products may cause cockroaches to hide deeper
inside the walls and then it may be more difficult to control them. To get the most out of
your efforts, it is best to use a multi-tactic approach to cockroach control. But first, you
need to understand a little about the cockroaches that live in our homes, what they need
to survive and what actions you need to take to eliminate them.
Living with cockroaches: Is it so bad?
Some people don't seem to be bothered by a few cockroaches, but there are good
reasons to control them. Cockroaches feed on food scraps and garbage, and can
transfer microbes by walking on cooking surfaces, clean dishes, and tableware. These
microbes can give you food poisoning, and expose you and your family to other
illnesses. Another reason for concern is that some people living in cockroach-infested
areas develop allergies that can trigger asthma.
Cockroach species:
Page 168
There are four species of cockroaches found in Nebraska homes: the German cockroach
(Blattella germanica, , the Oriental cockroach (Blatta orientalis, Fig. 2), the brown stripe
cockroach (Supella longipalpa, and the American cockroach (Periplaneta americana, .
The two most common cockroaches are the German cockroach and the Oriental
cockroach. German cockroaches are usually found in kitchens and bathrooms. Oriental
cockroaches are most often found in the basement because they like cool, damp
environments and are sometimes referred to as "water bugs".
Brown-striped cockroaches can live in kitchens and bathrooms, but they can also be
found in living rooms and bedrooms because they need less water than the German
cockroach. Compared to southern states, American cockroaches are not found very
often in Nebraska, but they are sometimes found in older buildings that have steam
heating.
Cockroach habits:
Cockroaches are most active at night and live in groups. By day, they live in holes and
crevices that are dark and damp. Cockroaches also like to spend time on porous
surfaces, such as wood, cardboard and paper-because they can fill these surfaces with
their odor-which attracts other cockroaches to these same areas. Cockroaches eat
anything that is organic-food scraps and morels, grease, garbage, wool and cotton
fabrics, cardboard and wallpaper resists. Cockroaches also need water, although the
brown stripe cockroach can live for several weeks with very little water. Cockroaches
prefer to live near their food and water source. Take away their food and water and the
cockroaches will have a harder time living in your home.
Find problem areas:
Knowing what kind of cockroaches you have can help you understand
Page 169
where to focus their inspection efforts. Use the illustrations to help you. Find the
sources of cockroach infestation by inspecting and using sticky traps to capture them.
Draw a sketch of each room, and begin the inspection. Use a hand lamp and small mirror
to look behind or under appliances and cabinets. Look for live or dead cockroaches,
dermatoskeleton ("cockroach skin"), eggshells, and cockroach droppings ("cockroach
spots") that may look like peppercorns. If you find live roaches during your search, use a
vacuum cleaner to suck up the roaches and their garbage. You can also find their hiding
places at night by quietly entering a dark room and watching where they run when you
turn on the lights.
Sticky traps:
Sticky traps are an easy way to determine the type of roach you have and to get an idea
of how many roaches you have. Any sticky trap will work; it may be less expensive to
purchase resistor boards sold for mouse control.
Place traps near evidence of cockroaches discovered during the inspection, especially
where cockroach spots are found and places near food and water sources. Mark the
locations of sticky traps on the schematic. Write the date on the traps and check them
weekly. Document the date, location, type and number of cockroaches trapped. These
traps will be used to assess the success of your control efforts.
Flask traps:
Another type of trap that is very cheap and easy to make is a jar trap. A clean, empty
quart "mayonnaise" jar with a rounded neck will work best. Spread a thin layer of
petroleum jelly inside the bottle in the neck area. To put the bait in the jar, place a two-
inch piece of banana peel in the bottom of the jar. During the night, the cockroaches will
smell the banana peel and enter the jar. They will not be able to get out because the
petroleum jelly prevents the cockroaches from grabbing the jar. For oriental
cockroaches, place a paper napkin outside the jar because oriental cockroaches cannot
climb on a glass surface. After you have
Page 170
captured cockroaches, you can put the lid on the jar and put it in the freezer for several
hours to kill them. Throw the dead cockroaches outside in a garbage can and use the jar
again. When huge numbers of cockroaches are present, these jar traps will catch
cockroaches even if a banana peel is not used.
Inspect all rooms:
Kitchens.
Moisture, food, and hiding places are reasons why German cockroaches are often found
in the kitchen. Search the floor under and behind the stack of dishwashers, stoves and
other appliances. Inspect all holes in the kitchen cabinets. Especially look for roach
stains that may be on the wall, in cabinets, near holes and cracks and corners. Where
there are many cockroach spots, you can be sure that many cockroaches spend time in
those areas. Examine the ceiling columns inside the house, especially above the cooking
and dishwashing areas. Check behind the refrigerator and around the door seals.
Careful inspection should reveal "good places" where most cockroaches are living.
Focus control efforts on these areas.
Bathrooms.
Humidity is important here. Look for plumbing that leaks water or sweat that may be
adding to the roach problem. Check the tub and/or shower and look for ceramic panels
or glass sheets that have water leaking behind the wall. Check spill and drain holes;
cockroaches will also live in these areas.
Basements.
Oriental cockroaches are most common in basements because they like cool, damp
conditions. They are attracted to drainage holes in the floor, laundry areas, basement
bathrooms because of the moisture found in these places. Dank basements and wall-to-
wall carpeted basements, where oriental cockroaches
Page 171
live underneath, especially present challenges. Unlike other types of cockroaches,
oriental cockroaches can live and breed outdoors as well as indoors. Check the
basement foundation for holes because cockroaches will enter the house through holes
in the foundation.
Other rooms.
The brown stingray cockroach does not need much water, and is sometimes found in
drier parts of the house, such as living rooms and bedrooms. In these rooms, vacuum
curtains and furniture, especially under cushions and in recesses. Empty and clean
bookshelves and shake out books. Look behind the photos. Check cabinets, desks,
clocks, radios, stereos, computers, televisions-wherever it's warm and dark.
Reduce humidity:
Because all cockroaches need moisture, getting rid of moisture sources will help
eliminate them. Repair water leaks, insulate piping and seal gaps around sinks, tubs, and
plumbing to prevent water from getting behind walls. Compound grout around tubs and
shower heads. Seal gaps around kitchen countertops and the fenders behind the sink in
the kitchen.
Keep the kitchen and bathroom as dry as possible. Clean spills. Do not let water stand in
the saucers of houseplants or in the grease tray under the refrigerator. At night, remove
water saucers for pets.
Eliminate food sources:
The kitchen is a good place for German and brown-striped cockroaches because it is
warm, moist, and has plenty of food. Keep your kitchen very clean and don't let grease,
crumbs, or things pile up anywhere.
Move and carve stoves and refrigerators and around, under, and behind them. Clean all
kitchen surfaces, especially between them and appliances. Clean inside and outside of
cabinets. Clean stains and cockroach droppings. The droppings are consumed by the
cockroach brood and attract other cockroaches to these areas.
Page 172
Store all food, including pet food, in tightly closed, cockroach-resistant containers. Do
not leave pet food dishes on the floor overnight.
Garbage is attractive to cockroaches. Keep garbage, compost and recyclables in tightly

closed containers. Empty them daily, preferably at night, because cockroaches are more
active at that time. Wash and dry dishes, utensils, pots and pans immediately and do not
allow dirty dishes to remain on the cooking surface or in the dishwasher overnight.
Cockroaches can live under poorly fitting refrigerator door seals. Repair them.
Remove hiding places:
Cockroaches live in close quarters with other cockroaches. Piling things up allows them
more living space so getting rid of piles is very important. Do not store paper grocery
bags, containers, cardboard, magazines, newspapers, boxes of equipment or clothing on
the floor and do not force paper bags between appliances or inside cabinets.
If there are gaps in kitchen cabinets or between pieces of wood cabinetry, clean, vacuum
and seal them with silicone caulk (special glue). Remove drawers in the kitchen and
inspect them inside the frame.
Seal small holes that are pathways to your home. If you live in an apartment building,
pay special attention to the walls connecting other units.
Repair holes and cracks in basement walls and floors. Wool fiber can be stuffed into the
holes as a quick fix. Cover drains in the basement and floors with metal window
coverings. Tighten loose windows and seal gaps around doors with weather stripping.
Seal gaps around water, gas, and heating pipes, inside and outside. Don't forget the
holes around heating meters, air ducts, electrical boxes and temporary ceilings in the
heating system.
Page 173
interior ceilings.
Replace damaged or missing sockets.
The cockroach brood lives in very small holes. In extreme cases, when no holes or
crevices are available, German and brown-striped cockroaches can live under the labels
of canned goods and eat the resistol on the paper labels. To remove these hiding places,
remove the labels and use a marker to mark the contents.
Outside, remove debris and clear bushes near the building. Move firewood and garbage
cans away from the building.
Get rid of cockroaches using low toxic methods:
It is best to use the least toxic control method that will eliminate the cockroach
infestation. It makes no sense to expose your family, your pets and yourself to a toxic
insect repellent when less toxic methods are just as effective.
We have listed cockroach control methods, starting with the non-toxic methods and
progressing to the more toxic ones. It makes sense to use the non-toxic methods first
and then use the more toxic methods only if the non-toxic methods do not solve the
problem.
Vacuuming. It seems to be very simple...but it does work. To quickly reduce cockroach

populations you find behind appliances or in cabinets, have a vacuum cleaner ready and
vacuum them up. The hose attachment works best. When finished, remove the bag from
the vacuum cleaner, seal it inside a plastic or paper bag, then throw the two bags away,
preferably outside the house. Or put the sealed bag in the freezer for a few hours to kill
the cockroaches, then throw them in the garbage can.
Hot and cold treatments when practical. Extreme temperatures will kill cockroaches. It is
not very practical to let your house freeze in the winter. But, you can kill cockroaches in
small appliances, furniture or paper goods by leaving them outside (below 20 degrees F)
for several days or by putting them in the freezer.
Page 174
for several hours.
Sticky or jar traps. Using traps will reduce the number of cockroaches so continue to use
them in places where you have previously trapped them. It is almost impossible to get
rid of all cockroaches with traps alone so you will also need to use another method of
control.
Baiting. The greatest improvement in controlling cockroaches in recent years is the

availability of effective baiting products. They can be found in hardware stores,
pharmacies, discount stores, home centers, supermarkets and even web sites that sell
insect control products. Insecticide bait is available in small plastic containers (bait
stations) or as a dispensable gel. The baits are not harmful to the environment or to
people or domestic animals. Slow-acting baits work best. Use baits containing
hydramethylnon, fipronil, boric acid or sulfluramid as their active ingredient (see Table
1). The active ingredient will be found on the product label.
Bait stations can be attached to walls, but change them frequently because after they are
empty, cockroaches will hide in them. Gel baits are very effective and can be glued into
holes and crevices where bait stations will not fit. If the gel bait has been consumed or
dries out, you will need to replace it.
Be patient; baits take several weeks to produce results. Cockroaches will use the bait as
a food source, but you will need to eliminate other food sources as much as possible
during the time the bait is being used. Some cockroaches will eat the bait and become
poisoned; others will become poisoned when they eat the bodies of dead cockroaches
or their droppings. Do not use insect repellents or household cleaners near baits
because they may scare cockroaches away.
Place baits in "good places"-near sticky traps that have caught roaches, or where you
have seen roach spots or roach droppings. Placement is important. For German and
brown-striped cockroaches, place bait stations near walls and tuck them into corners.
For the American cockroaches and the
Page 175
1000-EASTERN CHEMICAL FORMULATES place bait stations in
the basement near floor drainage pipes or in small, damp spaces.
Table 1. Common active ingredients of baits found in cockroach control products. This is
not a complete list and not all products are available nationwide.
Active Ingredient Examples of product names abamectin
Avert Cockroach Gel Bait

Avert Dry Flowable Flowable Cockroach Bait
boric acid (boric acid)
Blue Diamond Roach Food

Niban FG
Pic Roach Killer Gel
Roach Free System
fipronil
Combat Quick Kill Formula

Max Force Professional Roach Killer Gel Bait FC - with fipronil hydramenthylnon Combat
Roach Killing Gel
Combat Source Kill
Max Force Professional Insect Control Granular Bait
Max Force Professional Roach Killer Gel Bait - with hydramethylnon
Siege Gel Insecticide
sulfluramid
Max Roach Bait Raid
Powders.
Silica (including silica dioxide, silica gel and silica aerogel) and diatomaceous earth
damage the wax layer of the cockroach's body, causing it to dry out and die. Boric acid
is a readily available powder that cockroaches consume when they do the
Page 176
cleaning. It acts like a stomach poison, but is one of the safest control products to use
around people and pets. Look for these powders in hardware stores, drug stores,
discount stores, home centers, supermarkets and even web sites that sell insect control
products (see Table 2). Apply powders in very thin layers underneath appliances and
inside empty areas (such as on the wall and around cabinets). Only apply powders in
areas that are not accessible to children and pets.
Table 2. Common active ingredients of dusts found in cockroach control products. This
is not a complete list and not all products are available nationwide. Active Ingredient
Examples of product names boric acid (boric acid)
Borid Boric Acid Dust
Perma-Dust Pressurized Boric Acid Dust
Pic Boric Acid Roach Killer Gel
Pic Boric Acid Roach Killer III Powder
Roach Prufe
Victor Roach Killing Powder
diatomaceous earth Diatomaceous Earth

Roach and Ant Killer D-E Dust
Safer Ant & Crawling Insect Killer>
silica (silica dioxide, silica gel and silica aerogel)

DeltaDust (also contains pyrethrins)
Drione Dust (also contains pyrethrins)
Safer Ant & Crawling Insect Killer (also contains diatomaceous earth) Tri-Die Pressurized
Silica + Pyrethrin Dust (also contains pyrethrin) other
Hydramethylone
Its active ingredient, 2.15% hydramethylone, is a delayed-action stomach poison of the
amidinohydrazone family, capable of controlling cockroach strains resistant to
conventional insecticides due to its particular mode of action.
Page 177
It takes advantage of cockroach behavior patterns to eliminate both
nymphs and adults. After ingestion. Cockroaches return to their places
of refuge where they defecate and in this way are able to intoxicate
other adults and especially nymphs with their contaminated feces due
to their coprophagic habits.
The carcasses of intoxicated cockroaches are also eaten by other

cockroaches. It is estimated that for every cockroach that ingests
hydramethylone, 40 to 50 cockroaches are eliminated. After ingestion,
the insects do not show an immediate effect and gradually become
inactive, stop feeding and die within 2 or 3 days.
Always read and follow the instructions carefully on the product label.
Only use products that are labeled for indoor use. The list of products is
not necessarily endorsed by the University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Continue to review:
Once your roach problem is under control, continue to use sticky traps
to see if roaches show up again. Cockroach populations are growing
rapidly. Getting rid of a few cockroaches is easier than getting rid of
many.
Working with a professional:
You may want to hire an insect control professional to help you,

especially if you have a large infestation. If insecticides are needed,
professionals are trained to apply them safely. However, you can still
use less toxic methods, such as bait, to control the infestation in your
home.
If you live in a multi-unit housing unit and there is a problem with

Page 154
serious cockroach infestation, contact the apartment manager. If you are
not given a satisfactory answer, contact your local health department.
The information in this sheet has been fairly condensed from the
Cockroach Control Manual.
A complete copy of the Cockroach Control Manual can be purchased

upon request from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln Extension in
Lancaster County, 444 Cherrycreek Rd, Lincoln, NE 68528-1507.
(402-441-7180).
236- INSECTICIDE FOR MOSQUITOES
(Yield: 1050 ml)

Ingredients:
• 1 L of water
• 1 tablespoon of grated soap
• 1 tablespoon of motor oil
Utensils:
• Blender
• Measuring cup
• Funnel
• Atomizer bottle with 1.5 L capacity
Procedure:
1. Mix the water, soap and oil in a blender until a white color is obtained.

With the help of the funnel, it is filled into the spray bottle. Do not forget
to label the product and the expiration date.
Expiration:
Page 179
The insecticide, well covered and in a cool place, has a shelf life of
Page 180
Interesting fact:
Insecticide is a group of products used to kill insects by chemical

action. They are used in suitable formulations to increase their effect;
thus, dispersing agents, wetting glues, deodorants and antioxidants are
added. The powder can be applied in the form of granules.
Benefit:
By making the insecticide yourself, you can save up to 50% compared to

Mode of use:
It should be used with a spray bottle which is sprayed where insects are
most prevalent (plants).
Recommendations:
• Avoid contact with eyes and skin and even ingestion because it is
poisonous.
• Do not leave the insecticide within the reach of children. In case of
ingestion, seek medical attention, as it is a poisonous product.
• In case of leftover ingredients, they are stored in their containers,
labeled and kept tightly covered in a clean, dry place.
237- TOILET SOAP BAR

INTRODUCTION
This soap with lavender essential oil is an excellent calming agent for
the nervous system and the skin, especially when applied in circular
movements over the body. The high concentration of glycerin
moisturizes and softens the skin.
Page 181
You can use other essential oils, depending on the use you want to give
to the soap (anti-acne, scalp strengthener, anti-stress, anti-cellulite,
blemish remover, etc.) The concentration and type of essential oil used
will depend on the type of soap you want to use.
Page 182
the essential oils you use will be the same as those indicated in the
treatments.
PROPOSED FORMULA
INGREDIENT FUNCTION QUANTITY FOR ONE LITER

Toilet soap "neutral" Soap 400 g
Moisturizing Glycerin 300 ml
Aroma essence 1 ml
Nipagin Preservative 1 g
Softened or distilled water vehicle Cbp 1 liter
MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUE
1 Dissolve the soap in water and heat until completely dissolved.

2 Add glycerin and nipagin, stir for 5 minutes.
3 Allow to cool and shortly before the paste solidifies, add the essence
and pack.
4 Allow the contents of the containers to cool to a solid paste.
5 If you wish, you can add color (in the case of white color, use titanium
dioxide).
238- OATMEAL SOAP (2)
(Yield:12-15 pieces)
Ingredients:
• 150 g oatmeal (1 cup, approx.)

• 300 g of neutral soap (previously grated)
• 3 tablespoons of clean water
• 1 cup milk (250 ml)
Page 183
Utensils:
Page 184
• 2 liter lined pot - Large pot for bain-marie - Large pot for bain-marie
• Metal container with a capacity of 1 liter (you can reuse an empty and
clean metal can of powdered milk or canned food).
• Wooden or plastic shovel
• Large metal or plastic tray
• Cellophane paper
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Two hours before starting the soap making process, soak the oats in
the milk in the 2 liter pot.
2. Meanwhile, the water bath is put to heat and, once it has started to
boil, in the metal pot, add the water and add the grated soap, exposing it
to the bath, stir it with the help of the stirring stick until a paste is
formed, turning off the fire immediately and without taking it out of the
bath.
3. Over medium heat, the milk with oatmeal is heated while stirring,
when it reaches a temperature that can be supported with the fingertip,
add the soap paste, the mixture will take the consistency of a gruel.
4. The paste to form the soap will be ready when, when stirring, the
bottom of the pot can be seen.
5. Immediately, the paste is poured into the tray to form the soaps with
clean hands, the paste should still be hot, but tolerable to the touch.
6. Once the soaps are formed, they are left to dry on the tray
(approximately one night).
Dried soaps are wrapped individually in cellophane paper, or all in a

tightly closed container, placing a label with the name of the product,
date of preparation and expiration date to keep them in a clean, dry
place.
Expiration:
Oat soaps made using this technology retain their characteristics of use
Page 185
for up to 3 months.
Page 186
Interesting fact:
In Europe, soap manufacturing began in Marseilles in the Middle Ages

and spread to Genoa, Venice and Savona. There were soap makers in
Bristol, England, in the late 12th century. The use of soap was not,
however, widespread. Queen Elizabeth I (1533-1603) was said to bathe
once a month, whether she needed it or not. In 1972, when the German
A. Leo sent Lady von Scheinitz a package containing soap from Italy
thought it necessary to accompany it with detailed instructions for its
use.
Benefit:
By making your own soaps using this technology, you can save up to
40% compared to the commercial product, in addition to taking
advantage of the oats.
Mode of use:
This product is used like any other everyday soap for body and face.
Processing recommendations:
• It is advisable to use grips or gloves.

• Molds can be used to form different shapes, or by cutting out
cardboard containers, such as milk or juice containers, to form molds,
remembering that the larger the mold, the longer drying time will be
needed.
• In case of leftover ingredients, they are labeled in their respective
containers and stored in a cool, dry and safe place.
• Essential oil of the preferred scent can be added (available at scent
stores or large pharmacies).
239- LIQUID FLOOR CLEANER TYPE FABULOUS
Cleaning and aromatizing product similar to the fabulous one on the
market with
Page 159
different aromas, product that assures a lasting fragrance, as well as
disinfectant and cleaning in bathrooms, floors, kitchen walls, washing
clothes, elimination of grease, dust and dirt.
FORMULATION %
ALKYLBENZENESULFANATE SODIUM 6.0
Page 188
Page 189
AFRODISIACOS...............................................................................................................................467
Page 190
JOY.....................................................................................................................................................489
Page 191
In the total amount of water of the formulation and in a suitable
container, place the e.d.t.a. until it is completely dissolved.
Place the sodium alkylbenzenesulfate and heat it at 65°c until total
dissolution, once dissolved and still on the fire.
Add the ethoxylated lauric alcohol, until total dissolution and remove
from heat, then add with vigorous agitation the ingredients # 2,5 and 6,
shake for 5 minutes and let stand.
Add the color and fragrances until the solution is cold.
240- INSECT REPELLENT SOAP
To prepare a liquid soap with insect repellent properties, you need:
Materials
1 liter of liquid soap (can be purchased or prepared at home), preferably

without odor or with a neutral odor.
1 grapefruit of citronella essential oil (purchased in perfumes and

essences stores)
Page 192
Preparation
Add the essential oil to the liquid soap, about 20 drops or more, whisk,
and let it stand.
Usage
Wash the hands or parts of the body that you want to protect using this
mixture, dry and forget about mosquito bites.
241- LIQUID SOAP

(5 lt)
INGREDIENTS:
• 2 cups of leftover toilet soap
• 4 liters of water
• 2 tablespoons glycerin
UTENSILS:
• 5 liter capacity pot

• Wooden shovel
• Plastic bottle with lid with capacity of 5 lt.
• Adhesive label
PREPARATION:
• Put all the ingredients in the pot over low heat, stirring very well until
for the soap to dissolve.
• The mixture is poured into the bottle and capped.
• It is labeled with the name of the product
Page 193
RECOMMENDATIONS:
Page 194
• This soap can be used to wash hands and face.
Tags: soap, cleaning
Saturday, October 18, 2008TOUCH SOAP AND REPELENT
Glycerin toilet soap base
With repellent
Target one pound
It is a toilet soap made from vegetable oil, in this case African palm oil
and glycerin, other types of components are added to achieve medicinal,
repellent, esoteric and decorative soaps, taking advantage of its
transparency,
Formula: 120 grams palm oil base (base)

150 grams water previously with the repellents
150 grams glycerin usp (humectant)
100 grams 70 proof ethyl alcohol (siccative and transparency)
5 grams sodium lauryl sulfate 70 (plus foam)
5 grams propylene glycol (siccative)
7 grams essence (aroma)
-----------vegetable or fat dye
20 grams peppermint (repellent)
20 grams eucalyptus (repellent)
20 grams almonds (repellent) preparation:
In a preferably glass container add all the components and place them
on the stove over medium heat stirring constantly and moderately with a
wooden or plastic spoon until the palm soap base is dissolved, then let it
stand for half an hour to form a cream on top which is broken and the
liquid is poured into the molds trying not to be too high so it is not too
high for the molds.Then let it stand for half an hour to form a cream on
top which is broken and pour the liquid into the molds trying not to be
too high so as not to form bubbles, finally let it dry for 1 hour, this is the
glycerin soap, there is something that must be taken into account the
pigment should be half of what is left on the tip of the knife is minimal in
the case of coloring the colorant to the
Page 195
The difference between these two pigments is that the vegetable dye is
lost in the long run while the fat dye is maintained,
to elaborate medicinal soaps it is necessary to resort to the plants and
the fruits as it is the case of the tangerine which its shells are excellent
to fight cellulite, what is done is to boil the shells in the process and to
take them out before it forms the cream, when this is done it is not
necessary to use essence or colorants.
Production costs are low and demand is excellent.
242- SULFUR SOAP

Sulfur is a powerful bactericide and detergent, its use is recommended
for oily skin, which benefits significantly by preventing and fighting
bacterial infections, since they find a favorable ground in this type of
skin.
The soap remains a deep yellow color,
MATERIALS
120 grams of grated soap

100 gr of water
1 tablespoon powdered sulfur
Drops of preferred scent.
PROCEDURE
Mix the sulfur with the grated soap and water.

Dissolve in a water bath while stirring gently until a homogeneous paste
is obtained.
Add drops of your favorite scent
Remove from heat
Pour the mixture into the molds.
You can speed up the drying process by placing it in the refrigerator for
about two hours.
Allow to dry for a few days.
Page 196
243- COFFEE SOAP
Coffee soap, far from being an extravagance, is very good to have on
hand in the kitchen, as it has the property of removing penetrating
odors, such as garlic, onion or fish, leaving a very pleasant fragrance in
its place.
MATERIALS 120 grams of grated soap

100 grams of water
1 tablespoon freshly ground coffee
1/2 teaspoon of benzoic powder* one cardamom pod.
Cardamom is a spice with a very refined fragrance that blends perfectly

with that of coffee.
*Benzoic is used in this case as an odor fixative.
PROCEDURE
Dissolve the soap in a water bath

Add freshly ground coffee
Add benzoic to the mixture
Finally, add a pinch of cardamom (ground or finely grated).
Mix perfectly
Remove the preparation from the heat
Allow to cool slightly
Pour the contents into the molds, shake them several times to avoid the
formation of bubbles, to speed up the drying process you can put them
in the refrigerator for two hours.
After this time, take them out of the mold and let them dry for a week, it
is convenient to turn them over periodically.
244- OATMEAL SOAP ANOTHER WAY
The oat flakes give the soap extremely gentle exfoliating properties,
recommended for sensitive skin, and the soap has a very pleasing
veined texture.
Page 197
MATERIALS
120 gr of grated soap

90 gr of water
40-59 gr oat flakes
PROCEDURE
Mix the oatmeal with the grated soap and water.

Dissolve in a water bath while stirring gently until a homogeneous paste
is obtained.
Pour the combination into the molds, taking care not to polish too much
or smooth the edges in order to give it a rustic appearance. Allow to dry
for a few days.
245- HANDMADE SOAP PREPARATIONS

Precautions and practical suggestions to prepare a good handmade
soap.
From a chemical point of view, soap is a salt obtained from the reaction
between an alkaline base (sodium hydroxide) and an acid (fat or oil). The
saponification process - the chemical reaction that transforms fat into
soap - requires the dilution of caustic soda in water.
There are two classic methods for making soap at home: cold or hot.
The first, the simplest and most adapted to the beginner, allows to take
advantage of the heat emitted by the chemical reaction of the alkali. The
soap obtained with the cold process needs a "maturation" time of
approximately four weeks to complete the transformation process and
absorb the liquid.
In the heat method, on the other hand, the material receives an external
Page 198
heat source (boiler, furnace) to accelerate the chemical reaction. The
soap obtained with the hot method is ready in a shorter time but it is still
Page 199
has a much more rustic and irregular consistency than cold process
soap.
Before starting to make soap at home, read the following safety

recommendations carefully and always apply them scrupulously:
1 - Keep caustic soda out of the reach of children and pets.
2 - Caustic soda is sodium hydroxide (NaOH ) formed by the ionic bond

between sodium, oxygen and hydrogen. It is an unstable reactive
material and combines quickly with liquids, also absorbing moisture
from the air. It is highly corrosive and irritating if it comes into contact
with skin and mucous membranes.
3 - Use goggles, rubber gloves and a mask when handling caustic soda,
water and caustic soda mixture and or mixture with oily material.
4 -Keep gloves on when handling freshly made soap, and continue to

wear gloves if you must handle soap made by the cold process that is
less than two weeks old.
5 -Measure the amount of caustic soda in plastic containers.
6 - Pour the caustic soda into the water and never the other way around!
The liquid poured into the soda causes a very dangerous kind of
explosion.
7 - Caustic soda properly poured into the liquid causes it to increase its
temperature above 80 degrees. Therefore, use heat-resistant containers
and pay attention.
8 - do not use soap tools for other chores. When preparing soap, do not
allow children or curious animals to come into contact with caustic
mixtures. Make your family members aware of these rules.
9 - dedicate a quiet part of your home and time to soap preparation. Do

not make soap while you are cooking, while watching television or if at
Page 200
home there are people who disregard the
Page 201
safety rules.
10 - in case of accidental contact of caustic material with skin, wash

with plenty of cold water. Remember to always have vinegar on hand as
it is a natural neutralizer of caustic products. In case of contact with
eyes, flush with plenty of cold running water and consult a physician.
Melt and pour" soaps
There are also two methods to obtain ready-to-use bases for soap
preparation. You can melt natural or industrial soaps, or use glycerin of
the type used to make decorative handmade soaps (melt and pour
technique).
The variations are endless. It is good to remember that, although the

glycerin and all the complementary products (colors, aromas) that are
purchased to prepare this type of product are obtained in a laboratory,
they may not comply with the standards that apply to cosmetics. The
ingredient indications on the label must be observed. Although "melt
and pour" soaps are considered "decorative objects", the likelihood that
they will end up in contact with the skin is high............................
The cold method
The cold method is the simplest and most immediate way to prepare
soap. Just follow a few simple rules, mix the ingredients and nature will
do the rest! Do not start without first learning the safety rules.
To obtain a good cold process soap it is necessary:
Weigh the ingredients with extreme care because the slightest difference
can ruin everything; pay attention to the temperature of the caustic
mixture and the fatty material when mixing; keep the soap isolated and
quiet during the first hours of making it.
And there is nothing better, in order to learn, than to make the first
experience:
Page 202
Base grease:
Page 203
735 grams of olive oil;
250 grams of coconut oil;
15 grams of beeswax.
For the caustic mixture: 139 grams of caustic soda;

300 grams of water
other ingredients:
15 to 20 ml (milliliters) of essential oil.
1 - PREPARE THE WORKSPACE
The ideal place to make soap is the kitchen because you will find
everything you need close at hand. Clear the countertop to avoid
"contamination" with food; you can cover it with old newspapers or with
an oilcloth. Put on gloves, mask and goggles.
1- PREPARATION OF THE CAUSTIC SOLUTION
In a heat-resistant plastic container ) weigh the caustic soda with the

utmost care. In another container measure the water. The pyrex carafe
can be used to prepare coffee. Pour the water into a heat-resistant
container (plastic or stainless steel).
Slowly pour the caustic soda into the water, stirring to dissolve it well.
Be careful because the water temperature will quickly reach 70/80
degrees. Place the covered container in a safe place to cool slightly.
3 - PREPARATION OF FATTY MATERIAL
Weigh the olive oil and coconut oil, put them in a stainless steel pot. Melt
the beeswax and add it to the oil. Heat at minimum heat until the
compound is not completely melted.
Keep the temperature always low.
4 - CAUSTIC SOLUTION ON FATTY MATERIAL
Page 204
Measure the temperatures of the caustic mixture and the fatty mixture,
each should reach 45 degrees Celsius. Gently pour the caustic solution
into the fatty material, stirring to incorporate well. Now is the time to use
a hand-held mixing device. It should be run at low speed and for a few
seconds at a time, pausing to control the soap and avoid overheating the
motor.
5 - THE RIGHT POINT This is a crucial aspect for the whole procedure!
As you mix the soap you will notice that it changes color and
consistency, becoming increasingly whitish and creamy. Remove the
mixer for a moment and take a small portion with a spoon and drop it
into the mixture. Observe if it remains on the surface for a few seconds
before sinking. Some call this point "being able to write" on the surface
of the soap. This will tell you that it is time to remove the mixer and
move on to the final stage of the process. Now, using a wooden spoon or
a spatula, quickly mix the essential oil (which is what will give aroma) or
any other additive (color, dried flowers, objects).
6 - HEALING TIME
Pour the soap into a mold. Generally a square or rectangular shaped can
with rims that exceed the height of the future soap is used; cover it
tightly. After 24/48 hours, wearing gloves, you can take it out of the mold
and cut it. This cutting operation is a very pleasant moment for the soap
maker, superior to when using individual molds.
Place the soap on packing paper in an airy, cool and dry place. The
causticity of the product will progressively decrease and the soap will be
ready after 4 to 5 weeks. Remember, soap is like wine: the older it ages,
the better its quality.
246- SOAP MADE WITH USED OIL Why this soap?
Page 205
Because the oil that is left over in the home and flushed down the sink
ends up in our rivers. Once there, it forms a film that does not allow
oxygenation and destroys fish and aquatic plants. One liter of oil
contaminates 50,000 liters of water.
Materials needed to make soap:
· Used edible oil of any kind: soybean, sunflower, seed, olive. etc. It
must be passed through a very fine strainer to remove impurities.
· One plastic paint can (25 liters)

· Wooden stirring stick.
· Plastic or tergopol molds.
· Water.
· Caustic soda. (Sodium hydroxide).
· Common salt.
· Half a glass of dishwashing liquid to scent the soap.
HOW TO MAKE HOMEMADE SOAP:
1 Save the used oil until two and a half liters are collected.
2 Fill a jar with two and a half liters of water. To make colored soap
breads, cake coloring can be added to the water.
3 In a ventilated environment and with the help of a stick, dilute in water

half a kilo of caustic soda and a handful of salt. An "exothermic" (heat)
chemical reaction will occur, which requires a few hours to cool down.
Caustic soda is a material that damages the skin if it comes into direct
contact with it. For this reason, it is advisable to use gloves and
protective goggles.
4 Slowly pour the oil over the liquid mixture, also called "caustic lye",
stirring constantly (always on the same side, otherwise the soap may be
"cut").
The mixture is heated with a burner until it reaches boiling temperature
Page 206
and this treatment is maintained for two hours in order to produce the
"saponification" of the fats. This chemical reaction is the one that
combines the sodium from the lye with the fatty acids coming from
Page 207
oils to form a "soluble organic salt" known as soap.
If you want to make soap with essences add aromatic herbs or other
types of natural aromas after the mixture has been heated to 40ºC.
5 When the mixture thickens, it is poured into the molds and left to
harden for several days. If you are anxious to see how the soaps turn
out, you can speed up the process by placing a few loaves in the freezer.
6 . The soaps are removed from the molds. The mixture can also be
poured into a large pan. It is left to rest and before it becomes
completely hard, it is cut into tablets with a common cutter. To make it
easier to remove the molds, they can be floured or covered with oil.
247- SOAP MADE FROM USED OIL (ANOTHER WAY) How to give a
"clean" end to used oil: homemade liquid soap recipe
Here we give you the recipe to make both liquid soap and soap from
used frying oil, with which besides having a good time, you can give a
sustainable solution to a problematic domestic waste: for its quantity
and its power to pollute rivers.
Ingredients:
1 liter of used oil.
5 liters of water.
250 g of solid soda in the form of lentils (90% concentration).
150 g of sodium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate.
The juice of two lemons.
Essences or perfumes of pine, lemon, rosemary, lavender or others.
Preparation:
Page 208
In a plastic container of sufficient size and dry place the soda avoiding
contact with the skin, add the water slowly, taking special care in this
process because the soda in contact with water, produces heat and can
cause burns by splashing. Stir until dissolved. Add the carbonate and
stir until completely dissolved.
Strain the oil well and pour it slowly into the water while stirring. The
soap formation reaction is slow, it takes between 5 and 15 days, but it
can be accelerated if stirred from time to time. From the third day on,
you can use a blender or an electric whisk. Once the process is finished
to give it a creamy and homogeneous aspect, it is convenient to heat it
all a little, it is the moment to add the lemon and when it is almost cold
add the essences. Finally, stir and pack immediately.
To make soap, the procedure is the same, only instead of using 5 liters
of water, use only 1 liter of water for each liter of used frying oil.
Mild and foamy detergent product, highly efficient and economical hand
cleaner, for use in liquid soap containers or at home in conventional
containers.
Formulation:
1. Sodium lauryl ether sulfate 30.0

2. Diethanolamide 8.0
3. Glycerin 5.0
4. Fragrance 0.2
5. nipagin 0.1
6. Colorant C.s.s
7. water c.b.p 100 % 56.70
Page 209
Page 210
In a suitable container, load the total amount of water.
Dissolve one by one the ingredients of the formulation, adjust the ph of
the product to 7, if color is desired add it now, until the desired shade is
obtained.
If more product thickness is desired, add saturated salt solution.
Notes:
To achieve the gel, add sodium chloride solution.

To lower the pH to 7, add citric acid.
To raise pH, add diethanolamine.
(Yield: 2 liters.)
Ingredients:
2 liters of water
1 cup of leftover toilet soap
1 tablespoons of pure glycerin * 1 tablespoon of pure glycerin
* It is available in pharmacies or drugstores.
Utensils:
3 liter lined pot with 3 liter capacity

Wooden shovel or spoon
Plastic bottle with lid, 2 liters capacity
Adhesive label
Preparation:
Pour half of the water into the pot and place over medium heat, when
hot, add the soap to the glycerin while stirring. When dissolved, remove
Page 211
from heat and allow to cool.
Empty the liquid soap into the bottle, label with the name of the product,
date of manufacture and expiration date. Keep the soap in a place where
Page 212
fresh.
Expiration:
Liquid soap produced using this technology can be stored for up to 6

months from the date of production.
Benefits:
This soap is economical and efficient; by using leftover toilet soap,

waste is avoided.
Recommendations:
For best use, a container with a spillway can be used and kept near the
handwashing sink.
You can add perfume of your preference or drops of an essential oil.
You can use neutral striped soap and make it perform with this
technology. Keep the container tightly closed to avoid drying or loss of
aroma.
250- Hand cleaner for mechanics

Hand cleaner for mechanics
1 c. borax
1-2 teaspoons of pure turpentine (turpentine)
1 t. sweet orange essential oil
1 c. soap base
With very clean hands, or gloves, mix the turpentine with the essential
oil along with the borax, until there are no lumps, then work with the
soap and store it in a wide mouth jar that is easy to open.
251- Guide to additives for handmade soaps

Making soap at home, in an artisanal way and to our liking, is as easy as
getting down to work. All you need are the necessary tools, some
Page 213
materials and working guidelines. Basically you need to melt the
molding base, add fragrances, color and other additives, pour the
mixture into the mold and let it cool. In other words, it is
Page 214
a very simple system that you can experiment with to achieve
increasingly attractive results.
Guide to additives
Additives alter the behavior of a bar of soap. They are used to make the
soap softer, creamier, foamier, harder and with greater cleansing action.
Additives are also used to make more complex craft projects. Here is a
list of the most frequent ones, with the effect they produce and the
recommended measure of each one per 1/2 kilo of soap:
Alcohol: 1-4 tablespoons. Allows the soap to soften. Fragrance tends to

be lost in the final product and may dry out the skin. If too much is
added, the soap obtained will become deformed over time.
Beeswax: 28 gr. It hardens the soap and makes it less clear. Beeswax
has a higher melting point than soap. Melt the beeswax separately and
add it to the melted soap when it is very hot. Be careful, because the
soap and wax mixture may be hot enough to deform the mold.
Butters and oils: up to two tablespoons. Produces a more emollient

soap. If we overuse it, it will rise to the surface of the mold and the soap
will produce less foam, as well as darken.
Glycerin: 1-2 tablespoons. It tends to soften the soap and make it more
emollient, but also makes it 'sweaty' and sticky. Glycerin is generally
recommended only if we want to model it beforehand.
Lanolin: 1 teaspoon. It makes the soap more emollient, hardens it

slightly and can also cloud it.
Liquid soap or shampoo: 1-2 tablespoons. They enhance the lather, but
also darken the soap.
Salt water (one part water to two parts salt): 1 tablespoon to 1 cup. It
hardens the soap, but if the salt is added directly, it may crack. We will
have to heat the soap a little to dissolve the salt water completely.
Sorbitol: 1-2 tablespoons. It is the best additive for softening, even
Page 215
though in
Page 216
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES excess soap will
be sticky.
Troubleshooting
Soap making techniques are very simple and there is very little that can
go wrong. The most common problems that a beginner may encounter
are defined below.
If the soap cracks or crazes, it is due to overheating. It can also happen

because of moisture loss or because it has been in the freezer or at
room temperature outside during the winter. To solve it, just add 5%
water or 10% glycerin and melt it again.
When the objects we incorporate into the soap melt, it is because the
soap is too hot or the objects are too thin. We will take this into account
by avoiding too fragile elements and using the coldest soap. It can also
happen that the objects may slip out of the obtained tablet. To avoid this,
spray the items with alcohol before pouring them into the soap base or
try hotter soap.
Also, when additives are introduced to a soap that is too hot, they can
remain at the bottom of the bar. This will not happen if we let the soap
cool as much as possible before putting it in the mold. We can try adding
a spoonful of ice water to the soap just before putting it in the mold, so
that it cools more quickly.
If the soap is covered with a sticky liquid or has a cottony texture, it is

because the glycerin attracts moisture from the air and causes droplets
to appear on the surface. If this happens, wipe the soap with a lint-free
cloth, spray it with alcohol and wrap it in plastic.
When soap smells funny it is usually due to the use of a poor quality
soap base or overheating (burning smell). We will avoid the problem by
changing the material and taking care of the cooking temperature. A kind
of crystalline snowflakes may also emerge due to the poor quality of the
base. To solve it, we will melt it again and add a quarter or half cup of
water for each half cup of water.
Page 217
kilo of soap.
We can also have incidents with the colorant. Soap may fade (water-
soluble colorants) or remain opaque (non-water-soluble). To avoid this, it
is best to change to a soluble or non-soluble dye, depending on the
problem.
252- LIQUID PERFORMANCE SOAP

This soap is economical and efficient; using leftover toilet soap saves
money and avoids waste. Soap is manufactured by a saponification
process, that is a transformation of fats into alkaline salts, sodium or
potassium, when the tallow or oils have been treated with caustic soda
solution. Anyone can make soap at home using ordinary utensils. The
technique we propose below is one of the simplest since it is based on
soap leftovers and therefore much of the work is already done, which is
a good way to get started in this interesting craft.
Ingredients:
2- liters of water
1 cup of leftover toilet soap
1 tablespoon of pure glycerin (Available in drugstores or pharmacies.)
Yield: 2 liters.
Preparation time: approximately 20 minutes.
Utensils:
Enameled or stainless steel pot with a capacity of 3 liters Wooden spoon

Plastic bottle with lid, 2 liters capacity
Preparation:
Pour half of the water into the pot and place over medium heat, when it is
hot, add the soap and glycerin while stirring. 2. When dissolved, remove
from heat and allow to cool.
Page 218
Empty the liquid soap into the bottle, label with the name of the product,
date of manufacture and expiration date. Keep the soap in a cool place.
Expiration:
This liquid soap will keep for up to 6 months from the date of
manufacture.
Recommendations:
For best use, a container with a spillway can be used and kept near the
handwashing sink. You can add perfume of your preference or drops of
an essential oil. Keep the container tightly closed so that it does not dry
out or lose its aroma.
253- FORMULA FOR P.V.C. CLEANER.
INGREDIENTS:
1. TOLUOL - 2000 CC
2. BUTYL ACETATE - 60 CC
PREPARATION:
In an enamel, glass or stainless steel container, mix the following two
products
stirring constantly until they are well mixed, we pack them in a container.
quickly and ready.
PRECAUTIONS:
Use a mask, goggles and gloves; store in a cool place,
out of the reach of children. This product is flammable
254- BLACK FOOTWEAR CREAM (BETUN) (Yield: 180 g)
Page 219
Preparation time: 30 minutes
Ingredients
• 3 tablespoons of yellow wax (approx. 45 g)
• 3 tablespoons of stearic acid (approx. 45 g)
• 2 tablespoons of carnauba wax (approx. 15 g)
• 2 tablespoons of yellow petroleum jelly or plain petroleum jelly
(approx. 20 g)(the above mentioned ingredients are available in large
pharmacies)
• 1 cup of turpentine (equivalent to 250ml, available in tlapalerías)
• ½ teaspoon of black synthetic dye "aniline" (available at
large pharmacies, or tlapalerías)
Utensils
• pewter or aluminum pan with 1 liter capacity (for bain-marie)
• pewter saucepan with ½ liter capacity
• stainless steel soup spoon
• flat plastic container preferably with screw cap (reuse your old shoe
cream containers)
Preparation
In the ½ liter container we pour the yellow wax, the carnauba wax, the
stearic acid, and the petroleum jelly. We leaven in a bain-marie, and
leave it until it melts, approximately 15 minutes. To facilitate the mixing
of all the ingredients, stir with a spoon until a liquid consistency is
obtained.
Then remove from the water bath and away from the stove slowly add
the turpentine.
Finally, add the colorant and spoon it into the mixture (if you notice that
the color is not intense enough, add more until you obtain an intense
color).
Packaging and preservation
Pour the contents into the plastic container and allow to cool until the
product hardens. Do not forget to label it with the name of the product.
Keep tightly closed, in a dry place.
Page 220
Expiration
As long as your cream is kept closed after each application, it will be
Page 221
will remain in good condition for more than one year. If it dries out due to
misuse, repeat steps 2 and 3 of the preparation procedure.
Interesting fact
Wax is a solid substance secreted by bees to form honeycomb cells.
Due to its composition, the cream provides the leather of your shoes
with an excellent shine, which is caused by the presence of fatty acids
among others, allowing it to be lubricated.
Benefit
By producing your product yourself, you will save 50% compared to a
commercial product. You will also be able to choose the fragrance of
your preference (we recommend adding the mirbana fragrance) for your
shoes, with the different fragrances available on the market.
Instructions for use

Before applying the cream, first remove the dust from your shoes with a
cloth, then apply evenly, and finally, with a dry cloth rub to provide shine
(if you notice that the cream did not cover any scratches on your shoes,
you can apply again).
General recommendations
It is advisable to work in a ventilated place (open the windows of your
kitchen to let air in), otherwise you may suffer eye and throat irritation.
When washing your shoe cream containers, it is recommended that you
soak them in hot soapy water and clean them with paper towels to
remove wax residues. If you notice that the container still has a black
color, add water with a little chlorine bleach and let it soak for the
necessary time.
If for some reason you should get wax on your clothes, let it dry and
scrape it off with a brush. It is recommended that you iron any remaining
residue by placing the fabric between two blotting papers. If you still see
any wax residue, take a rag dampened with benzine or other solvent and
rub it over the affected surface. Afterwards, normal washing is
recommended.
Page 222
255- MOLDING DOUGH (CHILDREN'S USE)
Page 223
(Yield: 300 g approx)
Ingredients:
· 1 cup of water (250 ml)
· 1 ¾ cups cornstarch (180 g)
· 1/2 teaspoon of vegetable coloring of desired color (3 g)*.
· 1 tablet of ascorbic acid 250 mg** (powdered)
· 2 tablespoons of moisturizing cream (10 g) *Can be obtained in

commodity stores
**Available in large pharmacies
Utensils:
· 1 L capacity pot
· Soup spoon
· Coffee spoon.
· Plastic container with lid and 500 g capacity
· Adhesive label
Procedure:
1 In the pot, mix the cornstarch and the water perfectly with the help of
the spoon. Once the cornstarch is dissolved, add the coloring and
continue mixing.
2 Then, place the pot over low heat until a dough is formed and
Page 181
is removed from the fire. Allow to cool to room temperature.
3 Once the dough is cold, add the ascorbic acid and knead until a
smooth dough is obtained. Finally, add the moisturizing cream and
knead until a smooth and manageable consistency is obtained without
sticking to the hands.
The modeling dough is stored in the plastic container and covered.

Store in a cool, dry place. Do not forget to put a label with the name of
the product, date of manufacture, expiration date, mode of use and
precautions.
Expiration:
The modeling dough, made using this domestic technology, has a shelf
life of approximately 1 week if stored in a tightly covered container.
Interesting Fact:
Creativity, through imagination and manual work, nourishes and

develops the psychomotor apparatus of the human being, especially in
the age of one to seven years, and in adulthood helps to reduce stress in
people caused by routine activities.
Benefits:
Page 225
By making the dough for modeling at home, you will save up to 30%
compared to a commercial product, and you will avoid buying more
dough.
Page 226
The product will be available to you without having to go to the
stationery stores.
Mode of use:
· Knead it before starting to model and, immediately after use, it is

advisable to store it in its well covered container, avoiding direct contact
with the air so that it does not dry out.
· Recommendations:
· If you notice that your modeling dough is too watery or sticky, you can
add more cornstarch until you obtain the desired consistency.
· If you want a figure to last as an ornament, add 5 tablespoons of

baking soda to the mixture.
· If your modeling dough hardens, you can add water and knead again
until it reaches its consistency again.
256- plasticine (4)

1 cup table salt
1 1/2 cups flour
4 tablespoons olive oil
1 cup of water
food coloring
Optional: Some natural edible flavoring (just in case) - vanilla, mint,
lemon...
Step one:
Measure the ingredients and put them in a large bowl. You don't need to
Page 227
add them in order : ) It's not that complicated. Just mix all the
ingredients with your hands until the mixture is smooth and
homogeneous. This recipe is tested and works! If you live in a climate
Page 228
If it is too sticky, add flour and if it is too dry, add water, it's as simple as
that.
Step two:
Now make a ball of dough and dip a finger into the plasticine. Add a few
drops of food coloring and knead the play dough again and again until it
is well mixed. 5 drops of food coloring are required to obtain striking
colors.
Step three:
Place the different colored play doughs in airtight jars for storage. They
last longer if refrigerated, but it is not really necessary. If they dry out a
little over time, add a little water. Plasticine will keep for several months
257- plasticine (3) Play Dough type

Ingredients:
- 1 cup flour.
- 1/2 cup salt.
- 2 tablespoons of cream of tartar (this is available in the supermarket in
the area where they sell spices such as garlic powder, pepper,
cinnamon, etc).
- 1 or 2 of cooking oil.
- 1 cup of water.
-vegetable pigment.
Preparation:
- In a thick aluminum pan or frying pan mix the dry ingredients (flour,
salt and cream of tartar), dissolve the vegetable color in the water and
add it together with the oil to the other ingredients.
- Place over heat until the dough is cooked and the dough comes away
from the pan.
Page 229
-Remove from heat and knead with hands while still warm.
Page 230
They can start playing with it later. To store it, put it in a container with a
lid or in a plastic bag. Cover well to keep it fresh for a longer period of
time, because it hardens when left in the air for a few days.
This paste is ideal for children, because they can have hours and hours
of fun with it.
258- COLORED PLASTICINE

Plasticine is a plastic material, of various colors, composed of calcium
salts, petroleum jelly and other aliphatic compounds, mainly stearic
acid.
Franz Kolb, a pharmacy owner in Munich, Germany, invented plasticine

in 1880. In those industrial times, Munich was a center of the arts, and
among Kolb's friends were also sculptors. They complained that the clay
they used to model their sculptures dried quickly and that, especially in
winter, it was very difficult to work with. To market his invention, he
unveiled it in 1889 at Faber-Castell and it is still sold today. He also
introduced him to German artistic director William Harbutt.
1 KG of Talc
1/2 kg petroleum jelly
1/2 kg of purified beeswax (available in drugstores)
1 kg of kerosene oil colorants
Put everything on low heat, add the colorant at the end and let it cool
down.
259- texturizing paste

Texturizing paste:
Ingredients:
2 parts of enduro
Page 231
1 part vinyl glue
Mix both components thoroughly and apply to the desired surface.
260- ENDUIDO
The enduido or stucco glue is used for many things in the applied arts,
is the basis for the gilding of wood and stone, as someone says also
serves to give a fine finish to the walls. In pre-Hispanic cultures such as
the Mayan, Totihuacan and others, enduro or stucco was used to cover
their stone buildings in order to paint them, as well as to cover some
clay pieces painted with tempera. It is also used to prepare some
painting supports such as altarpieces and special canvases for tempera
painting.
It is a means of decorating cold ceramics. There are several formulas

depending on what it is to be applied to.
In Europe it has been used for a long time to cover religious images
finished in tempera, oil or gilded, both sculpted and painted.
Of course, it is not advisable to try to model with it if you do not know it

well, but it is possible. It is very good as a coating for sculptures made
of any material: wood, cement, plaster, stone, paper mache and others.
Its hardness can be controlled and it can be polished to marble. Dust
free, it accepts any painting technique: tempera, watercolor, oil, acrylic,
inks and others.the photo he sent as an example is of a mask inspired
by a Mayan deity.it is modeled in paper mache and finished with
polished and painted stucco. I have made other pieces using the
enduido or stucco but I do not have or could not find the photos.
Basic formula:
Animal glue called rabbit glue or natural non-vegetable grenetin ..100
grams.
hot water................................500 grs.
Casting off .............................500 grs.
Page 232
The amount of gypsum varies according to what is to be done.
Page 233
fine molding plaster can be used and calcium carbonate or white from
Spain can be used instead. When it is to be applied as a final finish
without painting or gilding or to be used as a pictorial support, then its
whiteness must be increased with titanium oxide and zinc oxide. It can
also be pigmented with metallic oxides, anilines and artistic pigments
and can be finished with textures. There is also a stucco based on glue,
lime and marble dust.
Additional note:
Enduro is also known as a sealer in the paint industry. However, in this
case it is liquid and not so much plastic.
261- FABRIC STIFFENING PREPARATIONS

STIFFENED FABRIC
- 1 part powdered chalk + ½ part vinyl glue + c/n water
- 1 part of enduido + ¼ part of vinyl glue + c/n of water
- 1 part rabbit glue + ½ part powdered chalk
SECRETS
-Fabrics to be stiffened should be cotton or with very little synthetic.
- If the piece is small (ribbon or cord) it should be immersed in the
preparation.
- If the fabric is very large, it should be stretched on a surface,
previously protected, and brushed with the preparation on both sides.
- Paper can also be stiffened with these preparations.
262- COLD PORCELAIN COLD PORCELAIN (1)
MATERIALS
- 250gr of vinyl glue

- 500gr corn starch
- 4 tablespoons glycerin
- Half cup of hot water
- 2 teaspoons of 5% formol
Page 234
STEP BY STEP
Page 235
1. Place the cornstarch in a Teflon or enameled container, then add the

vinyl glue stirring with a wooden spoon to dissolve the lumps.
2. Add two tablespoons of glycerin mixed in the hot water and continue
stirring until a creamy consistency is obtained.
3. 3. Place over low heat, direct, if working in Teflon and in a bain-marie
if the container is enameled. Stir continuously for 10 to 15 minutes until
it thickens, 10 to 15 minutes if it is a Teflon container and 20 to 25
minutes if it is enameled.
4. Remove from heat; sprinkle the table with cornstarch and pour over
the preparation.
5. Knead adding the remaining 2 tablespoons of glycerin and the two
teaspoons of formol. If necessary, add more cornstarch to prevent the
dough from sticking to your hands.
6. Fractionate and store the preparation wrapped in plastic wrap in a
closed jar (glass or plastic) for better preservation.
7. With the proportions of this basic formula, approximately 800 grams
of cold porcelain mass is obtained ready to use.
SECRETS
- The cold porcelain mass reduces in size as it dries. Add a little more
flour until it comes off your hands and can be comfortably shaped.
-The pieces are always glued with vinyl glue.
- In case the dough sticks to the working surface or to the cutters
during stretching, hand cream can be used on the acetate plate or on
the molds.
-To add color to the dough, use the tip of a wooden stick and take small
portions of the colorant or acrylic until the desired color is achieved. It
should be taken into account that when the dough dries, the color
intensifies.
- If the mas is soft, it means that it is raw. Return to the saucepan over
low heat until the excess moisture evaporates.
- When the dough is hard, it means that it has been overcooked. Knead
in small balls with a little water until loosened.
-The modeling details that complete the parts, such as stripes, stripes
and stripes, are also used in the
modeling process.
stitches, folds, hollows, waves, etc., should be made while the piece is
still fresh.
-Once the work is finished, it is left to dry on its own. No cooking is
required. Cold porcelain figures take approximately one week to dry
completely. Drying time may vary according to the size of the piece.
After 24 hours you can draw over it with a water-based marker. This
allows you to delete, if necessary, and try again. At the end, apply a
matte finish spray varnish to fix the colors and protect the work.
Cold porcelain dough (2)
Ingredients
* 2 cups of vinyl glue.

* 2 cups cornstarch.
* 1 cup of sodium benzoate.
* 1 Tbsp. of white vinegar.
* 2 Tbsp. of petroleum jelly.
* 4 Tbsp. of glycerin.
Development

vinyl glue, stirring with a wooden spoon to dissolve the lumps.
2. Add the glycerin and continue stirring until a creamy consistency
without lumps is obtained.
3. Dissolve the sodium benzoate in the hot water and add it to the
preparation, mixing continuously.
4. Place over low heat (direct heat if using Teflon and in a bain-marie if
the vessel is enameled). Stir continuously for 10` or 15` minutes until it
thickens, if it is a Teflon container 20 or 25 minutes, if it is enameled.
When ready, the dough will pull away from the edges.
the preparation.
6. Knead to finish integrating the dough. If it sticks to your hands, add
more cornstarch.
7. Fractionate the preparation and store it wrapped in plastic film or in
Page 237
nylon. It is important to knead the preparation until it is cold and then
wrap it. Otherwise, fungus may develop. To eliminate any humidity,
change the wrapping after the first 24 hours.
Cold porcelain dough (3)
Ingredients
* 1 kg. of vinyl glue.

* 600 grs. corn starch.
* 1 tablespoon of sodium benzoate.
* 1 tablespoon of stearic acid.
* 2 tablespoons of glycerin.
* 3 tablespoons of petroleum jelly.
* 1 tablespoon of white extract.
Development
vinyl glue, stirring with a wooden spoon to dissolve the lumps.
2. Add the glycerin and continue stirring until a creamy consistency
without lumps is obtained.
3. Dissolve the sodium benzoate in the hot water and add it to the
preparation, mixing continuously.
4. Place over low heat (direct heat if using Teflon and in a bain-marie if
the vessel is enameled). Stir continuously for 10` or 15` minutes until it
thickens, if it is a Teflon container 20 or 25 minutes, if it is enameled.
When ready, the dough will pull away from the edges.
the preparation.
6. Knead to finish integrating the dough. If it sticks to your hands, add
more cornstarch.
7. Fractionate the preparation and store it wrapped in plastic wrap or
nylon. It is important to knead the preparation until it is cold and then
wrap it. Otherwise, fungus may develop. To eliminate any humidity,
change the wrapping after the first 24 hours.
263- GYPSUM PASTE
Page 238
GYPSUM PASTE
MATERIALS FOR PASTA
- Cooked paste 500c.c.

- Sheets of newsprint 5
- Water 300cc.
- Chalk 500gs.
- Gypsum 100gs.
-Make the paste as follows:
ENGRUDO
- 100 gr of flour -liter of cold water

- 5cc vinegar
1. In a saucepan dissolve the flour in the water, breaking up the lumps

with your fingers.
2. Bring to minimum heat stirring constantly with a wooden spoon.
3. Continue stirring until the first boil and remove from heat.
4. Allow to cool.
5. Add 5cc vinegar and mix well. This product will make the paste keep
better.
Page 239
6. . Keep in the refrigerator for about one week
Note: it is always advisable to prepare the quantity to be used since this

mixture cannot be stored for a long time.
PASTE PLASTER:
1. Once the paste mixture is prepared, place it in a food processor, add

the newspaper cut into pieces and water until a creamy consistency is
achieved.
2. Place the preparation obtained in a container and add the powdered

chalk. Mix well until the ingredients are blended. Add the gypsum and
mix again.
NOTE: the gypsum paste mixture prepared in the proportions given is

ideal for working with a sleeve. If more consistency is desired, add more
chalk and plaster always respecting the proportion of five to one. Store
in the refrigerator in a bag or tightly covered container.
264- Marble paste Marble paste Marble paste
Ingredients * 2 parts of marmolina or marble powder

* 1 part vinyl glue
* 1 Porcelanizer part
Development
1. Mix very well until blended.

2. Knead and shape as desired.
3. If sanding is necessary, do it with fine sandpaper.
Page 240
265- Filigree paste Filigree paste Filigree paste
Ingredients
* 1 cup flour.
* 1 cup of water.
* 1 tablespoon of edible oil
* 1 tablespoon of enduro
* 3 tablespoons of cold water
* 1 teaspoon of formaldehyde
* ¾ cup powdered chalk
Development
1 . Cook the water with the flour in a saucepan over low heat until a
paste is formed.
2 . Allow to cool and add the other ingredients so that there are no
lumps.
266- CEMENT PASTE

CEMENT PASTE
MATERIALS
3 sand ptes
2 white cement ptes
1 clay pte
1 pte of water with water repellent ( 10 ptes of water + 1 pte of water
repellent)
STEP BY STEP
1. In a container, mix the white cement with the sand until well
integrated.
2. Incorporate the pebbles and mix again, place the
Page 241
clay and start integrating it with your hands until you get a kind of wet
sand.
3. Add the water with water-repellent little by little, mixing to integrate it
to the preparation.
Note: water-repellent is available at art bookstores and hardware stores.
267- CARDBOARD PASTE

CARDBOARD PASTE
Silvana Franchi
MATERIALS
- 12 cardboard toilet paper tubes

- 1/2 kg of wallpaper adhesive
- 1 ½ kg powdered chalk
- 5cc linseed oil
STEP BY STEP
1. Cut the cardboard tubes, soak in water for 24 hours, change the water
and boil for 1 hour.
2. Drain...
3. Process the shredded cardboard with the adhesive. Incorporate the
chalk and oil. Store in a covered container in the refrigerator.
NOTE: this cardboard paste keeps in perfect condition for approximately

two or three months.
268- Paper maché Paper maché (1)
Ingredients
Page 242
* 1 part of prepared paper

* ½ part of wallpaper adhesive
* ¼ part petroleum jelly
* Powdered chalk quantity required
Development
1. Place a roll of toilet paper in a container with plenty of water and let it
soak overnight.
2. The next day place part of the soaked paper in the blender with
abundant water, blend and strain, and do the same with all the remaining
paper. We call this drained paper prepared paper.
3. In a bowl place the measure of paper, with the adhesive and the
Vaseline, mix everything and add the chalk little by little, knead until it
has a consistency that does not stick to the fingers.
4. Store in a nylon bag in an airtight container, out of the refrigerator.
PAPER MACHE PULP (2)
MATERIALS
- 1 roll of 50m toilet paper

- 140cc powdered chalk
- 75cc of plastic enduro
- 25cc linseed oil or cooking oil
- 250cc of wallpaper glue
Page 243
STEP BY STEP
1. Cut the paper into pieces and soak it in abundant water for 24 hours.
While soaking, disassemble with your hands.
2. Process in small amounts and boil for one hour.
3. Drain to obtain a pulp that should weigh 500 grams.
4. Disassemble the drained pulp with your fingers and add the rest of
the ingredients.
5. Knead well until everything is integrated. The dough should be
uniform
269- Fast dough Fast dough
Ingredients
* 1 cup flour
* 1 cup of water.
* 1 tbsp. of oil.
* 5 drops of 40% formaldehyde.
* 1 cup of chalk.
* Gypsum (quantity required)
Development
1. Place the water and flour in a pot and cook over low heat for 10
minutes.
2. Allow to cool. Add oil, formaldehyde and chalk until a homogeneous
mass is formed.
3. Place in a hermetically sealed plastic container and store in the
refrigerator until ready to use.
4. Under these conditions the dough can be stored for 15 days.
5. At the moment of using the dough, add the gypsum taking into
account the following: FOR EACH HALF CUP OF DOUGH, ONE CUP OF
GYPSUM SHOULD BE ADDED.
Page 244
6. Once the plaster is incorporated, work quickly since the dough
begins to set after 40 minutes.
7. Model and let dry for 24 hours.
8. Before painting the piece, it should be sealed with a coat of shellac.
9. Then paint with acrylics or oils.
270- Terracotta simile dough Terracotta simile dough
Ingredients * 1 part of sawdust powder.

* 1 part of plain flour.
* ½ part powdered chalk.
* ½ part of grease.
* ¾ Parts of vinyl glue.
Development
1. Sieve the sawdust that can be ordered in carpentry shops.

2. Mix the sawdust with flour.
3. Add the powdered chalk.
4. Gradually incorporate the remaining ingredients one by one until
blending.
Note
This dough can be modeled without any problems.
271- Bread crumb dough Bread crumb dough
Ingredients * 1 small loaf of lactal bread.
Page 245
* 1 cup of vinyl glue.
* 2 tbsp. porcelanizer.
* 1 tbsp. of glycerin.
Development
1. Remove the crust from the bread and use only the crumb.
2. Crumble all the crumb with your hands and add a cup of vinyl glue.
3. Incorporate the porcelain mixer by kneading until it is integrated.
4. Add the glycerin to make the dough elastic. Knead all the ingredients
very well.
5. In this way the dough can be preserved in nylon bags.
Note
The porcelanizer is available at bakeries, craft stores and some art

supplies stores.
272- Chalk dough Chalk dough Ingredients
* 2 ½ parts of powdered chalk.

* 1 Part of vinyl glue.
Development
1. Mix the two ingredients until malleable.

2. Let stand for 24 hours.
273- stone pulp

Stone Paste 1
Page 246
is a material for modeling and creating, which DOES NOT NEED

BAKING. Thanks to its formula, the pieces are made during the day and
then left to dry at room temperature.
All kinds of objects can be molded or copied with this paste.
Materials
- 6 Parts of fast cement.
- 4 Parts of plastic casing.
- ½ Parts of vinyl glue.
- 1 part water. Step by step
- Mix all the ingredients until a dough is formed
PREPARATION:
Mix everything dry, add the glue and water, little by little. Work until
forming a dough with body that does not separate. Powdered colorants
can be added at the moment of mixing the dry products or acrylic paints,
when pouring the water.
To copy an object (vase, bowl, etc.), line it with kitchen film, keeping the
original shape of the piece. Paint it with cooking oil or Vaseline and
make a half.
When it is absolutely dry, join the two parts with pebble (the pebble is
prepared with a little of the paste lowered with water, it will serve to join
both pieces) use some adhesive tape or string tying the two halves, until
they have dried well.
At the end of the work, its texture will be stone-like.
Different techniques can be used to decorate it, it can be painted with

any paint, varnished, patinated, etc.
DRYING TIME:
Approximately two or three days (depending on the thickness) and the

humidity of the environment.
stone paste recipe 2
Page 247
Ingredients:
fast cement 600 grs.
enduido plastic 400 grs.
water 100 cc.
vinyl adhesive 50 cc.
Procedure:
Place the cement in a suitable container.
Add the enduido, a little at a time, stirring constantly.
Incorporates vinyl adhesive.
Finally, add the water, integrating all the elements well.
Knead and use immediately.

Recommendations:
You can roll out this dough with a rolling pin and cut with pastry cutters.
You must work very fast because it starts to set immediately, although
its total setting is only completed after approximately 5 days.
It can be smoothed with water, so you can also delay drying a little, but
not too much.
To shape a piece, spread with oil before placing the dough so that it will
come off later.
examples of pieces made with stone paste
274- INDUSTRIAL PASTE

Showing posts with label glue. Show all entries Showing posts with label
glue. Show all entries
Thursday, March 4, 2010ENDUIDO
The enduido or stucco glue is used for many things in the applied arts,
is the basis for the gilding of wood and stone, as someone says also
serves to give a fine finish to the walls. In pre-Hispanic cultures such as
the Mayan, Totihuacan and others, enduro or stucco was used to cover
their stone buildings in order to paint them, as well as to cover some
clay pieces painted with tempera. It is also used to prepare some
painting supports such as altarpieces and special canvases for tempera
painting.
Page 248
It is a means of decorating cold ceramics. There are several formulas

depending on what it is to be applied to.
In Europe it has been used for a long time to cover religious images
finished in tempera, oil or gilded, both sculpted and painted.
Of course, it is not advisable to try to model with it if you do not know it

well, but it is possible. It is very good as a coating for sculptures made
of any material: wood, cement, plaster, stone, paper mache and others.
Its hardness can be controlled and it can be polished to marble. Dust
free, it accepts any painting technique: tempera, watercolor, oil, acrylic,
inks and others.the photo he sent as an example is of a mask inspired by
a Mayan deity.it is modeled in paper mache and finished with polished
and painted stucco. I have made other pieces using enduido or stucco
but I don't have or couldn't find the photos.
Basic formula:
Animal glue called rabbit glue or natural, non-vegetable grenetin .100
grs.
hot water................................500 grs.
Casting off ..............................500 grs.
The amount of gypsum varies according to what is going to be done, it is

also possible to use fine molding gypsum and also calcium carbonate or
white from Spain instead. When it is to be applied as a final finish
without painting or gilding or to be used as a pictorial support, then its
whiteness must be increased with titanium oxide and zinc oxide. It can
also be pigmented with metallic oxides, anilines and artistic pigments
and can be finished with textures. There is also a stucco based on glue,
lime and marble dust.
Additional note:
Enduro is also known as a sealer in the paint industry. However, in this
case it is liquid and not so much plastic Starch-based paste
For many years, conservation specialists have preferred to use paste of
pure home-made starch. These gums are made
Page 249
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATIONS usually with
rice starch or wheat starch (not the flour, but the starch that has been
extracted from the flour). There are several recipes to prepare these
engrudos.
wheat starch paste:
Place one cup of wheat starch and five or six cups of distilled water in
the top of a clean double boiler.
Mix well and let stand for at least 20 minutes.
Fill the top of the water bath pot with a small amount of cold water so
that the water does not touch the top.
Place the pot over a low heat and cook, stirring constantly with a clean
wire whisk.
When the paste begins to thicken (this may happen immediately), lower
the flame and continue stirring.
Stir for about half an hour, then remove the pot from the stove. The
paste should be thick and transparent. As it thickens and cools, it will
become more difficult to stir and you may have to substitute a wooden
spoon for the wire whisk. A spoon that has not been used for food
preparation should be used.
When finished cooking, the paste should be stored in a clean container.

It is necessary to let it cool before use. It must also be strained; a
Japanese grease strainer can be used for this purpose.
Fast wheat starch paste
University Products, a supplier of preservation materials, published a

quick recipe for making wheat starch paste. The
Page 250
The advantage of this recipe is that small quantities of paste can be
easily prepared. If necessary, strain the paste before use.
"Place one tablespoon of wheat starch in a deep bowl, add five

tablespoons of distilled water and microwave. Place it in high
temperature (high) for 20 to 30 seconds, remove the paste and stir it.
Return the mixture to the oven and leave it for another 20 to 30 seconds.
Remove and stir once more. Continue this process for 3 to 4 minutes,
depending on the power of your microwave oven. Let the paste stand for
a few minutes before using it".
You will probably need gums of different consistencies, depending on

the intended use. A consistency similar to whipped cream is suitable for
most cases. The pastes should be diluted with distilled water to obtain
the desired consistency.
Starch paste should not be refrigerated. Cover the container tightly and
store in a cool, dry place. It will last only a week or less. Some
conservation specialists recommend adding a preservative. However,
the condoms used are toxic. It is preferable to prepare small amounts of
paste when needed, rather than adding a preservative and storing it for
long periods. If the paste becomes discolored, dusty or smelly, remove it
immediately. You should also discard it if dark spots appear on the
paste, because this would mean that fungi or bacteria have grown on it.
See Abbey Newsletter chapter "A Method for Storing Additive-Free
Wheat Starch Paste" on storing in sterilized containers (Janet Stone and
Elizabeth Morse, December 1989, vol. 13, no. 8, pp. 147-48).
Methylcellulose
The preparation of starch pastes is time-consuming, therefore they are

not practical if they are to be used only occasionally. A simpler paste
can be made with methyl cellulose, which comes in powder form and is
sold according to the degree of viscosity (in general, the higher the
viscosity, the higher the viscosity).
Page 251
The most stable viscosity is meticulose). Mix one heaping tablespoon of
methyl cellulose with 1/2 cup of distilled water. Allow the mixture to
stand for several hours before use. It will thicken with time, but can be
diluted with water to the proper consistency. Methylcellulose is not as
strong as starch paste. Methylcellulose keeps well for several weeks and
does not require preservatives.
275- FAST DRYING GLUE FOR CARDBOARD
INGREDIENTS:
1. POLYVINYL ACETATE 290 (PVA) - 182 GRMS.
2. DIBUTYLTHALATE - 12 GRMS.
3. METHYL CELLULOSE - 10 GRMS.
PREPARATION: In a plastic container mix these three ingredients in

order, under continuous agitation, preferably with a mixer if it is in small
quantities, for large quantities use an agitator motor of 2 horsepower;
this is in order to make a homogeneous mixture without residues, we
pack quickly in plastic containers.
CAUTION: Keep out of the reach of children.
276- RUBBER GLUE FORMULA

Page 252
5. YELLOW FAT COLOR - 0.5 GRMS OR TO TASTE
PREPARATION:
In an enamel container take to the bain-marie, the toluol until it is hot,
then and in the same container that contains the toluol, we add the
neoprene and we leave to very slow fire, during two hours or more, this
is in order to melt the neoprene that is rubber, after this process we
remove from the fire and we add the (DMA), stearate and colorant to the
fat under the fire.After this process we remove from the fire and add the
(DMA), the stearate and the colorant to the fat under continuous
agitation, preferably with an electric mixer we pack quickly in glass
containers, metallic gallons, tempered aluminum containers, etc.
NOTE:
If this product is to be manufactured on a large scale, use large stainless
steel or tempered aluminum containers and a stirring motor of 1500
revolutions per minute, this is so that the product is well mixed and at
the same time of a good thickness; if you want the glue to be more
adhesive, increase the formula to 3 to 5 grms of neoprene. more.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing this product, the use of goggles, mask and gloves
is recommended, since most of its components contain gases that are
harmful to health. Prepare in isolated places in family homes, be very
careful during the whole process since this product is 100% flammable.
(Make sure that the fire where the toluol and neoprenoi are cooked is not
too high, hopefully as slow as possible).
277- THICK CARDBOARD GLUE
INGREDIENTS:
1. POLYVINYL ACETATE (PVC) - 100 GRMS.
2. DIBUTYLTHALATE - 20 GRMS
3. CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE - 1 GM.
4. ZINC WHITE - 30 GRMS.
5. KAOLIN - 30 GRMS.
Page 253
PREPARATION: Proceed according to the previous formulas, not
forgetting the agitator motor.
NOTE: Polyvinyl acetate is used to make ordinary glues for wood and
polyvinyl acetate (PVC) is used to make glues for cardboard and paper.
If a thinner glue is desired, add small amounts of purified water until the
desired thickness is achieved.
278- PAPER AND CARDBOARD ADHESIVE
(Yield: 90 g)
Ingredients:
• 60 ml of water
• 3 tablespoons of dextrin
• 1 ½ teaspoon of borax
• 1 ½ teaspoons glucose
• 3 tablespoons of Arabic gum
• They are purchased in large pharmacies
Utensils:
• Metal container with ½ L capacity

• Coffee spoon
• Soup spoon
• Clean plastic container with lid
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
Mix the dextrin, the borax, the glucose and the gum Arabic, in the plastic
container and with the help of the soup spoon it is shaken during 10 sec.
2. Heat the water in the metal container. When it begins to boil, it is
removed from the fire.
Page 254
Next, add the hot water to the plastic container and shake until a viscous
consistency similar to that of cajeta is obtained.
Do not forget to label it with the name of the product and expiration date.
It is advisable to store the adhesive in a dry and dark place.
Expiration:
The adhesive produced by this technology lasts approximately 1 month.
Interesting fact:
The substances used to bind the pigments of the frescoes of the ancient
Egyptian and Cretan civilizations already had an adhesive character. The
evolution in the preparation of adhesive products, however, was very
slow until the last years of the 19th century, when rubber-based glues
began to be manufactured.
Benefit:
By making your own adhesive, you can make considerable savings

compared to a commercial product.
Mode of use:
• Clean the surface thoroughly before application.

• Apply with the help of a tongue depressor and leave in the open air for
one minute.
• Subsequently join the opposite part. Finally, press for one minute.
Recommendations:
• Wear gloves when processing the product
Page 255
279 - MAKING HOMEMADE GLUE

6 tablespoons gum arabic
1 cup of water
½ cup and 2 tablespoons of natural glycerin
Dissolve the gum Arabic in water, add glycerin and mix well. Apply to
both surfaces with a toothpick or a depressor. Stir them together for 5
minutes. It should be prepared fresh each time.
Option 2:
4 tablespoons wheat flour

6 tablespoons of cold water
1 ½ cup boiling water
Mix the flour with enough cold water to make a paste. Boil the water and
mix it with the flour until it becomes translucent. Use it when it is cold.
Option 3:
3 tablespoons cornstarch
4 tablespoons of cold water
2 cups of boiling water
Mix cornstarch and cold water until a smooth paste is formed. Mix the
paste with the boiling water, continue mixing until it becomes
translucent. Use when cold.
280- ADHESIVE FOR P.V.C. AND CHLORINATED CPVC
INGREDIENTS:
Page 256
2. P.V.C. RESIN SOFT - 60 GRAMS
4 VINYL CHLORATE 25C.C
PREPARATION:
In a metal or enamel container, add the cyclodexanone and put it in the
bath.
Maria (i.e. one container inside another with water and bring it to a low
heat), then
add the 60 grams of P.V.C. resin. (this resin is the one used for
the baby's bottles), when the resin is diluted, remove it from the
and add the methylene chloride, under continuous agitation. Pack
quickly,
as it is a very volatile product in amber colored containers.
This is to prevent the mixture from evaporating.
PRECAUTIONS: When preparing this product, use masks, gloves and

goggles. Yes
large-scale production is to be carried out in a suitable location
equipped with a fire extinguisher.
fire, as it is flammable. Keep out of reach of children.
281- PERFUMERY AND FINE LOTIONS PERFUMERY AND FINE

LOTIONS
RAW MATERIAL:
PERFUMERY ALCOHOL 70 C.C.

PROPYLENE GLYCOL 2 C.C.
PERFUME EXTRACT 30 C.C.
P.P.G. FIXER 20 (Fixer AX) 2 C.C.
PROCEDURE:
Page 257
In the container to be used for lotion packaging, mix PPG 20 Fixative or
Fixative AX (2 c.c.) with Perfume Extract (30 c.c.), and shake well. In
another plastic container, mix the Fine Perfumery Alcohol (70 c.c.) with
the Propylene Glycol (2 c.c.), and shake very well. Pour the contents of
this second mixture into the contents of the first mixture. Shake both
mixtures so that they emulsify perfectly. Place the finished product for
24 hours in the refrigerator, icebox or cooler. Ensure that the container
is completely lined with a dark or black bag to prevent light from
penetrating the bottle. If the lotion remains cloudy, strain it with filter
paper or half a veil. Leave the lotion at room temperature in a dark place
for 12 hours to macerate.
Recommendations:
The preparation of the lotions is done in the same container that will be
used as packaging. Place the Perfume Extract in the container, then add
the Fixative and stir very well, then in another container place the
Perfumery Alcohol with the Propylene Glycol and shake to mix well.
Then the two mixtures are joined by pouring the contents of the second
to the first container, mix well until a good emulsion is obtained, the
finished product is left in the inside of the refrigerator for 24 hours.
NOTE:
100 c.c. equals 3.4 ounces and 50 c.c. equals 1.7 ounces.
The extracts of the well-known brands are available at the same place
where the rest of the chemical elements are purchased.
Precautions: None.
282- FLORAL COLONY

Ingredients
"Distilled water or Rose Water (70 cc)
"Cereal alcohol (30 cc)
"Palmarosa Oil (15 drops)
"Sandalwood Oil (15 drops)
Place the alcohol in a bottle, preferably a glass one, then add drop by
drop the Palmarosa oil, shake well and add the Palmarosa oil.
Page 258
sandalwood, mix again and add the distilled water or rose water.
283- Natural perfume to your liking

Ingredients:
96º pharmacy alcohol......................200 g
Rose water...................................50g
Optional essential oils:
Lavender, rose and bergamot (fresh)
Ylang ylang, rosemary and sandalwood (male)
Lemon verbena, jasmine and lemon (sweet and fresh)
Rose, lavender, fennel (female)
Preparation:
In a glass jar that closes hermetically we introduce first the alcohol and
rose water and add 7 drops of each of the three essential oils of our
choice.
We place the pot near a window in a warm place, such as the kitchen, for
21 days.
It must be stirred every day.
Filtering, packaging and storing
Directions: This perfume may be diluted if desired with distilled water.
Note: it is preferable to make small quantities of perfumes since volatile

essential oils deteriorate over time. The maximum time a perfume should
be stored is approximately 2 years.
284- Generic perfume to taste

Ingredients:
* Pharmacy alcohol 60º...................200 g
* Orange blossom water50g * Optional essential oils:
Lavender (fresh)
Ylang ylang, rosemary and sandalwood (male)
Preparation:
Page 259
In a glass jar that closes hermetically we introduce first the alcohol and
rose water and add 7 drops of each of the three essential oils of our
choice.
We place the pot near a window in a warm place, such as the kitchen, for
21 days.
It must be stirred every day.
Filtering, packaging and storing
Directions: This perfume may be diluted if desired with distilled water.
Note: it is preferable to make small quantities of perfumes since volatile

essential oils deteriorate over time. The maximum time a perfume should
be stored is approximately 2 years.
285- ESSENCES TO PERFUME THE BATHROOM

MATERIAL REQUIRED:
BEAKER
STIRRING ROD
EMBUDO
PIPETA
PROBETA
GLASS CONTAINER
LABEL
FUNCTION
INGREDIENTS (%)
1 ESSENCE 5 P.A. PERFUMANT
2 TWEEN-20 5-25 EMULSIFIER
3 DISTILLED WATER....c.s.p. 100 EXCIPIENT
ELABORATION
A. Mix (1+2) in the beaker.
B. Add (3) to the previous container.
C. Add (4) slowly and stirring.
Page 260
INFORMATIVE NOTE
Tween must be determined experimentally. It varies greatly from one
essence to another. If too much is added, foam will appear and if too
little is added, the essence will not mix in the water.
286- AFTERSHAVE LOTION.

(Yield: 175 ml)
Ingredients:
10 tablespoons of witch hazel water (100 ml)*.
5 tablespoons of glycerin (50 ml)*.
1 ½ tablespoons of 96° alcohol (15 ml)*.
1 tablespoon of lavender water (10 ml)*.
*Available in large pharmacies
Utensils:
1 stainless steel soup spoon.

1 plastic container with lid, 200ml capacity.
Procedure:
Add all the ingredients in the plastic container and cover tightly, shake
moderately for 15 seconds.
Store in glass or plastic containers with lids, preferably with atomizers;

you can also reuse perfume or lotion containers.
Store in a cool, dry and dark place.
Expiration:
The lotion produced using this technology lasts for approximately 1

year.
Page 261
Interesting Fact:
Glycerin is a fatty clear liquid that is used in lotions, toothpastes, creams

and other industrial products to serve as a good moisturizer and is well
received by the skin.
Benefits:
By developing this technology at home, you will save more than 70%
compared to commercial lotions.
Mode of use:
Use after shaving. Apply where shaved with a gentle massage.
Recommendations:
If you want more freshness add ½ teaspoon of menthol (available in

large pharmacies).
If you wish, you can substitute the lavender water for another scent of
your preference (rosemary, roses, orange blossom, etc.).
Precautions:
Keep away from children.
287- SOLID PERFUME

Solid perfume
An innovative way of using perfume is through its presentation in solid
form, as a cream or ointment. With this technique it is possible to create
personalized scents, far from the conventional or to use already
recognized fragrances.
The most expensive material is essential oils or extracts, especially if a

complex or sophisticated blend is being prepared. However, a
Page 262
bottle of essential oil will serve to make a large amount of perfume as
only a few drops are used in the process.
materials
1 tablespoon of beeswax
1 tablespoon sweet almond oil (jojoba oil or vitamin e) 8-15 drops
essential oils
1 container with lid (preferably wide mouth)
Procedure
Melt the wax and the almond oil in a bain-marie, stir and mix well, when
well melted add the oils or extracts, pour them into the final container.
wait half an hour and the solid perfuem is ready to use.
Application
To use it, just rub a finger over the mixture and then smear it on the area
to be perfumed, such as wrists, behind the ears, wherever you like.
Combinations:
Different flavors can be combined to obtain interesting blends.
(taking care to apply a maximum of 15 drops as the total sum of the
combination).
rosemary
cinnamon
pine
basil
mint
ylang ylang
Page 263
288- CAMPHOR ALCOHOL
It is useful for mosquito bites, itching or sprains.
to 100 milliliters of 96 proof alcohol add 25 grams or 5 teaspoons of
camphor.
289- How to prevent mosquito bites

A compilation of suggestions and recipes to avoid mosquito bites:
We are not going to insist that it is enough to hold our breath to avoid
the discomfort of these insects, since it is known that the biggest
mosquito attractor is the CO2 from our breath.
They also seem to be attracted to the aromas of certain perfumes, body
odors, sweat and body heat. Unless you decide to stop using shampoos,
soaps, deodorants and detergents, it is very difficult to be scent-free.
DEET is a very effective substance for keeping mosquitoes away, and

while there are several commercial brands of effective mosquito
repellents, most contain PERMETHRIN or DEET in varying percentages.
As both are toxic and penetrate the bloodstream, it is recommended not
to abuse them, especially in children.
It is important to know that the concentration percentage of the
insecticide has nothing to do with its effectiveness, but it does have to
do with the time the repellent lasts. It is better to apply a mild one
repeatedly than a more concentrated and stronger one.
Something to consider:
Some people seem to be mosquito magnets, unlike others who are never
bothered by mosquitoes. As mentioned, certain aromas seem to attract
mosquitoes, so this must be related to the diet, perfumes and chemical
complexion of each person to become an attractor or a mosquito
repellent.
Therefore, the remedy that works for one person may not be as effective
for another.
The basics to prevent stings:
* Wear light clothes, mosquitoes prefer dark colors.
* Keep your body covered as much as possible, even wear a hat, though
eventually the mosquitoes will find a way to attack, but
Page 264
this complicates things somewhat for them.
Home remedies and tips for mosquito bite prevention
Vanilla Extract:
Some recommendations, some people apply vanilla on the extremities,
others apply it to clothing or all over the skin as a lotion, there are
conflicting versions on its use, some prefer the artificial versions, while
others are inclined to the essence or natural extract, however, as it is the
aroma that acts against mosquitoes, we consider that one is the same as
the other.
Garlic: It is not the most popular, however in areas infested with

mosquitoes can work a paste made from crushed garlic and water, this
is applied in joints (wrists, elbows, behind the knees) on the cheeks and
neck, should not be applied in the vicinity of the eyes because it is very
irritating.
Essential oils: Make a mixture of essential oils with alcohol, or with

sweet almond oil, or with distilled water. Apply this lotion on the body or
on clothes, shake before use. You can also add a few drops of essential
oil in olive oil or baby oil, and then rub it on the skin. A very practical
way is to apply it to a cotton cloth or band and then put it as a bracelet.
Avoid contact with eyes when using essential oil.
Essential Oils: * Citronella

* Lavender
* Catnip (catnip, nepeta, Nepeta cataria)
* Eucalyptus
* Pennyroyal (Mentha pulegium) Pennyroyal
These oils also work:
* Basil Oil
Page 265
* Thyme oil
* Cedar Oil
* Tea tree oil
* Peppermint Oil
* Lemongrass Tea Oil
Plants:
Chop the leaves and squeeze them, spread them on your skin or clothes,
throw the remains of leaves on the perimeter of the house, also make an
infusion and use it as a spray.
* Citronella
* Lavender
* Basil
* Catnip (Catnip, Nepeta cataria, Nepeta cataria)
* Pennyroyal (Mentha pulegium)Pennyroyal
* Tannacetum Tannacetum vulgare
* Calendula
Commercial products (non-DEET) * Listerine (50/50 with vinegar and

then applied to the body) * Listerine (50/50 with vinegar and then applied
on the body)
* Vick's VapoRub
Homemade trick:
Sprinkle ground garlic and water over the garden and shrubs, preferably
twice a week and after it has rained.
Things to eat (daily):

Apparently the odor that a person emanates is related to their diet, a diet
that includes the following foods is useful to keep mosquitoes away.
* Garlic
* Vitamin B1
* Brewer's yeast
Page 266
* Lemons
As an alternative to chemical mosquito repellents, we have some very

effective natural repellents and some milder ones.
Try these homemade repellents to fight mosquitoes:
Clove as a repellent
This recipe is excellent because it does not intoxicate and can be used
without problems.
Mix 1 liter of alcohol with 100 cm3 of Johnson's oil or any baby oil (so
that it does not dry the skin), and about 30 cloves in infusion. Leave on
for several hours and then apply to the body.
Eucalyptus
Some eucalyptus leaves are boiled, strained and the resulting liquid is
poured into small containers to be placed in all rooms and on the
shelves of closets.
Citronella as a mosquito repellent

Citronella oil applied directly on the body is an excellent mosquito
repellent, its scent repels mosquitoes.
Another way of use is to leave a container or citronella container open

so that the vapors fill the room.
Lavender
This is a pleasant and excellent insect repellent lotion. Mix lavender oil
with some body oil or cream and apply on the body,
Page 267
Basil to ward off mosquitoes
The smell of basil (Ocinum Basilicum) is very effective in repelling
insects, especially mosquitoes. To do this we place several fresh plants
in the windows of the house or vaporize in a burner two or three drops of
its essence.
Repellent based on almond oil

Mix 100 ml. of sweet almond oil and add 20 drops of basil essence and
20 drops of geranium essence. It is suitable for children and babies.
Chamomile as a repellent
Rubbing chamomile on the skin (or drinking chamomile tea) is an Indian
remedy to repel mosquitoes.
290- MOSQUITO REPELLENT (2)
(Yield: 1/2 L)
Ingredients:
• 1/2 L of water
• 1 bunch of laurel (herbs)
Utensils:
• Pewter container with capacity of 1 L and lid

• Spray bottle (atomizer)
• Funnel
Procedure:
1. Bring water to a boil. Once it has come to the boil, add the
bay leaves and count five minutes, to prepare a tea.
2. After this time, it is removed from the heat and covered (it should
remain covered for five minutes).
Page 268
3. After 5 minutes, the bay leaves and branches are removed and
packs with the help of the funnel.
4. Separately, boil the bottle together with the sprayer for 10 minutes.
They should
Remove as much water as possible and cover immediately.
The tea is still hot and the bottle is left upside down for 3 minutes.
Do not forget to put a label with the name of the product, date of
manufacture and expiration date. Keep the infusion preferably
refrigerated.
Expiration:
The repellent stored refrigerated has a shelf life of approximately 1

month.
If kept at room temperature the shelf life will be reduced to
approximately half (15 days).
Benefits:
This repellent is a very economical alternative to commercial products

and does not contain chemicals that could be toxic.
Recommendations:
• It is very important that before applying the repellent on the whole

body, you should apply it to the entire body.
apply on a small area and wait a few minutes to verify that it does not
cause allergic reaction.
• If the odor of the tea changes, avoid using it as it may no longer be
useful.
as a repellent.
• If the application of tea causes irritation or itching, discontinue use.
Page 269
use.
291- INSECT REPELLENT SOAP

Insect repellent soap.
To prepare a liquid soap with insect repellent properties, you need:
Materials
1 liter of liquid soap (can be purchased or prepared at home), preferably

without odor or with a neutral odor.
1 grapefruit of citronella essential oil (purchased in perfumes and

essences stores)
Preparation
Add the essential oil to the liquid soap, about 20 drops or more, whisk,
and let it stand.
Usage
Wash the hands or parts of the body that you want to protect using this
mixture, dry and forget about mosquito bites.
292- BEE OR OTHER INSECT STINGS

Make a paste of baking soda and apply it to bee stings or other insect
bites for immediate relief from itching.
A poultice made with a crushed basil leaf is also very effective in case of
mosquito bites.
PAINTINGS
Page 270
293- BITUMEN OF JUDEA :
Judea bitumen is a mineral resin, its name comes from the first place
where it was obtained, the ancient Judea. It is marketed as a viscous
liquid that can be dissolved with turpentine or petroleum, it is usually
used to give colored patinas, giving an aged appearance, and dyes can
be added.
It is used as a patina to give color to wood, plaster or ceramic, giving an
antique look to the piece, it usually comes in liquid form, although it can
also be found in paste.
It is available already prepared in a special formulation to give patina to
the works of foil embossing.
Judea bitumen in Mexico is called "chapopote". It is dissolved in
petroleum, turpentine or thinner.
* Liquid : In a glass jar, place 3 tablespoons of bitumen of
judea powder and over it, turpentine, until the powder is covered. Rest 2
days.
Solid : Place in a container 800 grams of paste wax, in a bain-marie, then
add 3 tablespoons of Judea bitumen, stir (with a wooden spoon) until it
liquefies, remove, cover and keep covered for 5 to 6 days.
A black varnish for metals is
Copal semi-hard 12 parts by weight
Natural Judea bitumen 15 parts by weight
Linseed oil 12 parts by weight
Essence of turpentine 21 parts by weight
294- ANILINE :
aniline inks
It is a product used as a colorant. There are to water, alcohol and grease.
To use all these anilines, do it with long strokes and without making cuts
so as not to leave stains, then wipe with a cloth to even them out.
Alcohol Aniline :
Place in a jar
1/4 liter of hot water ,
Page 271
1/4 liter of fine alcohol
add 2 tablespoons of aniline pigment.
Stir and let stand.
Anilines Fats :
Paints used to pigment wax. This patina covers more than the previous
one and takes longer to dry.
In a metal container place:
300 grams of natural wax
one sachet of fat aniline
Mix with a wooden spoon and place in a bain-marie until liquid. Allow to
dry for one day.
Water Aniline :
It is dissolved with cold water.
Two teaspoons aniline powder
1/2 liter of cold water
295- STUCO
Stucco is a fine-grained paste composed of plaster, marble dust and
glue, which hardens by drying and is used mainly for plastering walls
and ceilings. It can be treated in many ways, including modeling and
carving to obtain ornamental shapes, polishing to give it a marble-like
appearance and polychrome painting for decorative purposes.
Stucco was already used in ancient Greece and Rome as a base for
fresco paintings, some of the remains of which are preserved in Rome
and Pompeii. The Arabs often used it as a substitute for marble, carving
it in the form of mozárabes, atauriques or other ornamental motifs such
as those that can be seen in the Alhambra. During the Italian
Renaissance, a large number of techniques were perfected, which later
spread throughout Europe. White stucco was widely used on church
walls, sometimes to paint figures of angels. Raphael and other artists of
the time used colored stucco friezes to decorate palaces and pavilions.
Among the most relevant are the reliefs by Francesco Primaticcio (1533-
1565) for the castle of Fontainebleau, near Paris. However, this material
reached its most splendid heights during the 17th and 18th centuries.
Both baroque and rococo decorated their interiors with stucco,
especially in Bavaria and Austria, where palaces and pilgrimage
churches featured polychrome stuccoes with an infinite number of
Page 272
of forms -specular motifs, paired columns and elaborate altars-. The
English architect Robert Adam also used it for his exquisite
ornamentation of walls and ceilings, in a less neoclassical style.
The term stucco comes from the Italian stucco, being a form of finishing
or decoration of walls and ceilings, interior or exterior, based on paints
and different types of mortars, which allows obtaining different textures.
Given its versatility, it adapts to any type of construction or period. In
addition to a decorative function, it reinforces the wall and waterproofs it
while allowing natural transpiration.
The most famous stucco is the Venetian stucco, also called "Lustro
Veneciano". It is a coating that was invented in Venice (Italy) at the
beginning of the 15th century. Its finish shows a flat, smooth and shiny
wall like a crystal, with different shades of color, of great beauty.
296- WOOD PRESERVATIVE
MATERIALS
- 50cc turpentine
- 25 gr of kerosene
- 10 gr of wax.
STEP BY STEP
1. Place the wax and the kerosene in a container (suitable for a water
bath).
2. Cook both materials in a water bath until they are liquid. Remove from
the fire and while hot, add the turpentine a little at a time while stirring.
Allow to cool.
3. Apply the paste obtained on the wood, using a cotton cloth. Allow to
dry very well for 24 hours and repeat the operation. The surface will be
protected and will have a soft natural shine.
297- MATT PLASTIC PAINT INGREDIENTS:
Page 273
1. ACRONAL 290D - 186 KLS 100 GRMS
2. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 100% - 11 KLS 6,0 GRMS
3. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 4,50 KLOS 2,5 GRMS
4. AMMONIA - 0,50 KLS 0,3 GRMS
5. DEFOAMER - 2 KLS 1,0 GRMS
6. BUTYLGLYCOL - 9,25 KLS 5,0 GRMS
7. WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C, OR VARSOL) - 2 KLS 1.0 GRMS
8. METHYLCELLULOSE, VM, 4% SOLUTION - 37 KLS 20.0 GRMS
9. TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 43 KLS 23.0 GRMS
10. MICA (MICRO-MICA) - 52 KLS 28,0 GRMS
11. BARIUM SULFATE - 537 KLS 289.0 GRMS
12. PLASTORIT O (8) - 69.50 KLS 37.0 GRMS
13. PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 3,25 KLS 1,7 GRMS
PREPARATION:
Mix the ingredients in their order in a plastic or metallic container, under
continuous agitation, using a stirring motor for this purpose, if it is to be
processed on a large scale. Finally, the colorant to be used is dissolved
in the pigment distributor. We pack and cover hermetically, store in a
cool and dry place.
NOTE:
Observe the precautions recommended for the elaboration of this
formula and
keep out of reach of children.
298- TRANSPARENT LACQUER FOR VEHICLES

INGREDIENTS:
1. NITROCELLULOSE RESIN - 700 GRMS
2. ACRYLIC THINNER TINER SOLVENT - 300 GRMS
PREPARATION:
Mix these two ingredients in order, under continuous stirring, then
quickly pack.
NOTE:
Normally this lacquer is applied with a compressor, the solvent can vary
from
Page 274
according to the manufacturer's viscosity.
PRECAUTIONS:
When manufacturing this product, wear goggles, masks and gloves,
store in a cool, dry place.
cool and dry, out of the reach of children.
299- COLORED LACQUER PAINT

INGREDIENTS:
3. TITANIUM DIOXIDE - 50 GRMS
In a metal or glass container, mix these ingredients in order, until a
homogeneous mixture without lumps is obtained, then proceed to pack
quickly.
NOTE:
In this formulation the application of the colors goes according to the
requirements of the
manufacturer, or the consumer.
PRECAUTIONS:
When manufacturing this product, wear goggles, masks and gloves.
300- FAST DRYING WOOD FILLER, WET POLISHABLE.

INGREDIENTS:
1. H2O (WATER) - 11.50 LITERS 6.4 GRMS
2. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 0.5 KLS 0.3 GRMS
4. AMMONIA - 2.75 KLS 1,6 GRMS
5. COLLACRAL P, DILUTED 1:1 IN WATER - 0.50 KLS 0.3 GRMS
6. METHYLCELLULOSE, VM, 4% SOLUTION - 17 KLS 0,0 GRMS
Page 275
7.WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C, OR VARSOL) - 70 KLS 40.0 GRMS
9. CHALK - 2,75 KLS 1,5 GRMS
10. MICRONIZED DOLOMITE - 262 KLS 150,0 GRMS
11. LITOPHONE ROTSIEGEL - 87 KLS 50,0 GRMS
13. DEFOAMER - 3,50 KLS 2,0 GRMS
14. ACRONAL 290D - 174 KLS 100,0 GRMS
15. LINSEED OIL FOR VARNISH - 9 KLS 5,0 GRMS
PREPARATION:
Mix the ingredients in the order written in a plastic container, under
continuous stirring, until a homogeneous and very creamy mixture is
obtained, then quickly pack in plastic tanks with hermetically sealed lids.
NOTE:
It is important to store this product in a cool, dry place.
PRECAUTIONS:
Prepare this formulation with the required precautions using gloves,
goggles and goggles.
mask. Keep out of reach of children.
301- SHELLAC FINISH

Shellac finish is the cheapest, it does not need sealer, but it is only used
when the wood is stained, because it leaves a yellow tone in the natural
wood.
This shellac is obtained from the secretion of a beetle (lacifo lacea or
shellac mealybug), also known as shellac.
In hardware or material stores they sell shellac, it is bought by grams
and comes in orange flakes.
Materials
1 1/4 lt alcohol
250 gr shellac
Preparation
Page 276
In a clean jar put 1 lt 1/4 of alcohol and 250 grams of shellac, let it soak
for 15 minutes to dissolve.
Application
Although it is possible to use a brush, this varnish is traditionally
applied with a cotton pad that allows to spread very thin layers of
varnish on the wood. This system also avoids brush marks.
Although it is not difficult to apply shellac, it does require skill and a lot
of patience. Therefore, it is not advisable to varnish a valuable object or
a large surface without previous experience. It is best to practice
beforehand with small pieces of little value (although it is easy to remove
the varnish with alcohol in case you make a mistake).
Then apply with wrist or spray gun. If using doll follow the grain of the
wood.
When this first application dries, apply three more coats waiting for each
step to dry.
With a new wrist for another 4 passes but this time in a circular, snail or
8 movement.
302- NOPAL PAINT

(Yield: 7 L)
Ingredients:
• 6 liters of water
• 5 large nopales
• 2 ½ kg of lime §
• 2 cup table salt
• Cement colorant (depending on the intensity of color, the amount of
colorant) * * Cement dye (depending on the intensity of color, the
amount of colorant)
§ They are acquired in tlapalerías or cement distributors.

Page 277
Utensils:
• Two plastic containers with 4 L capacity

• Plastic container with 8 L capacity
• Plastic or wooden shovel.
• Strainer.
• Adhesive label.
Procedure:
1. Chop 4 or 5 nopales coarsely in the usual way to make salad and

place in a pot with two liters of water for one night to release the slime.
2. The next day they are strained in another container to separate all the
bagasse from the baba.
3. In the 8 liter container, mix the lime, salt, remaining water and cactus
slime, in the corresponding order; and with the help of the shovel, stir in
a circular motion for 30 seconds.
4. Finally, the coloring is added (if white is desired, it is left like this).
With the help of a funnel, the paint is placed in the plastic containers.
Do not forget to label it with the name of the product and expiration date.
It is convenient to store your nopal paint in a dry and dark place.
Expiration:
The nopal paint produced by this technology lasts approximately 3

months.
Interesting fact:
The origin of paintings dates back to prehistoric times, when the first
inhabitants of the earth depicted their activities, in color, on the walls of
their caves. These primitive paints probably consisted of colored earths
or clays, dispersed in water. The Egyptians, early on, developed the art
of painting and by the year 1500 B.C., the Egyptians had developed the
art of painting. of C. already had a wide variety of colors. They
discovered the ancestor of our current varnish around 1000 BC. of C,
where the
Page 278
The film-forming material was usually natural resins or beeswax. Pliny
described the manufacture of lead and vinegar pigment, and it is likely
that his ancient procedure was similar to the old German process.
Benefit:
By making your own cactus paint, you will be able to obtain

considerable savings with respect to the commercial product.
Mode of use:
• Before applying the paint, it must be shaken and verify that the
surface to be painted is perfectly clean.
• Apply the paint with a brush, brush or roller. At least two hands.
Recommendations:
• Wear gloves and masks during the processing of the product. y In

case of leftover ingredients, label their respective containers - keep them
in a dry place and out of the reach of children.
303- DOMESTIC ENAMEL FORMULA, OR OIL PAINT INGREDIENTS:

1. ALKYD RESIN - 6,300 GRAMS
2. TITANIUM DIOXIDE - 500 GRAMS
3. COBALT OCTATE, OR COBALT NEPHTHENATE - 200 GRAMS
4. VARSOL - 3,000 GRAMS
5. PIGMENT OR FAT COLORING - TO TASTE
PREPARATION OF ANTICORROSIVES AND ENAMELS:
In a metal container, mix the ingredients in order, under continuous

stirring, until the mixture is homogeneous. Pack and ready.
NOTE:
Page 279
The alkyd resin can vary according to the thickness that the
manufacturer wants to give it, the solvent can be ordinary thinner or
turpentine;
The turpentine is prepared as follows:

VARSOL - 700 GRAMS
TURPENTINE - 300 GRAMS
Combine these ingredients and shake vigorously and ready.
304- ECONOMIC OR POPULAR PAINTING

INGREDIENTS
1. ACRONAL 295 - 300 GRMS.
2. H20 (WATER) - 2,700 GRMS.
3. PROMICAL TO TASTE (IT IS THE ONE THAT GIVES THE THICKNESS)
4. MINERAL COLOR (TO TASTE).
PREPARATION OF THESE PAINTS:

If these paints are to be manufactured on a large scale, it is necessary to
have the following implements:
An agitator motor of about two to three horsepower, to make a
kind of blender.
Resistant plastic tanks or tempered aluminum, antirust sheet, pewter,
etc.
In these formulations, the ingredients are added in order, as indicated by
the
The formula is continuously stirred until a uniform mixture is obtained
and are
The desired color is then applied according to the manufacturer's taste;
There is no stipulated quantity for these formulations, since the color
tone is given by the manufacturer, according to the consumer's
requirements or the colors in fashion.
NOTE:
In these formulations, the water and thickener may vary if the
manufacturer so desires.
consider, as it can make a thicker, thinner or very liquid paint,
hence its type and quality (A-B-C and Economic). These formulas are
also
Page 280
called bases for vinyl paints. Dissolve the color in the pigment
distributor, in order to make the paint more toned; if you want it to cover
more, add more titanium dioxide to taste.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing these products use mask and gloves. Stay out of
the
Keep out of the reach of children and store in a cool, well-covered place.
305- FORMULA FOR WATERBORNE VINYL PAINTS
PAINT TYPE (A)
INGREDIENTS
1. ACRONAL 290 (PVA) - 1200 GRMS.
2. TITANIUM DIOXIDE - 1200 GRMS.
3. DEFOAMER - 30 GRMS.
4. BUTYLGLYCOL - 30 GRMS.
5. THICKENER (KAOLIN, CARBONATE, TALC) - 60 GRMS.
6. ACCELERATOR (FOR FAST DRYING) - 90 GRMS.
7. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR - 90 GRMS.
8. H.2O (WATER) - 2,200 GRMS.
PAINT TYPE (B)
INGREDIENTS
1. ACRONAL 290 (CURRENT) - 600 GRMS.
6. ACCELERATOR (FOR FAST DRYING) 90 GRMS,
8. H20 (WATER) - 1500 GRMS OR TO TASTE
PAINT TYPE (C)
Page 281
INGREDIENTS:
7. DISTRIBUTED PIGMENT - 90 GRMS
8. H20 (WATER) - 2,100 GRMS.
9. MINERAL COLOR (TO TASTE)

An agitator motor of about two or three horsepower, to make a
kind of blender.
etc.
In these formulations, the ingredients are added in order, as indicated by
the
The formula is continuously stirred until a uniform mixture is obtained
and are
The desired color is then applied according to the manufacturer's taste;
There is no stipulated quantity for these formulations, since the color
tone is given by the manufacturer, according to the consumer's
requirements or the colors in fashion.
NOTE:
In these formulations, the water and thickener may vary if the
manufacturer so desires.
consider, as it can make a thicker, thinner or very liquid paint,
hence its type and quality (A-B-C and Economic). These formulas are
also
called bases for vinyl paints. Dissolve the color in the pigment
distributor, in order to make the paint more toned; if you want it to cover
more, add more titanium dioxide to taste.
Page 282
CAUTION:
When manufacturing these products use mask and gloves. Keep out of
the
Keep out of the reach of children and store in a cool, well-covered place.
Tags: painting
Friday, November 7, 2008HANDCRAFT PAINT ½ cup cornstarch
2 cups of cold water
food color (VEGETAL COLOR)
Mix cornstarch and water in a saucepan. Wait until the mixture comes to
a boil and continue boiling until it becomes more solid. Allow to cool
slightly. Store them in jars and mark each one with food color.
306- preventive remedies for the prostate gland

Folk remedies for the prevention of prostate problems Pumpkin seeds: A
traditional remedy is to eat pumpkin seeds (whole, unhulled according to
some, according to others it is unshelled).
Bee pollen: Consuming bee pollen is beneficial against prostate
hypertrophy.
Drink a parsley, carrot and lemon smoothie which should be drunk
before breakfast. The ingredients are: 1 branch of parsley, 1 lemon, 1
large carrot and honey. Blend the parsley and the carrot, previously
peeled, and add the juice of a lemon. If desired, add honey to sweeten it
and drink it in the morning before breakfast.
Drinking coconut milk
Take infusions of corn hair and horsetail (equisetum).
Take tizanas prepared with bean or pea shells, nettle and corn hairs, 4
tablespoons for a liter of water, five-minute decoction. Chickpea water
acts as a diuretic helping to cleanse the prostate, it is taken on an empty
stomach.
Prepare a tea with 5 gr of lesser nettle, 5 gr of dandelion and 1 pinch of
poplar in 1 /2 liter of water. The water with the herbs should be heated to
boiling. Remove from heat and let stand for 5 minutes. Take once a day.
Although this tea relieves inflammation of the prostate,
Page 283
may cause stomach reactions in some people, so it is recommended to
take it with caution.
Practice, before going to bed, warm sitz baths with rue water to reduce
inflammation and decongest the prostate. In the mornings, cold water
jets accompanied by friction should be applied to the lower abdomen.
Mallow: Boil, for 7 minutes, 4 tablespoons of mallow leaves in half a liter
of water. Take one cup before each meal.
Infusion of corn husks: It is useful for relieving prostate inflammation.
Tomato, onion and garlic sauce: Include in your meals a sauce that is
made by boiling 4 tomatoes, removing their skins and crushing them.
Then add 1 onion, 2 cloves of garlic, chopped cilantro and a tablespoon
of olive oil.
Raw pumpkin seeds: This is a good remedy for prostate enlargement.
Eat them daily as they are a good source of zinc and zinc is an essential
nutrient for prostate health.
Pumpkin seed tea: Crush a handful of fresh seeds and put them in a pint
container. Fill it with boiling water. Allow to cool, strain and drink a pint
of this tea daily.
Flaxseed oil: Omega-3 fatty acids are very helpful in relieving prostate
enlargement. Add a tablespoon of flaxseed oil to your meals twice a day.
Eat asparagus: Asparagus is beneficial for prostate health.
Eat watermelon: Watermelon is one of the fruits recommended to relieve
prostate and bladder inflammation.
Take a bath with warm water: Try to take daily baths and stay there for
40 minutes. Warm water increases circulation to the prostate gland
which helps reduce inflammation.
Sit down to urinate: The position will help you relax and not rush. Take
your time, read a book or magazine, reflect, etc. It is important to be
relaxed as tension and anxiety produce hormones that can tighten the
bladder muscles.
Foot therapy: feet have several reflex points that can send energy to
other parts of the body. The prostate stitches are located on the inside of
the feet, about an inch below the ankle bone going toward the heel. Sit in
a chair and raise your feet so that they are on tiptoe. Pinch the base of
the heels using your index finger and thumb with your hand.
Page 284
and apply pressure. Then make hand movements like those used for
milking from heel to ankle. do these exercises two or three times a day.
307- CREAM FOR MINOR BURNS

(Yield: 100 ml.)
Ingredients:
4 tablespoons of sodium bicarbonate*.
3 tablespoons of vegetable oil.
3 tablespoons of pure glycerin. *
2 tablespoons of 96° alcohol.
Utensils:
1 pewter or plastic soup spoon.
1 plastic or glass container with a capacity of 100 ml.
1 glass or plastic container with lid and wide mouth with a capacity of
100 ml.
Adhesive label.
Procedure:
1. Add the vegetable oil, glycerin and alcohol in the plastic or glass
container and mix with a spoon to incorporate the ingredients well.
2. We add the baking soda to the previous mixture and with the help of
the spoon we mix it again and keep it.
Pack in glass or plastic containers with lids, preferably with wide
mouths, in a cool, dark place.
Label with product name, date of manufacture, expiration date,
directions for use and precautions.
Mode of use:
Apply with absorbent cotton on the burned area with circular
movements without spreading it and leave it for 10 minutes and remove
it with a damp cloth with warm water.
Expiration:
The cream for minor burns produced by this domestic technology has a
shelf life of approximately 1 year.
Page 285
Interesting Fact:
The ingredients used in this technology have the ability to lower the
temperature produced by the burn, thus preventing further damage to
the skin. They are capable of absorbing heat and these products need
high temperatures to heat up.
Benefits:
By making the cream for minor burns at home you will save
approximately 50% compared to the commercial ones, having the
necessary hygiene for the care of burns.
Using this burn cream will help reduce discomfort such as burning,
blistering and peeling of the skin.
Recommendations:
If you have a severe burn, apply the cream and see your doctor.
308- COPPER AND BRASS STAIN REMOVER

Salt
Flour
White vinegar
Mix equal parts of salt and flour, add vinegar

white until a paste is formed. Tale him on the spot.
Repeat if necessary.
309- HOW TO RECYCLE PAPER

HOW TO RECYCLE PAPER
(Yield: 4 legal size sheets, approx.)
Processing time: 3 hours, approx.
Materials:
• 20 sheets of clean paper, approximately letter size (you can use any
type of paper)
Page 286
• 2 liters of clean water
• natural coloring powder, color of your choice (optional)*.
• frame of the desired shape (see recommendations) *Available in raw
material stores.
Procedure:
1. The paper is cut into pieces, as small as possible, and left to soak in 4
or 5 cups of water in a plastic container, with a capacity of 3 liters, for
approximately 15 minutes, stirring constantly with the help of a large
spoon.
2. Once soaked, the paper and soaking water are placed in the blender
beaker and blended until a homogeneous mixture is formed.
3. The mixture is poured into a tub or tray, (large enough to fit the
frame), if the mixture does not cover the bottom sufficiently, more water
should be added while stirring, at this time the dye is added little by
little, stirring until the desired shade is obtained.
4. The frame is immersed in the vat, then it is taken from the edges and
little by little it is lifted, residues will remain in the mesh, as a strainer.
5. After removing the frame, it is exposed to the sun, placing it on two
posts or hanging it from the clothesline, so that air circulates on both
sides and drying is uniform.
6. When the paper has dried, the sheet is carefully peeled off.
Recommendations:
• You can use more racks at the same time to make several sheets at
the same time.
• Racks are made with steel clothes hangers, forming rectangles and
tucking them into a stocking, each one, or a wooden frame (for
embroidery) with mosquito netting or also inside a stocking can be used.
• The drying time will depend on the climate at the time, as well as the
thickness obtained.
• The remaining water in the tub is used to soak more paper and reapply
the technique.
• At the moment of adding the mixture in the bathtub, you can add two
spoonfuls of white resistol or vinyl paint (of the desired color).
Page 287
will help to make the paper more resistant and its texture smoother.
• The bagasse of fibrous vegetables, obtained when preparing juices,
such as carrot, beet, celery or pineapple, can be added when blending
the paper, this will give a particular color, texture and design, in addition
to taking advantage of this waste.
• You can also add green herbs, such as cilantro, parsley, spinach, even
grass when blending.
This paper is useful for:
• painting with watercolor, crayon, vinyl, oil or other paints.

• to elaborate handicrafts such as boxes, photo books, cards,
envelopes, tablecloths, notebook and book covers, picture frames,
which can be decorated with flowers or dried fruits and/or seeds.
310- COLD OINTMENT

(Yield: 37 g)
Ingredients:
1 tablespoon of camphor* 1 tablespoon of camphor* 1 tablespoon of
camphor
1 tablespoon of menthol* 1 tablespoon of menthol* 1 tablespoon of
menthol* 1 tablespoon of menthol* 1 tablespoon of menthol
1 tablespoon of white wax*.
1/2 tablespoon of simple solid petroleum jelly*.
1 teaspoon of eucalyptus essence*.
Utensils:
A wet mouth cover.
A pewter or stainless steel soup spoon.
A small pewter container with 1/2 L capacity
A small glass or plastic container with a lid.
Adhesive label.
Procedure:
1. Add the menthol, eucalyptus essence and camphor (previously

ground) and stir with a spoon until the camphor is dissolved.
2. Put the wax and the petroleum jelly in the pewter container and place
over low heat until completely dissolved.
Page 288
3. Pour the first mixture into the wax with vaseline and with the help of
the spoon, mix again and remove from the fire.
4. Pour into the container and allow to cool at room temperature in a
ventilated place. When it is completely cold, cover.
It is stored in plastic or glass containers and kept in a dry, cool and dark
place.
Label with product name, date of manufacture, expiration date,
directions for use and precautions.
Expiration:
The ointment produced by this domestic technology has a shelf life of

approximately 1 year.
Interesting fact:
The ancient Greeks believed that bloodletting (red juices) with leeches
was the answer to cure colds. The older you get, the less likely you are
to catch 1 of 200 cold-causing viruses, while children have 6 to 10 colds
a year. It should be clarified that any warm liquid relieves the discomfort
of a cold.
Benefits:
By producing this product, you will save more than 40% compared to
It will help to reduce the discomfort of colds.
It will prevent the accumulation of phlegm in the airway.
You will get a great feeling of freshness.
Mode of use:
Apply by taking the product with the fingertips (three fingers) and apply
on the chest, back and throat, with circular movements. After
application, cover the body areas perfectly.
Do not bathe after application, wait 24 hours.
Recommendations:
Page 289
When preparing this product, keep children away, preferably out of the
house. To avoid irritation of children's eyes.
When heating the mixture with the wax, keep the windows open and
avoid contact of the vapors with your face, if so, wash with plenty of
warm water where contact occurs.
Keep container tightly closed.
Do not expose to sunlight.
To remove the ointment from the hands use warm water (without soap).
Wait 24 hours before bathing, otherwise you will damage your health.
Precautions:
Avoid direct contact with eyes, mouth and genitals. If so, wash with
plenty of lukewarm water and seek medical attention.
In case of irritation, discontinue use.
Do not introduce in the nose.
Do not apply to children under three years of age.
Keep out of reach of children
311- Ointment for colds

Cold ointment
Yield: 40 g
Shelf life: one year
Savings: 40%.
Ingredients:
1 teaspoon camphor (5 ml)
1 tablespoon of menthol (7 ml)
1 tablespoon of white wax (7 ml)
1 teaspoon of plain solid petroleum jelly (5 ml)
1 teaspoon of eucalyptus essence (5 ml)
2 cups of water
The ingredients are available at a drugstore.
Page 290
Utensils:
Coffee spoon
Soup spoon
Glass custard pan
Saucepan with half liter capacity
Small plastic jar with lid
Glass bowl with one liter capacity
Procedure:
Mix the menthol, eucalyptus essence and camphor in the flan. Stir with
spoon until dissolved.
Pour water into a saucepan to form a water bath. When the water is
boiling place the glass bowl, then pour in the wax and petroleum jelly
and stir constantly until they melt. Put out the fire. Now, without
removing the container, spoon in the menthol, eucalyptus and camphor
mixture.
Remove the bowl from the water bath and pour the mixture into the
plastic container, place the lid and let it cool at room temperature in a
cool place.
Conservation
Store in a cool, dry and dark place. It is very important to verify that the
ointment is perfectly capped to avoid evaporation of camphor and
menthol.
Conservation:
Store in a cool, dry and dark place. It is very important to verify that the
ointment is perfectly capped to avoid evaporation of camphor and
menthol.
Recommendations:
Take the product with the fingertips and apply with circular movements
on the chest, back and throat. Do not use inside the nose or near the
eyes and mouth.
In case of irritation, discontinue use immediately.

After applying the ointment, wrap up well and allow at least 8 hours
before bathing.

Children under three years of age should not use this ointment.
Page 291
312- oral saline solution

1. Homemade oral serum:
Ingredients:
1 liter of boiled water

Juice of a lemon
Two tablespoons of sugar
One teaspoon of bicarbonate of coffee
Half a teaspoon of salt.
Boil the water for five minutes and when it is lukewarm, add the rest of
the ingredients. This serum is very well tolerated and helps to replenish
fluids, electrolytes and prevent dehydration.
2. Homemade oral serum. Second option:
ingredients
1 liter of boiled water
Four tablespoons of sugar
Two teaspoons of salt.
Preparation:
Boil a liter of water, add four tablespoons of sugar and two teaspoons of
salt. Salt concentration can be decreased to lower the amount of
sodium, remember that an excess of sodium can cause tachycardia and
convulsions.
313- ALOE SHAMPOO

ALOE SHAMPOO
(Yield: approximately 500 ml)
Ingredients:
• 70 g of grated neutral soap
• 2 cups of clean water
Page 292
• 2 tablespoons of glycerin (optional)
• 1 tablespoon of triethanolamine lauryl sulfate (optional)
• Juice of 1 lemon
• The gel of 2 aloe vera leaves of approximately 20 cm each.
• vegetable coloring (optional)
• essential oil (any aroma)
Procedure:
1. In the saucepan add one and a half cups of water, put it on the fire
and once hot add the grated soap, stirring with the shovel so that it
dissolves (approximately 10 minutes), once dissolved, turn off the fire
and add the lauryl sulfate and then the glycerin (optional), stirring until
both are integrated.
2. Meanwhile, in the blender glass, add the gel (which is extracted by

opening the leaves lengthwise and scraping with a spoon), the
remaining water and the lemon juice, blending to integrate them.
3. The liquefied gel is added to the soap, stirring, at this moment the
essential oil is added and little by little the colorant, until the desired
aroma and color are obtained.
The shampoo is emptied into the plastic bottle using the funnel, capped
and labeled with the name, date of manufacture and expiration date. The
shampoo should be stored in a cool place.
Expiration:
Shampoo produced using this technology can be stored for up to 3

months.
Interesting fact:
Commercial shampoos are solutions based on cleansing agents,

conditioners and active ingredients that have the following
characteristics
Page 245
function to remove certain impurities from the scalp. Aloe is a plant
native to Europe, it belongs to the lily family, some are small, and others
reach a height of 2 meters. Its scientific name is Aloes bulgaris, it has
emollient and moisturizing properties; lemon gives shine to the hair and
glycerin helps to moisturize.
Aloe has been used in the treatment of bruises, burns, insect bites, cuts,
swellings, acne and rashes.
Benefit:
By making your own shampoo, you can save 60% compared to the
cheapest commercial product.
Recommendations:
• If you want the shampoo to be less thick, you can add a little more
water when blending with the lemon juice.
• It is recommended to use this shampoo every third day or daily if the
hair is very oily.
• Glycerin is preferably used for dry hair.
314- RECIPES WITH SABILA TINCTURE Cream for the entire body
Moisturizing body cream 30 gr.
Basic Aloe Vera tincture 5 cc.
Lanolin 10 gr.
After shave lotion
Aloe Tincture 15 cc.
Distilled water 40 cc.
Lanolin 10 gr.
Hair conditioner
Commercial brand conditioner 60 cc.
Aloe tincture 40 cc.
After sun cream
Neutral moisturizing cream 200 gr.
Aloe Tincture 50 cc.
Menthol 1 gr.
Page 294
315- ALOE VERA OR ALOE VERA TINCTURE

Aloe tincture is a way of working with the leaf, it serves as the basis for
many recipes and formulas with it for creams and remedies, it is easy to
make and serves for countless things. It can be used externally and
internally, the only downside is that it contains alcohol, for those who
are intolerant to alcohol it is better not to use it, but alcohol is a
preservative to make it last longer, even so there are other ways to work
with the leaf.
There are many recipes that recommend using the whole leaf, skin and
all, and many people who do so, it is not wrong and it is also a way to do
it, but we are going to do it by peeling the leaf, cleaning it well to remove
the aloin, because it contributes little to what we want, the important
thing is in the gel or almost transparent substance that is in the inner
part. This does not mean that the one who has been putting everything
for years is wrong or incorrect, several users have already asked us and
it seems to us that if they are doing well why change it, if they want to
continue with their method they can continue doing it the same way, in
countless sites they do it this way and it is not wrong.
The proportions are as follows, we will use percentages that can be

easily translated into grams.
Peeled and cleaned Aloe Vera leaves or pure commercial gel -35% -35%.
Medicinal alcohol 96º- 55%.
Distilled water- 45%.
First the whole gel is crushed in a mortar until a liquid and

homogeneous paste is obtained, then the alcohol and water are added
and it is left to macerate for at least 20 days, shaking it every day for at
least one minute, at the end everything is filtered to obtain the tincture.
Its duration is more than one month.
See preparations with aloe vera tincture
316- Drying powder

Drying Powder or Talcum Powder Master formula:
boric acid 60 grams
talc 20 grams
Page 295
starch 10 grams
Page 296
salicylic acid bismuth 0.5 grams
subnitrate lavender 5 grams
essence
317- Magistral formula Talcum powder for material feet:

boric acid 60 grams
talc 20 grams
starch 10 grams
salicylic acid 0.5 grams
bismuth subnitrate 5 grams
lavender essence
Mix everything together and store

apply locally,
318- FOOT POWDER

RAW MATERIAL:
TALCO 740 Grams
BORIC ACID 245 Grams
ALCANFOR 15 grams CUMARIN 15 grams FRAGANCE 15 c.c.
PROCEDURE: In a plastic container of 5 liters we place the 740 grams of

imported talc, we pulverize it well, then we add the 245 grams of Boric
Acid (previously pulverized), which we measure with the gramera,
proceed to stir well with the wooden spoon. Then we add the 15 grams
of Camphor previously measured in the grammar machine and
pulverized in the mortar, and we stir it very well. Then we add the 15
grams of Cumarina previously measured in the grammar machine and
pulverized in the mortar, and we stir very well. Then we added the 15 c.c.
of fragrance previously measured in a 20 c.c. test tube. This is added to
the plastic container, stirring very well all the time, and we pack it in the
plastic containers for the talc with the help of the funnel.
An easy way to make this mixture is to use a large plastic bag, making
sure it is not torn.
Page 297
As camphor is a material that always tries to compact, to prevent this

from happening, place the camphor to be used in a separate small bag
and add two or three tablespoons of the mixture of imported talc and
boric acid to allow a better pulverization.
Boric acid, eliminates bad odor, serves as a bactericide (anti-fungal)

Precautions: Wear a mask at all times.
319- NATURAL ALCOHOL

CAMPHOR ALCOHOL
It is useful for mosquito bites, itching or sprains.

to 100 milliliters of 96 proof alcohol add 25 grams or 5 teaspoons of
camphor.
320- TE CHAI 2
What is CHAI tea?
Chai is the tea par excellence or par excellence in many countries. In
fact, in Chinese this is how tea is called, cha.
Chai tea has recently become popular around the world, and is a rich
and complex beverage that has been enjoyed for centuries in regions
such as India and China.
In its most basic form, it is black tea flavored with spices, which is
diluted with milk and sugar.
The spices vary from recipe to recipe, but are basically cinnamon,
cardamom, cloves, pepper and ginger. However, it can be combined with
others, among the multitude of spices that can be added to Chai are the
following: nutmeg, licorice, star anise, fennel, allspice, saffron, fresh
ginger, vanilla, bay leaf and fresh mint.
Chai tea is traditionally consumed hot and sweetened, the sweetness
brings out the flavor of the spices.
This recipe is quite simple, to make it, the following ingredients are
required: Ingredients
1 1/2 cups of water
3 cm of a cinnamon branch
Page 298
8 cardamom buds or capsules
1 pinch ginger, very thinly sliced
2/3 cup milk
6 tablespoons sugar
3 teaspoons or sachets of black tea
Preparation
Put the water, cinnamon, cardamom, cloves and ginger in a pot and let
them boil, cover and lower the flame leaving it for 10 minutes, add the
milk and sugar and let it boil, add the tea, turn off the flame and cover
the pot.
Let it stand for 3 minutes and serve.
321- TE CHAI
ingredients
1 tablespoon of cardamom pods
1 cinnamon stick
1 teaspoon of anise seeds
1 teaspoon whole black pepper
1 bay leaf
1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger (or powdered)
2 tablespoons of brown sugar
1/2 cup milk
3 cups of water
4 black tea bags (can be black or green, either one, really)
Preparation
Put all ingredients except tea and milk in a saucepan.

Heat over high heat until it boils. Boil over low heat for 20 minutes. Add
the tea and milk. Boil over low heat for 5 more minutes. Strain and serve
immediately
It can be served without the milk as well.

Tags: infusion, tea
Page 299
TEA OR SOLAR INFUSION
Tea or solar infusion
Fill a pitcher with 4 cups of cold water, put 3 to 6 sachets or teaspoons

of
Tea or herbal infusion you wish to prepare, cover the jar lightly, place in
direct sunlight for 2 to 4 hours (depending on how strong or
concentrated you want it), remove the bags or herbs and serve with ice.
322- ICE TEA
ICE TEA
To prepare traditional iced tea
we need the following
1 liter of water
1 bag of black tea or green tea
mascabado sugar ( or regular sugar )
1 lemon
Bring water to a boil,
when it is boiling place the tea bag,
remove from heat,
let stand 2 or 3 minutes,
add sugar to taste (1 or two tablespoons),
add the lemon juice, mix, let stand and add more water.
Cool or add ice
323- Wine vinegar

Yield: 750 ml, approximately
Preparation time: approximately 4 weeks
Shelf life: 6 months
Ingredients:
• 1 liter of purified water.
• The peel of an unwashed and undisinfected pineapple
• 1/2 cup sugar
• 1 bottle of red wine
• 1 tablespoon of powdered grenetina
Page 300
Utensils:
• Chopping board
• Knife with edge
• Large, wide-mouthed jar (similar to a mayonnaise jar)
• The cork of the wine bottle
• Funnel
• Paper towel
• Piece of double sky blanket
• Thin band, to hold in the mouth of the bottle.
Procedure:
1 Pour the water into the jar. Add the sugar, stir until dissolved and add
the pineapple peel pieces.
2 Let stand for approximately 5 days in a warm place to ferment.
3 After this time, remove the pineapple peels and strain the water to
remove the residues. Let stand again in the same place.
4 When a slight vinegar aroma is perceived (approximately 7 days later)

and a "cream" has formed on the surface of the water, uncork the bottle
of wine and cut the cork into fine pieces with a knife.
5 In the other jar, pour the wine; add the cork pieces and finally place
(very carefully) the cream on top of them.
6 Cover with the sky blanket fastened with the garter and keep in
repose until the smell is frankly vinegar (approximately two weeks).
7 Carefully remove the floating cork pieces (reserve them on a plate)

and pour the vinegar into a glass bowl. Sprinkle the powdered grenetin
on top and when it has settled, shake gently.
8 Fold the paper towel in half and then in half again (to form a square).
Place it in the funnel and slowly pour in the vinegar so that it filters
through and becomes clearer.
Page 301
Do it over the 1.5 liter saucepan.
9 Place the saucepan over high heat and as soon as it starts to boil,
remove from the heat and pour into the glass bottle. Cover tightly.
Conservation:
The closed bottle can be kept in a cool, dry and dark place. Once
opened, it is advisable to keep it refrigerated.
Expiration:
Vinegar has a shelf life of at least six months.
324- VINEGAR WITH HERBS (For salads and marinades) Ingredients for
a 1 L bottle
3 sprigs of fresh rosemary

3 sprigs of fresh or dried thyme
3 sprigs of fresh or dried oregano
3 sprigs of fresh mint
3 sprigs of basil strawberry 1 lemon
1 cloves of spice
1 l vinegar
Procedure
Clean the herbs with cellulose paper, but DO NOT WASH THEM.
Crush them lightly in a mortar to release the essence and place them in a
previously sterilized wide-mouthed jar. Wash, brush and dry the lemon,
peel half of the rind and add it to the herbs. Add also the two cloves.
In an enameled or stainless steel pan, heat the vinegar, without letting it
boil, and pour it over the herbs.
Cover hermetically and place in a sunny place for 20 days.
Filter and transfer to bottles placing twigs inside.
Labeling, indicating content and use.
Page 302
325- ROSEMARY VINEGAR (For pork and lamb stews) Ingredients for a 1
L bottle
3 bay leaves
1 tablespoon black pepper or peppercorns
1 l vinegar
Procedure
previously sterilized wide-mouthed jar.
Fill about ¾ of the jar.
If it has spices, add them without crushing.
Heat vinegar without boiling and pour it over them.
326- BASIC RECIPE FOR VINEGARS WITH AROMATIC HERBS
Page 303
327- BASIC LOTION

This lotion can be applied to the skin by wetting absorbent cotton with it
and moving it over the wrinkles in an inward and outward direction.
Ingredients:
25 gr of fresh rosemary or 15 gr of dried rosemary 275 ml water
275 ml apple cider vinegar
Preparation:
Pour the fresh or dried rosemary in a container with water, place it over
the fire. When it comes to a boil, lower the heat and let it boil for about
ten minutes. Strain the liquid and add the apple cider vinegar, let it cool
and store it in hermetically sealed glass bottles in a cool, dark place. If
desired, add a few drops of eau de cologne. It can also be used for hair
and scalp, as this lotion restores the acid balance. Apply directly to the
scalp and rub vigorously with fingertips. To rinse the hair after washing,
use a tablespoon of the lotion in the water of the last rinse.
CLEANING TREATMENT
Apple cider vinegar with its vitamins and minerals regenerates and
stabilizes the skin. The application of apple cider vinegar on the skin is
very effective for its cleansing and removes dead skin cells. Mix a
tablespoon of vinegar in a glass of water and apply it with a sponge or
massage glove in circles. The hyperacidity of the skin is renewed, it
becomes pink and firm.
DRY AND ITCHY SKIN

To solve this problem dissolve 200 ml of apple cider vinegar in the bath
water, and rub all over your skin with a sponge or soft cloth. If desired,
you can also dissolve cream together with the vinegar.
STRONGER SKIN
Mix apple cider vinegar with cold water in a 1:1 ratio, pour the mixture
into a spray bottle.
Every morning, spray the mixture on your face and let it air dry, then
apply the cream you usually use. Your skin will become firmer and you
will achieve a rosy complexion.
Page 304
APPLE CIDER VINEGAR CLAY
Great for the décolleté, back and shoulder area, apple cider vinegar
purifies and relaxes the skin. Mix 5 tablespoons of olive oil, 6
tablespoons of medicinal earth (sold in health food stores) and 2 to 3
tablespoons of apple cider vinegar. Apply the clay on the skin and let it
act for about 30 minutes. Subsequently, massage the area in circles with
a small soft brush. Finally, remove the mixture with plenty of warm
water.
HAND LOTION
For silky hands: Mix olive oil and apple cider vinegar in equal
proportions. If your hands are rough and cracked, this mixture will solve
the problem. It can also be applied to the feet.
STAINS ON HANDS
The spots that, in old age, appear on the hands and face become lighter
if at night before going to bed you make a mixture of onion juice and
apple cider vinegar in a 1:2 ratio.
EFFECTIVE FACE MASK

Apple cider vinegar with its vitamins and minerals regenerates and
stabilizes the skin. Mix one egg yolk, 3 tablespoons of creamy yogurt,
one tablespoon of pure bee honey and one tablespoon of apple cider
vinegar until it becomes full-bodied. Massage the face with this
application and leave it on overnight.
BEAUTY FOR HAIR

To provide firmness, elasticity and shine to your hair, mix 200 ml of very
hot distilled water with a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar and a
teaspoon of honey. Put the mixture in a spray bottle (atomizer) and apply
on clean and dry hair. If you use it regularly, it will help you fight gray
hair.
GOOD FOR HAIR AND SCALP Apply warm apple cider vinegar, cover
with a towel and leave on for one hour. Wash afterwards with a mild
shampoo. It will also help you fight dandruff.
FOR THE EYES

If you regularly drink apple cider vinegar water, you will improve the
appearance of your eyes.
Page 305
CLEANSING AND TONING STEAM BATH FOR THE SKIN

Prepare a mixture of a quarter cup of apple cider vinegar in a liter of
boiling water, add mint or lavender leaves.
Afterwards, wash your face with cold water to close the pores.
Cucumber MASK FOR OILY AND IMPURE SKIN Peel a quarter of a

cucumber and blend well with an egg yolk, three tablespoons of olive oil
and a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar, spread the paste on the face
and neck, leave it on for half an hour, after this time, remove it using
lukewarm water.
FOR FEET
After a lot of walking, if your feet hurt, fill a basin with hot water up to the
ankles and pour a cup of apple cider vinegar, let your feet rest. To
combat foot odor, bathe your feet daily with the above mentioned
solution, but do not towel dry them, let them air dry.
CALLUSES ON THE FEET

To remove them, first soak them in a liter of hot water with half a cup of
apple cider vinegar and a tablespoon of salt for ten minutes and then
scrape them off with a pumice stone or sulfur stone. This treatment
should be performed once a week, until the calluses have disappeared.
328- IS NOT A MEDICINE AND DOES NOT ERADICATE DISEASE.
This chapter deals with traditional natural medicine whose efficacy has
become legendary. The properties of apple cider vinegar have
transformed it into a natural remedy with surprising results that have
been disseminated by the North American researcher Dr. D.C. Jarvis,
renowned journalist Margot Hellmiss, who specializes in natural healing
and alternative therapies, among others.
LICE
Lice prey on both children and adults. If a case should occur, we
recommend using white vinegar as a hair rinse, or soak a towel with the
vinegar and place it on the head.
Page 306
of the affected area for 30 to 60 minutes, then rinse well with plenty of
water. The smell of vinegar may be strong but it is very effective and
economical!
329- MOSQUITO OR BEE STINGS

To relieve itching caused by mosquito or other insect bites, or if you are
burned by a stinging bug, use a cotton ball soaked in apple cider vinegar
and apply it to the bite.
330- SUNBURN DUE TO SUN EXPOSURE

Vinegar produces a feeling of immediate relief. To relieve the discomfort
of sunburn, gently rub a little apple cider vinegar on the affected areas or
soak a clean cloth with the vinegar and place it on the skin for a few
minutes, repeat as often as necessary.
331- MINOR BURNS

As a first aid is very useful, apply apple cider vinegar directly from the
bottle without diluting, it is very beneficial. REMEMBER: Severe burns
require immediate medical attention.
SCRAPES AND SMALL WOUNDS

Use a cotton swab soaked in apple cider vinegar to clean the affected
area, the vinegar disinfects and even helps healing.
HEADACHES
Dilute one tablespoon of apple cider vinegar, two tablespoons of honey
in a glass of water. Drink it slowly. In case of persistent pain or migraine,
we advise you to inhale apple cider vinegar vapor. Pour equal parts of
apple cider vinegar and water in a saucepan, bring the mixture to a boil
over low heat. When it begins to give off steam, lean over the container
and inhale for five minutes, after which the headache should begin to
disappear. CAUTION: In this and any other case, if discomfort continues,
do not hesitate to consult your doctor.
HIPO
You should take a tablespoon of undiluted apple cider vinegar in slow
sips.
Page 307
AGAINST FATIGUE AND TO FALL ASLEEP
An excellent remedy for cases of tiredness and for falling asleep is the
following: Three tablespoons of apple cider vinegar mixed with one cup
of honey. Take two teaspoons of this mixture before when you feel tired
or before going to bed, continue taking this dose until you fall asleep. If
you wake up during the night and cannot go back to sleep, take a new
dose.
ORAL HYGIENE
To wash your mouth, we recommend a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar
dissolved in a glass of water, it can be used as a mouthwash or to brush
your teeth, use it in the morning and at night. Mouth rinses with this
solution are useful in cases of ulcers, sores, bleeding gums and helps to
whiten the teeth.
TOS
To relieve annoying coughs, dissolve four tablespoons of apple cider
vinegar in a glass of water and sip it slowly. If you wish, you can add a
little honey.
SORE THROAT
Gargling with apple cider vinegar can work miracles in the case of a sore
throat, since the bacteria that cause such discomfort dislike an acidic
environment. Dissolve one tablespoon of apple cider vinegar per glass
of water, gargle and swallow the liquid every hour.
GRIPE
Reduce the discomfort of the flu, mix apple cider vinegar with honey
(50/50), take a tablespoon 6 to 8 times a day. VINEGAR STRENGTHENS If
you usually react to weather changes and often have the flu, take apple
cider vinegar diluted in water for a while and you will see how it
strengthens you.
IN CASES OF MILD DIARRHEA

As a first aid it is beneficial to add a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar in
275 ml of water to be drunk. Apple cider vinegar acts as an antiseptic for
the entire digestive tract, and will help restore lost mineral salts. It is
totally safe, does not irritate the digestive tract and does not cause
constipation.
IMPORTANT: Severe cases should be immediately submitted to
Page 308
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATIONS medical
examination.
AS AN AID IN THE TREATMENT OF CONSTIPATION

It is clear that apple cider vinegar alone is not capable of curing chronic
constipation, which can only be achieved by increasing the amount of
vegetable fiber ingested (such as bran). However, apple cider vinegar
can play an important role in the treatment. Dilute two tablespoons of
apple cider vinegar and drink it when you wake up, another one with the
main meal of the day and another one at bedtime.
HEMATOMAS (BRUISES)
Soak a clean cloth with ice water or ice which is better, apply several
drops of apple cider vinegar and put it on the affected area, place a dry
towel on top and as soon as the first cloth is warm it is renewed. The
effects it produces are: pain relief, cooling, and disinflame.
CRAMPS AND NERVOUS TICS

An apple cider vinegar-based drink, made with warm water and honey,
taken at bedtime, can reduce the frequency of muscle cramps. It is
recommended to drink the mixture one to three times a day for a long
time. Honey is of great importance here.
SUPERFICIAL VARICOSE VEINS

An old remedy for this problem is to apply pure apple cider vinegar in
the morning and evening on the affected area, rubbing it with your
hands. After one month of treatment, a noticeable reduction should be
noted.
332- ARTHRITIS AND RHEUMATISM

It is necessary to clarify that vinegar by itself, as in other cases, will not
be enough to "cure" a disease such as arthritis or rheumatism, but there
are great probabilities that it will alleviate this condition and the
corresponding pains, and in some cases, prevent its development. Dilute
two tablespoons of apple cider vinegar, two tablespoons of molasses
and one tablespoon of pure honey in a glass of warm water. Take it two
or three times a day for three months, the treatment can be continued
indefinitely. You can also drink the hot water with just the vinegar, or
with vinegar and honey. It is often very effective against joint stiffness
and other forms of osteoarthritis.
Page 309
333- HYPERTENSION (HIGH BLOOD PRESSURE)
A solution of two tablespoons of apple cider vinegar in water, taken
three times a day, can help to keep the pressure down, improving the
overall condition or state of the organism. Always keep in mind to avoid
overweight and psychological stress, exercise, do not abuse salt, avoid
sugar-based foods and animal fats, do not smoke.
IMPORTANT: Check your blood pressure regularly and keep under
constant medical surveillance.
ANT CONTROL
To kill ants, spray white vinegar around doors, windows, under
appliances and along the path where they circulate.
FOR CHICKENS
Decrease pecking among chicks by adding a little apple cider vinegar to
their drinking water.
IN DOGS
To remove the bad smell from your dog, rub white vinegar on the
animal's coat, then rinse it with plenty of water. The odor will disappear.
Decrease the risk of fleas and mange by adding a little white vinegar to
the dogs' drinking water.
FOR CATS
Keep your cat away from certain areas by spraying white vinegar in the
area you want to restrict. Thus preventing the animal from transiting,
sleeping or scratching in that place. When your cat scratches its ears a
lot, clean the inside of your pet's ears with a very soft cloth with a
solution of water and white vinegar.
urine and pet excrement stained carpets

Remove those stains from your carpet. First dry the urine with a rag,
then wash the area with warm water several times, finally apply a mixture
of water and white vinegar (50/50), let it dry, rinse it and let it dry again.
334- HOW TO FIX COLORS ON CLOTHES
When you buy clothes of very strong colors such as red or black, when
Page 310
you wash them they will lose color; to avoid this, put the garment in a
solution of water with white vinegar (50/50) for an hour, to eliminate the
odor wash it and it will be ready, the color has been fixed in the clothes.
WHITE TABLECLOTHS
White tablecloths, after a while usually present yellowish stains, to
remove them dilute white vinegar in water (50/50) pour over the stain and
wipe, then cover the area with white soap, let it stand for a few minutes,
then wash the tablecloth.
BABY CLOTHING
Baby's clothes will be fresher if you add a cup of white vinegar to the
washer load in the rinse cycle. The vinegar naturally collapses uric acid
and soap residue, leaving clothes fresh and soft.
SMELL OF SMOKE ON CLOTHES

To remove the smell of smoke from clothes, fill a tub with very hot water
and add a cup of white or apple cider vinegar and hang the clothes over
the tub.
WINE OR KETCHUP STAINS

To remove stains caused by wine or ketchup on 100% cotton, polyester
and cotton blends. Impregnate the stain directly with undiluted white
vinegar within 24 hours. Wash immediately following the manufacturer's
washing and drying instructions.
ROPA ÁSPERA
White vinegar also serves as a softener, soak the rough garment in a
solution of hot water with white vinegar (50/50) for a few hours, your
clothes will be soft.
REVIVING COLORS IN FABRICS AND RUGS

Brush surfaces with a mixture of one cup of white vinegar diluted in one
gallon of water.
MEAT MARINATING
Page 311
Vinegar is perfect for marinating meat, as it softens it naturally.
Mix a little apple or wine vinegar with olive oil or any other vegetable oil
of your choice and marinate the meat. It will be ready to cook!
335 - BEAUTIFY YOUR AZALEAS AND GARDENIAS

Water your plants occasionally with a mixture of two tablespoons of
white vinegar per liter of water, you will increase the acidity of the soil,
which is what these flowers need.
336- ELIMINATE GRASS AND WEEDS

To remove grass and weeds growing between pavers, walkways, etc.
Pour white vinegar over unwanted grass and weeds.
LIME ON THE HANDS

After working with lime in the garden, wash your hands with white
vinegar to avoid hard skin.
FOR FRESHLY CUT FLOWERS

To refresh and extend the life of flowers in a vase, add two tablespoons
of white vinegar three tablespoons of sugar in a liter of warm water. The
stems should be covered 10 cm with the solution.
Vinegar is indispensable in your home.
Among the multiple benefits it offers, the following points stand out:
It is a 100% Natural product

Does not contain fat
Cholesterol free
Prevents bacterial contamination of food
It is a natural and healthy food preservative.
Enhances the flavor of food, sauces and dressings
It is a versatile product that is very useful in the cleaning of your
Page 312
kitchen and household goods.
THE CREAM THAT APPEARS IN THE VINEGAR

Although the vinegar undergoes cleaning processes for bottling, the
bacteria that produce the vinegar are still present; for this reason, there
is a possibility that over time a cream known as "Mother of Vinegar" may
be produced. This does not mean that it is no longer useful, on the
contrary, it shows that it is naturally produced vinegar. If you wish to
remove it, all you have to do is to strain it, and it will be clean again.
Flavor your dishes If what you want is to add more flavor to your dishes,
what you should do is add a little apple cider vinegar to the sauce you
are going to use for cooking. In the case of seafood, it is recommended
to add a touch of vinegar after cooking to improve its flavor.
Fluffy rice Add a teaspoon of apple cider vinegar to the water you use to
cook rice, you will get fluffy rice, no matter what type of water you use.
White cauliflower Cauliflower keeps its white color by adding a dash of

apple cider vinegar and a little sugar.
Cabbage smell Add white or apple cider vinegar to the water used to boil
the cabbage, this will prevent your house from being impregnated with
the smell of cabbage while it is cooking.
Fresher vegetables To keep wilted vegetables fresher, soak them in cold

water with vinegar.
Canned shrimp To get rid of the canned flavor of canned shrimp, soak
them in a little sherry and two tablespoons of white or apple cider
vinegar for fifteen minutes. It will bring out the flavor of the shrimp.
Fresh foods Foods such as cheese, salads or herbs, wrapped with a

cloth soaked in water with apple cider vinegar remain fresh longer.
Page 313
A dish that is too salty can be saved by adding a teaspoon of apple cider
vinegar and a teaspoon of sugar.
In the mashed potatoes It is improved if at the end, after pouring the

milk, you pour a teaspoon of water with Barrilito apple cider vinegar and
mix well again.
Stale potatoes The appearance of stale potatoes can be improved by

pouring some Barrilito apple cider vinegar into the cooking water.
When making mayonnaise If when preparing mayonnaise the mixture

does not whip easily, add a teaspoon of apple cider vinegar and follow
the process, it will improve the body of the mixture.
To maintain the color of the vegetable Pour a splash of apple cider

vinegar in the boiling water, it maintains the color of the vegetable, for
example mushrooms. As an additional benefit, it will facilitate the
digestion of difficult vegetables such as cauliflower, cabbage, cabbage,
etc.
Onion or fish odor on hands To get rid of onion or fish odor on hands,
rub them with a little white or apple cider vinegar.
Cleaning vegetables To clean fruits and vegetables well, add a

tablespoon of apple cider vinegar to the rinse water to remove harmful
substances. Or soak them in a solution of cold water with a few
tablespoons of apple cider vinegar for 15 minutes.
In the refrigerator You will have a clean and disinfected refrigerator if

you wash it once a week with a solution of water and white or apple cider
vinegar.
Grease-free dishes Vinegar degreases. When washing dishes, replace

the usual detergent with white or apple cider vinegar once a week.
Grease residues are eliminated by filling pots, pans and frying pans with
water and vinegar at night.
How to descale the coffee maker Fill Barrilito with water and vinegar and
let half of it evaporate. It is then disconnected and left to stand for one or
two hours, then let the rest evaporate, then pass
Page 314
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES twice water
before coffee can be made.
In the bread basket In the bread basket It will remain clean and
disinfected if you clean it once a week with water and apple cider
vinegar, which also prevents the appearance of germs.
Saturday, November 8, 2008VINEGAR 66 USES ( 2 )
337- USES OF VINEGAR

See also vinegar uses here
1. To remove stains from carpets, clothes and other fabrics.
2. Use glass cleaner, nothing makes the glass shine like vinegar and a
newspaper.
3. As a dishwasher, vinegar removes grease.
4. As a pain reliever for jellyfish stings.
5. Use to keep the chrome of the car shiny.
6. Use to rinse hair and remove shampoo residues.
7. Its use in laundry reduces static electricity and softens clothes.
8. Use to neutralize and deodorize the air in the house. If you boil
vinegar on a stove, it removes old smells from the house.
9. A couple of teaspoons of vinegar in the irrigation water makes cut
flowers stay fresh longer.
10. It is used to soothe a burn. A cloth is moistened with vinegar and
placed directly on the burn.
11. Mixed with water, vinegar can help to reduce fever a few tenths of a
degree.
12. Placed in the coffee machine, it cleans and deodorizes.
13. Used to clean soap scum and mildew stains in the shower.
14. It is used to soothe a bee sting.
15. Drinking a teaspoon of vinegar in one gulp will stop hiccups.
16. Use to clean waste baskets and garbage cans with vinegar to
deodorize.
17. It can be used to wash the windshield to melt ice and frost.
18. For removing fruit or grass stains from hands.
19. To increase the shine of the hair, spray it with vinegar before drying
it in the sun.
20. Adding vinegar to a vaporizer makes breathing easier.
Page 315
21. A teaspoon of vinegar can be added to the water to be used for
gargling if you have a sore throat.
22. Adding vinegar to the laundry eliminates static electricity and
removes lint.
23. If mixed with dish detergent and used to control weeds in irrigation.
24. It can be used to clean laundry baskets to keep the smell fresh.
25. Spraying vinegar around doors and windows controls ants and
other insects.
26. It is used to remove the skunk odor from the fur of pets.
27. Vinegar is used to clean rust from tools, screws, bolts and so on.
28. It is used to avoid washing floors with wax.
29. Pouring vinegar on the kitchen counters and garbage cans helps to
keep the smell fresh.
30. Soaking the shower door in vinegar removes mineral deposits and
prevents corrosion.
31. Adding vinegar through cracks in the soil prevents weed growth.
32. To soften the brushes, they are soaked in hot vinegar.
33. It is used to remove salt from shoes.
34. Mixed with olive oil it is used to clean wooden furniture.
35. To clean and refresh leather, use a sponge with vinegar.
36. To remove burn marks, rub with vinegar.
37. To tenderize the meat, use vinegar.
38. Using vinegar and cotton balls, clean the outside of the computer
mouse.
39. To remove food odors from lunch boxes, clean them with vinegar.
40. Adding vinegar to the bath water softens the skin.
41. Rinse hair with vinegar to help control dandruff.
42. It is used to clean piano keys.
43. Helps to remove chewing gum from hair.
44. It is used to help dissolve sticky stains on kitchen countertops.
45. Soak a piece of stale bread in vinegar and place on corns and
pimples to remove them.
46. It is used to clean septic tanks and toilets to help maintain
low levels of germs.
47. Spraying the wallpaper with vinegar and water makes it easier to
Page 316
remove.
48. It is used to clean copper and polish silver.
49. Vinegar baths help soothe sore muscles.
50. Drinking a couple of teaspoons of apple cider vinegar keeps
mosquitoes away.
51. Using vinegar when washing diapers helps prevent diaper rash.
52. To keep the computer and other peripherals free of dust, clean with
vinegar and water.
53. It is used to remove mold and mildew.
54. It can be used to remove the remains of stickers and labels.
55. Vinegar is used to clean and keep the refrigerator cool.
56. Adding vinegar to the dishwasher cleans, deodorizes and removes
mineral deposits.
57. It can be used together with the dishwasher to remove grease.
58. A little vinegar in a stew pot will help prevent corned beef from
shrinking.
59. Vinegar removes odors from hands.
60. To remove wrinkles, clothes can be sprayed with vinegar and water.
61. It can be used to remove wax paint stains from clothing.
62. Vinegar removes blood stains from fabrics.
63. It is used for spraying in places where you do not want cats to go.
64. It is used to wash pets to prevent fleas and pests.
65. It can be used to clean garden furniture and refresh it after the
winter storage months.
66. Used to clean bird droppings from furniture, decks and patio
equipment.
See also vinegar uses here
338- VINEGAR
What is vinegar?
It is composed of acetic acid or acetate, which is mainly responsible for

its sour taste and odor. Its formula is CH3-COOH (C2H4O2). It is
produced by bacterial fermentation or by processes
Page 317
synthetics.
Its odor disappears quickly if it is used to clean, remove stains, give

shine, etc ... so it is not a product that leaves odor when used, on the
contrary, also then neutralizes other unpleasant odors that is before
being used as a cleaning product, leaving a clean smell to be eliminated
bacteria that cause odors by decomposing other substances that foul
the surface, clothing, and other objects that we clean with this element.
One option to lessen the initial odor is to add a few drops of lemon juice
to reduce the vinegar smell if you dislike it too much.
There is an infinity of vinegars, each one with its characteristic smell,

wine, apple, cider, rice, etc... some are milder than others in smell and
acidity, everyone can use the one that best suits their tastes and needs.
Multiple recipes for vinegar uses
We are going to put a series of recipes to use vinegar, there are so many
that we can only put a few, otherwise this would be infinite, there are
entire books dedicated to the uses of vinegar, so if someone wants to
know we recommend that you look for a good book about it.
Washing of crystals and mirrors: it is phenomenal for cleaning glass,

crystals and mirrors are very shiny when used on them, it is only
necessary to put one part vinegar and three parts water in a spray bottle,
pour it on the surface you want and wipe gently with a cloth.
Disinfection of bathrooms and kitchens: after washing with soap with

the same solution as above, bathrooms and kitchens can be cleaned to
eliminate germs that may have survived the soap. By eliminating 99% of
the germs, we ensure that no germs remain on these surfaces.
Removing pen stains: those pen stains are easily removed using a cloth
slightly dampened with vinegar, both on clothes, walls, etc... in a simple
and easy way.
Page 318
Remove mosquito bites: vinegar removes the itching caused by these
annoying insects, also Aloe, or both combined, that is, first put a little
vinegar on the area and then apply Aloe to regenerate the inflamed area,
is something that works very well, but now with the number of products
sold for this purpose that are equally or less effective than vinegar and
Aloe. For stings of wasps, bees and other more poisonous insects,
ammonia, which is what these anti-sting products usually contain,
combined with Aloe greatly reduces inflammation, itching and
discomfort.
To reduce bruises: if there is no open wound because it would sting a

lot, if immediately after the blow a cloth with vinegar is applied it reduces
the bruise, combined with Aloe, which has anti-inflammatory properties,
the solution is perfect.
To clean the microwave: if the microwave has a bad smell, put a

container with equal parts water and vinegar in it, let it boil for a few
minutes and the smell will disappear.
To give shine to the hair: Aloe can be used as a conditioner, but if at the
end we add a little water with a few drops of vinegar, the hair will have
much more shine.
Shine metals: for silver, steel, aluminum, copper, etc... a damp cloth with
a few drops of vinegar will give an excellent shine.
Clean the coffee maker: if we make a complete circuit with water with a
splash of vinegar, the coffee maker will work much better, it unclogs the
dirt that obstructs its good operation.
Killing lice and nits: Putting a solution of water with a splash of vinegar
and a plastic shower cap on your head for one hour kills head lice and
nits easily and simply. Repeat the operation if there are still survivors in
the head.
To avoid moths in wool: pouring a splash of vinegar in the wash

prevents moths from forming in clothes, it is a simple way to remove
them.
To clean the cooking griddle: the best way is to use vinegar on the hot
griddle after cooking, it removes everything that has remained stuck.
Page 319
To prevent the cooked eggs from breaking: a splash of vinegar in the

cooking water and the cooked eggs will not break even if they are
beaten.
Cleaning dust on wooden floors: water with a splash of vinegar is the

best way to clean wooden floors, always with a slightly damp mop, so
that there is not too much liquid on the floor.
There are countless more applications of vinegar, it is endless the list

that could be put, is a disinfectant, rinse aid, odor remover, etc ... we do
not want to extend to infinity, we hope your cooperation in the
comments, so we can enrich our contributions.
339- BITCHES
Make a paste of baking soda and apply it to bee stings or other insect
bites for immediate relief from itching.
A poultice made with a crushed basil leaf is also very effective in case of
mosquito bites.
340- 1. THERMOACTIVE GEL AIR FRESHENER

Objective For one kilo
It is a biodegradable product, which draws attention for its texture,

aroma and duration, one ounce lasts up to a week, by the effect of heat
dehydrates evaporating the aroma in the environment, especially for
offices, homes, bathrooms, automobiles, a very practical and
economical product.
1. Formula:
1 liter Water (vehicle)
50 grams Sodium benzoate (bactericide)
Page 320
Vegetable dye
25 grams Tixotrol (thickener)
100 grams Essence (aroma)
Preparation:
In a preferably plastic container we dissolve the benzoate in the water,

then we add the colorant according to the aroma and we add the
essence, finally we add the thixotrol mixing moderately for 2 minutes
and we let it rest for a minimum of 2 hours, so that it becomes a gel to
pack it preferably in very transparent plastic containers of one ounce.
341- AIR FRESHENER PASTE
Objective For one kilo
Previously a paste air freshener with a peculiar odor of

paradichlorobenzene was used, which was abolished due to its harmful
effects on health, in this product those problems are solved with a
product also in paste but with different characteristics, it is not harmful
to health, it is biodegradable, recyclable and does not crumble once its
purpose is finished.It is not harmful to health, it is biodegradable,
recyclable and does not crumble once its purpose is finished, apart from
that we can achieve a variety of different motifs using plastic pastry
molds, its use is simplified to leave them uncovered in bathrooms, cars,
houses, offices, they have a decorative and aromatizing use.
Each figure of 20 grams can last one week.
2. Formula:
250 grams Stearic acid 3p (binding agent)
650 grams Sodium carbonate (load)
Page 321
Preparation:
In a metallic container we dissolve in the stove at medium heat the

stearic acid we lower it from the stove and add the essence then the
calcium carbonate and mix it very well until the mixture is well
homogeneous to pour it into the molds where we let it solidify for half an
hour, if you want more compact we add more stearic acid, on the
contrary if you want it softer we add more charge.On the contrary, if you
want it to be softer, we add more charge, we can use a number of
charges to achieve different colors such as titanium dioxide (white), iron
oxides, kaolin, talc, quartz, pumice, sand, and of course we can make
very interesting mixtures, in this product we never lose raw material
since it dissolves as many times as we want, melting it again.
Something very important to keep in mind is the quality of the essence

used, which determines the quality of the product.
Production costs are minimal and demand is excellent.
342- AIR FRESHENER
Objective: For a gallon
It is a biodegradable product usually used to keep the environment with

a fresh and pleasant smell in all areas such as offices, houses, cars,
bathrooms,
Usually most air fresheners tend to last a short time, this is due to the
fixation of the essence or the quality of it, in this formula we will find a
big difference, its use is simplified to spray it with an atomizer.
3. Formula:
3.6 liters Water (vehicle)
Vegetable dye
Page 322
120 grams Nonyl phenol (emulsifier)
14 grams Fixide (fixative)
200 grams Urea (clarifies)
50 grams Perfumery alcohol (drying agent)
50 grams Glycerin (fixative)
Preparation:
In a preferably glass container we dissolve the sodium benzoate in the

water, then we add the colorant and mix it moderately until it is well
dispersed and then we add the fixide, the alcohol and the glycerin while
stirring for 3 minutes, the following part is to mix in a container to part
the nonyl phenol and the essence for 1 minute to add it to the initial
mixture slowly without stopping stirring, finally we add the urea, usually
there are few the essences that become milky as the cinnamon and the
saffron but if this happens it is necessary to add the urea.If this happens
you should add more urea, many times it is due to the poor quality of the
essence, that is why you should always do a test before using it, which
is the following in an ounce or so of water we pour about 10 drops of
essence and mix it, if it becomes milky it is of poor quality and if it
dissolves with the water as well, the good quality essence is always of
poor quality.The essence of good quality always separates from the
water, another point that must be taken into account is the packaging,
there are some essences that deteriorate the packaging, you should
always test with different types of containers.
343- AIR FRESHENER OF ESSENCES
Objective: For one liter
Page 323
Air fresheners mixed with water or with a high concentration of alcohol
commonly called three blocks are regularly used when used in cars
because they last very little, this product that we will see does not
contain water, its aroma lasts for more than 24 hours which we can
guarantee special for use in all types of places such as cars, homes,
offices.
4. Formula: 300 grams Essence
10 grams Fixide
515 grams Propylene glycol
100 grams Perfumery alcohol
75 grams Nonyl phenol
Preparation:
This is a very simple formula to elaborate, in a container preferably of

glass we mix all the components moderately for 5 minutes, and we let it
rest 1 hour before packing it, pigments should not be added, but if we
want to do it we add a minimum part of colorants to the fat previously
dissolved in the nonyl phenol, we must have something very important
to consider, the quality of the air freshener depends on the purity of the
essence, therefore we must be very sure of the purity of the essence.We
must have something very important in account, the quality of the air
freshener depends on the purity of the essence therefore it is due to be
very sure of the origin of the raw material, to know if the essence is good
we make the following test in an ounce of water more or less we poured
about 10 drops and we mixed the content, if the water is milky it is an
essence of low quality (it contains mineral oil or propylene glycol) if it
simply dissolves and remains crystalline it is of low quality (it contains
nonyl phenol emulsifier) if it separates from the water it is of good
quality, some essences behave differently once packaged as is the case
of cinnamon and tutifruty that damage the packaging, it is recommended
to use the essence in the packaging.The glass container is
recommended because it looks more elegant and differentiates itself
from the others.
Production costs are higher than those of air fresheners.
Page 324
but quality comes at a price.
344- GLYCERIN TOILET SOAP BASE
Objective For one pound
It is a toilet soap made from vegetable oil, in this case African palm oil
and glycerin, other types of components are added to achieve medicinal,
esoteric and decorative soaps, taking advantage of its transparency.
5. Formula:
120 grams Palm oil base (base)
150 grams Water (vehicle)
150 grams Glycerin usp (humectant)
100 grams Ethyl alcohol 70 % (drying and transparency)
5 grams Sodium lauryl sulfate 70 (plus foam)
6 grams Propylene glycol (siccative)
Vegetable or fat dye
Preparation:
In a preferably glass container add all the components and place them
on the stove over medium heat stirring constantly and moderately with a
wooden or plastic spoon until the palm soap base is dissolved, then let it
stand for half an hour to form a cream on top which is broken and the
liquid is poured into the molds trying not to be too high so it is not too
high for the molds.Then let it stand for half an hour to form a cream on
top which is broken and pour the liquid into the molds trying not to be
too high so as not to form bubbles, finally let it dry for 1 hour, this is the
glycerin soap, there is something that must be taken into account the
pigment.
Page 325
should be half of what is left on the tip of the knife is minimal in the case
of fat dye, in the case of vegetable dye can be what is left on the tip of
the knife, the difference between these two pigments is that the
vegetable dye in the long term is lost while the dye to fat is maintained,
to develop medicinal soaps should resort to plants and fruits as is the
case of the tangerine which its peels are excellent to combat cellulite,
what is done is to boil the peels in the process and remove them before
forming the cream, when this is done it is not necessary to use essence
or dyes.The process is done by boiling the peels in the process and
removing them before they form the cream, when this is done it is not
necessary to use essence or dyes, to make soaps of sfoliant toilet soaps
small pieces of scouring pad are broken and the soap is used to make
the soap.For the making of soap, small pieces of scouring pad are cut
and added to the mixture, chamomile and calendula for skin impurities,
cucumber to close pores and mixed skin, peach to clean pimples, for
esoteric soaps, cinnamon of edible flavor the other causes itching,
sandalwood, rue is also boiled, decorative soaps is a matter of putting
our imagination to work, adding the essence of the soap to the
mixture.Decorative soaps are a matter of putting our imagination to work
adding all kinds of little things like petals, figures made with pastry dies
of the same base with a stronger color, remember that everything can be
re-dissolved, production costs are low and demand is excellent.
345- BITUMEN WITH SILICONE

Objective: For one kilo
Commonly used in the protection and embellishment of footwear and

tires, it is a mixture of natural and synthetic waxes using a solvent as a
vehicle and a pigment as color, which fulfill the function of
waterproofing leather, rubber, vulcanized rubber and wood, giving a
glossy finish due to the effect of friction.
Another product that is also used for pigmenting is the fat black, but to
achieve a total coverage requires about 15 grams per kilo and this is
expensive, another drawback is the acidity of the wax that changes the
color tone, in the case of black it becomes bluish.
This formulation: is 100% improved, we use a different type of pigment,

Page 277
as a result we obtain a more covering bitumen with lower production
costs.
6. Formula: 600 grams Varsol (vehicle)
300 grams Paraffin striped (waterproofing)
50 grams of powdered carnauba wax (protection and
brightness)
40 grams Monark 700 (pigment)
10 grams of 60% silicone (extra gloss)
Preparation:
The most important thing in the elaboration of bitumen is to maintain the

corresponding safety rules, we must take into account that we work with
a certain temperature and a volatile product, the best way to isolate the
direct fire of the solvent is to resort to the bain-marie, something equally
important is the ventilation, making sure not to accumulate flammable
gases in the work area.As work equipment it is indispensable to have a
weight, a thermometer in scale from 1 to 100 as minimum, a stick to stir,
an electric stove and two containers one bigger than the other to
incorporate the smaller one to the bigger one with a quarter of its
capacity with water (this is the bain-marie).
In the smallest aluminum container or tin foil, mix all the

components.Mix all the components, the kerosene well scratched and
the pulverized carnauba (in a grinding machine), the varsol and the
pigment to place it inside the bigger container with water in the stove at
medium heat stirring constantly until reaching a temperature of 80
degrees in which all the waxes must be dissolved then we turn off the
stove before lowering it to avoid accidents and let it rest at 40 degrees
and we pass to stir it slowly until it thickens before packing it in the cans
to avoid that the pigment decants, to maintain the brightness on the
surface of the can, it must be covered superficially until it solidifies, the
production costs are low.production costs are low and the demand for it
is very high.
Page 327
excellent.
Note: the silicone is optional, it does not really have much function.
346- SELF-GLOSSY FLOOR WAX

Objective For one gallon
It is a biodegradable product that does not contain solvents, easy to
apply in all types of smooth finishes, forms a transparent film that
protects the surface giving a clean and shiny effect, it does not require
polishing or shining.
Its use is simplified to apply it on the surface and let it dry for 5 minutes.
7. Formula:
1.5 liters Primal 261(active ingredient)
3.5 liter Water (vehicle)
1 gram Kathon lx 1.5% (bactericide)
Preparation:
The 3 components are mixed for 5 minutes, very simple, production

costs are minimal and its demand is excellent saves time and money, if
you want you can increase the primal 261 achieving with this more
quality, you can also add a scent like lemon or lavender all this is
optional.
It should be packaged in liter, gallon, quart (5 gallons) presentations.
347- EMULSIFIED FLOOR WAX WITH NATURAL AND ESOTERIC

FRAGRANCES
Page 328
Objective: For ten liters
It is a biodegradable product that does not contain solvents, easy to

apply on all types of smooth finishes, forms a transparent film that
protects the surface giving a clean and shiny effect, its composition
allows mixtures of fruit flavors and esoteric silver.
Formula:
1 kilo Licowax (a mixture of carnauba waxes, kerosene,
bees)
50 grams Sodium Bensoate (bacterizide)
125 grams Nonyl phenol (emulsifier)
50 grams Triethanolamine (emulsifying agent)
2 ounces Essence (aroma)
Preparation:
In a metallic container we incorporate the licowas previously grated with

5 liters of water, the bensoate, the nonyl phenol and the triethanolamine,
to place them on the stove at medium heat stirring it constantly without
letting it boil until it dissolves completely the licowas, finally we add the
remaining water with moderate agitation for 5 minutes and we let it
rest.ndolo constantly without letting it boil until completely dissolving
the licowas finally we add the remaining water with moderate agitation
for 5 minutes and we let it rest, we add the essence before packing it, to
elaborate the waxes with fruity and esoteric aromas we must use 50
grams of waxes for each liter of water, we must use 50 grams of waxes
per liter of water.to elaborate the waxes with fruity and esoteric aromas
we must use 50 grams of herbs for each liter of water can be lemons,
tangerines, oranges, pineapple, eucalyptus leaves, roses, rue,
chamomile, marigold, we place it in the pot at pressure for 15 minutes at
medium heat.We put it in the pressure cooker for 15 minutes at medium
heat, when the time is over we turn it off and do not take out the steam,
we let it rest for 2 hours, then we strain it 2 times to incorporate it in the
Page 329
last part of the process, for the total of 10 liters we need a pound of
peels or leaves which we can elaborate in 2 liters of water.
Production costs are minimal and demand is good.
Page 330
348- AUTO SHINY GEL WAX FOR AUTOMOBILES Purpose Per one and a
half liter
This is an emulsified biodegradable gel wax restorer which is self-

glossing, does not need polishing, special for all kinds of car paints,
easy to apply.
In old paints should be previously desmanchar with white polishing

paste before applying it, in new or metallic paints is applied with the
vehicle previously washed all over the surface with a clean cloth or tow
and let it dry a few minutes to enjoy a shiny finish and in bad condition
paints of a new car.
9. Formula:
1 liter Water (vehicle)
3 grams Mergal (bactericide)
500 grams 60% emulsified silicone (active ingredient)
20 grams Carbopol 940 (thickener)
8 grams Triethanolamine (emulsifier)
Preparation:
In a plastic container mix the water and silicone for 2 minutes then add
the mergal, carbopol 940 and triethanolamine and mix for another 2
minutes to let it stand for 2 hours to become a gel and pack it, the
consistency of the gel depends on the carbopol, you can add more or
lower it is a matter of testing, this is a new formula, which does not exist
in the market yet.
Production costs are low, demand depends on the advertising and

presentation of the product.
Page 331
349- PUTTY WAX FOR WOOD ANTI-COMEJEN PUTTY Objective: Per liter
Keeps wood surfaces clean and waterproofed, protecting them from

termites and daily use, providing a bright and shiny finish on all types of
woodwork such as doors, furniture, beds, frames and floors.
Easy to apply and polish manually or mechanically, just spread a thin

layer over the entire surface and polish with a clean cloth or with the
polishing machine.
10. Formula: 450 grams Varsol (vehicle cleaner)
100 grams Petroleum (anti-combustion)
350 grams Licowas (wax mixture)
75 grams oleic acid (softener)
25 grams of 60% emulsified silicone (extra gloss)
Preparation:
The most important thing in the elaboration of wax is to maintain the

corresponding safety rules, we must take into account that we work with
a certain temperature and a volatile product, the best way to isolate the
direct fire of the solvent is to resort to the bain-marie, something equally
important is the ventilation, making sure not to accumulate flammable
gases in the work area.
As work equipment it is indispensable a weight, a thermometer in scale

from 1 to 100 as minimum, a stick to solve an electric stove and two
containers one bigger than the other to incorporate the smaller one to
the bigger one with a quarter of its capacity with water, (this is the bain-
marie).
In the smallest aluminum container or tin foil we mix all the components
the wax licowas well scratched and the varsol the petroleum the
Page 332
silicone and oleic acid to place it inside the larger container with water
on the stove over medium heat stirring constantly until it reaches a
temperature of 80 degrees in which all the wax should be dissolved then
turn off the stove before lowering it to avoid accidents and let it stand at
60 degrees and empty it and then place it in a container with water on
the stove.
350- INK TO DETECT COUNTERFEIT BANKNOTES

Chemical solution for the detection of counterfeit banknotes. summary:
this invention relates to a solution for detecting the counterfeiting of
banknotes. the solution contains iodine in a concentration of 0.005 to 3
grams/liter and the solvents of the solution may be: alcohols, ketones,
polyols, esters, ethers, a mixture of solvents belonging to the same
chemical class or to several classes of the above solvents. the solvent
or solvent mixture, if water miscible, contains distilled water in a ratio of
99:1 to 1:99 by volume; in other cases the organic solvent or solvent
mixture is saturated with distilled water at a temperature of 20 (degrees)
c. the prepared chemical solution, which is placed inside ballpoint pens,
or fountain pens, or markers or other possible dispensers, is used to
ratify the banknote. in the case of a counterfeit, the line on the banknote
changes in about 1 second to one of the following colors. DARK BROWN
OR BLACK. in the case of a genuine banknote, the line painted with the
solution does not change color and disappears completely from the
ratified banknote.
351- . FORMULA FOR THE ELABORATION OF DETERSIN-K
INGREDIENTS:
1) LINEAR SULFONIC ACID -55 KILOS
2) LIQUID CAUSTIC SODA - 9.5 KILOS
3) UREA - 4 KILOS
4) OXALIC ACID - 15 GRMS
5) SODIUM CHLORIDE (SALT) - 500 GRMS
6) EDTA - 150 GRMS
7) H2O (WATER) - 220 LITERS
Page 333
PREPARATION:
In a large and resistant plastic container, add half of the water, then 8
kilos of caustic soda and shake strongly with a wooden shovel; once
this is achieved, add the oxalic acid under continuous agitation until it
disappears; then add the sulfonic acid stirring constantly until it is
homogenized.xalic acid under continuous agitation until it disappears;
then we add the sulfonic acid stirring constantly until it is homogenized,
that is to say that the products are well mixed. Apart in another plastic
container we add the rest of the water plus the urea, the sodium chloride
and the EDTA, we shake strongly until the products are mixed, finally we
incorporate this mixture to the first one, under continuous shaking we
let stand for 10 minutes, after this lapse of time we add the rest of the
liquid caustic soda little by little.After this period of time we add the rest
of the liquid caustic soda little by little in order to regulate the PH which
should be from 8º to neutral. After 2 hours pack this product in plastic
containers.
NOTE:
If after 12 hours the detersin is not crystalline, add urea little by little
dissolved in small quantities of water, this product is what gives it its
crystallization. Detersin-k is a biodegradable, germicidal, bactericidal
product used as an indispensable raw material in the manufacture of
disinfectants, liquid detergents, powder detergents, ceramic floor stain
remover, industrial degreasers, etc.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing this product use gloves, goggles, mask and
suitable clothing.
352.- FORMULA FOR DETERSIN-CR

INGREDIENTS:
1) H2O (WATER) 73 LITERS
2) LINEAR SULFONIC ACID - 17 KILOS
3) CAUSTIC SODA FLAKES - 2700 GRMS
4) CURRENT CMC - 800 GRMS.
5) UREA - 3 KILOS
6) UREA - 3 KILOS
7) DODIGEN 226 (BENZALKONIUM CHLORIDE) - 250 GRMS.
8) TRICOSAN - 15.5 GRMS.
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container add 30 liters of water and dissolve the CMC until
the water is free of lumps.
Page 334
add the liquid mergal, then in a separate plastic container add 20 liters of
water and dissolve the caustic soda, then add the sulfonic acid under
continuous agitation until the products are well mixed. Then in a
separate plastic container with the remaining water we dissolve the urea,
dodigen and triclosan and shake vigorously; finally we join the three
mixtures stirring continuously until a homogeneous mixture is obtained,
let it stand for 12 hours and measure the PH which should be between 7
and 10. We pack in plastic containers and store.
NOTE:
If the PH is exceeded, Detersin-CR is used in hospitals and clinics as an
excellent disinfectant, bactericide and germicide. It can also be used in
the washing of clothes, dishes, floors, bathrooms, swimming pools, etc.
CAUTION:
In the manufacture of this product use gloves, masks, goggles and
suitable clothing; keep out of reach of children.
353- INDUSTRIAL HAND DEGREASING CREAM INGREDIENTS:

1) VARSOL, DEODORIZED - 350 GRMAS.
2) STEARIC ACID (DOUBLE OR TRIPLE) - 75 GRAMS.
3) NEODOL - 43 GRMS.
4) ANHYDROUS LANOLIN - 5 GRMS.
5) TRIATONALAMINE (TEA) - 34 GRMS.
6) GLYCERIN - 20 GRMS.
7) METHYL PARABEN - SODIUM - 2 GRMS.
8) H2O (WATER) - 73 LITERS
9) VEGETABLE COLORING AND PERFUME (TO TASTE) PREPARATION:
In a pewter or aluminum container, add the first four ingredients, stir well
and place over low heat until the products melt: At the same time, in
another enamel or aluminum container, add the remaining ingredients,
minus the perfume and the color, and also put over low heat until it
reaches a temperature of 80º (that is to say, it is about to boil), once this
process has been achieved, unite the ingredients in the same container.
Once this process is achieved we join the two mixtures under
continuous agitation, until the creamy point, finally we add the fragrance
and the color, test the PH, which should be from 9 to neutral.
NOTE:
If the pH is exceeded, lower it with muriatic acid, Detersin-CR, is
Page 335
used in hospitals and clinics as an excellent disinfectant, bactericide
and germicide, it is also used in the washing of clothes, dishes, floors,
bathrooms, pools, etc.
CAUTION:
In the manufacture of this product use gloves, masks, goggles and
suitable clothing; keep out of reach of children.
354- ENGINE AND PARTS DEGREASER

INDUSTRIAL CREAMS
INGREDIENTS:
1) ARKOPAL No. - 3000 GRMS.
2) VARSOL DEODORIZED - 6000 GRMS.
3) DETERSIN-K 1000 GRMS.
4) NEODOL - 150 GRMS.
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container mix the arkopal with the detersin-k until
homogenized, that is to say that the products can be well mixed, then
add the deodorized varsol under continuous agitation (preferably with a
mixer). Finally, add the neodol while whisking, package and store in a
cool place.
NOTE:
This product does not have a PH, since it is for purely industrial use. In
hot climates the product has to separate a little, if this happens increase
the quantity of arkopal about 100 grams more.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE:

This product should be applied on the surface with a brush and let it
work for 10 to 20 minutes, then remove the product with plenty of
pressurized water or steam wash it.
CAUTION:
Keep out of the reach of children.
355- COLBON FORMULAS

INGREDIENTS:
Page 336
3. SODIUM CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE - 1 GM.
PREPARATION: In a plastic container mix these three ingredients in
order, under continuous agitation, preferably with a mixer if it is in small
quantities, for large quantities use an agitator motor of 2 horsepower;
this is in order to make a homogeneous mixture without residues, we
pack quickly in plastic containers and pack.
NOTE: This glue is an ordinary slow drying glue for gluing wood.
CAUTION: Keep out of the reach of children.
356- FORMULAS FOR FAST DRYING COLBON

INGREDIENTS:
3. METHYL CELLULOSE - 10 GRMS.
PREPARATION: Proceed according to the above formula.
357- THICK CARDBOARD GLUE

INGREDIENTS:
1. POLYVINYL ACETATE (PVC) - 100 GRMS.
2. DIBUTYLTHALATE - 20 GRMS
3. CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE - 1 GM.
4. ZINC WHITE - 30 GRMS.
5. KAOLIN - 30 GRMS.
PREPARATION: Proceed according to the previous formulas, not
forgetting the agitator motor.
NOTE: With polyvinyl acetate, ref. 290 are used to make ordinary wood
glues and polyvinyl acetate (PVC) ref. 295, glues are made for cardboard
and paper.
If a thinner glue is desired, add small amounts of purified water until the
desired thickness is achieved.
358- FORMULA FOR YELLOW SOLUTION INGREDIENTS:
Page 337
5. YELLOW COLOR TO FAT - 0.5 GRMS OR TO TASTE PREPARATION:
In an enamel container take to the bain-marie, the toluol until it is hot,
then and in the same container that contains the toluol, we add the
neoprene and we leave to very slow fire, during two hours or more, this
is in order to melt the neoprene that is rubber, after this process we
remove from the fire and we add the (DMA), stearate and colorant to the
fat under the fire.After this process we remove from the fire and add the
(DMA), the stearate and the colorant to the fat under continuous
agitation, preferably with an electric mixer, we pack quickly in glass
containers, metallic gallons, tempered aluminum containers, etc.
NOTE:
If this product is to be manufactured on a large scale, use large stainless
steel or tempered aluminum containers and a stirring motor of 1500
revolutions per minute, this is so that the product is well mixed and at
the same time of a good thickness; if you want the glue to be more
adhesive, increase the formula to 3 to 5 grms of neoprene. more.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing this product, the use of goggles, mask and gloves
is recommended, since most of its components contain gases that are
harmful to health. Prepare in isolated places in family houses, be very
careful during the whole process since this product is 100% flammable.
(Make sure that the fire where the toluol and neoprenoi are cooked is not
too high, hopefully as slow as possible).
359- LBD TYPE FLOOR WAX

INGREDIENTS:
1. DETERSIN-K - 2 LITERS
2. KEROSENE OR PETROLEUM - 10 LITERS
3. ACROCEL - 375 GRMS.
4. CELLOZIDE - 58 GRMS.
5. WHITE LIQUID WAX 1,5 LITERS (emulsified wax is suitable)
Page 338
6. FRAGRANCE FOR FLOORS (Chewing Gum, Tutifruti, Cinnamon, etc.)
- 500 GRMS or to taste.
7. H.O (WATER) - 11 LITERS
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container add the detersin-k and the kerosene and shake
vigorously until the products are well mixed, then add the fragrance and
the liquid wax under continuous agitation. Then in a separate plastic
container we add 6 liters of water and in it we dissolve the acrocel, then
we add this compound to the first mixture, under quick agitation. Then in
an aluminum pot we add the remaining water and dissolve the cellozide
in it until the water is free of lumps, then we take it to the fire and let it
cool and incorporate it to the first mixture, stirring hard and constantly
until a homogeneous and emulsified mixture is obtained; we proceed to
pack and store it.
NOTE:
If you want this wax to be thicker, increase the formulation to cellozide
about 10 grams more. If for any reason the wax separates, add to this
formula the arkopal No. 100 about 15 grams. If you want this wax to
shine on metal surfaces, floors, wood, etc. add to the formulation
SILICONE EMULSIONED LIQUID at 60% consistency about 100 grams,
this addition increases the costs a little more but it is a super shiny wax,
of better quality than many of those that circulate in the market (this wax
has disinfectant power). CAUTION:
Keep out of the reach of children.
360- FORMULA FOR SCARLET WAX

FLOOR RECLAIMER
INGREDIENTS:
1. LICOWAX - 500 GRMS.
2. VARSOWAX - 500 GRMS.
3. KEROSENE PEARLS - 25 GRMS.
4. CRUDE OIL - 20 GRMS.
5. SCARLET RED COLORING TO FAT - 10 GRMS.
6. VARSOL, DEODORIZED - 4.560 GRMS.
7. FRAGRANCE FOR FLOORS (PINE, FLORA, CITRONELLA, ETC.) - 20
GRMS. O TO THE TASTE.
PREPARATION:
In an aluminum bowl, melt the first three ingredients until the first three
ingredients
Page 339
Once this is achieved, remove from the fire and add the deodorized
varsol, the crude oil, the fat colorant and the fragrance under continuous
agitation. As the mixture decreases in temperature, the wax thickens. We
proceed to pack in plastic or glass containers and store.
NOTE:
This wax is used to give life to those floors that have lost their natural
color, apply it uniformly and leave it for an hour; then wipe with a dry
cloth to obtain a shine, repeat this process until you see successful
results.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing this product, wear goggles, mask and gloves, as
the fumes of deodorized varsol are harmful to health. Keep out of the
reach of children.
361- FORMULA FOR VINYLS IN WATER
PAINT TYPE (A)

INGREDIENTS
1. ACRONAL 290 (PVA) - 1200 GRMS.
8. H.2O (WATER) - 2,200 GRMS.
362- PAINT TYPE (B)

INGREDIENTS
6. ACCELERATOR (FOR FAST DRYING) 90 GRMS,
Page 340
8. H20 (WATER) - 1500 GRMS OR TO TASTE
363- PAINT TYPE (C)

INGREDIENTS:
7. DISTRIBUTED PIGMENT - 90 GRMS
8. H20 (WATER) - 2,100 GRMS.
364- ECONOMIC OR POPULAR PAINTING

INGREDIENTS
1. ACRONAL 295 - 300 GRMS.
2. H20 (WATER) - 2,700 GRMS.
3. PROMICAL TO TASTE (IT IS THE ONE THAT GIVES THE THICKNESS)
An agitator motor of about two or three horsepower, to make a kind of
mixer.
etc.
In these formulations the ingredients are added in order, as indicated in
the formula under continuous agitation until a uniform mixture is
obtained and there are residues, the desired color is applied according
to the manufacturer's taste; there is no stipulated quantity for these
formulations, since the color tone is given by the manufacturer,
according to the consumer's requirements or the colors that are in
fashion.
NOTE:
In these formulations, the water and thickener may vary if the water and
Page 341
the thickener are used.
Page 342
manufacturer so considers, as it can make a thicker, thinner or very
liquid paint, hence its type and quality (A-B-C and Economic). These
formulas are also called bases for vinyl paints. Dissolve the color in the
pigment distributor, in order to make the paint more toned; if you want it
to cover more, add more titanium dioxide to taste.
CAUTION:
When manufacturing these products use mask and gloves. Keep out of
the reach of children and store in a cool, well-covered place.
365- FORMULA FOR FINE PAINTS IN WATER

MATTE FACADE PAINT REDUCED FORMULA
INGREDIENTS:
FOR TESTING
1) H20 (WATER) - 107.25 LITERS 33.5 GRMS.
2) PIGMENT DISPENSER A - 1,25 KLS 0,4 GRMS
3) SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% - 14.50 KLS 4.5 GRMS.
4) AMMONIA - 2,25 KLS 0,7 GRMS.
5) PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 3,25 KLS 1,0 GRMS.
6) LATEKOLL 8% AMMONIA SOLUTION -32 KLS 10,0 GRMS.
7) WHITE SPRIT (180/210'C, OR VARSOL) - 13 KLS 4.0 GRMS.
8) BUTYLGLYCOL - 6,50 KLS 2,0 GRMS.
9) TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 192 KLS 60.0 GRMS.
10) DOLOMITE OR MICRONIZED CALCITE - 241 KLS 75,0 GRMS.
11) TALC - USP - 48.00 KLS 15,0 GRMS
12) EMULAN, OC (20% AQUEOUS SOLUTION) - 15 KLS 4.7 GRMS.
13) DEFOAMER - 3 KLS 1,0 GRMS.
14) ACRONAL 290D - 321 KLS 100.0 GRMS.
366- . PAINT FOR PLATING BACKGROUNDS

INGREDIENTS:
1) ACRONAL 290D - 252.75 KLS 100.0 GRMS.
2) EMULAN,OC (20% AQUEOUS SOLUTION) - 7 KLS 2.8 GRMS.
3) H20 (WATER) - 41 LITERS 16.0 GRMS.
4) PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 1,50 KLS 0,6 GRMS.
5) SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% - 12,75 KLS 5,0 GRMS.
Page 343
7) PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 3 KLS 1,2 GRMS.
8) METHYL CELLULOSE, 5% SOLUTION - 60.75 KLS 24.0 GRMS.
9) HECTORIT PASTE, SOLUC. AT 10% - 25.25 KLS 10.0 GRMS.
10) WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C, OR VARSOL) - 50.50 KLS 20.0 GRMS.
11) TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 75.75 KLS 30.0 GRMS.
12) PLASTORIT.00 (8) - 101.25 KLS 40.0 GRMS.
13) QUARTZ FLOUR F-500 (9) - 50,50 KLS 20,0 GRMS.
14) SPECIAL TALC - 700-(10) - 232,50 KLS 92,0 GRMS.
15) SOCAL P22 (11) - 81 KLS 32,0 GRMS.
16) DEFOAMER - 3 KLS 1,2 GRMS
367- WHITE PAINT FOR FIBER CEMENT

INGREDIENTS:
1) H20 (WATER) - 126.13 LITERS 27.6 GRMS.
2) PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 1,00 KL 0,2 GRMS
3) SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% - 9.25 KLS 2.0 GRAMS.
6) LATEKOLL, D SOLUC. AMMONIA 8% - 46.87 KLS 10.0 GRAMS.
7) WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C, OR VARSOL) - 18,50 KLS 4,0 GRMS
9) TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 137 KLS. 30.0 GRMS
10) DOLOMITE OR MICRONIZED CALCITE - 137,00 KLS 30,0 GRMS.
11) TALC - USP - 46,00 KLS 10,0 GRMS.
12) DEFOAMER - 4,50 KLS 1,0 GRMS
15) WHITE SILKY GLOSS PAINT
368- FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USE

INGREDIENTS:
1) H20 (WATER) - 41-25 LITERS 8.7 GRMS.
2) PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 1 KL 0,2 GRMS.
5) HYDROCELLULOSE A,B, SOLUC. AT 10% - 3,00 KLS 0,7 GRMS.
6) WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C, OR VARSOL) - 87.00 KLS 20.0 GRMS.
Page 344
9) DOLOMITE OR MICRONIZED CALCITE - 179,00 KLS 40,0 GRMS.
10) DEFOAMER - 4,50 KLS 1,0 GRMS.
11) EMULAN, OC (20% AQUEOUS SOLUTION) 22.50 KLS 5.0 GRMS.
369- GLOSSY PAINT SLIGHTLY THIXOTROPIC,

FOR OUTDOORS AND INDOORS
INGREDIENTS:
1) H2O (WATER) - 63 LITERS 12.0 GRMS.
2) SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% - 15,75 KLS 3,0 GRMS.
3) COLLACRAL VL - 52,50 KLS 10,0 GRMS.
4) EMULAN, OC (20% AQUEOUS SOLUTION) - 26.25 KLS 5.0 GRMS.
5) AMMONIA - 10, 50 KLS 2,0 GRMS.
6) PRESERVING AGENT - 3,25 KLS 0,6 GRMS.
7) WHITE SPRIT (140/180¨C, OR VARSOL) - 2,75 KLS 0,5 GRMS.
8) BUTYLGLYCOL - 31 KLS 6,0 GRMS.
10) DEFOAMER - 10 KLS 2,0 GRMS.
11) ACRONAL 290D - 524 KLS 100.0 GRMS.
370- ABRASION-RESISTANT, MATTE INTERIOR PAINT FOR INTERIORS

INGREDIENTS:
1. H20 (WATER) - 91 LITERS 77.5 GRMS.
2. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% - 18,25 KLS 15,0 GRMS.
3. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 2.50 KLS 2.0 GRAMS.
4. AMMONIA - 2,50 KLS 2,0 GRMS.
5. PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 3 KLS 2,5 GRMS.
6. METHYLETHYL CELLULOSE, 20% SOLUTION - 150 KLS 125.0 GRMS.
7. WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C, OR VARSOL) - 12 KLS 10,0 GRMS.
8. TEXANOL - 12 KLS 10,0 GRMS.
9. TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 71 KLS 61.0 GRMS.
10. ALUMINUM SILICATE, PRECIPITATED SOCAL P2-83 KLS 10.0 GMS
11. CALCIUM CARBONATE PRECIPITATE SOCAL P2-83 KLS 70.0
GRMS.
12. DOLOMITE OR MICRONIZED CALCITE DURACL 5(14)-417 KLS 350.0
GRAMS
Page 345
13. EMULAN,OC (20% AQUEOUS SOLUTION) - 6 KLS 5.0 GMS.
14. DEFOAMER - 0,75 KLS 0,5 GRMS.
15. ACRONAL 290D - 119 KLS 100,0 GRMS 371- MATT INTERIOR PAINT,
WASH RESISTANT.
INGREDIENTS:
1. H20 (WATER) - 89.0 LITERS 8.9 LITERS
4. AMMONIA - 2 KLS 0,2 GRMS
5. PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 5.0 KLS 0.5 GRMS
6. METHYL CELLULOSE, AV, 2% SOLUTION - 200 KLS 20.0 GRMS
7. EMULAN, OC (20% AQUEOUS SOLUTION) - 5 KLS 0,5 MGRS
8. WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C,O VARSOL) - 6 KLS 0,6 GRMS
9. TEXANOL - 4KLS 0,4 GRMS
11. CALCIUM CARBONATE PRECIPITATED SOCAL P2 150 KLS 15.0
GRMS
12. CALCITE 20 Ref. (10) - 150 KLS 15,0 GRMS
13. TALCO 20 Ref. (15) - 50 KLS 5,0 GRMS
14. NOFACAL Ref. (16) - 150 KLS 15,0 GRMS
16. ACRONAL 290D - 100 KLS 100.0 GRMS
372- INTERIOR PAINTING WITH COARSE PAPER EFFECT INGREDIENTS

2. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A- 0.75 KLS 0.5 GRMS
3. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% - 7.50 KLS 5,0 GRMS
4. AMMONIA - 0,75 KLS 0.5 GRMS
5. HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE AV. 2% SOLUTION
I 150.00 KLS 100.0 GRMS
7. CALCITE (NOFACAL H) - 225,00 KLS 150,0 GRMS
8. ALUMINUM SILICATE P-820 - 45 KLS 30.0 GRMS
9. DURCAL 15 - 225 KLS 150,0 GRMS
Page 346
12. WHITE SPRIT (180/210¨C,O VARSOL) - 15 KLS 10,0 GRMS
13. BUTYLGLYCOL - 3 KLS 2,0 GRMS
15. MIXTURE OF TREATED WOOD FIBERS
THERMICALLY Ref. (17) - 19.50 KLS 13.0 GRMS 373- GRAY, LIGHT,
SILKY MATTE GLOSS CONCRETE FLOOR PAINT.
INGREDIENTS:
1. H20 (WATER) - 156 LITERS 40.0 GRMS
3. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 1,25 KLS 0,3 GRMS
4. AMMONIA - 2 KLS 0.5 GRMS
5. PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 3,25 KLS 0.8 GRMS
6. METHYL CELLULOSE, M.S.V., 4% SOLUTION - 78 KLS 20.0 GRMS
7. WHITE SPRIT (140/180¨C, OR VARSOL) - 4 KLS 1,0 GRMS
9. TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 67 KLS 17,0 GRMS
10. DOLOMITE OR MICRONIZED CALCITE - 67 KLS 17,0 GRMS
11. BARIUM SULFATE, MICRONIZED - 86 KLS 22.0 GRMS
12. QUARTZ FLOUR, FINE - 106 KLS 27.0 GRMS
13. IRON OXIDE BLACK - 6 KLS 1,5 GRMS
14. DEFOAMER - 2 KLS 0.5 GRMS
15 ACRONAL 290D - 392 KLS 100 GRMS
PREPARATION OF FORMULATIONS
(12 – 13 – 14- 15- 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 – 20)
If these paints are to be prepared on a large scale, it is necessary to have

the following implements:
An agitator motor of one, two or three horsepower, to make a kind of
mixer.
Resistant plastic tanks or tempered aluminum, antirust foil, pewter, etc.
In these formulations, the ingredients are added in order, as indicated in
the formula under continuous agitation, until a uniform mixture is
obtained without residues, then the colorant is applied dissolved in the
pigment distributor, according to the client's taste or request; there is no
stipulated quantity for these formulations.
PRECAUTIONS:
Use face masks, goggles and gloves for the manufacture of
Page 347
the paintings.
374- MATTE PLASTIC PAINT

INGREDIENTS:
2. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 100% - 11 KLS 6.0 GRMS
3. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR, A - 4,50 KLOS 2,5 GRMS
4. AMMONIA - 0,50 KLS 0,3 GRMS
6. BUTYLGLYCOL - 9.25 KLS 5.0 GRMS
12. PLASTORIT O (8) - 69.50 KLS 37.0 GRMS
PREPARATION:
Mix the ingredients in their order in a plastic or metallic container, under
continuous agitation, using for this a stirring motor, if it is going to be
elaborated on a large scale, finally the colorant that will be to the taste is
dissolved in the pigment distributor. We pack and cover hermetically,
store in a cool and dry place.
NOTE:
Observe the precautions recommended for the preparation of this
formula and keep out of the reach of children.
375- DRYING WOOD FILLER

FAST, POLISHABLE IN THE WET.
INGREDIENTS:
4. AMMONIA - 2.75 KLS 1,6 GRMS
5. COLLACRAL P, DILUTED 1:1 IN WATER - 0.50 KLS 0.3 GRMS
Page 348
9. CHALK - 2,75 KLS 1,5 GRMS
10. MICRONIZED DOLOMITE - 262 KLS 150,0 GRMS
11. LITOPHONE ROTSIEGEL - 87 KLS 50,0 GRMS
13. DEFOAMER - 3,50 KLS 2,0 GRMS
15. LINSEED OIL FOR VARNISH - 9 KLS 5,0 GRMS PREPARATION:
NOTE:
It is important to store this product in a cool, dry place. PRECAUTIONS:
goggles and mask. Keep out of reach of children.
376- COARSE SPATULA PLASTERING

WITH SCRATCHED PLASTER STRUCTURE.
INGREDIENTS REDUCED FORMULA
2. TETRAPOTASSIUM PYROPHOSPHATE, 50% SOL - 4.6 KLS 3.5 GRMS
4. WHITE SPRIT (BOILING LIMITS (180/210¨C)60 KLS 47,0 GRMS
5. METHYLHYDROXYPROPYPROPYL CELLULOSE 22000 Cp.
SOLUTION
AT 3% - 21 KLS 16,0 GRMS
6. TITANIUM DIOXIDE TYPE (RUTILE) - 32 KLS 25.0 GRMS
7. CALCITE 40, FINE - 332-2 KLS 260.0 GRMS
8. CALCITE 130, AVERAGE - 87.0 KLS 68.0 GRMS
9. ALUMINUM SILICATE, K AND MG, MEDIUM - 89.5 KLS 70.0 GRMS
10. COARSE CALCITE, 1.2-1.8 MM - 230 KLS
11. DEFOAMER DILUTED 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 3.8 KLS 5.0 GMS
12. DEWAMIL WDS DOUBLE CONCENTRATE - 2,5 KLS 2,0 GRMS
13. H20 (WATER) - 6.9 LITERS 5.5 GRMS
PREPARATION:
Page 349
NOTE:
It is important to store this product in a cool, dry place. PRECAUTIONS:
goggles and mask. Keep out of reach of children.
377- STANDARD GRANIPLAS FORMULA

INGREDIENTS:
1. H2O (WATER)-107.25 LITERS 33.5 GRMS
2. DISPERSING PIGMENT A - 1,25 KLS 0,4 GRMS
3. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 10% SOLUTION - 14.5 KLS 4.5 GRMS
4. AMMONIACO CONC. -2.25 KLS 0.7 GRMS
5. MICROBICIDE *-3,25 KLS 1,0 GRMS
6. LATEKOLL S, 8% AMMONIACAL SOLUTION - 32.0 KLS 10.0 GRMS
7. MINERAL SPRIT (B,P. 180/210'C) VARSOL - 13,0 KLS 4,0 GRMS
10. MICRODOLOMITE, CALCITE - 241 KLS 75.0 GRMS
11. TALCUM POWDER - 48 KLS 15,0 GRMS
12. EMULATE, OC,20% SOLUC. - 15 KLS 4,7 GRMS
13. DEFOAMER** - 3 KLS QUARTZ 1,0 GRMS
378- FINE SPATULA PLASTERING WITH SCRATCH PLASTER

STRUCTURE. REDUCED FORMULA 1 INGREDIENTS. ACRONAL 290D -
164 KLS 100.0 GRMS
2. TETRAPOTASSIUM PYROPHOSPHATE, SOL. AT 50% - 5.2 KLS 3.2
GRMS
4. WHITE SPRIT (BOILING LIMITS (1807210¨C) 60 KLS 36.0 GRMS
5. COLLACRAL P, 8% SOLUTION (DELIVERY FORM 1:1 WITH WATER) -
5,8 KLS 3,5 GRMS
6. HETORIT PASTE 10% - 11,4 KLS 7,0 GRMS
8. MICRODOLOMITE, MEDIUM - 125 KLS 77.0 GRMS
9. MICRODOLOMITE, FINE - 240 KLS 147.0 GRMS
Page 350
10. ALUMINUM SILICATE, MG AND K, MEDIUM - 98 KLS 60.0 GRMS
11. COARSE CALCITE, 0.8-1.2 MM - 220.0 KLS 136.0 GRMS
12. DEFOAMER DILUTED 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 5 KLS 3,0 GRMS
14. H20 (WATER) - 10.8 LITERS 6.6 GRMS
379- COARSE SPLASHED PLASTER

INGREDIENTS:
2. TETRAPOTASSIUM PYROPHOSPHATE SOLUC. AT 50% - 4 KLS 3.0
GRMS
3. PRESERVATIVE AGENT - 3 KLS 2,3 GRMS
4. WHITE SPRIT (BOILING LIMITS (180/210¨C)) 60 KLS 46.0 GRMS
5. HETORIT PASTE 10% - 10 KLS 7,7 GRMS
6. COLLACRAL P, DILUTED 1:1 WITH WATER - 4 KLS 3,3 GRMS
7. DEWAMIL WDS DOUBLE CONCENTRATE - 3 KLS 2,3 GRMS
9. MICRODOLOMITE, FINE - 254 KLS 196.0 GRMS
11. MEDIUM MICRODOLOMITE - 128 KLS 98.0 GRMS
12. COARSE CALCITE,1,2-1,8 MM - 274,0 KLS 211,0 GRMS
13. DEFOAMER DILUTED 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 3 KLS 2,3 GRMS
380- ENLUCIDO BASTO

INGREDIENTS:
1. ACRONAL 29D - 128.5 KLS 100.0 GRMS
2. TETRAPOTASSIUM PYROPHOSPHATE SOLUC. AT 10% - 22 KLS 17,0
GRMS
3. PIGMENT DISPENSER A - 2,2 KLS 1,7 GRMS
5. WHITE SPRIT (BOILING LIMITS (180/210¨C))
20.5 KLS 15.0 GRMS
6.DEWAMIL WDS DOUBLE CONCENTRATE - 2,5 KLS 2,0 GRMS
7.DEFOAMER DILUTED 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 2.5 KLS 2.0 GRMS
METHYLHYDROXYPROPYROPYL CELLULOSE 22 00 Cp.
2% SOLUTION - 32 KLS 25,0 GRMS
9.TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 28 KLS 22.6 GRMS
Page 351
10.CALCITE, FINE - 139.0 KLS 108.0 GRMS
Page 352
11.CALCITE, MEDIUM - 507.0 KLS 395.0 GRMS
12.COARSE CALCITE, 1.5 MM - 2.5 KLS 113.0 GRMS
381- FRICTION PLASTER

INGREDIENTS:
1. ACRONAL 290D - 131,0 KLS 100,0 GRMS
2. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE SOLUC. AT 10% - 19 KLS 15,0 GRMS
4. LATEKOLL D, SOLUC. AMMONIACAL 8% - 8.3 KLS 6.3 GRMS
5. WHITE SPRIT (BOILING LIMITS)
(180/210¨C)) 10.0 KLS 7.5 GRMS
7. LUTENSIT A-EN - 4,0 KLS 3,0 GRMS
9. TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 28.0 KLS 21.0 GRMS
11. CALCITE,FINE - 393,0 KLS 300,0 GRMS
12. CALCITE 130, MEDIUM - 256.0 KLS 195.0 GRMS
13. ROUND GRAVEL* - 43,0 KLS 33,0 GRMS
14. DEFOAMER DILUTED 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 1.9 KLS 1.5 GRMS
15. H2O (WATER) APPROXIMATELY - 26 LITERS 20.0 GRMS
382- ROLLER PLASTERING

INGREDIENTS
2. PIGMENT DISPENSER A - 5,0 KLS 2,3 GRMS
3. TETRAPOTASSIUM PYROPHOSPHATE SOL. AT 5% - 4 KLS 1,8 GRMS
4. CONCENTRATED AMMONIA 1 KL 0,5 GRMS
6. WHITE SPRIT, 180/210¨C - 12,0 KLS 5,6 GRMS
7. TEXANOL - 8 KLS 3,6 GRMS
9. DEFOAMER, 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 3.0 KLS 1.4 GRMS
10. COLLACRAL P, 8% SOLUTION - 6,9 KLS 3,2 GRMS
11. COLLACRAL VL - 1,6 KLS 0,7 GRMS
13. CALCITE 5, FINE - 130.0 KLS 59.0 GRMS
Page 353
14. CALCITE 15, FINE - 50 KLS 23,0 GRMS
15. CALCITE 130,MEDIUM - 150 KLS 68,0 GRMS
16. COARSE CALCITE, 0.35-0.7 MM - 275 KLS 125.0 GRMS
17. COARSE CALCITE, 1.5-2.5 MM - 7.5 KLS 3.1 GRMS
383- BRUSH PLASTER (FREE OF QUARTZ)

INGREDIENTS:
2. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE SOLUC. AT 10% - 17.5 KLS 10.0 GRMS
3. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR A - 5.2 KLS 3.0 GRMS
4. CONCENTRATED AMMONIA - 3,5 KLS 2,0 GRMS
6. WHITE SPRIT 180/210¨C - 8,7 KLS 5,0 GRMS
7. TEXANOL - 8.7 KLS 5.0 GRMS
9. DEFOAMER, 1:1 WITH TEXANOL - 4.3 KLS 2.5 GRMS
10. METHYL CELLULOSE 1o.000 Cp, SOLUC. AT 2% - 43.7 KLS 25.0
GRMS
11. TITANIUM DIOXIDE (RUTILE) - 78.8 KLS 45.0 GRMS
14. CALCITE 130, MEDIUM - 350.8 KLS 200.0 GRMS
15. COARSE CALCITE, 0.35-0.7 MM - 70 KLS 40.0 GRMS
PREPARATION OF PLASTERS (GRANIPLAS AND OTHERS)
In these formulations the first thing that is added to a preparation is the
Acronal and from there on the other ingredients in order, under
continuous agitation until a homogeneous mixture is achieved, not
forgetting to dissolve the colorant in the pigment distributor; it should
also be taken into account that the water and the thickener may vary
according to the taste of the manufacturer or the consumer.
To make the manufacture a little more comfortable, you can dissolve the
thickener in the water before adding it. If you wish to apply fragrances,
you can do so if the consumer so desires, the most recommended
fragrance is pine oil.
NOTE: Once the process is finished, the product is packed in wide
mouth plastic gallons, with hermetic lid, store in a cool and dry place,
(maximum storage date 2 months).
Page 354
384- ANTI-CORROSIVE METAL BACKGROUND
INGREDIENTS:
1. H20 (WATER) - 105.40 LITERS 20.0 LTRS
2. PIGMENT DISTRIBUTOR A - 1.0 KLS 0.2 GRMS
3. SODIUM POLYPHOSPHATE SOLUC. AT 10% - 10,0 KLS 2,0 GRMS
4. CONCENTRATED AMMONIA - 1.0 KLS 0.2 GRMS
5. LATEKOLL D, SOLUC. AMMONIACAL 8% - 15.0 KLS 3.1 GRMS
7. WHITE SPRIT 180/210¨C - 20,0 KLS 4,0 GRMS
8. BUTYLGLYCOL - 10.0 KLS 2.0 GRMS
11. PURE ZINC CHROMATE - 1457 (18), OR KSH/SM 19 - 71 KLS 14.0
GRMS
12. ZINC PHOSPHATE N-233(20) - 15 KLS 3,0 GRMS
14. ACRONAL 290D - 505 KLS 100,GRMS
385- FORMULA FOR ECONOMICAL GRANIPLAS

INGREDIENTS:
1. WATER 1,740 GRAMS
2. ACRONAL 290 OR 295 - 200 GRAMS
3. DIBUTYLTHALATE - 20 GRAMS
4. DEFOAMER - 20 GRAMS
5. MICROBICIDE (AMMONIA) - 20 GRAMS
6. CMC, THICKENER - 20 GRAMS
7. CALCIUM CARBONATE (TO TASTE)
8. PIGMENT DISPENSER - 20 GRAMS
9. MINERAL PIGMENT (TO TASTE)
10. GRANITE, GRANITE, MARBLE OR MARBLE (TO TASTE)
11. MARMOLINA FILLING R-C-P - 1,5 KLS OR TO TASTE
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container, add the first six ingredients, under continuous
agitation until a homogeneous mixture is obtained; separately in another
plastic container we add the granite plus the calcium carbonate, until a
pasty mixture is obtained, then we dissolve the pigment or the color in
the distributor and we add it to the first mixture under continuous
agitation. Finally add the granite, stir well and proceed to apply it.
Page 355
NOTE: If this product is to be stored in wide-mouth plastic containers, it
should not be left in the warehouse for more than two months (specify
this note on the label).
In this formulation the color, water and thickener may vary according to
the manufacturer, if you want a more adhesive mixture increase the
amount of Acronal, from 50 to 100 grams according to the formulation,
to achieve a more intense color, add to the formulation titanium dioxide,
200 grams or to taste.
386- FORMULA FOR P.V.C. ADHESIVE

INGREDIENTS:
2. P.V.C. RECINA SOFT - 60 GRAMS
PREPARATION:
In a metallic or enamel container, add the cycloexanone and put it in a
water bath (i.e. a container inside another one with water and put it on
low heat), then add the 60 grams of P.V.C. resin. (this resin is the one
used to elaborate the pacifiers of the children), when the resin is diluted,
remove from the fire and add the methylene chloride, under continuous
agitation. Pack quickly, as it is a very volatile product in amber colored
containers.
this is to prevent the mixture from evaporating. PRECAUTIONS: When
preparing this product, use masks, gloves and goggles. If it is to be
manufactured on a large scale, have a suitable place with a fire
extinguisher, since it is flammable. Keep out of reach of children.
387- FORMULA FOR P.V.C. CLEANER. INGREDIENTS:

1. TOLUOL - 2000 CC
2. BUTYL ACETATE - 60 CC PREPARATION:
Page 356
In an enamel, glass or stainless steel container, mix these two products
stirring constantly until they are very well blended, pack quickly and
ready.
PRECAUTIONS:
Use a mask, goggles and gloves; store in a cool place, out of the reach
of children. This product is flammable.
388- BASE FOR WALLS BEFORE APPLYING THE GRANIPLAS

INGREDIENTS:
4. MICROBICIDE (AMMONIA) - 3 KLS 0,4 GRMS
5. MINERAL DYE (ACCORDING TO THE COLOR OF THE
GRANIPLAS - (TO TASTE)
6.H20 (WATER) - 318 KLS 50.0 GRMS
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container, mix these ingredients in order under continuous
agitation until a homogeneous mixture is achieved, proceed to package
and ready.
NOTE:
This base is applied to the walls before applying the graniplas so that
the graniplas will adhere more easily to the wall.
PRECAUTIONS:
Keep in a cool, dry place, out of the reach of children.
389- FORMULA FOR CLEAR VEHICLE LACQUER INGREDIENTS:

PREPARATION:
Mix these two ingredients in order, under continuous stirring, then
quickly pack.
NOTE:
Normally this lacquer is applied with a compressor, the solvent can be
applied with a
Page 357
vary according to the viscosity that the manufacturer wants to give it.
PRECAUTIONS:
When manufacturing this product, use goggles, masks and gloves, store
in a cool, dry place out of the reach of children.
390- COLORED LACQUER PAINT

INGREDIENTS:
3. TITANIUM DIOXIDE - 50 GRMS
In a metal or glass container, mix these ingredients in order, until a
homogeneous mixture without lumps is obtained, then proceed to pack
quickly.
NOTE:
In this formulation, the application of colors is according to the
manufacturer's or consumer's requirements.
PRECAUTIONS:
391- LIQUID CAR WAX "NEUTRAL".

INGREDIENTS:
1. YELLOW BEESWAX - 1.500 GRMS
2. CARNAUVA WAX - 600 GRMS
3. 60% EMULSIFIED SILICONE - 47,5 GRMS
4. PINE TURPENTINE - 1.650 GRMS
5. PINE OIL - 50 GRMS
PREPARATION:
In an enamel or aluminum container, melt the waxes, without letting
them burn; remove from the fire and add the silicone while stirring,
finally the turpentine, mix well until a homogeneous mixture is obtained,
proceed to pack and ready.
NOTE:
Apply this wax on a clean and dry surface and let it act for a few minutes
before proceeding to polish.
Page 358
PRECAUTIONS:
392- CAR WAX PASTE "NEUTRAL" INGREDIENTS:

1. MINERAL OIL - 1,816 GRMS
2. LICOWAX - 200 GRMS
3. PINE TURPENTINE - 200 GRMS
4. CARNAUVA WAX - 933 GRMS
5. PINE OIL - 500 GRMS
6. BEESWAX - 133 GRMS
PREPARATION:
In an enamel or aluminum container, add the waxes and oils and place
them over low heat until they melt. Once this is achieved, remove from
the fire and immediately add the turpentine under strong agitation until it
begins to give the point of creaminess, proceed to pack and ready.
NOTE:
This wax is applicable to all kinds of vehicles, leaving a long-lasting and
waterproofing shine.
PRECAUTIONS:
When manufacturing this product, wear goggles, mask and gloves. Keep
out of reach of children.
393- POWDER DETERGENT BASE

INGREDIENTS:
1. TEXAPON, K12, IN NEEDLES - 1,750 GRAMS
2. TINOPAL - 0.5 GRAMS
3. SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE - 350 GRAMS
4. SODIUM SILICATE - 3,700 GRAMS
5. CARBOSMETHYLCELLULOSE - 250 GRAMS
6. SODA STONE POWDER - 15 KLS
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container, mix these ingredients in order, stirring very gently
until the products are well blended. With this preparation we obtain a
base for
Page 359
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES detergent, since it
is fragrance-free and colorless. NOTE: The most common fragrances for
detergents are: LEMON, FLORAL, LAVENDER, etc., These fragrances are
used according to the manufacturer's taste or public demand. When
adding these fragrances, make a good dispersion so that they do not
form lumps in the powder.
If the manufacturer wishes to color the detergent, it is highly
recommended. Ultramarine blue, in addition to being a colorant,
increases the bleaching power of the detergent.
PRECAUTIONS:
Keep out of the reach of children and in a dry place.
394- ECONOMICAL POWDER DETERGENT FORMULA INGREDIENTS:

1. DETERGENT BASE (This is purchased from DERSA company), it is a
detergent without odor and without color - 1 KILO.
2. BASE DETERGENT (Composition of sodium carbonate with sodium
bicarbonate) is available at QUÍMICOS CENTAURO - 1 KILO.
3. CAUSTIC SODA, SCALE (Crush or grind to a powder) - 50 GRAMS.
4. DETERSIN-K - 500 GRAMS OR TO TASTE (Foam Booster) 5.
ULTRAMARINE BLUE - 15 GRAMS OR TO TASTE.
6. GANCIA (To taste).
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container, mix the ingredients in order, under continuous
agitation, until the products are well mixed, not forgetting that the liquid
products must be well dispersed in this formulation, so that no lumps
are formed. We pack in special plastic bags for detergent. NOTE:
With this formulation, an economical and competitive detergent is made,
since the first formulation, in order to be profitable, must be worked on a
very large scale.
If you want to give color to the detergent it is highly recommended,
ultramarine blue and bleach increases the bleaching power of the
detergent.
When manufacturing this product, wear goggles, mask and gloves. Keep
out of reach of children and in a dry place.
Page 360
395- FORMULA FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF VARIOUS CANDLES

INGREDIENTS:
1. GOOD QUALITY KEROSENE WAX - 100 GRAMS
2. MICROCRYSTALLINE WAX - 150 GRAMS
3. POLYETHYLENE, OR CARBOWAX 600 - 1 GRAM
4. OLEIC ACID - 3 DROPS
5. PIGMENT OR FAT COLORING - (TO TASTE)
396- ECONOMICAL POPULAR FORMULA (CANDLES) INGREDIENTS:

1 .KEROSENE - 100 GRAMS
2 .LUMEN - 10 GRAMS
3 .FRAGRANCE - 14 GRAMS OR TO TASTE
4 .FAT COLOR (TO TASTE)
397- STEARIN CANDLES

INGREDIENTS:
1. STEARIC ACID - 750 GRAMS
3. FAT COLOR (TO TASTE)
4. FRAGRANCE TO TASTE
5. FRAGRANCE - 14 GRAMS OR TO TASTE
398- WHITE PINE SCENTED CANDLE

INGREDIENTS:
2. WHITE WAX (ANY) - 150 GRAMS
3. POLYETHYLENE - 10 GRAMS
4. OLEIC ACID - 5 GRAMS
5. PINE OIL
399- REFINED BAIT CANDLES

INGREDIENTS:
1. BEEF BAIT - 2000 GRAMS
2. BEESWAX - 800 GRAMS
3. CAMPHOR - 100 GRAMS
Page 361
4. ALUM POWDER - 400 GRAMS
PREPARATION:
In an aluminum or enamel container, melt the waxes until a totally liquid
mixture is obtained and then proceed to deposit them in the molds,
which should already be provided with their respective wicks, not
forgetting that the fragrances and colors are according to the taste of the
manufacturer or the consumer.
NOTE: The P.V.C. tube system can be used for the candle molds. in the
desired diameters and sizes. Example: Cut the tubes to the desired size
and diameter, spread shampoo base on the inside to prevent the candle
from sticking.
to their taste.
400- SMOKING WICKS FOR CANDLES

INGREDIENTS:
1. CANDLE WICK ROLL
2. BORAX - 20 GRAMS
3. OLEIN - 5 GRAMS
PREPARATION:
In an aluminum or enamel container, add the kerosene, the borax and
the olein and melt this mixture, when this has happened we take the wick
and spread this mixture for four consecutive times, between drying and
drying.
NOTE: This procedure is done as long as the processed wick is not
available, as it is sold ready-made.
401- FORMULA TO AVOID DRIPPING CANDLES INGREDIENTS.

1. MAGNESIUM SULFATE - 1,500 GRAMS
2. DEXTRIN - 1,500 GRAMS
3. H20 (WATER) - 1000 GRAMS
Page 362
PREPARATION:
In a plastic container, mix these three ingredients and stir them well until
homogenized. In this mixture we spread the candles after they are made
to avoid dripping.
402- FORMULA FOR ANTICORROSIVES IN OIL INGREDIENTS:

1. ALKYD RESIN - 1.260 GRAMS
2. ZINC CHROMATE - 20 GRAMS OR TO TASTE (USUALLY THIS
PRODUCT COMES IN COLORS SELECTED ACCORDING TO THE
MANUFACTURER).
3. COBALT NEPHTHENATE - 40 GRAMS.
403- ANOTHER ANTICORROSIVE FORMULA

INGREDIENTS:
1. ALKYD RESIN - 1260 GRAMS
2. IRON OXIDE - 20 GRAMS OR TO TASTE (THIS PRODUCT USUALLY
COMES IN GRAY AND BLACK COLOR AND ITS APPLICATION IS AT THE
MANUFACTURER'S DISCRETION).
3. COBALT NEPHTHENATE - 40 GRAMS
404- DOMESTIC ENAMEL FORMULA, OR OIL PAINT INGREDIENTS:

1. ALKYD RESIN - 6,300 GRAMS
2. TITANIUM DIOXIDE - 500 GRAMS
3. COBALT OCTATE, OR COBALT NEPHTHENATE - 200 GRAMS
4. VARSOL - 3,000 GRAMS
5. PIGMENT OR FAT COLORING - TO TASTE
PREPARATION OF ANTICORROSIVES AND ENAMELS:
In a metal container, mix the ingredients in order, under continuous
stirring, until the mixture is homogeneous. Pack and ready.
NOTE:
The alkyd resin can vary according to the thickness that the
manufacturer wants to give it, the solvent can be ordinary thinner or
turpentine.
Page 363
turpentine is prepared like this:
VARSOL - 700 GRAMS
TURPENTINE - 300 GRAMS
Combine these ingredients and shake vigorously and ready.
405- REDUCING MASSAGE OIL

It is a mineral oil used in different applications at cosmetic level to clean

and soften the skin and as a vehicle for massage with other components
such as caffeine, easy to prepare at home, for external use only, does
not affect the skin with irritation in 98% of applications.
1 . Formula:
40 grams Mineral oil usp
100 grams banana extract
500 grams Tween 20
2 grams Caffeine
Preparation:
in a metal container, dissolve the caffeine in the mineral oil over low
heat, then remove from the stove and add the tween and the banana
extract, then pack preferably in glass containers, keep the product in a
cool place,
406- JOHNSON TYPE OIL

It is a mineral oil used for decades in different applications at cosmetic
level to clean and soften the skin, easy to prepare at home, for external
use only, does not affect the skin with allergic reactions, very good trade
worldwide.
Page 364
2. Formula:
1 liter Mineral oil usp
2 grams Talcum powder essence
Preparation:
It is simplified by mixing these two components to be preferably
packaged in good quality plastic containers when marketing is to be
carried out.
407- HAIR STRAIGHTENER

Target
Commonly used in beauty salons to straighten hair by personnel trained

only with different techniques and methods, it is a very good quality
product with efficient results.
3. Formula:
180 grams Cetyl alcohol
40 grams Vaseline
15 grams Lanolin
10 grams Sodium lauryl sulfate
700 grams Water
56 grams Liquid caustic soda
20 grams Sodium benzoate
Preparation:
Page 365
In the 100 grams of mineral oil I mix all the components except the
caustic soda and the water and the benzoate, I place them in a metallic
container to low fire stirring constantly until the cetyl alcohol is
dissolved well, it is lowered of the fire to change the metallic container
for a plastic one since the caustic soda damages the aluminum.The
water is added with the previously dissolved benzoate, stirring
continuously and moderately until a cream is obtained and finally the
liquid caustic soda is added with great care and without stopping
stirring.
This product is corrosive and should be kept out of the reach of
children, always place a label that says danger.
Remember to work with personal safety, it is very important to wear
safety glasses.
408. DEPILATORY WAX

This wax is very practical for hair removal without producing allergic
reactions on the skin, it is applied previously heated in a water bath
(warm) with a wooden spatula on the parts to be treated and then place a
porous cloth exerting slight pressure and then remove it against the
growth of hairs in a single impulse, it is not as painful as it seems.
4. Formula: 700 grams rosin
300 grams Propylene glycol usp

Preparation:
In a metallic container, mix the previously crushed rosin with the

propylene glycol and place it on the stove over low heat, stirring
continuously and moderately until it is completely dissolved and then
pack it in tinfoil containers where it will be dissolved at the time of use in
a bain-marie,
production costs are minimal and demand is excellent
Page 366
409- NOURISHING CREAM WITH COLLAGEN AND ELASTIN

It keeps the skin hydrated all day long due to the effective action of
glycerin, elastin and collagen that provide elasticity and act as a
sunscreen, its pH is neutral and controlled,
Keeps skin looking smooth, young and healthy.

5. Formula:
900 grams Water(vehicle)
300 grams Stearic acid usp (emulsifier)
4 grams Tietranolamine (emulsifier)
10 grams Mineral oil (cleaner and softener)
20 grams Glycerin (humectant)
15 grams Cetyl alcohol (absorbent)
10 grams Propylene glycol (emulsifier)
5 grams Lanolin (softener)
100 grams Urea (maintains ph)
6 grams Methylparaben (bactericide)
liquid citric acid (lower ph)
5 grams elastin (elasticity and softness)
6 grams collagen (nutrient)
Preparation:
Page 367
In a metallic container we place the components from 1 to 8 stirring
continuously and moderately until the stearic acid is dissolved
completely, concluded this is lowered from the stove and stirred
moderately until it cools completely, that is a cream, then add the rest of
the components except the collagen and elastin stirring continuously
and moderately until everything is well homogeneous, and then we
measure the ph which should indicate neutral (the same color as the
tape) if it is a little alkaline (blue) by tietranolamina we add some acid to
it.and measure the ph which should indicate neutral (the same color of
the tape) if it is a little alkaline (blue) by the tietranolamina add a little
citric acid previously dissolved in water, and finally add the elastin and
the collagen, stirring continuously for 3 minutes, and then add the
elastin and the collagen.The production costs are higher than the
common creams but the quality costs, the demand for it is excellent.
410- MULTI-VITAMIN HAND AND BODY CREAM WITH BOTANICAL

EXTRACTS
Objective For one liter
Keeps the skin hydrated all day long due to the effective action of
glycerin, protects and rehabilitates the skin from impurities due to the
botanical effects of calendula and chamomile,
and vitaminized by the properties of avocado oil and the antioxidant

effects of vitamin E, its pH is neutral and controlled,
Keeps skin looking smooth and healthy.

7 . Formula:
1. 900 grams Water(vehicle)
2. 300 grams Stearic acid usp (emulsifier)
3. 4 grams Tietranolamine (emulsifier)
4. 10 grams Mineral oil (cleaner and softener)
Page 368
5. 30 grams Glycerin (humectant)
6. 15 grams Cetyl alcohol (absorbent)
7. 10 grams Propylene glycol (emulsifier)
8. 10 grams Lanolin (softener)
9. 100 grams Urea (maintains ph)
10. 5 grams Methylparaben (bactericide)
11. 7 grams avocado oil (nutrient)
12. 25 grams Chamomile (cleanser of impurities of the skin)
the skin
13. 25 grams Calendula (cleanser of impurities of the skin)
skin
14. 1 gram Vitamin E (antioxidant)
15. 3 grams Essence (aroma)
Liquid citric acid (to lower pH)
Preparation:
We cook the chamomile and calendula in 1.1 liters of water for 15

minutes then we strain it in a coffee paper strainer twice and let it stand
for 1 hour when we pour it again we avoid the seat that forms at the
bottom and weigh the 900 grams of water for the formulation:
In a metal container place the components from 1 to 8 on the stove,

stirring continuously and moderately until the stearic acid is completely
dissolved, then remove from the stove and stir moderately until it cools
down completely and becomes a cream, then add the rest of the
components except for the citric acid.
Page 317
mixing moderately and we measure the ph must be neutral if this a little
alkaline by the tietranolamina we add a little of citric acid previously
dissolved in water, we remember the tape to measure the ph must leave
its own color.
production costs are higher than common creams but the quality costs,
its demand is excellent.
411- ANTIPERSPIRANT CREAM DEODORANT

Target Per liter and a half
It is an antiperspirant deodorant that keeps us protected for 24 hours

attacking the bacteria that produce bad odor, leaving a fresh and
pleasant smell without staining clothes.
8 . Formula:
320 grams Stearic acid usp
30 grams Genapol lro 28%.
100 gram Propylene glycol usp
920 grams Demineralized Water
5 grams Titanium dioxide liquid usp
360 grams Aluminum chlorohydroxide 28%.
5 grams Boric acid usp
4 grams Triclosan
4 grams Methyl paraben
2 grams Propylparaben
Page 370
5 grams Essence (lavender)
Page 371
Preparation:
In a metallic container the stearic acid and mineral oil are mixed with 700
grams of water and propylene glycol and are placed on the stove at
medium heat to dissolve the stearic acid well, stirring constantly and
moderately, once dissolved, the lro28% genapol and the titanium dioxide
are added, stirring constantly and moderately until it is lukewarm, then
the rest of the components previously dissolved are added.Once it is
dissolved, add the genapol lro28% and the titanium dioxide and continue
stirring for 5 minutes more, then get off the stove to make the emulsion
stirring constantly and moderately until it is lukewarm to add the rest of
the components previously dissolved in the remaining 220 grams of
lukewarm water of the FORMULATION: It can also be packed with a
wooden spatula when it is cold, but it is better presented when it is
lukewarm. The production costs are minimal and its demand is excellent.
412- MOUTHWASH
Objective: For 2 liters
It fights germs that cause bad breath, plaque and gingivitis. Its use is to
rinse the mouth for 25 seconds twice a day to maintain a soft and
pleasant breath as a complement to daily oral hygiene.
8. Formula:
1 gram Methyl salicylate
2 grams Eucalyptol
4 grams Thymol
1 gram Menthol
1 liter Deionized water (hot)
Page 372
420 grams Sorbitol
400 grams Ethyl alcohol
Page 373
2 grams Potassium sorbate
2 grams Fire stone
1 gram Sodium citrate
2 grams Vegetable coloring
20 grams Urea
1 gram Citric acid
Preparation:
Dissolve salicylate in alcohol, menthol and thymol, then dissolve

sorbitol and benzoate in a liter of hot water and mix well for 3 minutes,
finally add sodium citrate, urea, citric acid and vegetable coloring.
Production costs are low and demand is good.
413- COSMETIC NAIL POLISH

This product is based on crystal polystyrene, which is rarely used in the

cosmetic industry in the elaboration of nail polish and is therefore very
economical, it forms a fast drying film with excellent adherence to nails
and other materials without causing allergic effects such as cuticle
irritation.It forms a fast drying film with excellent adherence to nails and
other types of materials without causing allergic effects such as cuticle
irritation. It can be produced in an infinite number of white, pastel,
metallic, interface, pearlescent and intense colors 9. Formula:
400 grams Polystyrene crystal (resin)
900 grams Xylol (solvent)

Page 374
Pigment (load)
Page 375
Preparation:
In the xylol we let dissolve from one day to another the crystal
polystyrene, never use anything mechanical for security as well as
because we inject a lot of air to the enamel, if we must stir manually
every 6 hours since at the beginning a gelatin is formed in the seat
because it is not well homogeneous with the xylol.
We can thin it with the same solvent or on the contrary if we want it

thicker we add a little more polystyrene crystal.
This product must be elaborated in ventilated spaces, remember that

xylol is volatile, we must be very responsible in its storage, when we
want to elaborate the white enamel the titanium dioxide is used in the
following way it is dissolved in a little xylol for 20 minutes, we must be
sure that the dioxide is well dispersed that does not present particles,
then it is incorporated to the resin and it is mixed manually for another 5
minutes until it is well homogeneous.
If we want to achieve pastel colors we add lithography or screen ink or in

case we want to achieve metallic enamels, interface, (changes of effect
according to the angle we look at it) pearlized we add metallic and
pearlized pigments but we must be sure that they are of very good
quality (the iriodines of merck).When we want to elaborate intense
primary colors such as blue, red, black, green, yellow, we do not use
titanium dioxide, only lithographic or screen pigment.
The production costs are variable according to the pigment we use, its
demand is excellent.
414- EXTRA-STRONG GEL FIXATIVE WITH SILICONE

Objective: For two and a half liters
Unlike other types of gel, this one is concentrated, prevents dandruff
and fixes the hair leaving it shiny and shiny with a wet look for longer,
Page 376
using less quantity, its drying is fast and its aroma is ideal.
Page 377
10. Formula: 28 grams Carbopol 940 (binder).
13 grams Tritanolamine (emulsifier)
30 grams Pvp (luviscol) (preservative)
50 grams Cosmetic silicone (gloss)
30 grams Ethanol alcohol (anti-dandruff)
5 grams Essence (lavender aroma)
20 grams Polyalcohol (anti-dandruff)
3 grams Mergal (bactericide)
Preparation:
In a container, preferably plastic, mix carbopol 940 with water and

triethanolamine for 3 minutes and let it stand for 20 minutes to form the
gel, in a separate container prepare the cosmetic silicone, pvp, ethanol
and essence and mix until the pvp is well dissolved and add it to the gel,
stirring moderately for 5 minutes and finally the color previously
dissolved in water.
It is recommended to pack it in cushions of 300 grams and to emphasize
its quality.
415- FROSTING GEL OR COSMETIC MURANO GEL

Objective: For two liters
It is usually used as decorative makeup for adults and children, it can
also be used to apply it on the hair or skin. To remove it, it should be
washed with warm water and soap.
11. Formula:
Page 378
2 liters Water (vehicle)
Page 379
5 grams Tietranolamine (emulsifier)
4 grams Dimethicone cosmetic copolyol (gloss)
25 grams Ethyl alcohol (drying agent)
3 grams Edible flavor (aroma)
28 grams Carbopol 940 (thickener)
70 grams Frost or murano (pigment)
Preparation:
Mix the carbopol, water and thietranolamine for at least 1 hour, then add
the frosting or murano, stirring moderately.
In another container we mix the alcohol, the cosmetic dimethicone and
the flavor to add it to the first mixture, stirring moderately.
The consistency of the gel is achieved according to the amount of
carbopol that we use, the amount of the load in this case the murano or
frost are relative sometimes we must add a little more or a little less this
varies according to the quality or customer preferences.
In terms of costs, we work with an excellent profit margin and demand is
good.
416- HOT OR COLD LIPOREDUCING GEL

Target For two liters
This type of product is already very commercial worldwide being this

favorable, according to surveys this type of gel has achieved great
results in North America, as long as it is helped by a diet and an exercise
routine, no gel works miracles, it acts as a placebo and that works, here
generally what is achieved is a dehydration of the skin which is good,
Page 380
when you apply this gel you should walk at least and leave it alone.No
gel works miracles, what it does is to act as a placebo and that works,
here generally what is achieved is a dehydration of the skin which is
good, when applying this gel you should walk at least and leave it for no
less than 15 minutes.
Page 381
to act, to remove it with abundant water.
12. Formula
35 grams Carbopol 940
2. liters Water
5 grams Tietranolamine
30 grams Caffeine
35 grams Glycerin
2 grams Methylparaben
3 grams crystallized Menthol (cold firming gel)
40 grams Methyl salicylate (hot gel)
Dye
14 grams of seaweed essential oils
Preparation:
In a preferably plastic container mix the carbopol 940 with the water and
the triethanolamine and methylparaben for 5 minutes and let it stand for
1 hour to form the gel, in a separate container mix well the rest of the
components depending on the type of gel you want to obtain cold or hot
firming, stirring continuously and moderately for 10 minutes and add to
the gel stirring moderately for another 5 minutes and finally the color
previously dissolved in water, let it stand for 2 hours. or hot firming gel,
stirring continuously and moderately for 10 minutes and add to the gel
stirring moderately for another 5 minutes and finally the color previously
dissolved in water, the liporeducing gel must be left to rest for 2 hours
before packing it.
417- MASSAGE GEL OF MEDICINAL PLANTS COSMETICS

Page 324
AND RELAXING
This botanical product works with different types of medicinal plants
that help keep the skin soft and free of impurities caused by the
environment and stress, 13. Formula: 900 grams Deionized water
10 grams Urea
30 grams Glycerin usp
Preparation:
Lo primero que debemos hacer es tratar el agua agregando el extracto

natural en el caso de la manzana por cada litro de agua 3 manzanas
medianas rojas se hierven por 7 minutos, es un relajante natural, la
manzanilla y la caléndula igualmente se hierven por 7 minutos 50
gramos por litro limpia las impurezas de la piel, la miel 50 gramos por
litro para hidratar la piel seca, durazno también se hierve por 7 minutos
50 gramos por cada litro con cáand seed to cleanse pimples, cucumber
cocombro is boiled for 7 minutes to close pores, tangerine juice and
seeds to cleanse pimples, cucumber juice and seeds to cleanse
pimples.3 medium mandarin oranges per liter for cellulite, varicose veins
or gout, thyme, sage and rosemary boil in water for 20 minutes, 50
grams of pumpkin leaf boil for 15 minutes, skin blemishes, astringent 30
grams of mint leaves boil for 20 minutes, anguish and stress, lavender
20 grams per liter boil for 15 minutes or rue.
The second thing to do is to make the gel, in a plastic container we mix
the water (treated with the extracts) the methylparaben the
Page 383
carbopol and tietranolamine for 5 minutes, then we let it stand for the gel
to form for one hour to add the rest of the components, stirring
continuously and moderately, and let it stand for another hour before
packing it, the production costs are low and its demand is excellent.
418- MEDICATED TOILET SOAP

Objective: For one pound
It is a toilet soap made from African palm vegetable oils and glycerin as
a humectant. By adding other types of components, medicinal soaps
such as calendula, chamomile and natural fruit soaps, peels and barks
are achieved with different applications that we will see in the
preparation.
14. Formula:
120 grams Palm oil base (base)
150 grams Water (vehicle)
100 grams 70 % ethyl alcohol (drying and drying agent and
transparency).
5 grams sodium lauryl sulfate 70 (plus foam)
5 grams Propylene glycol (siccative)
7 grams Flavorings (aroma) or peels, fruit
Preparation:
In a preferably glass container, add all the components and place them
on the stove over medium heat, stirring constantly and moderately with
a wooden or plastic spoon until the palm soap base is dissolved.
Page 384
Then we let it stand for half an hour to form a cream on top which is
broken and poured the liquid into the molds trying not to be too high so
as not to form bubbles, finally allowed to dry for 1 hour, this is the
moisturizing soap.To elaborate medicinal soaps it is necessary to resort
to plants and fruits as is the case of the mandarin which its peels are
excellent to combat cellulite, what is done is to boil the peels or the
fruits or the cuttings of the mandarin, which are excellent to combat
cellulite, what is done is to boil the peels or the fruits or the cuttings of
the mandarin.The process is to boil the peels or the fruits or the barks
and to take them out before it forms the cream or to leave them, to make
esfoliantes toilet soaps it is broken small pieces of scouring pad and
they are added to the mixture, the camomile and the caléndula for the
impurities of the skin, honey to moisturize the skin, cucumber to close
pores and mixed skin, peach to clean pimples, for esoteric soaps the
cinnamon of edible flavor the other causes itching, sandalwood, rue is
also boiled, some like the citrus fruits instead of water the pure juice is
used the others can be liquefied like the peach. Production costs are low
and demand is excellent.
419- HAIR TONIC LOTION AGAINST HAIR LOSS AND DANDRUFF

This lotion helps prevent hair loss, prevents dandruff and keeps hair soft
and shiny with a pleasant aroma. It is recommended to apply it after
bathing at least 3 times a week. 15. Formula:
500 grams Ethanol alcohol
60 grams Sorbitol
4 grams Boric acid
35 grams Aloe vera
600 grams Water
Page 385
3 grams Sodium bicarbonate 4 grams Essence (lavender)
50 grams Rosemary
50 grams Quina
Preparation:
In 650 grams of water, cook 50 grams of rosemary and 50 grams of

cinchona for 10 minutes, let them rest and add the rest of the
components, stirring continuously and moderately for 10 minutes.
420- MOISTURIZING BODY LOTION

Keeps skin soft and fresh with a pleasant scent all day long, excellent for
use after bathing or at any time of the day. 16. Formula:
560 grams Water
400 grams Perfumery alcohol
3 grams Benzoin tincture
50 grams Urea
10 grams Fragrance (hexamethylindanopyran)
Coloring 1 grams Methylparaben
20 grams Glycerin
Page 386
Preparation:
This type of formula is very simple it is simplified to mix all the

components in the same order and shake them moderately for 5 minutes
and then pack, to be successful in this product should be emphasized in
the packaging and label for its commercialization; there are countless
fragrances that can be used, some that stand out are the aromas of
natural fruits, you can also make esoteric lotions with sandalwood or
any aroma that stands out in the area for its commercialization.The
fragrances that can be used are innumerable, some that stand out are
the aromas of natural fruits, you can also elaborate esoteric lotions with
sandalwood or some aroma that stands out in the area for good energy.
421- WRINKLE MASK WITH RETINOIC ACID Purpose: For one kilo
This mask is ideal for treating wrinkles, giving surprising results in a

short time due to the active action of retinoic acid.
Easy to apply, with a clean skin, apply all over the face and jowls
massaging from top to bottom, avoid contact with the eyes and let it act
for 20 minutes and then remove it with plenty of warm water and without
soap.
It is recommended to do this treatment twice a week.

17. Formula:
940 grams Distilled water
3 grams Retinoic acid
Page 387
1 gram Vitamin E
Preparation:
In a glass container preferably add water, methylparaben, carbopol and
tietranolamine and shake moderately for 5 minutes then let it stand for
an hour to form the gel to add the glycerin and propylene glycol and
retinoic acid stirring continuously, finally add the vitamin E.
Keep it in a cool place.
Production costs depend on the price of retinoic acid, which is in
excellent demand.
422- PIGMENT MIMICRY

This product is commonly used by mimes to make up their faces with

very good results, it is also used by the police and the army as
camouflage, it does not affect the skin, it can be elaborated in all kinds
of colors and even metallic and pearl pigments can be added.
18. Formula:
300 grams Stearic acid usp
200 grams Pigment usp
Preparation:
Stearic acid is dissolved in the heat, then mineral oil is added and it is
removed from the stove. The pigment can be metallic, pearly,
pearlescent, frosted, iron oxides, titanium dioxide or colorants to the fat.
Page 388
Once mixed all the components we must stir them to avoid that the
pigments sediment, when we obtain a warm and homogeneous
substance we pass to pack it and we let it solidify for 30 minutes without
moving it to obtain a smooth surface and very well presented, we do not
waste material since all that remains in the containers we place it to the
bath or maria and we dissolve it again, if we want we can even make only
the base or stearic acid and oil to then pigment it according to our
needs.If we want we can even make only the base or stearic acid and oil
and then pigment it according to our needs,
The pigment is not always 200 grams, this varies according to the kind
of pigment and the quality. We must also take into account that
according to the particle of the load (pigment) it may be necessary a little
more oil or stearic acid, therefore a preliminary test must always be done
to observe the solidification of the pigment.As far as costs are
concerned, we work with a wide profit margin, being the pigment a
fundamental part of the costs. When we work with iron oxides, the
production costs are minimal as opposed to pearl pigments, which are
more expensive in the case of metallic pigments. Also with a magnificent
margin.
423- ANTI-CELLULITE OINTMENT

This type of product is used for cosmetic purposes to combat and

prevent cellulite with very good acceptance. Its use is external only, its
application is simplified to apply it on the affected areas massaging from
bottom to top.
19. Formula:
200 grams Stearic acid usp (binder)
780 grams Mineral oil usp (vehicle)
20. grams Mandarin peel extract
Page 389
(active substance)
15 grams Caffeine (active substance 2)
Preparation:
In a metallic container the stearic acid, caffeine and mineral oil are mixed
and placed on the stove at medium heat so that the stearic acid
dissolves well, stirring constantly and moderately. Once dissolved, the
tangerine peel extract is added and stirring is continued until it is
completely dissolved,
When the process is finished, we proceed to the solidification test, pour

a little on a plate and let it dry for 2 minutes to analyze its consistency,
which should not be too hard to be spread on the fingers easily,
When you want it more solid, add more stearic acid, on the contrary, if
you want it softer, add more mineral oil, the tangerine peel extract can be
varied a little and add a little more, always taking care of allergic
reactions,
To pack it should not be very hot, they should be covered superficially

so that they do not lose the brightness while the drying process is
finished, after they solidify they are covered hermetically,
It can be packed in any type of container, plastic, glass, tinplate, even in

tubes,
424- SULFUR AND GLISERIN OINTMENT

This type of product is used for medicinal purposes to reduce skin
infections such as fungus, shingles and carranchil with very good
acceptance.
Its use is external only, its application is simplified to apply it in the

areas massaging from bottom to top, its use does not require medical
formula.
Page 390
20. Formula:
3 grams Titanium dioxide usp (pigment)
50 grams Talcum powder extra fine (load)
3 grams Micronized sulfur (active substance)
3 grams Boric acid (active substance)
10 grams Gliserin
Preparation:
In a metallic container we mix the stearic acid and the mineral oil, the
sulfur dioxide and the boric acid and we put them in the stove at medium
heat so that the stearic acid dissolves well, stirring constantly and
moderately.Finally the talc is added to it when the process is finished we
pass to make the solidification test, we pour a little on a plate and let it
dry for 2 minutes to analyze its consistency which should not be too
hard to be spread on the fingers easily, when you want it more solid,
when you want it to be more solid, it is necessary to add a little bit of
talc.When you want it more solid, add more stearic acid, on the contrary,
if you want it softer, add more mineral oil, sulfur and boric acid can vary
a little and add a little more, always taking care of allergic reactions.To
pack it should not be very hot, it should be covered superficially so that
they do not lose the brightness while the drying process is finished,
after solidifying it is hermetically covered, it can be packed in any type of
container, plastic, glass, tinplate, even in tubes.
425- POMADA MENTOLADA Objective: Per kilo
Page 391
This type of product is used for medicinal purposes to reduce muscular
ailments and for colds as a nasal decongestant with very good
acceptance.
Its use is external only, its application is simplified to apply it in the

areas massaging from bottom to top and in the case of nasal congestion
apply a little in the nostrils, its use does not require medical formula.
21. Formula:
3 grams Menthol crystallized (active substance)
Preparation:
In a metallic container the stearic acid and the mineral oil are mixed and
they are placed in the stove to medium term that the stearic acid
dissolves well, stirring constantly and moderately, once dissolved the
crystallized menthol is added and it is continued stirring until it
dissolves completely.Once dissolved, add the crystallized menthol and
continue stirring until it is completely dissolved, when the process is
finished we pass to make the solidification test, we pour a little on a
plate and let it dry 2 minutes to analyze its consistency which should not
be too hard to be spread on the fingers easily, when you want it more
solid we add it more easily, when you want it more solid we add the
menthol.When you want it more solid, add more stearic acid, on the
contrary, if you want it softer, add more mineral oil, the crystallized
menthol can be varied a little and add a little more, always taking care of
allergic reactions.To pack it should not be very hot, it should be covered
superficially so that they do not lose the brightness while the drying
process is finished, after they solidify they are covered hermetically, it
can be packed in any type of container, plastic, glass, tinplate, even in
tubes.
426- CUTICLE REMOVER FOR NAILS

Commonly used to remove cosmetic enamels with
Page 392
excellent results does not affect the cuticle, strengthening the nails and
protecting them from yellowing.
22. Formula: 650 grams Ethanol alcohol
340 grams Isobutyl acetate
10 grams Resin oil
Fat dye
Preparation:
A simple mixture of the 4 components, it should be worked in ventilated

areas with the necessary safety equipment such as goggles, masks and
others, remember that it is a volatile product that should be kept out of
reach of children, it is recommended to use glass containers. Production
costs are low and demand is excellent.
427- RINSE
Objective: For a gallon
This type of product is regularly used on dry hair to keep hair tangle-
free, easy to brush shiny and silky with a soft and pleasant scent.
23. Formula:
160 grams Cetyl alcohol
120 grams Genamin ctac
10 grams Citric acid
10 grams Glycerin
5 grams sodium bicarbonate
Page 393
3.7 liters Water
Preparation:
In a metallic container, dissolve the cetyl alcohol in half a liter of water,

part of the formulation, and add the rest of the water to add the rest of
the previously dissolved components, stirring continuously and
moderately for 5 minutes, then let it rest for 1 hour before packing it.
Production costs are minimal and demand is excellent,
428- 2 IN 1 SHAMPOO
This Shampoo has two functions: it keeps hair clean and facilitates
brushing in all types of oily, dry and normal hair, it contains botanical
ingredients such as rosemary and cinchona that help stop hair loss.
Enhances shine and volume for a healthy appearance.

24. Formula:
350 grams Genapol
60 grams Probetaine
60 grams Coperlan
600 grams Water
1 gram C edta
2 grams Dimethicone
5 grams Citric acid
Page 394
5 grams Glycerin 25 grams Rosemary
25 grams Quina
Preparation:
We cook the rosemary and cinchona in a liter of water for 15 minutes

then we strain it in a coffee paper strainer twice and let it stand for 1
hour when we pour it again we avoid the seat that forms at the bottom
and weigh the 600 grams of water for the formulation:
This process is elaborated in 2 parts, in the first part we mix the water
previously with the rosemary and cinchona extract, the sodium
benzoate, the citric acid and the glycerin and we shake it until the citric
acid is completely dissolved.
In the second part we mix the genapol, coperlan, probetaina, and we mix
it for 3 minutes stirring continuously and moderately then we add the
second part to the first one and we stir continuously and moderately for
10 minutes.
To measure the pH, which should be neutral, if it is a little alkaline (the

light blue ribbon) add a little more citric acid, and if it is acidic (the red
ribbon) add a few drops of cocoamide,
If you want it thicker, add 5 grams of common salt; if you want to

prepare it without rosemary and cinchona, add herbal usp or fruit
essence and vegetable coloring.
429- ANTI-DANDRUFF SHAMPOO

This is a type of commercial shampoo of very good quality, it maintains
Page 395
clean and shiny hair, does not dry out the scalp, eliminates dandruff
rapidly
It can be made with herbal essence and citrus fruit extract or neutral.
25. Formula:
150 grams of sodium lauryl sulfate at 70%.
(active substance)
800 grams Purified water (vehicle)
10 grams common salt (foam activator)
1 grams C edta (sequestrant)
40 grams Coperlan (thickener)
20 grams Sodium bicarbonate (eliminates dandruff)
5 grams Citric acid (to lower ph degreaser)
5 grams Dimethicone usp (gloss)
50 grams Urea usp (maintains ph nitrogen)
Vegetable dye (color)
3 grams essence (lemon) (aroma)
1 gram vitamin E (nutrient)
Preparation:
In a container, preferably plastic, add the sodium lauryl sulfate and the
salt and mix for 3 minutes, then add the water with the citric acid, the
sodium benzoate and the vegetable coloring.
Page 338
previously dissolved in the water are incorporated slowly so as not to
form foam and is stirred continuously and moderately for 5 minutes and
let stand for 3 hours to clarify to incorporate the remaining components
except vitamin E mixing continuously and moderately, in this order
coperlan glycerin bicarbonate dimethicone and finally the essence and
urea and vitamin E, again let it stand for 4 hours minimum before
packing it so that the injection of air caused by the agitation disappears
completely and clarifies, the colors and essence are variable, the colors
and essence are commonly used.The colors and the essence are
variable, citric fruit essences are commonly used, the ph of this product
is neutral.
430- NORMAL HAIR SHAMPOO WITH PANTHENOL

This is a very good quality commercial shampoo, it keeps hair clean and
shiny, does not dry the scalp and prevents dandruff.
It can be made with herbal essence and with natural or neutral fruit
extract.
26. Formula:
150 grams of sodium lauryl sulfate at 70%.
(active substance)
800 grams Purified water (vehicle)
10 grams common salt (foam activator)
1 grams C edta (sequestrant)
40 grams Coperlan (thickener)
Page 397
5 grams Citric acid (lower ph degreaser )
Page 398
5 grams Dimethicone usp (brightness) 50 grams Urea usp (maintains ph
nitrogen)
Vegetable dye (color)
3 grams Essence (herbal) (aroma)
Preparation:
In a container, preferably plastic, add the sodium lauryl sulfate and the
salt and mix for 3 minutes then add the water with the citric acid and
sodium benzoate and the vegetable coloring previously dissolved in the
water.The water with the citric acid and the sodium benzoate and the
vegetable coloring previously dissolved in the water are incorporated
slowly so as not to form foam and it is shaken continuously and
moderately for 5 minutes and it is left to rest for 3 hours that it clarifies
to incorporate the rest of the components mixing continuously and
moderately, in this order the coperlan the glycerin the dimethicone and
finally the essence and the urea, again we let it rest for 4 hours minimum
before packing it to be packaged for the next time.The colors and
essence are variable, fruit or herbal essences are commonly used. The
pH of this product is neutral.
431. FRIZZ ACTIVATOR SPRAY

This product is commonly used in beauty salons to make frizzy, shiny

and wet hair shiny, it is a premium product for all hair types.
27. Formula:
550 grams Deionized water
40 grams Dimethicone white
Page 399
Page 400
0.5 gram Carbopol 940
Preparation:
This formulation is very simple: just mix the water with the carbopol for
5 minutes and then add the rest of the components in this order:
dimethicone, glycerin, propylene glycol.
432- FLAVORED TALCUM POWDER

Deodorant and freshener for use all over the body contains triclosan
which eliminates odor-causing bacteria.
Does not cause allergic reactions such as irritation, for use by the whole
family.
It should be applied on the hand to smear it on the body,
28. Formula:
785 grams Talcum powder extra fine usp
200 grams Refined starch
9 grams Zinc oxide usp
4 grams Boric acid usp
1 gram Camphor usp
1 gram Triclosan usp
0.5 gram Essence (talc)
Preparation: Mix all the components except for the essence, taking into
account that the camphor must be sprayed very well or try to
Page 341
1000-Chemical Formulations buy it pulverized,
To elaborate this product we place everything in a plastic basket and we

turn it by placing a rotating system at the ends for 10 minutes, so as not
to be exposed to the dusts that are harmful to the respiratory system,
the essence should be added with an atomizer slowly as it is being
mixed.
433- ANTICORROSIVE FOR BODYWORK (ASPHALTING)

A very modern product is obtained, with high anticorrosive power,
widely used in workshops, which allows to prolong the life of your
vehicle. It does not require a special sprayer and can be applied with a
brush and is not affected by high temperatures, nor does it crack over
time, as is the case with other products on the market.
FOR 100 Kg. OF ANTICORROSIVE ASPHALT
LIQUID ASPHALT (BREA) 50.00 Kg.
SODIUM STONE POWDER 5,00 Kg.
CALCIUM STONE POWDER 2,50 Kg.
PÓMEZ STONE POWDER 2,50 Kg.
SOLVENT XIL OL 40,00 Kg.
NOTE: This product should be packaged in plastic or metallic, but wide-
mouthed, punnets.
Note: This product should be packed in plastic or metallic wedges, but
with wide mouths.
434- POWDER DETERGENT FOR AUTOMATIC DISHWASHERS A

detergent specially formulated to be used in domestic or industrial
dishwashing machines, it completely removes grease and dirt stuck on
kitchen utensils, does not damage parts or stains, and is low foaming.
FOR 100 Kg. OF DETERGENT POWDER
SODIUM STONE POWDER 25.000 Kg.
PENTAHYDRATED SODIUM SILICATE 50,00 Kg.
TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE 25,00 Kg.
435- POWDER CLEANER FOR BATHTUBS AND SINKS.

This is a powdered detergent specially formulated for cleaning
Page 402
of bathtubs and sinks, eliminating stains, especially yellowish rust
stains that form on them. Simply apply with a damp sponge or brush. It
is non-toxic and non-irritating to the skin. It is an effective detergent,
superior to those available on the market and can be used on the floors
of sanitary rooms.
of oxides that are formed in them. Simply apply with a damp sponge or
brush. It is non-toxic and does not irritate the skin. It is an effective
detergent, superior to those available on the market and can be used on
the floors of sanitary rooms.
FOR 100 Kg OF POWDER CLEANER
SODIUM PHOSPHATE TRIPOLI 25,00 Kg.
AQUIL LAURyl ACID NEUTRAL 25,00 Kg.
CALCIUM STONE POWDER 50,00 Kg.
436- CHEWING REPELLENT

With this procedure described below, we obtain a special type of
mosquito and mosquito repellent to be used in the field and in the
mountains, which has the advantage of being very stable to temperature
changes, besides having a pleasant smell, this product does not cause
any type of irritation or dryness of the skin. FOR 100 Kg. OF MOSQUITO
REPELLENT
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL 80,00 Kg.
PINK CHLORINE 10,00 Kg.
ALCANFOR POWDER 10,00 Kg.
437- LOOSEN NIPPLES

The following formula allows the production of a liquid widely used in
mechanical and industrial workshops to loosen rusted nuts and tools. It
is normal to use these products packaged in spray cans; they can be
perfectly used by brush application, which drastically reduces costs.
Note: Readers who wish to package this or other products in spray can
contact Spray Química, whose telephone numbers appear in the list of
suppliers.
FOR 100 Kg. NUT LOOSENER
TREMENTINA OF PINE 70,00 Kg.
DEODORIZED KEROSENE 20,00 Kg.
BUTANOL 10,00 Kg.
Page 403
438- WALL CLEANER

This is a liquid used for cleaning walls, especially in schools, hotels,
public offices and tiled walls such as in butcher shops, fishmongers, etc.
FOR 100 Kg. OF WALL CLEANER
WATER 90,00 Kg.Ç
POTASSIUM POLYPHOSPHATE 3,00 Kg.
PENTAHYDRATED SODIUM SILICATE 2,00 Kg.Ç
ETOXIFENOL 10 5,00 Kg.
PERFUME AND COLORING A/G
439- AMMONIA-BASED DISINFECTANT DETERGENT

It is an ammonia-based liquid detergent with cleaning and bleaching
power, which does not harm clothes or hands like other ammonia-based
detergents and is an excellent dishwashing and floor detergent.
FOR 100 Kg. OF DISINFECTANT
WATER 57,00 Kg.
AQUIL LAURyl SULPHATE 25,00 Kg.
DI ETHILEN SODIUM GLYCOL 16,00 Kg.
COCONUT AMINE 1,00 Kg.
AMMONIUM CHLORIDE 0.50 Kg.
FORMALDEHYDE 0.20 Kg.
GLACIAL ACETIC ACID 0,10 Kg.
COLORANT AND PERFUME 0,10 Kg.
440- LIQUID CHLORINE CONCENTRATE PATOJITO

This simple formula allows obtaining a bleaching and disinfectant
chlorine with a higher concentration than the one usually obtained in the
market.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CONCENTRATED LIQUID CHLORINE
WATER 70,00 Kg.
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 30,00 Kg.
441- METAL DEGREASER

An excellent non-caustic degreaser is achieved, which can be used for
Page 404
with hands and a scouring pad, as it does not irritate the skin, leaving
the product ready to be painted or chemically treated.
FOR 100 Kg. DEGREASER
WATER 96.00 Kg.
442- CARPET AND RUG CLEANER

It is an efficient cleaning product for washing carpets, upholstery of
furniture and vehicles, it removes the dirt that is impregnated as difficult
as it may seem, just spray and remove with a brush, it is important to
select the color and the most appropriate odor, to facilitate its sale.
FOR 100 Kg. OF UPHOLSTERY CLEANER
DISTILLED WATER 76,50 Kg.
DIETHILEN GLYCOL 20,00 Kg.
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL 2.00 kg.
S.T.P.P. (MR) 01 Kg.
ACETIC ACID 01 Kg.
COLORING AND PERFUME A/G
443- ANTI OXIDANT, COOLANT FOR RADIATORS

With this formula a modern concentrated liquid is prepared that prevents
oxidation, corrosion, incrustations in the engine and radiator, apart from
its excellent qualities as a coolant. It is a liquid very used now due to the
high environmental temperatures and the salts and impurities contained
in the water that is currently used in the radiator, this liquid prevents the
hardness of the water to be deposited and form incrustations in the
radiator and engine.
FOR 100 Kg. ANTI OXIDANT
DISTILLED WATER 84.50 Kg.
SODIUM PURPURATE 5,00 Kg.
ACETIC ACID 0,50 Kg.
444- ALGAECIDE FOR SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER TANKS

Pools and water tanks are prone to algae and mildew formation
Page 405
The product shown below prevents the formation of these algae to a
greater extent than other products on the market.
FOR 100 Kg OF ALGUICIDE
DISTILLED WATER 80 Kg.
COPPER SULPHATE PULVERIZED 20,00 Kg.
PERFUME S/G
445- INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANER

A cream to remove grease and all kinds of dirt from the hands is
obtained by simply rubbing and rubbing the hands and then wiping them
with a cloth, leaving the hands clean. This product is widely used in
mechanical workshops due to its important industrial use and its ease of
application. Perfume and color can be added if desired.
FORMULA # 1
MINERAL OIL 3.00 KG.
FATTY ACID 6,50 Kg.
METHANOL 1,00 Kg.
PROPANOL 1,00 Kg.
FORMULA #2
PRIMARY COCONUT AMINE 0,50 Kg.
TERTIARY COCONUT AMINE 2,20 Kg.
ETHILEN GLYCOL 2,27 Kg.
ETOXIFENOL 10 8.80 Kg.
WATER 42,00 Kg.
PROCEDURE: Make both formulas separately and then pour one over
the other, stirring constantly until a smooth homogeneous cream is
formed. Add perfume if desired.
446- FLOOR CLEANER WITH DISINFECTANT EFFECT

This product has the advantage over other disinfectants in that it allows
the floor to be cleaned at the same time as it is disinfected. It contains
products with high germicidal power that combat bad odors by
eliminating the bacteria that produce them.
FOR 100 Kg. FLOOR CLEANER
WATER 87.90 Kg.
Page 406
1000-ChEMICAL FORMULATIONS ETOXIFENOL
10 8,00 Kg.
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM SALT 4,00 Kg.
447- CHLORINATED CLEANER FOR SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER

TANKS WITH GERMICIDAL POWER.
To completely remove algae, fungi, rust stains and incrustations that are
created on the walls and floors of swimming pools and water tanks.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CHLORINATED CLEANER
WATER 91.90 Kg.
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE 8,00 Kg.
COLOR A/G
448- CHLORINATED CLEANER FOR SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER

TANKS, WITH GERMICIDE POWER (OTHER FORMULA) RA 100 Kg. OF
THE CHLORINATED CLEANER.
WATER 75,90 Kg.
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 24,00 Kg.
COLOR A/G
449- BIO DETERGENT, DEGRADABLE DETERGENT POWDER FOR

WASHING By means of this procedure, a modern bio degradable
detergent powder with great cleaning, softening and disinfecting power
is obtained. It is a detergent with characteristics similar to those of the
leading brands on the market. One of the advantages is that it is
prepared by simply mixing all its components in a very fine powder
state.
FOR 100 Kg. OF DETERGENT POWDER
SODIUM SILICATE 15,00 Kg.
S.T.P.P. (MR) 18.80 Kg.
CARBOXIMETIL CELLULOSE 1,00 Kg.
LAVENDER PERFUME 0,20 Kg.
Page 407
450- POWDERED CONCRETE FLOOR CLEANER.

It is obtained a powder of excellent qualities to be used in the cleaning of
floors of mechanical workshops, markets, industries, etc., as well as in
extremely dirty floors, where a good cleaning is necessary. To use, wet
the floor, sprinkle the product, leave it on for about 15 minutes, scrub
with a stiff bristle brush and rinse.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CONCRETE FLOOR CLEANER
SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE 17,00 Kg.
451- SOLID FIRE.

With this formula you will obtain a solid alcohol, which once packed in
cans, is widely consumed for heating buffet trays, cooking in the
countryside, etc.
TO PREPARE 100 Lts. SOLID FIRE
ESTEARIC ACID 1,0 Kg.
BORAX POWDER 1,0 Kg.
PROCEDURE: Heat 49 Lts. Of alcohol, up to 75 ºC the Kg. is dissolved.
Of stearic acid, in a separate container, also dissolved at 75 ºC per kg of
stearic acid. Of Borax in the other 49 Lts. of alcohol, let the temperature
drop to 60 ºC and pour the first formula over the second one, stirring
constantly.
452- CHLORINE POWDER

This is a multi-purpose bleaching powder that combines all the benefits
of the different brands of bleaches and bleaching powders on the
market.
FOR 100 Kg. CHLORINE POWDER
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE 1,50 Kg.
Page 408
SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE 5.50 Kg.
453- GLASS GREASE REMOVER

A modern liquid that does not stain or dull and has an excellent cleaning
effect, leaving the glass completely transparent and shiny, this product
should be applied using a sprayer and then dried with a dry, clean cloth.
FOR 100 Kg. OF GLASS CLEANER
DISTILLED WATER 78.50 Kg.
ETOXIFENOL 10 (MR) 0.50 Kg.
AMMONIA 1,00 Kg.
COLOR AND SCENT A/G
454- WOOD STAIN REMOVER:

We obtain with this formula, a highly effective liquid that cleans and
polishes, leaving a protective film created by the kerosene on the
furniture, having the advantage of not drying out the wood.
TO PREPARE 100 Kg. of WOOD CLEANER
PARAFFINATED OIL 2.0 Kg.
LEMON OIL 1,0 Kg.
455- RED WOOD CLEANER:

It is the ideal cleaner for dark or red wood, such as mahogany, red
brown and others:
FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF 100 Kg. OF CLEANER
PINE TREMENTINE 77,0 Kg.
PARAFFINATED OIL 2.0 Kg.
LEMON OIL 1,0 Kg.
FAT COLORANT "A.A." 1,0 Grm.
Page 409
456- LIQUID DISHWASHING LIQUID WITH COCONUT OIL
The result is a cleaning liquid with ample degreasing power and high
foam formation. Leaving kitchen utensils clean and shiny:
FOR PREPARATION OF 100 Kg. OF LAVAPLATOS
AQUIL LAURyl SULPHATE 30.0 Kg.
DIETHILEN GLYCOL 14,0 Kg.
COCONUT OIL 3,8 Kg.
WATER 52.0 Kg.
457- POWDERED METAL CLEANER

We get an economical and very good quality metal cleaner, which only
needs to be mixed with water to form a paste, apply with a cloth and
clean. This product has the advantage of cleaning and polishing at the
same time without scratching or attacking the metal.
FOR 100 Kg. SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE POWDER METAL CLEANER
15,00 Kg.
458- SILVER PASTE CLEANER

This paste is specially formulated to clean silver objects, it is easy to
apply and of very good quality, it does not burn or mistreat the metal,
giving it a long lasting shine, it is formulated in such a way that it helps
the detachment by mechanical rubbing of the oxide and dirt adhered to
the surface of the metal. After cleaning, rinse with plenty of water.
WATER 58.00 Kg.
FATTY ACID (TALLOW) 0,45 Kg.
SODIUM STONE POWDER 30,00 Grm.
SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE 30,00 Grm.
CAOLIN 3,69 Kg.
Page 410
459- NORMAL HAIR SHAMPOO

This formula produces a shampoo of the highest quality for normal hair,
widely used by the general public and especially by beauty salons,
barbershops, etc., for its excellent quality and low cost. FOR 100 Kg. OF
SHAMPOO
WATER 70,00 Kg.
GENAPOL LR-40 (MR) 40,00 Kg.
COMMON SALT 10,00 Kg.
SCENT AND COLOR A/G
NOTE: In all the formulas in which salt appears as a thickener, a
reference quantity is given, the exact quantity will depend on whether a
thicker or thinner product is desired.
460- SHAMPOO FOR CHILDREN (DOES NOT STING THE EYES)

This is a shampoo of exceptional quality that has the advantage of not
stinging the eyes and, since it does not contain salt, it is suitable for dry
hair. FOR 100 Kg. OF SHAMPOO FOR CHILDREN
WATER 69,00 Kg.
COLOR AND SCENT A/G
461- CHAMOMILE SHAMPOO

Highly prized product, for its property to lighten hair color.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CHAMOMILE SHAMPOO
WATER 59,50 Kg.
ESSENTIAL OIL OF CHAMOMILE 0,50 Kg.
ARGENTA (YELLOW COLORING #5) A/G COMMON SALT 10,00 Kg.
462- EGG SHAMPOO

With this formula we achieve a shampoo of the highest quality and
beautiful presentation, superior to those known in the market.
Page 411
FOR 100 Kg. OF EGG SHAMPOO
WATER 59,00 Kg.
GENAPOL LR-29 (MR) 30.00 Kg.
EGG YOLK POWDER 1,00 Kg.
ARGENTA (YELLOW COLORING #5) 0,01 Kg.
463- ROSEMARY SHAMPOO

FOR 100 Kg. OF ROSEMARY SHAMPOO
WATER 59,50 Kg.
ROSEMARY ESSENTIAL OIL 0,50 Kg.
COLORANT A/G
464- ALOE VERA SHAMPOO

The result is a shampoo that not only leaves hair clean, shiny and silky,
but also protects and stimulates the scalp.
FOR 100 Kg OF SHAMPOO OF SHABILA
WATER 58.00 Kg.
SABILA CRYSTALS 2,00 Kg.
COLORANT A/G
465- SHAMPOO FOR DRY HAIR

FOR 100 Kg OF DRY HAIR SHAMPOO
WATER 64.90 Kg.
GLYCERIN 2,00 Kg.
ESSENTIAL OIL (A/G) 0,10 Kg.
COLORANT A/G
Page 412
466- SHAMPOO FOR OILY HAIR

FOR 100 Kg. OF SHAMPOO FOR OILY HAIR
WATER 59.80 Kg.
GENAPOL LR-29 (MR) 30.00 Kg.
LEMON ESSENTIAL OIL 0,20 Kg.
COLORANT A/G
467- HAIR RINSE

For the preparation of hair rinse there are different types of bases in the
market, for dry, greasy, neutral hair, etc., that is why in this formula we
only indicate approximate quantities, as a preference, depending on the
adjustments of the same to the recommendations of each one of the
manufacturers (see BASES suppliers).
FOR 100 kg HAIR RINSE
WATER 60,00 Kg.
RINSE BASE (A/G) 30.00 Kg,
COLOR AND SCENT A/G
468- CREAM BATH

For the cream baths, the same applies as for the rinses, but if you wish
to make them with Chamomile, Rosemary, etc., just substitute one kG. of
water of the formula, per one kG. of the essential oil required in each
case.
FOR 100 Kg. CREAM BATH
WATER 56,00 Kg.
BASE FOR CREAM BATH 40,00 Kg.
469- MENTHOL FOOT CREAM

You will get a moisturizing and very refreshing cream for tired and sore
feet, especially for massaging them.
Page 413
FOR 100 Kg. OF MENTHOL FOOT CREAM
SNOW PETROLATUM 69,80 Kg.
CRYSTALLIZED MENTHOL 1,00 Kg.
METHYL SALICYLATE 0.10 Kg.
MINERAL OIL 20,00 Kg.
GREEN DYE A/G
NOTE: Preheat the Snow Petrolatum and the Crystallized Menthol, as
well as the Camphor Powder, until they become liquid, then stirring well,
add the Methyl Salicylate, the Mineral Oil and the green coloring, remove
from the fire and continue stirring until it becomes like a thick cream.
470- MUSCLE FRICTIONAL

It achieves a magnificent muscular friction for athletes and anyone who
suffers from muscular pain due to exercise, blows, etc., producing an
immediate relief of the same.
FOR 100 Kg. OF MUSCLE FRICTION
LINSEED OIL 6,00 Kg.
METHYL SALICYLATE 2.00 Kg.
PARAFFINATED OIL 90,00 Kg.
471- CHINESE MENTHOL

This formula produces a menthol cream, usually called 'CHINESE
MENTOL', highly valued for its qualities for muscle pain and as a male
ejaculation retardant.
FOR 100 Kg. CHINESE MENTHOL
SNOW PETROLATUM 83.50 Kg.
NOTE: As in previous procedures, the Snow Petrolatum and Crystallized
Menthol should be preheated until they become liquid and continue as in
"MENTHOLATED FOOT CREAM".
Page 414
472- VASELIN
In spite of being a registered trademark, an excellent vaseline ointment
of great demand is obtained with the following formula: FOR 100 Kg. OF
VASELIN
SNOW PETROLATUM 85,00 Kg.
NOTE: Follow the above procedure.
473- DEPILATORY CREAM

The result is a hot depilatory cream of the type used in the best gyms
and beauty salons in the country, which also has the advantage of not
drying out the skin and because of its low melting point does not burn
the client.
FOR 100 Kg. OF DEPILATORY CREAM
SOLID WHITE PARAFFIN 50,00 Kg.
BITTER ALMOND OIL 1,00 Kg.
NOTE: Heat the kerosene in a water bath and continue the above
procedure.
474- MASSAGE CREAM

An excellent massage cream is obtained, which besides being very
relaxing, moisturizes the skin and softens it.
FOR 100 Kg. OF MASSAGE CREAM
VASELIN (SEE FORMULA) 65,00 Kg.
SWEET ALMOND OIL 0,50 Kg.
BITTER ALMOND OIL 0,50 Kg.
LINSEED OIL 0,50 Kg.
LANOLINE ANHIDRA 1,00 Kg.
475- FOR INTERNAL CLEANING OF GASOLINE ENGINES

Gasoline engines tend to form residues that stick to the engine block
Page 415
with use and despite regular oil changes,
Page 416
Therefore, it is advisable to carry out a regular internal cleaning of the
same. With this formula an oil is obtained that is packaged in plastic
gallons and when an oil change is performed, the used oil is removed,
this gallon of cleaning oil is added and the engine is run for
approximately 20 to 25 minutes, then it is removed and the new oil is
added.
FOR 100 Kg. OF OIL TO CLEAN ENGINES
MINERAL OIL 89,00 Kg.
RECINO OIL 1,00 Kg.
FATTY DYE A/G
476- RAPID GLUE FOR RUBBER, GLASS, METAL, WOOD FOR 100 Kg.
OF QUICK GLUE
AMMONIA 90,00 Kg.
ARABIC GUM POWDER 10,00 Kg.
NOTE: If the Gum Arabic is not of excellent quality, it will be difficult to
dissolve in the Ammonia, so it should be previously heated in a water
bath.
477- ANTI-PUNCTURE PASTE

With this procedure a product is obtained that, being in the rubber,
avoids the loss of air from it, when a puncture occurs. Traditionally this
product is packaged in spray cans, but it can also be applied by
removing the valve worm, introducing the product and refilling the
rubber with air, which considerably reduces the cost of the product.
FOR 100 Kg. OF "PUNCTURE AVOIDANCE" PASTE
STEP #1
GLYCERIN 30,00 Kg.
STEP #2
PASTE RESULTING FROM STEP #1 50.00 Kg.
GLYCERIN 50, 00 Kg.
NOTE: Approximately 200 grams are placed. In each tire, so 1 kG.
protects all four tires, plus the spare, preventing the latter from being
damaged.
Page 417
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES empty in the
suitcase due to lack of use.
478- METAL GLUE

The result is an excellent glue that bonds metal to metal, having the
great advantage over other products on the market that it is not attacked
by acids.
FOR 100 Kg. OF METAL GLUE
GLYCERIN 65,00 Kg.
LEAD LITHARGIUM 35,00 Kg.
479- POWDERED GLUE

This innovative glue has the advantage that only the amount of glue to
be used is prepared, thus avoiding the excess glue to harden and be
lost, it is very suitable for carpentry and furniture manufacturers.
FOR 100 Kg. OF GLUE POWDER
POTASSIUM CARBONATE 10,00 Kg.
POTASSIUM ALUMINUM POWDER 15,00 Kg.
ARABIC GUM POWDER 75,00 Kg.
480- GLASS POLISH

It is an excellent paste for cleaning glass, which leaves them shiny,
transparent and immaculate for a long time, it should be applied, let it
dry and then remove it with a dry cloth. FOR 100 Kg. OF GLASS POLISH
WATER 40.00
SODIUM CARBONATE 6,00 Kg.
POWDERED GYPSUM 24,00 Kg.
AMMONIA 6,00 Kg.
481- SEA WATER

With this formula, a very good characterization of the water is achieved.
Page 418
ideal for aquariums, baths and wave pools, making sea fish live a long
time in this water.
FOR 150 Lts. SEA WATER
WATER 150,00 Kg.
SODIUM CHLORIDE (MARINE SALT) 400.00 Kg.
POTASSIUM CHLORIDE 12,00 Grm.
MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 50,00 Grm.
CALCIUM SULPHATE 30,00 Grm.
482- COCKROACH AND CRAWLING INSECT REPELLENT (NON TOXIC)

The product is non-toxic for humans and domestic pets, but is extremely
poisonous for cockroaches and crawling insects, which are attracted to
it, exterminating them quickly, cleanly and completely. FOR 100 Kg. OF
COCKROACH REPELLENT
BORAX 60,00 Kg.
YUCCA OR POTATO SQUEEZE 40,00 Kg.
483- LUBRICANT FOR CHAINS AND PADLOCKS

This lubricant is ideal for unlocking chains and padlocks, providing
protection to mankind and rust, allowing easy use, without noise or
discomfort.
FOR 100 Kg. LUBRICANTE APRA CADENAS Y CANDADOS GRAFITO EN
POLVO 40,00 Kg.
PARAFFINATED MINERAL OIL 60,00 Kg.
484- HEAVY DUTY FLOOR WAX

A wax of extraordinary quality is obtained, far superior to those currently
available on the market, leaving the floor with a protective layer of
excellent shine, which is reactivated with a simple pass of the polishing
machine. The wax should only be used again at very spaced times. This
makes it ideal for large expanses of high traffic floors and concrete
floors, which it also serves to "cure".
Page 419
FOR 100 Kg. HEAVY-DUTY WAX
WATER 75,00 Kg.
CARNAUBA WAX 12,00 Kg.
PASTE SOAP 0,50 Kg.
PROCEDURE: The water is heated to about 70º C. The remaining
ingredients are added in the order indicated, stirring and not adding a
new product until the previous one is completely dissolved. Once all the
ingredients are dissolved, the wax is left on the fire until it boils, let it
boil for three to five minutes and remove it from the fire, stirring
occasionally until it cools down.
485- HEAVY-DUTY "RED" FLOOR WAX

A wax of the same quality as the previous one is obtained, but suitable
for "RED" colored floors (burnt, terracotta, etc.).
FOR 100 Kg. RED" FLOOR WAX
WATER 75,00 Kg.
PASTE SOAP 0,50 Kg.
FATTY RED DYE "AAA" 0,20 Kg.
PROCEDURE: Heat the kerosene in a water bath until it is liquid, add the
"RED AAA" fatty colorant and mix well, once it has a uniform color, deep
red to black, add the water and the rest of the products that should
already be dissolved and preheated as indicated in formula 52 and finish
in the same way.
486- GREEN" FLOOR WAX

TO PREPARE 100 Kg. GREEN" FLOOR WAX
WATER 75,00 Kg.
PASTE SOAP 0,50 Kg.
TREMENTINA OF PINE 6,00 Kg. GREEN COLORANT "IB" 0,20 Kg.
Page 420
NOTE: The procedure in formula 53 is followed. The nomenclatures used
for fatty dyes belong to HOECHEST, companies such as BASF, HENKEL
and BAYER have similar dyes. As these waxes are mainly sold to clinics,
hospitals, shopping centers, etc., perfume is not included, but can be
added if desired.
487- SUPER GLOSS FLOOR WAX

This is a self-glossing wax, mainly for domestic use, that leaves floors
very shiny without the use of a polisher.
FOR 100 Kg. GLOSSY AUTO FLOOR WAX
WATER 80,00 Kg.
K.L.E. WAX 15,00 Kg.
PROCEDURE: Heat the water to approximately 70ºC, add the K.L.E. wax.
and stir until it is completely dissolved, add the pine turpentine and
continue heating and stirring until it boils, remove from the heat and
stirring sporadically, let it cool.
BLOCK "B".
In this block we will study products that contain acid and/or caustic
elements in their formulation, which must be treated in a special way and
with great caution. Therefore, the following recommendations should be
followed to the letter, as well as any others expressed in the respective
formula.
I. The following recommendations indicated in block "A" are valid: II,
III. IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII AND XVIII.
II. Caustic products such as soda produces radiant heat when mixed
with water, so it is advisable to mix in dry, clean stainless steel, iron,
asbestos or concrete tanks.
III. Acid products are highly corrosive, so the use of plastic, concrete or
asbestos containers is recommended.
IV. Both caustic and acidic products are highly irritating, and therefore
the use of gloves and protective glasses is recommended.
Page 421
V. In case of acid burns, it is recommended to wash with plenty of
water.
water and apply a sodium carbonate poultice, if the burn warrants a visit
to the doctor.
VI. In case of burns with caustics, it is recommended to wash with
plenty of water and place a gauze soaked with vinegar or lemon juice, if
necessary visit the doctor.
VII. When you have to dilute sulfuric acid in water, it must be very
diluted in water.
slowly (by dripping), the acid to the water and never the opposite, as it
creates an extremely violent reaction.
VIII. Follow the instructions on the package in case of poisoning.
IX. Carefully read and apply the general recommendations in this book.
X. All products manufactured with the formulations in this block must
be packaged in plastic containers. Never use metallic containers.
488- LIQUID METAL CLEANER

This formula allows to obtain a liquid of excellent quality with which it is
possible to polish chrome, nickel, bronze, silver, gold, etc., and all kinds
of metals in which it is desired to obtain cleanliness and brightness. This
product dissolves the oxide formed on the metal surface of the objects,
while slightly polishing them.
FOR 100 Kg. OF METAL CLEANER
FATTY ACID 2,00 Kg.
FORMALDEHYDE 1,50 Kg.
ETOXIFENOL 10 (MR) 1.00 Kg.
AMMONIA 1,00 Kg.
PINE OIL (YARMOL) 0,70 Kg.
WATER 45,00 Kg.
PROCEDURE: In a suitable container add the fatty acid and
formaldehyde, raising the temperature to about 65ºC, then add the
kerosene oil stirring strongly with a wooden paddle for about five
minutes, in a separate container heat the kerosene.
Page 422
deodorized to about 70ºC and the previous mixture is added, stirring for
about ten minutes. Also heat the water with the ethoxyphenol up to
about 80ºC, pour it over the previous preparation, stirring the whole
mixture for fifteen minutes, then add the formaldehyde and the pozzolan
stone slowly, stirring for about twenty minutes, when it will acquire a
thin, viscous and totally free of lumps.mez slowly, stirring for about
twenty minutes, when it will acquire a thin, viscous and totally free of
lumps, add the pine oil and continue stirring for about ten minutes,
remove from heat and let cool.
489- SINK CLEANER

With this formula, a product similar to the most famous brands is
obtained, leaving the basins clean and without unpleasant odors,
eliminating the yellowish color deposited by the use.
FOR 100 Kg. OF SINK CLEANER
CHLORHYDRIIC ACID 8,00 Kg.
WATER 89.00 Kg.
OXALIC ACID 2,00 Kg.
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM SALT 0,50 Kg.
490- PORCELAIN CLEANER

Product for domestic use with very good results, the porcelain is clean
and shiny. Must be used with rubber gloves.
FOR 100 Kg. OF PORCELAIN CLEANER
WATER 74,50 Kg.
CHLORHYDRIIC ACID 25,00 Kg.
COLORANT A/G
491- CERAMIC CLEANER

A high quality product is produced for cleaning ceramic tiles, both for
floors and walls, leaving them perfectly clean and shiny.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CERAMIC CLEANER
WATER 90,00 Kg.
GLACIAL ACETIC ACID 8,00 KG.
Page 423
OXALIC ACID 2,00 Kg.
COLOR A/G
492- AIR CONDITIONER CLEANER

It is an excellent cleaning and polishing liquid for aluminum, is an
effective product for cleaning air conditioners, should be applied with an
atomizer or spray gun, this product removes dirt within minutes of being
applied, has the advantage of not attacking the aluminum parts, or other
metals, leaving bright honeycombs this product should be handled with
gloves.
FOR 100 Kg. OF AIR CONDITIONER CLEANER
WATER 73.25 Kg.
PHOSPHORIC ACID 20,00 Kg.
AMMONIA 6,00 Kg.
493- DESTAPADOR DE CANERIAS (CAUSTIC - LIQUID) High quality

product for the removal of organic residues in pipes in houses,
apartments, industries, etc.
FOR 100 Kg. OF PLUMBER'S PLUNGER
SODA CAUSTICA IN SCALES 50,00 Kg.
WATER 50,00 Kg.
494- DESTAPER FOR PIPES (CAUSTIC - SOLID) Product of the same

quality as the previous one but in solid presentation. FOR 100 Kg. SOLID
BOTTLE OPENER
SODA CAUSTICA IN SCALES 50,00 Kg.
495- PIPE UNCLOGGER (ACID - LIQUID)

Product with similar characteristics to the previous one, but with the
advantage that it can be used in plastic pipes, both polyethylene and
PVC. FOR 100 Kg. OF ACID-LIQUID BOTTLE OPENER
Page 424
CLOHORIDRIC ACID 30,00 Kg.
WATER 70,00 Kg.
NOTE: All plungers must be used with gloves and extreme caution.
496- RADIATOR CLEANER

With this formula a very effective liquid is obtained to remove the oxide
and dirt incrustations that are deposited in the radiator of the automobile
and that are one of the causes of overheating in them. This liquid must
be added to the radiator water and wait one hour with the engine
running, while it performs its cleaning effect, after which time the drain
valve is opened and the radiator is washed with plenty of water.
FOR 100 Kg. OF RADIATOR CLEANER
WATER 82.50 Kg.
DI ETHILEN GLYCOL 5,00 Kg.
PHOSPHORIC ACID 12,00 Kg.
497- LIQUID CONCRETE FLOOR STRIPPER

We obtain a product with high qualities to be used in the cleaning of
concrete floors in mechanic workshops, markets, garages, industries,
etc., and in very dirty floors where a deep cleaning is necessary. Easily
removes dirt that accumulates in inaccessible areas such as edges,
corners, etc.
FOR 100 Kg. FLOOR CLEANER
WATER 82.50 Kg.
CAUSTIC SODA 0,48 Kg.
TRIPOLI SODIUM PHOSPHATE 3,00 Kg.
AQUIL LAURyl ACID 1,52 Kg.
NOTE: Caustic soda and aquil lauryl acid should be carefully mixed
separately and then added to the rest of the ingredients.
498- EXTRA CAR SHAMPOO
Page 425
With this formula we obtain a product of excellent cleaning quality, not
improved in the market, of great foaming power, which facilitates the
emulsion of fatty products, ostensibly increasing its cleaning power, this
product dries easily without leaving stains on the car's paint, as well as
leaving a shiny layer that enhances the color of the paint.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CAR SHAMPOO
WATER 84.80 Kg.
SODA CÁUSTICA 2,50 Kg.
AQUIL LAURIL ACID 8,00 Kg.
SODIUM SULPHATE 0,40 Kg.
COCONUT AMINE 1,00 Kg.
PERFUME AND COLORING A/G
499- INTERNAL CARBURETOR CLEANER

This is a product that removes both gasoline stains and carbon
deposited in carburetors. This liquid should be kept tightly capped to
prevent the aromatic components of the mixture from becoming volatile.
When it has to be used for every four parts of the product add one part
of water, the upper part of water avoids the evaporation of the product.
FOR 100 Kg. OF CARBURETOR CLEANER
ETHER DI METALLIC CHLORINE 48,00 Kg.
FATTY ACID 4,50 Kg.
AMINA PRIMARIA 5,50 Kg.
500- DENIQUELATOR
When an object is to be nickel plated for the second time, it is always
better to remove the old nickel layer first, as it does not adhere well to a
layer of the same metal. This product performs a perfect removal of the
old nickel, leaving the piece ready for a new layer.
FOR 100 Kg. OF STRIPPER
SULPHURIC ACID 40,00 Kg.
Page 426
NITRIC ACID 10,00 Kg.
WATER 50,00 Kg.
501- FREEZING
Some companies need to freeze products violently for their preservation
(meat processors, fish processors, etc.), and many of them do not have
ammonia or dry ice systems. This procedure achieves a violent thermal
reaction that freezes the product in a matter of minutes, and is also very
appropriate for the manufacture of ice cream.
PRODUCT "A
SULPHURIC ACID 100,00 Kg.
PRODUCT "B".
SODIUM SULPHATE 200,00 Kg.
PROCEDURE: In a suitable container, preferably made of stainless steel
or iron, place the sulfuric acid in which the container containing the
product to be frozen is placed, being very careful not to allow the acid to
penetrate inside the container. It is left to stand for two to three minutes
so that the heat that has been produced dissipates and the sodium
sulfate is added to the sulfuric acid, producing a thermal reaction that
will freeze the contents of the second container in a few minutes. After a
certain time, the acid will return to its normal temperature and can be
cooled again by adding more sodium sulfate.
DISINFECTANTS AND AIR FRESHENERS
502- DISINFECTANT LAVENDER AIR FRESHENER:

Disinfectant products with strong fragrance such as Lavender, Mistolin,
etc.
WATER 94.8 Lts.
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM SALT 4.0 Kg.
16 MOL. MONYL PHENOL. 0.5 Lts.
BITTER ALMOND ESSENTIAL OIL 0,1 Lts.
FORMALDEHYDE 0,2 Lts.
PROCEDURE: Heat water to 70º C and add Quaternary Ammonium Salts,
in a separate container mix over the water, while stirring gently, pack
immediately to avoid evaporation.
Page 427
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATES of perfume. Add
vegetable coloring to taste.
503- FLORAL AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT:

Strongly fragranced disinfectant products such as Lavansan, Mistolin,
etc.
WATER 94.8 Lts.
QUATERNARY AMMONIA SALT 4.0 Kg.
MIL FLORES ESSENTIAL OIL 0,125 Lts.
ROSE ESSENTIAL OIL 0,125 Lts.
ESSENTIAL OIL JASMIN 0,125 Lts.
GADERNIA ESSENTIAL OIL 0,125 Lts.
MONYL PHENOL 16 MOL. 0.5 Lts.
FORMADEHYDE 0,1 Lts.
immediately to avoid evaporation of the perfume. Add vegetable coloring
to taste.
504- DISINFECTANT LEMON AIR FRESHENER:

Strongly fragranced disinfectant products such as Lavansan, Mistolin,
etc.
WATER 94.8 Lts.
APPLE ESSENTIAL OIL 0,5 Lts.
CUMARIN AHIDRA 0,1 Kg.
PROCEDURE: Heat the water to 70º C and add Quaternary Ammonium
Salts, in a separate container mix over the water, while stirring gently,
pack immediately to avoid evaporation of the perfume. Add vegetable
coloring to taste.
505- DISINFECTANT APPLE AIR FRESHENER:

Disinfectant products with strong fragrance such as Lavansan, Mistolin,
Page 428
etc.
WATER 94.8 Lts.
APPLE ESSENTIAL OIL 0,5 Lts.
CUMARIN AHIDRA 0,1 Lts.
immediately to avoid evaporation of the perfume. Add vegetable coloring
to taste.
506- CITRONELLA DISINFECTANT AIR FRESHENER:

It is a disinfectant especially suitable for cleaning in places with strong
odors such as urinals, public toilets, kennels, etc.. It is also used for
astrological purposes in the houses of the branch.
WATER 79,5 Lts.
PURE CITRONELLA OIL 0,8 Lts.
TRIETHANOLAMINE 0,5 Lts.
DEORODIZED KEROSENE 20,0 Lts.
PROCEDURE: Mix Citronella, Triethanolamine, Kerosene and
Formaldehyde, mix slowly and add to water previously heated to about
70º C., mix the ingredients and pack quickly to avoid evaporation of the
perfume.
507- PINE AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT:

Disinfectant of great germicidal power based on Pine Oil, type Pinolin,
Pinesol, etc.
WATER 69,2 Lts.
YARMOL PINE OIL 405 20,0 Lts.
PINE TREMENTINE 5,0 Lts.
TRIETHANOLAMINE 5,0 Lts.
ESSENTIAL OIL OF PINE 5,0 Lts.
GREY AMBER ESSENTIAL OIL 0,1 Lts.
FORMALDEHYDE 0.2 Lts.
PROCEDURE: Mix the pine oil, the turpentine, the
Page 429
Triethanolamine, essential oils and Formaldehyde are slowly mixed and
added to water previously heated to about 70º C., the ingredients are
mixed and quickly bottled to avoid evaporation of the perfume.
508- CITRONELLA AIR FRESHENER DISINFECTANT (OTHER

FORMULA):
Disinfectant of great germicidal power based on Pine Oil, type Pinolin,
Pinesol, etc.
WATER 97.8 Lts.
AMBER GREY ESSENTIAL OIL 0,1 Lts.
FORMALDEHYDE 1.0 Lts.
PURE CITRONELLA OIL 1,0 Lts.
PROCEDURE: Preheat the water to 70º C., add the other ingredients,
stirring constantly, and when everything has formed a homogeneous
liquid, proceed to packaging.
509- MULTIPURPOSE DISINFECTANT:

A powerful multipurpose disinfectant Creolina type of strong bactericidal
power is obtained.
CRESYL ACID 30.0 Lts.
RICIN OIL 16,0 Lts.
OLEIC ACID 4,5 Kg.
CAUSTIC SODA 0,5 Kg.
WATER 44.5 Kg.
PROCEDURE: Mix the acids and the oil, dissolve the caustic soda in the
water, heat both the first and the second mixture to about 40º and join
them together, let them cool and mix them.
510- BATHROOM FRESHENER, LAVENDER:

A magnificent air freshener tablet is produced and placed in the
bathroom, either in a plastic box or simply with a wire.
PARADICLORO BENCENE 98.0 Kg.
LAVENDER ESSENTIAL OIL 2,0 Kg.
Page 430
VEGETABLE VIOLET DYE A/G
PROCEDURE: Melt the Paradichloro Benzene in a Bain Marie, being
careful not to breathe its vapors, add the essential oil and place it in the
molds, if wire is going to be placed for its fastening, it should be placed
at that moment. Cover and allow to solidify. Once solid, wrap in
cellophane or polypropylene paper.
511- FLORAL BATH FRESHENER:

MIL FLORES ESSENTIAL OIL 11,0 Kg.
ROSE ESSENTIAL OIL 3.0 Kg.
GARDENIA ESSENTIAL OIL 3,0 Kg.
JASMIN ESSENTIAL OIL 3,0 Kg.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
careful not to breathe its vapors, add it to the essential oil and place it in
the molds, if wire is going to be placed for its fastening, it should be
placed at that moment. Cover and allow to solidify. Once solid, wrap in
512- LEMON BATH FRESHENER:

LEMON ESSENTIAL OIL 1,7 Kg.
CITRONELLA ESSENTIAL OIL 0,3 Kg.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
Page 431
513- APPLE BATH FRESHENER:
APPLE ESSENTIAL OIL 2,0 Kg.
514- GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH LAVENDER

SPRAY:
It is an excellent air freshener, like those used in sprays, for perfuming
social and closed areas in general.
WATER 88.0 Lts.
DENATURALIZED ALCOHOL 99% 10, Lts.
PROCEDURE: Mix the denatured ALCOHOL and the lavender essential
oil beforehand, then add this mixture to the water.
515- GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH FLORAL

SPRAY:
WATER 88.0 Lts.
DENATURALIZED ALCOHOL 99% 10.0 Lts.
MIL FLORES ESSENTIAL OIL 1,0 Lts.
ROSE ESSENTIAL OIL 5,0 Lts.
JASMIN ESSENTIAL OIL 5,0 Lts.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
PROCEDURE: The denatured ALCOHOL and the essential oils are mixed
previously, then this mixture is added to the water.
Page 432
516- GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH LEMON

SPRAY:
WATER 88.0 Lts.
CITRONELLA ESSENTIAL OIL 5,0 Lts.
ESSENTIAL OIL BITTER ALMOND 1,0 Lts.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
517- GENERAL AIR FRESHENER TO BE APPLIED WITH APPLE

SPRAYER:
It is an excellent air freshener, like those used in spray, to perfume
WATER 88.0 Lts.
APPLE ESSENTIAL OIL 1.9 Lts.
ESSENTIAL OIL BITTER ALMOND 1,0 Lts.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
518- LAVENDER AIR FRESHENER STICK FOR VEHICLES:

The result is an excellent air freshener that, when packaged in
appropriate cloth bags, perfumes the vehicle and lasts for a long time.
ASERRIN 10,0 Kg.
LIQUID LAUNDRY AIR FRESHENER 3,0 Lts.
PROCEDURE: Sawdust must be chosen well dry and of wood with little
odor, it can also be dried by hot air injection, once it is well dry it is
sprayed with the air freshener atomizer and it is proceeded to be packed
in cloth bags, which later will be introduced in hermetically closed
Cellophane or Polypropylene bags.Once it is well dried, it is sprayed
with the air freshener atomizer and it is packed in cloth bags, which will
be later introduced in hermetically sealed Cellophane or Polypropylene
Page 433
bags, which will only be opened to place the air freshener in the vehicle.
Page 434
519- FLORAL VEHICLE BAR FRESTER: WATER 10.00 Kg.

GENERAL FLORAL AIR FRESHENER 3.00 Lts.
520- LEMON: SAWBER 10.00 kg.

GENERAL LEMON AIR FRESHENER 3,00 Lts.
521- AIR FRESHENER BASE

A strawberry-scented air freshener base is obtained, ideal for air
fresheners and disinfectants.
WATER 88.00 Lts.
STRAWBERRY ESSENTIAL OIL 1,8 Lts.
BITTER ALMOND ESSENTIAL OIL 0.1 Lts.
VEGETABLE DYE A/G
PROCEDURE:
Same D. 76
Page 435
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
++++++++
150 FORMULAS FOR FOODSTUFFS
In this block we will see some formulas for food products, because they
require sanitary registration for their free commercialization, we will only
deal here with those that have a massive sale at domestic level and that
must follow the following recommendations.
I. All recommendations from block "A" are valid for this block.
II. Since these are food products, the utmost hygiene must be observed
in their preparation.
III. All materials in contact with the product must be made of
Polyethylene, PET, Toxic PVC, Stainless Steel, Sanitary Aluminum or
Wood.
IV. All raw materials to be used must be U.S.P. grade. i.e. food grade.
V. Operators involved in the processing of the product must wear a hat
and maintain absolute cleanliness and hygiene to avoid contamination
of the products.
VI. When a formula contains Carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), it must be
previously mixed with a similar amount of sugar, to prevent it from
forming lumps.
VII. When using natural fruit pulp, choose the fruits, avoiding damaged
parts or worms.
VIII. If you wish to engage seriously in the manufacture of food
products, we recommend that you contact your nearest office of the
Page 436
Ministry of Health, in order to be informed of the requirements you need
to apply for your sanitary registration.
001- THYME OIL (For roasts and meat stews)
Ingredients:
For a 1 L bottle
3 bay leaves
1 tablespoon of black peppercorns
1 tablespoon of salt
1 l of oil
Procedure:
Clean the herbs with cellulose paper, but do not wash them.
Crush them lightly with a mortar and pestle and put them in a wide-
mouthed jar,
previously sterilized, sprinkling them with medium-grain salt.
Fill about ¾ parts of the jar in this way
Add the oil, making sure it covers them 2-3 cm and cover hermetically.
Place in a sunny place for 20 days.
Filter and transfer to bottles, placing a twig inside.
It is advisable to use olive oil with 0.4 degrees of acidity.
Tags: edible oil, seasonings
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
002- BASIL OIL (For salads)

Ingredients:
For a ½ l bottle
25 grams of fresh basil
1 teaspoon salt
½ l of oil
Procedure:
Page 437
mouthed jar, previously sterilized, sprinkling them with medium-grain
salt.
Add the oil, making sure that it covers them 2-3 cm and cover
hermetically.
Etiquetas: aceite comestible, aderezos
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
003- FIVE AROMAS OIL (For salads and marinades) Ingredients:

For a 1 liter bottle
3 sprigs of fresh basil
1 l of oil
Procedure:
salt.
Page 438
Tags: edible oil, dressings, dressings
Etiquetas: aceite comestible, aderezos
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
004- OREGANO OIL (For roasts and meat stews) Ingredients:

For a ½ l bottle
1 tablespoon of fresh or dried savory
2 bay leaves
½ l of oil
Procedure:
salt.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
005- RECIPES FOR FLAVORED OILS

Crush them lightly with a mortar and pestle and put them in a jar.
sterilized, sprinkling them with medium-grain salt.
Page 439
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
006-- GARLIC AND PARSLEY BUTTER
Yield: approximately 95 g
Ingredients:
• 90 g unsalted butter
• 4 medium garlic cloves
• 1 small bunch of parsley
Utensils:
• 1.5 l saucepan
• Chopping board
• Knife with edge
Procedure:
1 Thoroughly wash and disinfect the parsley and garlic cloves (with
peel).
2 Place the butter in the saucepan over low heat to melt.
3 In the meantime, finely chop the garlic and let it rest. Finely chop the
parsley and set aside.
4 Once the butter is melted, turn up the heat and add the garlic, leaving
it in the pan.
cook for approximately three minutes. Then add the parsley and cook
for one more minute.
5 Remove from heat and pour into a sterilized glass jar. Cover and leave
Page 440
cool
at room temperature. As it cools, shake gently with a
spoon so that the garlic and parsley are evenly distributed in the butter.
Conservation:
Garlic paste should be kept tightly closed in the refrigerator.
Expiration:
This product has a shelf life of three months.
Recommendations:
If desired, add more garlic or onion.
It is important to cook the garlic first to soften the flavor.
You can spread a portion of the dough on a baguette and bake it in the
oven at
180°C or at
electric oven for approximately 4 minutes. It is very tasty if
place
top with a slice of aged cheese such as gruyere or chihuahua.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
*************************
007- THYME OIL (For roasts and meat stews)
Ingredients:
o 6 sprigs of fresh or dried thyme

o 4 sprigs of fresh rosemary
o 3 bay leaves
o 1 tablespoon of black peppercorns
o 1 tablespoon of salt
o 1 l of oil
Procedure:
Page 441
sterilized and sprinkled with medium-grain salt.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
008- BASIL OIL

(For salads)
Ingredients:
For a ½ l bottle
25 grams of fresh basil
1 teaspoon salt
½ l of oil
Procedure:
Crush them lightly with a mortar and pestle and put them into a jar of
wide mouth, previously sterilized, sprinkling them with medium-grain
salt.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
Page 442
**************************
009- FIVE AROMAS OIL (For salads and marinades) Ingredients:

3 sprigs of fresh basil
o 1 l of oil
Procedure:
sterilized and sprinkled with medium-grain salt.
It is advisable to use olive oil with 0.4 degree of acidity.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
010- VINEGAR WITH HERBS (For salads and marinades)
Ingredients for a 1 L bottle

o 3 sprigs of fresh or dried oregano
o 3 sprigs of fresh mint
Page 443
o 3 sprigs of strawberry basil
o 1 lemon
o 1 cloves of spice
o 1 l vinegar
Procedure
Clean the herbs with cellulose paper, but DO NOT WASH THEM. Crush
them lightly in a mortar to release the essence and put them in a
Wash, brush and dry the lemon, peel half of the rind and add it to the
herbs. Add also the two cloves.
In an enameled or stainless steel pan, heat the vinegar, without letting it
boil, and pour it over the herbs.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
011- OREGANO OIL (For roasts and meat stews)
Ingredients:
For a ½ l bottle
o 6 sprigs of fresh or dried oregano

o 1 tablespoon of fresh or dried savory
o 2 bay leaves
o 1 tablespoon of salt
o ½ l of oil
Procedure:
salt.
Page 444
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
012- ROSEMARY VINEGAR (For pork and lamb stews)
Ingredients for a 1 L bottle

o 3 bay leaves
o 1 tablespoon black pepper or peppercorns
o 1 l vinegar
Procedure
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
013- VINEGARS WITH AROMATIC HERBS

BASIC RECIPE FOR VINEGARS WITH AROMATIC HERBS
Page 445
Clean the herbs with cellulose paper, but DO NOT WASH THEM. Crush
them lightly in a mortar to release the essence and place them in a
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
014- RECIPES FOR FLAVORED OILS
Crush them lightly with a mortar and pestle and put them into a jar of
wide mouth, previously sterilized, sprinkling them with medium-grain
salt.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
015- RECIPE TO INCREASE ENERGY

some recipes aimed at stimulating potency and overcoming problems
related to this aspect of our physical body:
Breakfast to overcome impotence
Page 446
Ingredients:
- Milk
- Peeled almonds (soak them in water at night and peel them in the
morning.
comes out like a sock)
- Cardamom
- Honey
Preparation:
Blend it all together and drink it in the morning before any other food.
Wait 4 hours to consume something again, that is, if you drink it at 6:00
a.m., you will have to wait 4 hours to
In the morning, at ten o'clock you can eat the beans, eggs or fruit that
you usually eat for breakfast.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
016- TRINITY OF ROOTS, SAFFRON AND WALNUTS

This recipe is to be more solid, to have more resistance, strong nerves.
and it is also very good for semen.
Ingredients:
- Onion
- Ginger
- Garlic
- Saffron
Page 447
- Pistachios
- Almonds
Preparation:
Fry the onion, ginger and garlic in a 3:2:1 ratio (as a pyramid in the
the base is onion, followed by ginger and the tip is garlic). One night
before
soak a maximum of 15 saffron strips in milk, a maximum of 50 pistachio
nuts
and 40 almonds (remember to peel the almonds using the above
procedure),
leaving it overnight. Remember that garlic, onion and ginger are the
trinity.
of roots, the trident of life. Then blend it all together with a little honey,
use leftover milk or new milk instead of water for the blender. Finally,
spread the resulting pastry on toasted bread.
* The ancient Yogis recommended that this should be eaten only once a
week.
week, NO MORE. It is an extremely powerful food; it is recommended to
be taken
on Sundays so that you can play, run, exercise and it can be digested.
and the unsub. This meal should be taken with milk.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
017- LEAF, SAFFRON AND PISTACHIOS
The third recipe is very simple as well as tasty.
Ingredients:
- Saffron
Page 448
- Pistachios
- Silver and gold leaf (available in Indian goods stores; they are used in
the following products
(they are excellent antibacterials, among other wonders).
Preparation:
At low flame boil milk until the water evaporates and the milk is dense, at
this point
milk we call hoia. Then you add 15 strips of saffron, just enough to
to turn golden brown; then pistachios, a quarter of the weight of the milk
and honey one
eighth of the weight of the milk. Finally you add gold and silver leaf.
* Do not eat everything you prepare; eat it little by little over several
days, because this
is also a powerful food. If you do not find the silver and gold leaves do
not
It doesn't matter, you can take the recipe while you get them.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
018- GOLDEN FIGS AND MONODIET OF FIGS WITH YOGURT
Ingredients:
-Figs
- Yogurt
Put 20 to 25 fresh figs in a blender with yogurt. Figs should be

to be fresh, one cup of yogurt for 10 to 15 figs is the measure. You can
make
this diet for 7 to 10 days. In the scriptures it says that if there is any
Page 449
problem
sexual or nervous system, this diet makes it all up. This is a mono-diet,
which means that you only eat this and nothing else.
019- VERY RICH AND SOPHISTICATED RECIPE FOR EATING FIGS
At night soak saffron (15 strips) in milk and in the morning blend it.
to the point where you can get it into a syringe; then fill the syringe
with the milk and inject it into a good ripe fig. Do the same with all the
figs you want and put them in the refrigerator. Eat three a day, no more.
One in
morning, another in the afternoon and the last one in the evening. You
can eat them as long as
you want, it depends on your economy. This golden fig recipe offers you
the possibility of purifying the essence of your prana through saffron.
This recipe
was originally given to men, although women can also use it.
take. Saffron is concentrated heat in an herb, it is not a game. It is
energy
atomic as far as human strength is concerned. These recipes using
saffron
are contained in the ancient scriptures and were successfully used by
many men over thousands of years for health, vigor, happiness,
skin problems, hair problems, aging and senility.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
AFRODISIACOS
020- AFRODISIA REMEDY #1: Boil, for twenty minutes, in
Page 450
one liter
the peels of two oranges and one lemon Add three tablespoons of water
of hops and let it boil for three minutes. Turn off the heat and mix
with a little honey. Cover and allow to cool to temperature.
environmental. It is recommended to drink this beverage three or four
times a day.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
021- AFRODISIA REMEDY #2: Another recipe also with the same
purpose
consists of boiling for 45 minutes, in one liter of water, two tablespoons
of
oatmeal and 100 grams of raisins. Add honey to taste. Let it rest and a
Once cold, add the juice of two lemons. It is advisable to drink two
glasses a day
at night or in the morning
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
022- AFRODISIA REMEDY #3: It is also a good idea to prepare a soup

with a handful of mint leaves, ½ cup of water, 200 g of mushrooms and a
tablespoon
tablespoon of ginger powder. These ingredients are great enhancers of
sexual energy. The preparation consists of making an infusion with mint
in a quart of a liter of
water. Then, while letting this infusion steep, dry the mushrooms and the
ginger in the remaining water over low heat for about 15 minutes.
infusion of mint has rested, we strain it and add it to the ginger cooking.
and mushrooms. Mix well and add salt and oil to taste.
Page 451
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
023- Aphrodisiac Remedy #4::It is very famous the passion lichor as a

This aphrodisiac should be elaborated with 1 cinnamon stick, 10 coffee
beans,
10 cloves,1 handful of rosemary l of sweet wine All of these ingredients
all the ingredients must be placed in a jar for 9 days for its
maceration. After that time, it should only be strained.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
024- AFRODISIA REMEDY # 5: For 40 days, drink in the morning and in

the evening.
the night the herbal tea obtained by mixing 6 parts of savory, 2 parts of
rosemary,
2 of
mint and 2 of verbena. 1 tablespoon of mixture per cup of water
(impotence),
frigidity).
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
025- AFRODISIA REMEDY #6: Prepare a concentrated decoction with

savory
and Greek hay equal parts. Rub the spinal cord with a towel well
soaked in this liquid (impotence, frigidity).
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
Page 452
026- Aphrodisiac Remedy #7: Make perfect love liqueur with 2 liters of
water.
of grappa or grappa marc, 40 grams of lemon peel, 30 grams of thyme,
15 grams of cinnamon,
10 gr of vanilla, 10 gr of coriander, 10 gr of mace. Macerating the
substances
for 15 days in the pomace and add a sugar syrup made with 2 kg of
sugar.
of cane or honey per 1 liter of water. Mix and filter (aphrodisiac).
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
027- Aphrodisiac Remedy #8: Prepare aphrodisiac wine. To do so, you

must
Leave 30 grams of vanilla to macerate for 15 days in 1 liter of Malaga
type wine,
30 g cinnamon, 30 g g ginseng root, 30 g rhubarb. Filter and add
15 drops of amber tincture (optional)1-2 teaspoons per day.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
028- AFRODISIA REMEDY #9: In a mixture made with 1 liter of red wine
and 25 gr of alcohol, macerate for 9 days 8 gr of cinnamon, 1 gr of
ginger,
1/2 gr of chewed walnut, 1/2 gr of eugenia (cloves), 0.25 gr of bitter
orange peel.
Add 150 gr of brown sugar, stirring the mixture well.base, using
oleomacerates of aloe and calendula in equal parts. When they are cold,
add 50 drops of aloe tincture and 50 drops of witch hazel tincture per 100
g of cream.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
Page 453
**************************
029- Aphrodisiac Remedy #10: Prepare a juice with a slice of pineapple,

half a radish,, a lemon, an orange, a sprig of parsley a spoonful of pollen
of flowers, half a tablespoon of brewer's yeast and half a cup of water.
To this end,
the orange and lemon juices must be extracted separately and then
mixed together
with the rest of the ingredients, which must be previously liquefied. Take
the juice daily for one month.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
030- Aphrodisiac Remedy #11 Mix 7 teaspoons of pollen and 7

teaspoons of honey.
Stir until a homogeneous paste is formed. This preparation should be
taken,
preferably in the morning, for two weeks. Not recommended for
diabetic or overweight people.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
031- Aphrodisiac Remedy #12 Prepare a juice with a slice of watermelon,

the juice of two lemons, a teaspoon of honey in a glass of water. To this
end, the
should cut, remove the seeds and peel the watermelon. Place the pieces
in a
container and pour water. Let stand for 5 minutes. Remove the water
from the container and place the pieces in the extractor with the juice of
the lemons.
and honey. Shake and serve with ice. This juice, which is considered to
be a
Page 454
aphrodisiac also counteracts fluid retention and facilitates digestion.
Take three times a week, preferably in the morning.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
032- AFRODISIA REMEDY #13 Cut a large tomato into slices and place
them in a bowl.
on a toast of bread which is seasoned with chopped garlic and olive oil.
Finally,
Sprinkle with a teaspoon of ground cumin. Eating preferably in the
evening.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
033- AFRODISIA REMEDY #14 Take a sage bath because, in addition to

stimulants are considered aphrodisiacs. To do this, you must add three
branches
of this plant to the hot water of the bath tub and wait for 10 minutes.
It is then introduced into the water.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
034- AFRODISIA REMEDY #15 Take a bath every three days with a
mixture of
70 milliliters sweet almond oil, 15 drops of sandalwood essence and 8
drops
of jasmine essence. Prepare the bathtub and add two tablespoons of this
preparation.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
Page 455
035- AFRODYSIA REMEDY #16 Practice exercises on the muscles

located at
pelvis. For this purpose, you should lie down on the floor and contract
the muscles of
this area and then relax them for a few seconds. Repeat the process
twenty times. With this
exercise improves nerve activity and promotes blood circulation.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
036- AFRODISIA REMEDY #17 Take an infusion of lemon balm and

vanilla. For this purpose
should be placed in a container, one tablespoon of dried lemon balm
leaves and one tablespoon of dried lemon balm leaves and one
tablespoon of dried lemon balm leaves.
of crushed vanilla. Add a cup of boiling water, and let stand for a few
minutes.
minutes. Then, strain and add 1 teaspoon of honey. Take preferably at
night.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
037- AFFRODISIA REMEDY #18 Take equal parts of savory, cinnamon

stick and
raspberry leaves. Place 1 tablespoon of this mixture in a cup of water.
Boil
for 5 minutes, let stand and strain. Drink on an empty stomach, two
glasses a day, in
short and discontinuous periods.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
038- APHRODISIAC RECIPE WITH NUTMEG

The aphrodisiac recipe attributed to Casanova consisted of a drink to
Page 456
basis of
chocolate, nutmeg, ginger and cinnamon.
Ingredients:
1/2 chocolate tablet
A cinnamon stick
Half teaspoon nutmeg
A little grated ginger
In water or simmering milk, place the chocolate slab.

wait for it to melt, stir to melt the chocolate, remove from heat
Add cinnamon, nutmeg and ginger, wait a few minutes and drink.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
039- APHRODISIAC RECIPE WITH DAMIANA 1

Damiana is one of the most potent aphrodisiac plants in existence.
She gradually earned the nickname of being good for sexual motivation.
Now
has become one of the most widespread and effective natural
invigorators.
One of its main characteristics is that it has a direct diuretic effect, but
also provokes excitement in the whole sexual area, helping
It also awakens the erogenous appetite of the people who consume it.
One of the main points of interest of damiana is that it acts very quickly.
on the organism, taking effect a little less than half an hour after being
consumed.
Although its effect tends to be much more potent on men, it also works
well on women.
It is also very easy to prepare a good aphrodisiac infusion of damiana.
You should simply take its leaves (about 10, 15 grams per half liter of
Page 457
water) and boil them for five minutes. Then let it stand for about 15 more
minutes and strain. Remember
which has no delayed effect, so you can do it for a while before you
consider
that the time is right.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
040- APHRODISIAC RECIPE WITH NUTMEG AND WINE

Nutmeg used as an aphrodisiac herb. Has invigorating properties
and amphetamines, but should be used with caution,
as it can generate psychotropic effects and even muscular paralysis. But
used in
can be of great help to anyone who wishes to obtain a better quality of
life.
extra quota of sexual vigor.
Ingredients:
One liter of red wine
A cinnamon stick
Half teaspoon nutmeg
Two or three cloves
A little grated ginger
Brown sugar
Preparation:
Place all the ingredients inside the wine bottle to achieve a
maceration. This preparation should remain in this state for about

10 or 15 days, remembering to stir well every day so that the sugar
Page 458
1000-Chemical Formulations does not remain
parked at the bottom.
When the time comes, do not forget to filter the preparation and drink
this natural aphrodisiac, to get that share of energy you were missing.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
FRESH WATER
041- HORCHATA CONCENTRATE

(Yield: 500 ml)
Ingredients:
· 2 ½ cups sugar
· 2 cups parboiled rice
· 2 tablespoons rice flour or peeled almonds
· ¼ tablespoon of ground cinnamon
· 1 tablespoon vanilla
· ½ cup boiled water
Utensils:
· Blender or food processor

· Sterilized bottle with lid
· Adhesive label
· Stainless steel soup spoon
Procedure:
1. Mix the sugar with the water and heat it over high heat until it
becomes
form a syrup (approximately 10 minutes).
2. The rice flour is added to the syrup and once incorporated, the
cooked rice is added.
Page 459
3. Then, remove from the heat and grind all the ingredients (along with
the
cinnamon and vanilla) in the blender.
The concentrate is poured into the sterilized bottle with a capacity of 500
ml, capped and labeled with the name of the product, date of preparation
and expiry date. The product should be stored in a cool, dry and dark
place.
Expiration:
The concentrate obtained by this technology has a shelf life of one year;
once the bottle is opened, it is best to keep it refrigerated.
Nutritional contribution:
Rice is a very complete cereal. It is a good source of starch (provides

calories), and because it is rich in minerals such as sodium and
potassium, it helps maintain blood glucose levels.
Interesting fact:
Rice (Oryza sativa) is grown in the tropics where rain and light are
abundant.
Although there are several rice varieties adapted to a wide range of soil
conditions, there are also
of environmental conditions.
Rice has been the main food of Asian countries since ancient times, as it
has been the main source of food in the region.
were the first to cultivate it and to show it to the world, being the main
producers China and Japan.
Benefits:
By making your concentrate yourself, you ensure the quality and

hygiene of the concentrate.
Page 460
product.
Recommendations:
· Rice is soaked for 10 to 15 minutes, drained and cooked with the same
amount of water.
of water, over low heat and covered, removing from the heat once the
water has been consumed.
· One cup of uncooked sponge rice to 2 cups of parboiled rice.
· To prepare horchata water, add 1 cup of the concentrate per liter of
water, or;
to your liking.
· When preparing the horchata water also add 1 or 2 cups of pasteurized
milk or
1 evaporated.
Alternative ingredients:
- Horchata concentrates can be prepared from the seeds of melon and

the wheat or rye sprouts, using 2 cups of cooked rice for 2 cups of
melon seeds or sprouts
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
042- CHAYA WATER
Ingredients:
Chaya leaves,
Sugar
Water
1 Lemon
Ice
Mode of preparation:
Page 461
Wash the chaya leaves very well and blend with water and sugar to taste.
Serve well chilled or
with ice. You can also add ice to the liquefier to have a "frappé" drink.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
043- CUCUMBER WATER
Ingredients:
2 l/2 liters of water

3 cucumbers (400 g) without peel
4 lemons (135 g)
120 g sugar
Sweeten the water with the sugar in a pitcher. Squeeze the juice of the
lemons over the water.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
044- CARROT WATER
Ingredients:
Orange juice: 15 ml.

Carrot: 4 gr.
Sugar: 15 grs.
Water: 240 mls
Cut the carrots and blend them with a little orange juice, add the sugar
and
Page 462
add the rest of the orange juice. I blended very well and then added the
water.
remaining.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
************************** 045- ALFALFA, LEMON AND PINEAPPLE WATER
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients:
2 cups of alfalfa
3 seedless lemons, juice
4 fresh pineapple slices
1 cup of ice
2 tablespoons corn honey
4 mint or spearmint buds
½ cup water
1 lemon sliced
Procedure:
Mix the alfalfa, together with the lemon juice, pineapple, ice cubes, corn
syrup, mint and
water.
If necessary, add a little more water. Serve in long glasses; garnish with
mint leaves and lemon slices.
Note: You can prepare the water with everything and the peel of the
lemons. The taste will be slightly bitter.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
046- CITRUS WATER WITH SPEARMINT
Page 463
Ingredients:
1/3 cup mint leaves, cleaned and chopped

the juice of 2 lemons
1/3 finely grated lemon peel
1/2 cup orange juice
120 g sugar
2 1/2 liters of water
In a cup of water boil the mint to make a tea.

Dissolve very well the
sugar in the remaining water. Add the peppermint tea beforehand
strained. Add the
orange juice and lemon juice, together with the zest. Thoroughly mix the
ingredients and serve with ice.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
047- APPLE, CELERY AND PINEAPPLE WATER
Ingredients:
Pineapple in regular chunks: 2 cups
Water: 2 cups
red apples: 2 pcs.
Sugar: 1/2 cup.
Celery: 1 stalk
The apples are quartered, cored, and placed in a bowl.

blender with a little water.
Page 464
Add the celery and pineapple little by little, incorporate the sugar and
blend very well adding the water.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
048- HIBISCUS WATER
Ingredients:
100 grs. of dried hibiscus flower

2 liters of water
Sugar to taste
Ice cubes
Put the hibiscus flower in a strainer and wash well under running water.
The washed flower is put in two liters of water and boiled for about 15
minutes.
In a little water. Allow to cool and add to the rest of the water, strain and
discard.
the flowers and add sugar to taste.
Add some ice cubes and leave it in the refrigerator.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
049- MANGO WATER
Ingredients:
Page 465
8 cups of water
2 cups of mango pulp sugar to taste
ice to taste
Blend the mango with two cups of water, strain the mixture and add the
rest of the water, dilute well and add the sugar, ice and stir.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
050- GREEN FRESH WATER
Ingredients:
6 cups of water
1 lemon
2 celery stick
Branches of alfalfa
½ cup sugar
In a blender, place the water with the halved and seeded lemon, the
celery, the
alfalfa and sugar, blend, strain and serve.
Note: If you do not want the lemon to become bitter, remove all the white
skin, which is what it does.
in beverages that become bitter after a while.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
Page 466
051- STRAWBERRY WATER
(Disinfect the strawberries well)
Ingredients:
8 cups of water
1 1/2 cups sugar
1 can of condensed milk
ice to taste
Remove the stalk from the strawberries and wash them under running
water. Immediately, mix them with the milk
Add the mixture to the rest of the water and stir well.
Add the desired amount of ice
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
052- GREEN LEMON WATER
Ingredients:
8 cups of water
1 cup sugar
2 ice cube cups
the peel of 10 lemons finely grated
the juice of 10 lemons (1 cup)
Put the water and sugar in a large pitcher and stir until the sugar
becomes
dissolve. Add the lemon peel and stir. Add the juice of the lemons, the
cubes
ice and mix well.
Page 467
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
053- APPLE WATER
Ingredients:
360 grams of apples

3 liter of water
3/4 cup sugar or to taste depending on the sweetness of the apples.
Wash the apples and cut them into quarters. Place the water and the
sliced apples in a pot and boil for about fifteen minutes until the apples
are cooked.
Remove from the heat, remove the apples from the water and let them
cool. Then, we blend the apples with a little water from the pot. Add this
puree to the pot and stir.
Finally, we strain the water and place it in jars where we will sweeten it.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
054- LEMON WATER WITH HERBERRY (6 servings)
Ingredients:
1/2 cup sugar 5 lemons
Page 468
6 cups of water
3/4 cup mint leaves Ice
Dissolve the sugar in the water, add the lemon, half an hour before
serving with ice,
add the mint so that it releases its flavor and enjoy it, you can add a few
drops of liquid chlorophyll to further enhance the flavor.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
055- POMEGRANATE WATER
Ingredients:
2 or 3 grenades
3/4 cup sugar
1 liter of water
Peel the pomegranates and blend them with the sugar (strain). Pour the
water into a pitcher and pour the
pomegranate juice, taste of sugar and ready. Serve well chilled
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
056- OATMEAL WATER (2)
One of the benefits of taking oatmeal is its high chromium content, as

this is the main source of chromium.
Page 469
helps stabilize diabetic blood glucose levels. It also serves
to protect the body against arteriosclerosis, heart attack and
hypertension,
because its linoleic acid and fiber prevent cholesterol from passing into
the intestine.
In this recipe we have a drink close to horchata, only that it does not
have cinnamon, nor vanilla, nor is it boiled completely, nor is it made to
the point of atole.
Ingredients:
• 1 cup of oatmeal.
• 2 liters of water.
• ½ cup sugar.
• Ice, optional
How to prepare:
• Bring water and oats to a boil.
• Leave it alone until lightly painted and notice that the oatmeal opens.
• Remove from heat, strain and let cool.
• Add sugar and mix thoroughly.
***************************************************************************************
***************************************************************************************
**************************
057- OATMEAL WATER 2
Ingredients:
Ice to taste
Milk to taste
Sugar to taste
6 cups of fresh water
1 cups ground oats
2 cloves
3 cinnamon strips
Page 470
In a medium saucepan place the oats, water, cinnamon and cloves.
Heat over medium heat, stirring all the time, until boiling.
Lower the heat and cook for 3 more minutes, stirring constantly. Add
sugar to taste, making sure it dissolves very well.
Remove and allow to cool. When serving, add the fresh milk and plenty
of ice.
058- FRESH WATER OF CELERY WITH ORANGE
Ingredients:
2 stalks celery
2 cups orange juice
Blend the celery with the orange juice.
Strain, add two cups of water and ice to taste. Serve well chilled.
059- BEET WATER
Ingredients:
Pineapple juice: 20 grs.

Beet: 5 grs.
Sugar: 15 grs.
Water: 240 mls.
Page 471
Place in the blender the raw beets with peel and cut into regular pieces.
Add a little pineapple juice, cover and blend, add the sugar and the rest
of the pineapple juice.
Blend well.
060- BANANA WATER
Ingredients:
2 bananas
1 liter of water
1 can of condensed milk Vegetable color yellow
Cinnamon powder
Ice cubes
Blend the first four ingredients, serve in glasses. Add ice and finally
sprinkle ground cinnamon
JOY
061- JOY
JOY
(Yield: 1 kg - 5 pcs., approx.)

Ingredients:
Page 472
5 cups popped amaranth (175 g)

5 tablespoons of butter
1 teaspoon vanilla essence (optional)
2 ½ cup sugar
1 ¼ tablespoon lemon juice
Utensils:
3 liter stainless steel saucepan

Stainless steel spoon
5 square bases of 5 cardboard boxes with metal coating (they can be
milk, tomato puree, etc.), metal trays or molds with
the figure of your choice
Plastic bags with a capacity of ½ kg
Procedure:
Place the butter and sugar in the stainless steel saucepan and bring to a
boil.
over low heat to melt, stirring the mixture constantly. When the caramel
is formed, add the lemon juice. Continues to move
until incorporated.
Remove from the heat and let it cool for a minute, then add the amaranth
and
vanilla essence to the mixture, incorporating it perfectly.
We will use a stainless steel saucepan with a capacity of three liters, a

spoon
stainless steel, five square bases of five coated cardboard boxes, and
five square bases of five coated
This can be of ultra-pasteurized milk, tomato puree, etc. A tray of
metal or molds with the figures of your choice, and finally bags of
Page 473
plastic of 1/2 Kg.
The packaging is done by placing 5 equal portions of the mixture in each

of the
cardboard molds or the pan previously greased with margarine.
In the tray,
spread the amaranth with the caramel until the desired thickness and
shape is obtained. See
The molds are left to cool for a full day, removed from the mold and then
stored in containers.
in plastic containers with lids or in plastic bags. Do not forget to label
them with
the name of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date. The
joys are stored in
a dry and ventilated place.
Expiration:
The joy produced by this technology has a shelf life of 6 months.
Amaranth provides, per 100 g, abundant calcium (247 mg),

carbohydrates (65.1 g), proteins (12.9 g) necessary for the formation and
maintenance of muscles, and fiber.
dietary supplement that aids in good digestion.
Interesting fact:
The ancient Mexicans cultivated thousands of hectares of amaranth,

because of the importance
in its food supply, about 20 thousand tons of this product was sent to
Tenochtitlán as
tribute to King Moctezuma. Amaranthus species in general
(Amaranthaceae family), are
distributed throughout the world, especially in tropical, subtropical and
temperate regions.
The plants are tinged with a reddish pigment called amaranthine.
Page 474
Some groups
indigenous people used it as a source of pigments for coloring
ceremonial "wafers".
of cornbread that personified their gods and that they distributed to the
people during their dances.
062- Amaranth Atole
½ kilo of toasted or untoasted amaranth seeds,

¼ kilo of sugar,
1 cinnamon stick,
2 tablespoon of soluble coffee
3 liters of water.
PREPARATION
If the amaranth seed is not toasted, once cleaned, toast it lightly in a

frying pan, moving it with a wooden spoon so that it does not burn and
toasts evenly.
Amaranth is ground and dissolved by hand in a little cold water.

Separately, in a pot, bring 2 liters of water to a boil. When it comes to a
boil, add the dissolved amaranth, the cinnamon sticks and the sugar.
It is constantly moving to prevent it from rising.
When it starts to boil, lower the heat.
Let it boil for 10 to 15 minutes and add the soluble coffee dissolved in a
spoonful of water.
Cinnamon can be replaced by a vanilla pod.
PRESENTATION
It is served in a wide glass or in a cup or clay jugs and let it cool. It is
served with the traditional tamales de dulce, meat or rajas.
Yields 10 to 12 servings.
Page 475
063- AMARANTH CAKE (huautli)

AMARANTH CAKE
¼ kg. of amaranth flour 3 tbsp. of baking powder

¼ kg. of wheat flour 1 cup of milk
½ kg. of butter 5 eggs.
400 g. sugar
Melt the butter and remove it; add the egg yolks and sugar, whisk until
you have
creamy consistency. Sift together the flours and baking powder, add the
beaten egg whites to the flour.
continue working, add the milk, whisk everything perfectly, finally add
the milk, add the milk, add
nuts or raisins. Grease a baking pan and bake for 30 to 35 min. over
regular heat.
064- AMARANTH COOKIES

Amaranth cookies
4 1/2 cups amaranth flour

1 cup wheat flour
1/4 kilo vegetable shortening
1 cup sugar; 2 eggs
2 teaspoon vanilla
3 teaspoons of baking soda.
Beat the butter until creamy, add the sugar, eggs and vanilla; mix in
another bowl.
the two flours and the baking soda, stir with the first mixture until
obtain a soft and manageable dough; roll it out on a flat surface with a
rolling pin.
and cut the cookies into the shape of your choice; place the cookies on
a cookie sheet.
greased and then bake them at 180 degrees for about 10 minutes or until
golden brown.
Page 476
065- ALEGRIAS 3
The first thing we need are the seeds of joy, which can be purchased in a
large market, ask for them in the stalls where they sell other seeds.
The approximate quantities are:

for one kilo of seed, half a kilo of honey one lemon
If the amaranth was purchased raw, then it is toasted on a comal until it

is
pop all the seeds (as if they were popcorn). Be careful to move them
Separate the open seeds, as only these are used in the candy.
Now it is time to prepare the honey. You can use bee honey or prepare
traditional honey.
For this you must mix piloncillo with water (you can use sugar instead or
honey).
Bring this mixture to a boil until the honey becomes thick, because if it
becomes watery, the honey will
can crumble.
When ready, pour the honey over the seeds and add a few drops of
lemon juice;
Stir everything well with a wooden spoon and let the mixture cool on a
board.
Then cut it into squares like the ones sold on the street or shape it into
small balls like the ones sold on the street.
the Aztecs did. A good idea is to mix the paste with peanuts or chocolate
chips.
Find your own combinations
Page 477
cfr another way to make them
066- ALEGRIAS 2
Joy candy (amaranth) prepared with honey
1 kilo of popped amaranth

1/2 bee or piloncillo honey
lemon drops
raisins and walnut halves for garnish.
Heat the honey and add a few drops of lemon juice and the amaranth,
stir well.
with a wooden spoon, making sure that all the amaranth is impregnated
with honey. This
place it in a mold and press it with a rolling pin to make it as compact as
possible.
It is left to cool and cut into small portions with a sharp knife.
(The honey must be of good quality, neither too weak nor too
concentrated, to avoid that
the candy crumbles or becomes too hard)
ANOTHER WAY TO MAKE IT WITH PILONCILLO AS WELL
Ingredients:
1 cup amaranth seeds
1/2 kg piloncillo
1/2 cup water
How to do it:
1 Place the piloncillo and the water in a saucepan over high heat and
boil until it
Page 478
form a thick honey. Stir from time to time.
2 In a comal, toast the amaranth seeds until they stop crackling, stirring
them.
constantly and taking care not to burn them.
3 Add the toasted amaranth to the honey and stir until a thick paste is
obtained.
4 Line the bottom and sides of a rectangular baking dish with waxed
paper;
Pour the paste in and cover it with another piece of waxed paper. Put
something on top
to serve as a press. Once the dough is cold, cut the joys into pieces of
the size of
size of your choice.
Practical advice:
A variant for making alegrías uses 3/4 kg of sugar instead of piloncillo,

for
to make honey in which toasted amaranth seeds are poured. In this case,
the
the water and the sugar on the fire until the honey is ready to form a ball.
proceed with the other steps of the recipe with piloncillo.
cfr another way to make them
067- AMARANTH AND PEANUT MARZIPAN Peanut and Amaranth

Marzipan
That people in the past ate better is not a story. This marzipan recipe
and amaranth is a demonstration of the wisdom that hides our peanuts
and amaranth.
Page 479
villages in terms of nutrition and good cuisine.
Yield: 15 pieces
Ingredients:
• 3 cups peeled and roasted peanuts (peanuts can be purchased in the

shell)
and peel it. You can toast it in a frying pan until it turns a golden brown
color but
(taking care that it does not burn as it will taste bitter)
• 1 cup popped amaranth
• 4 cups powdered sugar (you can grind sugar in a blender until it is
pulverized)
• 4 tablespoons of water
Utensils:
• Blender or chopper
• Cookie molds or a small tin can cut in half and without bottom.
• Cellophane or china paper
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Finely grind the peanuts and popped amaranth to a paste.

2. Mix the ground peanuts and amaranth with the sugar until a compact
paste is formed.
3. Compress the dough into the molds tightly.
4. Carefully unmold
5. Wrap the product with the paper.
6. Label indicating product name, date of manufacture and expiration
date.
Recommendations:
• Marzipan produced using this technology lasts approximately 6

months.
Page 480
The marzipan is stored in a cardboard box in a dry and ventilated place.
• Check the freshness of the peanuts to avoid unpleasant flavors.
• You can also prepare them using walnuts, almonds or pine nuts,
following the same procedure.
068- GRANOLA 2
GRANOLA
Yield: 1 kg
Ingredients:
• 2 cups oatmeal (not precooked)

• 2 tablespoons corn oil
• 2 tablespoons of honey or corn syrup
• 1/2 cup wheat germ
• 1/2 cup popped amaranth
• 1/4 cup each of the following ingredients: sunflower seeds, sesame
seeds,
peanuts, shredded coconut, raisins, walnuts, almonds and chopped
dates
Utensils:
• Frying pan or saucepan with coating

• Wooden or stainless steel spoon
• Glass jars or plastic containers with tight-fitting, clean lids
• Adhesive label
1. Heat oil in a skillet over medium heat and add all ingredients.
except the raisins, stirring constantly so that they do not burn for 15
minutes.
2. Remove from the stove and add the raisins. Allow to cool to room
temperature.
Page 481
3. Pack the cold granola in airtight containers and store in a cool, dry
place.
dry: the cupboard is a good place. The granola produced using this
technology has a high
duration of six months.
Recommendations:
• Check the freshness of the seeds used to prevent the product from
acquiring an undesirable flavor.
rancid taste.
If desired, you can modify the amount of honey and other ingredients,
depending on taste.
069- AMARANTH BARS WITH CHOCOLATE

(Yield: 500g, 23 bars approx)
Preparation time: 1 day, 1 hour
Ingredients:
• 5 ¾ cups toasted amaranth cereal* (200 g)

• 460 g milk chocolate bar**
• It is available in bakery stores or raw material stores.

• *It is available in seed stores or supermarkets.
Utensils:
• Large saucepan for bain-marie

• Pewter casserole or refractory bowl with 3 L capacity
• Wooden spoon or shovel
• Plastic tray, stainless steel or individual plastic molds.
• Large knife
• Cellophane bags or plastic container with lid and capacity of three
liters.
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
Page 482
1. In the saucepan or bowl, melt the chocolate in a bain-marie.

2. Once melted, add the toasted amaranth and mix until incorporated.
perfectly with the help of a wooden spoon or shovel.
3. When the ingredients have been incorporated, it is poured into the
pan and spread out
homogeneously, pressing on it until obtaining a thickness of
approximately
1.5 cm and let it stand for 10 minutes.
4. It is then cut into individual bars with a knife and left to dry.
for 30 minutes more, after this time they are turned over to dry evenly.
for one day, in a ventilated, clean and dry place.
The amaranth bars are packed in the plastic container, or in the sachets.
individually wrapped in cellophane, sealing them to keep them in a cool,
dry and dry place.
The label with the name of the product, date of manufacture and
expiration date should be placed in the dark, placing the label with the
name of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date.
Expiration:
Amaranth bars with chocolate made using this domestic technology
has a shelf life of 3 months.
Amaranth provides abundant calcium (247mg) and carbohydrates (65.1g)

per 100g,
protein (12.9g) necessary for muscle formation and maintenance, fiber
(12.9g)
dietary supplement that aids in good digestion.
Page 483
Interesting fact:
The ancient Mexicans cultivated thousands of hectares of amaranth, due

to the importance
in its food supply, about 20 thousand tons of this product were sent to
Tenochtitlán.
as a tribute to King Moctezuma. Amaranthus species in general
(Amaranthaceae family),
are distributed throughout the world, especially in tropical, subtropical
and subtropical regions.
temperate climate. The plants are tinged with a reddish pigment called
amaranthine.
Some indigenous groups used it as a source of pigments for coloring
the
ceremonial "wafers" made of cornbread that personified their gods and
that
distributed to people during their dances.
Recommendations:
• It can be given various shapes with the help of molds.

• Chocolate coating can be substituted for the chocolate bars.
• Raisins, walnuts or almonds can be added when adding the amaranth
to the chocolate.
Alternative ingredients.
• You can substitute the milk chocolate bar with chocolate couverture or
dark chocolate.
• You can add raisins, walnuts or almonds.
070- NON-STICK COOKING OIL

(Yield 70 ml)
INGREDIENTS:
¼ cup liquid lecithin
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
Page 484
UTENSILS:
Clean bottle with atomizer
Small brush
Adhesive label
PREPARATION:
The lecithin and the oil are poured into the spray bottle, capped tightly,
and the bottle is
stir to mix the ingredients well.
It is important to label the container noting the name of the product, date
of manufacture and expiration date.
DURATION:
The product produced by this process has an approximate shelf life of 6
months.
RECOMMENDATIONS:
Keep tightly covered at room temperature.

Before use, it is shaken and applied with the brush in the cold pan.
Do not apply to surfaces that must be preheated to a high temperature,
such as
pancake or waffle iron as the mixture would burn.
The brush to apply the oil should preferably be new to avoid
contaminating the oil.
product and the food to be prepared.
071- onion syrup
Onion syrup is a very useful anti-flu product.
To make it, you need a large onion, 2 glasses of white wine and 150 g of
honey.
It is prepared in a clay pot, where a large onion, already peeled and

peeled, is placed.
chopped and add two glasses of good white wine. Allow to macerate 24
Page 485
hours. Past
strain it and add the honey, which will dissolve easily. Once well
mixed, it is stored in a glass jar. It is taken half a glass, four times a day:
on an empty stomach, mid-morning, mid-afternoon and before bedtime.
Follow the treatment
for approximately one week.
Recommended:
• bed rest,
• drink plenty of water to compensate for losses due to perspiration,
• to moderate fever you can take baths with warm water.
072- Oat and Raisin Atole 1
I savored this delicious atole-like oatmeal candy.

This recipe combines oatmeal with the flavor of raisins and coffee very
well.
Ingredients:
1 cup seedless raisins
1 ½ cups boiling water
¾ liter of milk
1 cup of extra strong coffee
3/4 cup oat cereal flakes
1 cup white sugar
1 pinch of cinnamon powder
Procedure:
Put the raisins in the boiling water, covering them to soften them, leave
them in the boiling water.
cool and grind them;
Add milk, sugar and coffee to the raisin paste, stir well.
When it comes to the boil, add the oat flakes, mix well.
until integrated and thickened;
Rectify the flavor and consistency to taste by adding more water,
Page 486
milk or
sugar.
Serve in tall cups or bowls Sprinkle with ground cinnamon. Yields six
servings
073 - HORCHATA CONCENTRATE

(Yield: 500 ml)
Ingredients:
· 2 ½ cups sugar
· 2 cups parboiled rice
· 2 tablespoons rice flour or peeled almonds
· ¼ tablespoon of ground cinnamon
· 1 tablespoon vanilla
· ½ cup boiled water
Utensils:
· Blender or food processor
· Sterilized bottle with lid
· Adhesive label
· Stainless steel soup spoon
Procedure:
1. Mix the sugar with the water and heat it over high heat until it
becomes
form a syrup (approximately 10 minutes).
2. The rice flour is added to the syrup and once incorporated, the
cooked rice is added.
3. Then, remove from the heat and grind all the ingredients (together
with the
cinnamon and vanilla) in the blender.

The concentrate is poured into the sterilized bottle with a capacity of 500
ml and capped.
and the label with the name of the product, date of manufacture and date
of manufacture is attached.
expiration. The product should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place.
Expiration:
The concentrate obtained using this technology has a shelf life of
Page 487
for one year,
once the jar is opened, it is best to keep it refrigerated.
Rice is a very complete cereal. It is a good source of starch (provides
calories), and because it is rich in minerals such as sodium and
potassium, it helps maintain blood glucose levels.
Interesting fact:
Rice (Oryza sativa) is grown in the tropics where rainfall and sunlight are
abundant, although there are different varieties of rice adapted to a wide
range of
of environmental conditions.
Rice has been the main food of Asian countries since ancient times,
since they were the first to cultivate it and show it to the world, being the
main
producers China and Japan.
Benefits:
By making your concentrate yourself, you ensure the quality and
hygiene of the product.
Recommendations:
· Rice is soaked for 10 to 15 minutes, drained and cooked with the same
amount of water.
of water, over low heat and covered, removing from the heat once the
water has been consumed.
· One cup of uncooked sponge rice to 2 cups of parboiled rice.
· To prepare horchata water, add 1 cup of the concentrate per liter of
water, or as desired.
· When preparing the horchata water also add 1 or 2 cups of pasteurized
milk or
1 evaporated.
- Horchata concentrates can be prepared from melon seeds and wheat or
rye sprouts, using 2 cups of cooked rice for 2 cups of seeds.
Page 488
1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS of melon or sprouts.
074- ROMPOPE
(Yield: 1 liter, approx)
Preparation time: 2 hours
Ingredients:
· 2 L of pasteurized milk.
· 1 ½ cups sugar
· 1 ½ cups of rum (320 ml) or ½ cup of pure cane alcohol (130 ml).
· 9 egg yolks
· 5 tablespoons vanilla
· 8 tablespoons of cornstarch
· 1 tablespoon of baking soda
· 2 cinnamon sticks
· Nutmeg (tip of a teaspoon, optional)
· Fine salt, tip of a coffee spoon
· 4 whole cloves (optional)
Utensils:
· Pewter or stainless steel pot with 3 L capacity
· Wooden shovel or stainless steel spoon
· Cup (preferably measuring cup)
· Soup spoon
· Blender or fork
· ½ L capacity container (can be a large beaker)
· Small hole strainer
· Funnel
· Empty and clean bottle, previously sterilized with a capacity of 1 L
Procedure:
1. Pour the milk into the pot and put it over high heat and add the
baking soda.
When it comes to the boil, add the sugar, salt, vanilla and
seasoning, and move it with the help of the shovel or spoon to the
bottom to avoid
to stick.
2. When half of the initial volume of milk has evaporated
(approx.
after 2 ¼ hrs.), remove from heat and let it cool for half an hour.
Page 489
hour.
3. Separately, in the cup and with the help of the soup spoon, dissolve
the starch in half a cup of water.
cup of cold water, reserving for later use.
4. The yolks are beaten with a fork or mixer in the ½ liter container and
Once the milk is lukewarm, add the yolks, passing them through a
strainer.
5. Once again, place the pot with the milk over high heat, stirring
constantly, once the milk has
the dissolved cornstarch is added, continue stirring until it starts to boil,
add the dissolved cornstarch and continue stirring until
to a thick consistency (approximately 40 min.). then) and remove from
heat.
The rum or cane alcohol is poured into the previously sterilized bottle,
with the aid of
funnel and then the eggnog. Cover tightly and shake vigorously to
incorporate
both. Finally, the label is affixed with the product name, date of
manufacture, date of manufacture, etc.
and expiration date, in order to avoid waste.
Expiration:
The sour mix produced using this technology has a shelf life of
approximately five years.
months under refrigeration or in a cool place at room temperature for
three months.
Rompope is a very good source of protein, coming from milk and eggs,
which is useful for the maintenance and formation of muscles. It is also
a source of
of calories, from milk fat and alcohol, which are needed for the
production of milk.
functioning of the organism.
Interesting fact:
Adding alcohol is a way of preserving food. Few microorganisms
that can withstand the presence of alcohol. Thus, the same yeast that
produces the alcohol, at certain
Page 490
concentrations are inhibited.
For the proper preservation of the rompope, the alcoholic content is
important, since the alcoholic content of
containing sugar and egg is a very favorable medium for the
proliferation of microorganisms.
Benefits:
By making Rompope at home, you can save up to 50%, while
guaranteeing
quality and hygiene.
Recommendations:
- Rompope is a delicious appetizer served in small glasses, usually at
the end of the day.
time. It can be served in a larger glass with crushed ice.
- Rompope can also be used for wrapping cakes, making raspados or
bitumen.
- You can add to the rompope the flavor of your preference, as well as
almonds,
nuts or pine nuts, which are liquefied with the milk before boiling.
075- STRAWBERRY LIQUEUR

Strawberries: 250 gr
? Lemon: 1/3 (zest)
? Orange: 5 gr (peel)
? Alcohol: 350 cc (40º)
Preparation:
Wash the strawberries, with the stalk. After drying, remove it. Cut them
into pieces
small. Add 40 proof alcohol.
076- Tangerine liqueur

Leave to macerate for 15 days, shaking daily. After this time add
sugar syrup (basic recipe), which is obtained by cooking for 20 min. 1
liter
of water with 720 gr. sugar.
Tags: beverages
Page 491
Tangerine liqueur
Ingredients:
? Tangerine peels (enough to fill a cup).

? 2 Cups of brandy, alcohol, vodka or gin
? 1/2 cup water
? One cup of sugar
Preparation:
Mix the brandy with the tangerine peels and let it stand in the
well covered for five days.
After this time, prepare a syrup with the water and sugar. The
The water should be poured through a clean cloth over the strainer.
Then add the cold syrup, mix everything together and serve well chilled.
077- Peach liqueur

Ingredients:
? 1 bottle of vodka
? 6 peaches
? 300 gr sugar
? 1/4 liter of water
Preparation:
Peel and chop the peaches and place them in a previously sterilized jar.
Prepare a syrup by dissolving the sugar in the water over low heat for
five minutes.
minutes. Let cool, add the peaches and then the vodka. Close the
container
and leave to macerate for three months.

After this time it is filtered and bottled.
Tags: beverages
Page 492
078- chocolate liqueur
? Grated chocolate: 150 gr
? Alcohol: 190 cc
? Water: 375 cc
? Sugar: 450 gr
Preparation:
Mix the chocolate with the water and start heating to dissolve the
chocolate.
After a few minutes the sugar is added slowly. Stir well but slowly.
The chocolate should be well dissolved. Filter and save. Expect at least
two days to test it.
Tags: beverages, chocolate
079- Coffee liqueur

? 1 liter of gin, vodka or white spirits (or ethyl alcohol for consumption)
? 1/2 kilo of sugar
? about 100 grms of coffee beans
? half a lemon
Preparation:
Mix the brandy with the sugar, half a whole lemon or only its peel, the
half of the ground coffee and the rest of the coffee beans.
Leave it to infuse for 1 week, stirring it from time to time.

After this time, strain it and bottle it.
Tags: beverages, coffee 080- Kahlua-type beverage
1 1/2 cups of water
3 3/4 cups sugar
2 teaspoons vanilla
7 tablespoons instant coffee
1/2 cup ed water
2 tablespoons glycerin
Page 493
1/5 cup vodka
Bring 1 1/2 cups of water to a boil for 2 to 3 minutes,
Add vanilla,
Dissolve the coffee in 1/2 cup of water, add it to the mixture.
Add vodka and glycerin.
Gently whisk. Cover or seal and let stand for 3 days. Serve,
Tags: beverages, coffee 081- Baileys or Irish Cream
Three procedures to prepare a baileys or Irish cream drink.
Preparation 1
Ingredients:
Whisky: 2 cups
Condensed milk: 2 cans
Vanilla extract: 2 teaspoons
Glycerin: 2 teaspoons
Coffee: 1 teaspoon instant dissolved in 1 tablespoon of hot water.
Preparation:
Place all the ingredients in a large bowl and whisk slowly for 5 minutes
(the coffee should be instant and dissolved in the same amount of
coffee).
hot water). Once mixed, place in a glass bottle and store in the
refrigerator.
082- IRISH CREAM 2

INGREDIENTS:
1 can of condensed milk (save the can which is the measure for the
rest)
3/4 can of white or impalpable sugar
1 can of water
1 tablespoon vanilla extract
1 tablespoon of instant coffee
1 tablespoon of cocoa
3/4 can of cheap whiskey or fine spirits
Heat the water and sugar until dissolved, allow to cool.
Now everything to the blender. When cold, bottle and freeze (does not
freeze).
Page 494
It does not need to macerate, it is drunk very cold.
Preparation 3
Mix at low speed
1 tablespoon instant coffee
1 cup of whiskey
Add and continue mixing:
14 ounces condensed milk (430 gr)
13 ounces evaporated milk (400 gr)
1 teaspoon vanilla
6 eggs
Refrigerate for 48 hours
Serve over ice. It lasts 3 weeks.
083- Irish Cream Fruit

Ingredients
Irish Cream
grapes
bananas
Preparation:
Freeze the grapes and bananas, put them in a wide-mouthed glass,
shake them
generously with Irish cream and serve.
084- Rapidin
1 part Irish cream
1 part cocoa cream (kahlua )
1 part of midori
Mix and serve.
085- Baileys Milkshake

1 part Irish cream
3 parts milk
2 parts chocolate ice cream
Page 495
1 teaspoon vanilla
2 drops of rum or rum essence
Mix well until foam is formed. Then serve.
086- Cocktail Chocolatier

4 parts of baileys
1 part chocolate essence or liquid chocolate
4 parts mineral water
Combine the baileys with the chocolate, add the carbonated water, stir in
the chocolate and add the chocolate.
bubbling and delicious mash.
087- Baileys Coffee

3 tablespoons Baileys
1 cup of coffee
whipped cream
chocolate granillo
Pour the baileys over the freshly brewed coffee. and top with the
whipped cream.
sprinkle with chocolate granules.
088- Moka Baileys cocktail

Baileys to taste
1 part coffee
1 part hot chocolate
add baileys in an equal proportion to the coffee and chocolate mixture.
089- Coffee punch

Punches are traditional hot drinks.
Very common in cold seasons as they may contain liquors.
This preparation combines very well the liqueur with the coffee.
Ingredients:
3 cups of American type coffee.
Page 496
3/4 cup cane sugar.
1/2 liter of milk.
8 glasses of white rum.
5 egg yolks.
Preparation:
Beat the egg yolks with the sugar until frothy.
Mix the boiling milk and coffee.
Mix the coffee with milk and the beaten egg yolks with sugar, stirring
constantly.
It is kept over low heat, stirring constantly, until it is well mixed again.
foamy.
A glass of white rum is served in earthenware jars or regional bowls and
then pour the mixture just out of the fire.
Yields 8 servings.
090- Oat and Raisin Atole 2

I savored this delicious atole-like oatmeal candy.
This recipe combines oatmeal with the flavor of raisins and coffee very
well.
Ingredients:
1 cup seedless raisins
1 ½ cups boiling water
¾ liter of milk
1 cup of extra strong coffee
3/4 cup oat cereal flakes
1 cup white sugar
1 pinch of cinnamon powder
Procedure:
Put the raisins in the boiling water, covering them to soften them, leave
them in the boiling water.
cool and grind them;
Add milk, sugar and coffee to the raisin paste, stir well.
When it comes to the boil, add the oat flakes, mix well.
until integrated and thickened;
Rectify the flavor and consistency to taste by adding more water,
Page 497
milk or sugar.
Serve in tall cups or bowls Sprinkle with ground cinnamon.

Yields six servings
091- Cinnamon Coffee Atole

Atole is the drink of Pre-Hispanic Mexico.
This combination of atole and coffee demonstrates the adaptability of
both beverages.
Ingredients:
1/2 liter of milk.
1/2 liter of water.
2 cups of extra strong coffee.
350 grams of dough.
1 cinnamon slice of 12 to 15 cm.
1 cup Piloncillo (brown or raw sugar or Papelote).
Preparation:
Dissolve the dough in the water and pass it through a strainer.
Boil the milk with the cinnamon and the piloncillo to dissolve.
Add the dissolved mass to the above and let it boil gently for 5 minutes.
Add the two cups of coffee, stir for two minutes and turn off the heat.
Serve immediately in earthenware jars or bowls.
Yields 12 servings
092- Amaranth Atole

½ kilo of toasted or untoasted amaranth seeds,
¼ kilo of sugar,
1 cinnamon stick,
2 tablespoon of soluble coffee
3 liters of water.
PREPARATION
If the amaranth seed is not toasted, once cleaned, it is lightly toasted.
Page 498
in a frying pan, stirring with a wooden spoon so that it does not burn and
roast evenly.
Amaranth is ground and dissolved by hand in a little cold water.
Separately, in a pot, bring the 2 liters of water to boil,
When it comes to the boil, add the dissolved amaranth, the
cinnamon and sugar.
It is constantly moving to prevent it from rising.
When it starts to boil, lower the heat.
Let it boil for 10 to 15 minutes and add the soluble coffee dissolved in a
spoonful of water.
Cinnamon can be replaced by a vanilla pod PRESENTATION
Serve in a wide glass or in a cup or earthenware mug and let it cool.
It is accompanied with the traditional tamales de dulce, meat or rajas.
Yields 10 to 12 servings
093- THE COCACOLA FORMULA

At last, after 100 years of secrecy, the formula for coca was revealed by
Mark Prendergast , who says he found the recipe on a piece of paper
called X at
the company's archive.
A few years ago this information would have been considered
invaluable. Today it is no longer
is so much however it is possible to prepare it and in the process save
some money. FORMULA
Coriander oil one trace
Ripe Orange Oil one trace
Orange Oil .94 g
Lemon Oil 1.79 g
Nutmeg oil .14 g
Cinnamon oil .41g
Alcohol for mixing (9.79 g)
water 5.5 g
Page 499
Shake and let stand for 24 hours. The mixture will separate, at the top
a clear liquid will appear, which is the secret 7X ingredient that gives the
flavor.
to coke.
On the other hand.
Dissolve 4.88 kg sugar in a small amount of boiling water and let it cool.
add caramel 73 g
caffeine 6.36 gr
phosphoric acid 22.4
add a pinch of KOla Nut , purists can add a pinch of KOla Nut , purists
can add
one coca leaf 2.24 g
This will make a thick syrup.

Then add:
Lime juice 61g

glycerin 38.7 g
vanilla extract 3.05 g
and finally the ingredient "7X".
Mix well and dilute with 5.5 parts carbonated water.

with this you will already have 50 liters of classic coke.
According to some pepsi insiders, the pepsi one is supposed to be the
same, only
that use piloncillo instead of sugar.
Tags: beverages
Friday, October 17, 2008POWDERED LEMONADE
094- LEMONADE POWDER
sodium bicarbonate tartaric 65 parts

acid 60 parts
sugar 125 parts
Page 500
lemon oil extract 12 drops.
095- Peanut Cream
Yield: 390 g
Preservation: You must put it in a jar of
glass with the help of a plastic stick, store it in the cupboard.
Savings: 60% compared to the commercial product.
Ingredients:
• 1 cup fresh, unshelled peanuts
• 1 cup powdered sugar
• 1/2 teaspoon salt
• 1/2 cup corn oil
Utensils:
• Blender
• Scale
• Measuring cup
• Coffee spoon
• Wooden stick
• Plastic stick
• Glass flask
Procedure:
1 You must grind the peanuts in a blender until you make a paste.
2 Add the remaining ingredients slowly: salt, oil and powdered sugar
without turning off the blender.
3 Keep blending until you obtain a smooth and homogeneous paste.
Recommendations:
If you want the peanut butter to have a spreadable consistency, add a
little more vegetable oil.
Interesting fact:
Consuming a daily dose of 25 g of peanuts provides almost half of the 13
vitamins and a third of the 20 minerals required by the body each day.
Page 501
096- cañamelar coffee
CAÑAMELAR COFFEE
Ingredients:
4 heaping tablespoons of good medium ground coffee
5 cups of water
6 tablespoons orange liqueur
7 orange peel strips
sugar to taste
Yields four cups
Preparation:
Prepare the coffee following the instructions of the coffee maker you are
going to use.
Twist the orange peels and add them to the coffee along with the orange
liqueur.
Pour the hot coffee in a cup, add a spoonful of orange liqueur and add a
strip of orange peel.
097- MILK COFFEE
Ingredients:
1 demitasse of extra strong coffee (coffee extract).
5 demitasse of boiling milk.
Preparation:
If you have an espresso coffee maker, prepare a double espresso ration.
In a percolator or filter coffee maker, distribute a portion of very dark

roasted and extra fine ground coffee, using only one third of the water
that you normally use.
Allows the filtering process to be carried out at least three times, in

order to
Page 502
to ensure maximum concentration.
Always avoid that the coffee in process enters in boiling process.
Discard the filter with the wet residue of ground coffee beans.
Serve in a glass a cup of double espresso coffee or a cup of coffee

extract obtained in your percolator.
Place a coffee spoon in the glass with coffee.
Pour into the glass with one serving of coffee extract, 5 servings of
boiling cow's milk to the glass.
Sweeten to taste.
Yields for 1 person.
098- COFFEE TORITO
Toritos are a traditional iced drink from the hot Sotavento region of
Veracruz, from the Port of Veracruz to the south of Alvarado, bordering
Los Tuxtlas to the south.
The Torito de Café takes advantage of the enormous capacity of coffee

to combine with milk and sugarcane brandy.
Ingredients:
1/2 can evaporated milk.
2 cans of sweetened condensed milk.
2 cups of sugar cane brandy.
1 cup of extra strong coffee.
Finely crushed or granulated ice as needed.
Preparation:
Pour the two cans of sweetened condensed milk, the 1/2 can of
evaporated milk and the cup of extra strong coffee into a bowl. Mix to
dissolve and integrate the condensed milk perfectly. The following are
added
Page 503
the two cups of sugar cane brandy. Store in the refrigerator or cooler
until well chilled. It is served in a medium wide glass, mixed with two or
three tablespoons of finely crushed or shaved ice.
Yields approximately 1 1/2 liters.
099- CAFÉ DE OLLA OR MEXICAN COFFEE
Ingredients:
4 liters of water.
2 whole cloves.
6 cinnamon slices or slivers of 12 to 15 cm each.
1 cup of piloncillo (Papelote or brown or raw sugar).
1 1/2 cup of very dark roasted and ground coffee, medium or fine type.
1 teaspoon vanilla essence.
1 teaspoon of almond essence.
Preparation:
In a clay pot combine the water, cloves, cinnamon and sugar. Heat to
boiling over high heat. Boil for 5 minutes. Add the coffee and the almond
and vanilla essences, stirring the mixture. Heat again until it comes to a
boil, cover the pot and let it rest. With a spoon or a frother, remove all
the remaining foam, to prevent the drink from becoming bitter. Serve in
the traditional earthenware jar.
Yields 12 servings.
100- How to aromatize coffee
It is simply a matter of adding to the coffee the spices or aromatic seeds

with which we want to impregnate it.
It is only necessary to take into account the proportions so that the

amount of aroma is adequate;
Page 504
it is recommended to use the following for every 8 persons depending

on the desired aroma.
the seeds of four cardamom pods

two cloves of cloves
half a cinnamon stick or a teaspoon of cinnamon powder
half star of star anise
1/4 of a vanilla bean
a teaspoon of nutmeg
The recipe works for the Italian, French (press) and American (filter)
coffee makers, and also for the Mexican (pot) coffee maker.
101- Coffee liqueur
? 1 liter of gin, vodka or white spirits (or ethyl alcohol for consumption)
? 1/2 kilo of sugar
? about 100 grms of coffee beans
? half a lemon
Preparation:
Mix the brandy with the sugar, half a whole lemon or just its peel, half
the ground coffee and the rest of the coffee beans.
Leave it to infuse for 1 week, stirring it from time to time.

After this time, strain it and bottle it.
102- Kahlua type beverage 1 1/2 cups of water

3 3/4 cups sugar
2 teaspoons vanilla
7 tablespoons instant coffee
Page 505
1/2 cup ed water
2 tablespoons glycerin
1/5 cup vodka
Bring 1 1/2 cups of water to a boil for 2 to 3 minutes,
Add vanilla,
Dissolve the coffee in 1/2 cup of water, add it to the mixture.
Add vodka and glycerin.
Gently whisk. Cover or seal and let stand for 3 days. Serve,
103- Coffee punch
Punches are traditional hot drinks.

Very common in cold seasons as they may contain liquors.
This preparation combines very well the liqueur with the coffee.
Ingredients:
3 cups of American type coffee.
3/4 cup cane sugar.
1/2 liter of milk.
8 glasses of white rum.
5 egg yolks.
Preparation:
Beat the egg yolks with the sugar until frothy.

Mix the boiling milk and coffee.
Mix the coffee with milk and the beaten egg yolks with sugar, stirring
constantly.
It is kept over low heat, without stopping whisking, until it becomes
frothy again.
A glass of white rum is poured into earthenware jars or regional bowls

and then the mixture is poured fresh from the fire.
Yields 8 servings.
104- Cinnamon Coffee Atole
Atole is the drink of Pre-Hispanic Mexico.

Page 444
This combination of atole and coffee demonstrates the adaptability of

both beverages.
Ingredients:
1/2 liter of milk.
1/2 liter of water.
2 cups of extra strong coffee.
350 grams of dough.
1 cinnamon stick of 12 to 15 cm.
1 cup of Piloncillo (brown or raw sugar or Papelote).
Preparation:
Dissolve the dough in the water and pass it through a strainer.

Boil the milk with the cinnamon and the piloncillo to dissolve.
Add the dissolved mass to the above and let it boil gently for 5 minutes.
Add the two cups of coffee, stir for two minutes and turn off the heat.
Serve immediately in earthenware jars or bowls.
Yields 12 servings
105- COFFEE SOAP

Coffee Soap
Coffee soap, far from being an extravagance, is very good to have on

hand in the kitchen, because it has the property of removing pungent
odors, such as garlic, onion or fish, leaving a very pleasant fragrance in
its place.
MATERIALS
120 grams of grated soap

100 grams of water
1 tablespoon freshly ground coffee
1/2 teaspoon of benzoic powder*.
Page 507
1000-ChEMICAL FORMULATIONS one cardamom
pod.
Cardamom is a spice with a very refined fragrance that blends perfectly

with that of coffee.
*Benzoic is used in this case as an odor fixative.
PROCEDURE
Dissolve the soap in a water bath

Add freshly ground coffee
Add benzoic to the mixture
Finally, add a pinch of cardamom (ground or finely grated).
Mix perfectly
Remove the preparation from the heat
Allow to cool slightly
Pour the contents into the molds, shake them several times to avoid the
formation of bubbles, to speed up the drying process you can put them
in the refrigerator for two hours.
After this time, take them out of the mold and let them dry for a week, it
is convenient to turn them over periodically.
106- LOW ACID COFFEE

Make your own coffee low in acidity, add a pinch of baking soda to your
regular cup of coffee, this small amount will not affect the flavor,
(This trick works with other foods high in acidity, and can be useful for
those cases that by medical prescription require a diet low in acidity, as
in the case of ulcers, or intestinal cystitis).
107- chocolate liquor

? Grated chocolate: 150 gr
? Alcohol: 190 cc
? Water: 375 cc
? Sugar: 450 gr
Preparation:
Mix the chocolate with the water and start heating to dissolve the
chocolate. After a few minutes the sugar is added slowly. Stir well but
slowly.
Page 508
The chocolate should be well dissolved. Filter and save. Wait at least
two days to test it.
108- CHOCOLATE MELTING
Microwave: just put it in pieces in a microwave-safe container, cover it

and heat it. 250 g = 2.5 minutes at 700 w. 100 g = 2 minutes at 700 w. Stir
until a homogeneous consistency is obtained.
109- CHOCOLATE MELTING

The exact temperature to melt the chocolate is 40 to 45 degrees, the
maximum it can reach is 50 degrees.
This temperature is necessary so that one of the crystals that is part of

the chocolate, which is the largest, can melt and detach.
First, we proceed to chop a kilo of couverture chocolate, using a knife

and cut it into pieces, not too small. It should be noted that it is not
possible to use a food processor to chop it, so we clarify the use of a
knife.
Use a container that can be used in a bain-marie or microwave. Chop

half of the chocolate and put it in the chosen container.
This container is placed in a bain-marie over another one containing

boiling water and where the bowl with the chocolate is swimming in it.
The water should be boiling, but with the fire very low, to avoid that the
steam increases and penetrates humidity in the chocolate, this would
cause the chocolate to thicken.
At this point it is good to clarify, for those who do not know it, that the
chocolate coating does not allow any contact with water.
Page 509
1000-Chemical Formulations return it to its initial
texture.
We leave it on the fire in a bain-marie for 3 or 4 minutes approximately,

stirring always.
And to test if we have reached the temperature indicated above, 40 to 45

degrees, we use a spatula and remove a little chocolate and put it in
contact, pressing a little, with the lower lip.
We leave it for a second, and check that when the chocolate comes into
contact with the lip, the temperature is just lukewarm.
Once this is achieved, remove from the heat and add the rest of the
chocolate in pieces and stir constantly with a loose hand, until all the
chocolate is dissolved, forming a cream.
The shake is very important, because through it we will achieve the best
results once the chocolate is dissolved.
If, in spite of whisking, it does not dissolve completely, we can put it

again in a double boiler, but without stirring, and count 1, 2, 3, remove it
from the heat and continue whisking.
Chocolate tempering.
It is considered to have been achieved correctly when, at the end of the
beating and when the tip of a stainless steel spatula is introduced back
into the chocolate and pressed on the lower lip, we notice that it is
almost cold, 27 to 29 degrees.
As the chocolate is worked and time elapses, the chocolate begins to

harden at the edges. This is when the operation of placing it in a bain-
marie is repeated, with the water boiling and the container touching the
water, for 3 seconds without stirring.
Then, stir again outside the bathroom.
And for a final check, insert the entire tip of the spatula into the
chocolate and put it in the refrigerator for 4 to 5 minutes.
If when taking it out and touching it with the fingers, we check that they
are not marked, it means that the tempering is correct.
Page 510
It is the moment to start using it and elaborate all the most desired
delicacies with it.
Microwave
The microwave can be used instead of the bain-marie.
The procedure is the same, but instead of using water, the container is
placed in the microwave, always using a few seconds at a time, for
example 30 seconds, until we get more practice and know how to handle
the times.
It is preferable to repeat the operation as many times as necessary than

to overheat and ruin everything.
110- How to melt chocolate couverture with hydrogenated vegetable

oils
In this article we refer to couverture chocolate, which is made with
cocoa and cocoa butter. Where no ingredients such as hydrogenated
vegetable oils are used.
This is why it is so delicate to temper a pure chocolate in its
composition and all the requirements it must meet.
There is an infinite variety of quality chocolate coatings with

hydrogenated fats on the market.
Some have such a high fat content that when tasted it sticks to the
palate.
But when using a chocolate with this component in low proportion, we

can use it with excellent results, avoiding all the steps involved in
tempering. All you need to do is melt the chocolate.
The care to be taken in these cases is not to burn the chocolate by

working it in a bain-marie at temperatures not exceeding 50º. Always out
of the fire.
To test the temperature at home, we put a finger in the water and when
we feel that it is at a bearable temperature and that it would not burn any
more, it is the moment to use it.
Page 511
Chop the chocolate into small pieces and place in a container that fits
snugly in a saucepan with enough water to touch the bottom of the
container.
Mix the chocolate continuously until it is completely dissolved. It is
always kept on top of the water so that it does not lose temperature and
remains melted.
White chocolate should be melted at a slightly lower temperature.
The rigorous and fundamental care is to avoid any contact with water
(splashing or steam) as the chocolate would spoil.
Microwave, another way to melt it.

Cut the chocolate into large pieces and place in a microwave-safe
container.
Place in the microwave and always work at medium power,
programming the time according to the weight of the chocolate to be
melted.
The following times are approximate as it depends on each microwave

oven.
For example, for 300 grams, 2 minutes and 20 seconds.
For 500 grams, 2 minutes 45 seconds.
For 700 grams, 3 minutes and 25 seconds.
For 1000 grams, 4 minutes and 35 seconds.
To melt it in this way it must always be done in several stages. Remove

the chocolate, stir it and place it again. According to the quantity it
should be done in no less than three stages.
When the chocolate is completely melted, the temperature should be

between 40º and 45º.
To check if it is correct, place a little chocolate under the lower lip and
you should feel a warm sensation.
When the chocolate is well melted, the result is a firm, shiny chocolate
that is resistant to temperature variations.
Once the chocolate has melted, continue stirring constantly but slowly
until the temperature drops uniformly and reaches the ideal temperature
for modeling.
Page 512
Again, to buy it at home, put some chocolate under the lower lip and you
should feel a cold sensation. Now it is ready to be molded and
transformed into Easter eggs, chocolates, bunnies, ducklings, etc.
111- AMARANTH BARS WITH CHOCOLATE
(Yield: 500g, 23 bars approx)

Preparation time: 1 day, 1 hour
Ingredients:
• 5 ¾ cups toasted amaranth cereal* (200 g)
• 460 g milk chocolate bar**
• It can be obtained in bakery or raw material stores.
• *It is available in seed stores or supermarkets.
Utensils:
• Large saucepan for bain-marie
• Pewter saucepan or refractory bowl with 3 L capacity
• Wooden spoon or shovel
• Plastic tray, stainless steel or individual plastic molds.
• Large knife
• Cellophane bags or plastic container with lid and capacity of three
liters.
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. In the saucepan or bowl, melt the chocolate in a bain-marie.

2. Once melted, add the toasted amaranth and mix until it is perfectly
incorporated with the help of a wooden spoon or shovel.
3. When the ingredients have been incorporated, it is poured into the
baking pan and spread homogeneously, pressing it until it is
approximately 1.5 cm thick and let it rest for 10 minutes.
4. Then it is cut into individual bars with the help of a knife and left to
dry for another 30 minutes. After this time, they are turned over to dry
evenly for a day in a ventilated place,
Page 513
clean and dry.
The amaranth bars are packed in the plastic container or in individual

cellophane bags, sealing them to keep them in a cool, dry and dark
place, labeling them with the name of the product, date of preparation
and expiration date.
Expiration:
The chocolate amaranth bars made using this domestic technology have
a shelf life of 3 months.
Amaranth provides, per 100g, abundant calcium (247mg), carbohydrates

(65.1g), protein (12.9g) necessary for muscle formation and
maintenance, and dietary fiber that aids digestion.
Interesting fact:
The ancient Mexicans cultivated thousands of hectares of amaranth, due

to its importance in their diet, about 20 thousand tons of this product
were sent to Tenochtitlan as tribute to King Moctezuma. Amaranthus
species in general (Amaranthaceae family) are distributed throughout
the world, especially in tropical, subtropical and temperate regions. The
plants are tinged with a reddish pigment called amaranthine. Some
indigenous groups used it as a source of pigments to color the
ceremonial cornbread "hosts" that personified their gods and which
they distributed to people during their dances.
Recommendations:
• It can be given various shapes with the help of molds.

• Chocolate coating can be substituted for the chocolate bars.
Page 514
• Raisins, walnuts or almonds can be added when adding the amaranth
to the chocolate.
Alternative ingredients.
• You can substitute the milk chocolate bar with chocolate couverture
or dark chocolate.
• You can add raisins, walnuts or almonds.
112- PAN DE MUERTO
INGREDIENTS:
500 grams of ha
100 grams of sugar
100 grams of granulated sugar
6 whole eggs
6 egg yolks
100 grams of lard
100 grams of butter
1/4 teaspoon salt
2 tablespoons orange peel peel
1 dash of aniseed tea
2 tablespoons of flour
20 grams of yeast
Step by step:
1 In half a cup of warm water, dissolve the yeast. Add the necessary
flour until it forms a dough.
2 The ball of dough you form is left in the oven off until it is fluffy.
3 On the other hand, mix the rest of the flour with the sugar and salt.
Close it on the table surface.
4 Add four whole eggs, the six egg yolks, the butter beaten together
with the butter, the dash of aniseed tea and the scraping of the peel.
Page 515
of orange.
5 Knead everything very well, beating the dough against the table.
Incorporate the sponge yeast and continue kneading until everything is
well mixed.
6 The night before, let the dough rest with butter and let it rise until it
almost doubles in volume.
7 Once you have achieved this, continue kneading and form the loaves
according to the size you want, making balls of dough that you will
flatten a little to give them their characteristic shape.
8 Separate a little of the dough to make the decorative figures of the

bread, that is, small balls that will be small tears and bones in the shape
of femur.
9 Separately, scramble the other two whole eggs and use them to glue
the figures on the surface of the breads.
10 Bake the pan de muerto breads for half an hour or a little more, at a
temperature of 250º.
11 On the other hand, dissolve two tablespoons of flour in one cup of

water. Put it on a low heat and let it boil until it thickens, stirring
constantly. Remove from heat while stirring until slightly cooled.
12 With this cream, glaze the surface of the breads while they are still
warm. Once this varnish has dried, varnish them a second time with
beaten egg. Sprinkle granulated sugar over the breads.
Decorate the pan de muerto:
1 Place a small ball of dough in the center and place four femurs, each
one in a cardinal point.
2 Put tears between the bones
3 Arrange the loaf(s) on a buttered baking sheet.
Do not forget:
Page 516
Kneading: is to work the dough with the hands, pressing and folding it
until a uniform mixture is obtained.
Sifting: is passing flour, sugar or other dry ingredients through the sifter
to remove lumps while incorporating air.
113- Garlic and parsley butter

Garlic and parsley butter
Yield: approximately 95 g
Ingredients:
90 g unsalted butter
4 medium garlic cloves
1 small bunch of parsley
Utensils:
1.5 l saucepan
Chopping board
Knife with edge
Procedure:
2 Thoroughly wash and disinfect the parsley and garlic cloves (with
peel).
3 Place the butter in the saucepan over low heat to melt.
4 In the meantime, finely chop the garlic and let it rest. Finely chop the
parsley and set aside.
5 Once the butter is melted, turn up the heat and add the garlic and
cook for about three minutes. Then add the parsley and cook for another
minute.
6 Remove from heat and pour into a sterilized glass jar. Cover and let
cool to room temperature. As it cools, stir gently with a spoon so that
the garlic and parsley are evenly distributed in the butter.
Conservation:
Garlic paste should be kept tightly closed in the refrigerator.
Page 517
Expiration:
This product has a shelf life of three months.
Recommendations:
If desired, add more garlic or onion.
It is important to cook the garlic first to soften the flavor.
You can spread a portion of the dough on a baguette and bake it at
180°C or in the electric oven for approximately 4 minutes. It is very tasty
if you top it with a slice of mature cheese such as gruyere or chihuahua.
114- THOUSAND ISLAND DRESSING

(Yield: 180 ml, ¾ cup approx)
Ingredients:
12 tablespoons of mayonnaise (84 g).

10 tablespoons of ketchup (70 g).
2 tablespoons of prepared mustard (14 g).
2 tablespoons finely chopped pickled or sour cucumbers.
The tip of a teaspoon of ascorbic acid* (vitamin C).
* Available in large pharmacies or drugstores.

Utensils:
Bowl with capacity 500 ml.

Blender.
Soup spoon.
Glass bottle with lid, previously sterilized and with a capacity of 250 ml.
Procedure:
1. In the bowl, mix the mayonnaise, ketchup, mustard and ascorbic acid
with a blender or spoon until perfectly blended.
2. Finally, add the gherkins and integrate with the help of a spoon and it
is ready to eat or keep.
Page 518
The dressing is poured into the jar and perfectly sealed, labeled with the
name of the product, date of preparation and expiration date. It is kept
refrigerated.
Expiration:
The dressing produced by this technology has a shelf life of 1 month

from the date of production.
Nutritional Contribution:
Dressings contribute calories to the diet due to the content of vegetable

fats and sugars. 553.64 Kcal are consumed per 100g, which provide
energy for daily activities.
Interesting fact:
The Italians and French revolutionized the way food was consumed,
adding spices and condiments to oils and vinegars in an attempt to
improve the taste and smell when consumed. Hence the names: French
dressing and Italian dressing.
Benefit:
By developing this domestic technology you will be able to save up to

60% compared to the commercial product.
Recommendations:
• You can make mayonnaise, ketchup and pickled cucumbers with

household technologies.
• It can be used as a dressing for sandwiches and snacks.
• You can substitute a low-calorie mayonnaise for regular mayonnaise.
• You can add bell bell pepper, capers or pacotilla shrimp.
115- MUSTARD
(Yield: 400 g)
Page 519
Ingredients:
½ cup of white mustard seeds, if white mustard is not available, black

mustard can be substituted (available in stores where seeds are sold).
½ cup boiling water
1/3 cup white cane or apple cider vinegar
½ tablespoon salt
1/5 cup sugar (approx. 50 g)
1 tablespoon turmeric or curry (available in supermarkets)
¾ tablespoon garlic powder
½ tablespoon of onion powder
1 pinch of cinnamon
Utensils:
• Stainless steel soup spoon

• Preferred measuring cup
• Blender
• 500 ml capacity pot made of pewter or aluminum
• Glass bottle with lid with 400 g capacity
• Plastic or metal strainer
Procedure:
1. Pour the mustard seeds, turmeric, garlic, cinnamon and salt into the
hot water and stir well. Let stand for 15 minutes or until the mustard
releases the mucilage (viscous substance contained in the composition
of the seed).
2. Subsequently, we place this mixture in the blender, add the vinegar
little by little, the sugar and blend. If black mustard was used, after
blending it can be strained so that no residue of the peel remains in your
mustard.
3. When it is perfectly blended, pour the paste into a pot and boil it for
one minute.
4. Finally, remove from the heat.
Page 520
While the paste is still hot, it is packed in a previously sterilized jar and
perfectly sealed. Do not forget to label your product with the name, date
of manufacture and expiration date.
Expiration:
Mustard produced using this technology has a shelf life of

approximately 3 months; once opened, its shelf life will be 2 months.
It is recommended that it be kept refrigerated.
Mustard ingredients include onion, which is a good source of minerals

such as calcium, iron, magnesium, sodium, potassium and zinc, and to a
lesser extent vitamins such as thiamine.
Interesting fact:
Mustard, i.e., the flower or pulverized seeds, which are used for various
condiments, come from the family of cruciferous plants, which are:
synapsis alba, brassica nigra and brassica juncea. From the first, white
mustard is obtained, which is weak (soft consistency), from the second,
black mustard, which is more pungent, and from the third, a very strong
and oily mustard, widely used in Russia.
Benefit:
By making your own mustard, you ensure good quality and hygiene of
the product, and the cost is reduced by 30% compared to commercial
products.
You can substitute the cane vinegar for one cup of white vinegar or wine
vinegar.
Page 521
116- MAYONNAISE
(Yield: 480 g)
Ingredients:
1 ¾ cups safflower oil (or the one of your choice)

3 egg yolks
4 tablespoons white vinegar
Juice of three medium lemons
½ teaspoon sugar
½ teaspoon salt
5 /8 teaspoon mustard (or to taste)
1 pinch of white pepper
1/4 medium cucumber cut into very small pieces finely chopped pickled
chili bell pepper strips (to taste)
Utensils:
• Blender
• 500 g sterilized bottle
• Adhesive label
• Stainless steel soup spoon
• Glass or plastic container of 1 kg capacity
Procedure:
1. Pour the egg yolks, salt, sugar, pepper, mustard, lemon juice and
vinegar in a blender. Blend for 2 seconds at the highest speed, or until
all ingredients are well incorporated.
2. After the time has elapsed, add the oil little by little, forming a
constant thread. We will stop blending until our mixture takes the
consistency of a mayonnaise (thick).
3. Pour the mayonnaise into our bowl and to give it a special touch we
add the pickled chiles and cucumbers. With the help of a spoon, we stir
evenly until the following are
Page 522
perfectly incorporated. (It is recommended not to incorporate them with
the blender because, due to the high water content in the cucumbers,
the mayonnaise would lose its consistency).
Then we pack in a previously sterilized jar and close it perfectly. Do not

forget to label it with the name of the product, date of manufacture and
expiration date.
Expiration:
Mayonnaise produced using this technology has a shelf life of 5 months.

Once opened, it is recommended to always keep it refrigerated; it will
last approximately three months.
Egg yolk and vegetable oil, the ingredients used to prepare mayonnaise,
provide the body with fats (which are a source of energy). In addition,
egg yolk contains phosvitin (a protein extraordinarily high in
phosphorus) and livetin (high in sulfur). It is also an excellent source of
iron (which helps reduce poor circulation problems) and contains
vitamin A (which helps our vision).
Interesting fact:
The use of oils dates back to the most ancient civilizations of Southeast
Europe, North Africa and the Far East. Today's overpopulation has made
the exclusive use of animal fats impossible and has made it necessary
to intensively harvest oleaginous vegetable crops. In tropical regions,
conditions are relatively unfavorable for the breeding of fat-producing
animals; on the other hand, they are very suitable for the cultivation of
wild plants such as sunflowers.
Benefit:
By making your own mayonnaise, you can save 40% compared to a

commercial product, as well as obtain a good quality mayonnaise.
Page 523
quality in terms of taste and hygiene.
Olive oil can be used, or lighter flavored oils such as soybean or corn oil
(these oils contain polyunsaturated fatty acids, many of which are vital
for the proper functioning of the body).
117- CATSUP or KETCHUP SAUCE RECIPE

Ingredients
½ lt of tomato juice or tomato puree
½ cup sugar
1 tablespoon salt
1 tablespoon onion powder
½ tablespoon garlic powder
1 cinnamon stick
3 pieces of cloves in spices
¼ cup vinegar
Procedure
1. Add sugar, salt, onion, garlic powder, cinnamon and cloves to the
tomato juice or puree. Mix well with a spoon and place on the fire for 3
minutes.
2. Then add the vinegar and keep on the heat for 5 to 10 minutes more
until it thickens.
3. Remove from the stove and strain, using a plastic strainer; then,
using a funnel, pour the product into a previously sterilized bottle.
4. Place the already bottled sauce in a water bath for 5 minutes,
covering the bottle but not closing it completely. After the time has
elapsed, tighten the cap tightly, remove the product from the water and
let it cool at room temperature. The product lasts approximately 3 to 5
months.
Yields 500gr
118- vanilla sugar

In general, this type of sugar is used in confectionery, although it has
Page 524
many other uses, such as sweetening a delicious tea, coffee or even a
glass of hot milk, it is also ideal for use when caramelizing onions,
providing a very delicate flavor. And as it usually happens in many other
things, everything is to start and aromatize the sugar have endless
variants, a cinnamon stick, dried fruit peels, such as orange, tangerine,
lemon, etc., or flowers, there are many alternatives. In this case it will be
with vanilla.
Vanilla sugar provides a really delicious flavor in confectionery, it is
used in Crème brûlée, it provides a delicate flavor, as well as to sweeten
beverages. In savory dishes it also provides a very succulent extra
flavor.
Ingredients 750 gr. sugar,
2 vanilla pods
How to make Vanilla Sugar:
Cut the pods into three pieces each and add them to the sugar.
Close the jar and shake it lightly.
We will put the sugar in a hermetically sealed jar, so that the fragrance
does not evaporate and impregnate the sugar with it.
119- INSTANT BEAN POWDER

(Yield: 900 g)
Preparation time: 2 days
Ingredients:
· 1 kg of beans of the variety of your choice
· 2 tablespoons of sodium bicarbonate of soda
· Water as needed
Utensils:
· Saucepan with 2 L capacity
· Strainer
· Blender
· Stainless steel or pewter tray
· Plastic bag
· Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Soak the beans in water with a teaspoon of baking soda for 8 hours.
The water is changed by adding another teaspoon of baking soda and
left for another 8 hours. This is repeated
Page 525
operation 2 more times.
2. After the soaking time has elapsed, the beans are drained in a
colander and washed in a strainer. It is put to cook with 8 cups of water.
3. The bean is ready for processing when the bean is completely broken
apart when pressed with the fingers.
5. The beans are ground to a paste.
6. On a tray covered with a plastic bag, spread them evenly and place
them to dry in the sun (approximately 12 hours).
7. When the bean is dry, it is ground again in a blender or powdered

with a masher, and then strained to obtain bean powder.
Store in plastic bags. The bag is labeled with the name of the product,
date of manufacture and expiration date.
Expiration:
The dehydrated beans obtained with this technology have an

approximate shelf life of 8 months.
Beans are a good source of protein, besides being the cheapest. As well
as a good source of minerals, fiber and B vitamins. They help control
blood glucose levels and, therefore, may be useful for diabetics.
Page 526
Interesting fact:
Today there are more than 500 varieties of beans, and it is thought that
their cultivation originated in the Andes. The main varieties consumed in
Mexico are the black variety from Querétaro, bayo, pinto, rosita and
Veracruz.
Benefit:
By making your own instant bean powder, you ensure good quality and
hygiene, and the cost is reduced by 30% compared to commercial
products.
Recommendations:
· Store the beans in a cool, dry and dark place, for which it is necessary
to store them in a box (reuse your boxes of beans or rice flour).
· Do not use an aluminum pot because the beans will turn sour.
· During the cooking of the beans it is necessary to take care that the
water is not consumed.
· The cooking of beans varies depending on the variety, so it is

necessary to take care during cooking to avoid sticking.
· To use it, just rehydrate it with warm water, the amount depends on
how thick you like to eat the beans.
120- HERBERRY JELLY For 3 jars of 250 grams ¾ kg of apples
Page 527
¾ liter of water
400 g sugar
2 tablespoons of lemon juice
12 sprigs of mint
Procedure:
Wash apples
Put ¾ L of water in a saucepan.
Break the apples into pieces, without removing the skin or cores, and
drop them into the water in the pan.
Simmer over low heat for approximately 45 minutes.
Filter through a cloth sieve overnight without squeezing.
The next day measure the collected juice, for each ½ l of liquid calculate
400 g of sugar. Put the juice in a saucepan, heat it, add the sugar,
dissolve it.
Add the aromatic herbs, lemon juice and cook over high heat for
approximately 30-45 minutes.
Lather if necessary.
Remove the herb sprigs, put some in the jars (previously sterilized).
Pour the jelly into them, allow to cool and cover according to basic
packaging standards.
121- MINT JELLY

For 3 jars of 250 grams
¾ kg of apple
¾ liter of water
400 g sugar
8 sprigs of mint
Procedure:
Wash apples
Page 528
dissolve it.
Pour the jelly into them, allow to cool and cover in accordance with
basic packaging standards.
122- BASIL JELLY

For 3 jars of 250 grams
¾ kg of apple
¾ liter of water
400 g sugar
8 sprigs of basil
Procedure:
Wash apples
Page 529
dissolve it.
123- BASIC RECIPE OF JELLY OF AROMATIC PLANTS
Ingredients for 3 jars of 250 grams

¾ kg of apple
¾ liter of water
400 g sugar
15 g fresh aromatic herbs (8-10 tablespoons)
Procedure:
Wash the apples.

Cut the apples into pieces, without removing the skin or cores, and drop
them into the water in the saucepan.
Allow to cool.
dissolve it.
Page 530
MEDICINAL FORMULAS AND RECIPES WITH THERAPEUTIC

JUICES
124- therapeutic juices recipe book

ACNE Decrease consumption of fats, custard, chocolate and non
skimmed milk. Use:
* 450 ml of carrot PLUS one of the following:

+ 175 ml of spinach; 100 ml of lettuce.
+ 275 ml of carrots plus 175 ml of spinach.
+ 175 ml of asparagus.
ALLERGIES Sensitivity to various substances, or even to sunlight, can

lead to allergic conditions. The first thing to do is to find the cause and
avoid contact with it.
The following juices are not so much remedies as general fortifiers:
* 225 ml of carrot; 225 ml of beet (root only)

* 50 ml of artichoke; 275 ml of celery.
* 350 ml of carrot; 100 ml of celery.
* 225 ml of carrot; 225 ml of potato.
Take two of the above combinations per day.
AMYGDALAS As in the case of vegetations, removal is usually

unnecessary. Tonsils are important for infection control, and should not
be lost without due consideration.
The juices to use are:
* 225 ml of onion; 225 ml of carrot.

* 50 g horseradish (grated); 25 ml garlic; * 375 ml pineapple. Plus any of
the following:
* 175 ml of alfalfa; 50 ml of celery; 225 ml of carrot.
Page 531
* 225 ml of apple; 225 ml of celery or carrot.
ANEMIA Not in pernicious anemia, which must be treated by a physician,

but in simple anemia.
Take two of the following combinations:
* Watercress, 50 ml.; horseradish (grated), 25 ml.

* 350 ml of spinach.
* 275 ml of carrots; 175 ml of spinach.
* 175 ml of carrots; 175 ml of fennel; 175 ml of beets.
* 225 ml fennel; 175 ml carrot; 50 ml spinach.
* 175 ml of carrots; 275 ml of beets.
* 225 ml of fennel; 225 ml of beet.
* 100 ml of turnip tops; 100 ml of carrot.
* 175 ml spinach; 50 ml watercress.
* 225 ml of turnip tops; 75 ml of watercress; 150 ml of spinach.
* 75 ml watercress; 225 ml carrots; 150 ml beets.
* 275 ml nettle; 50 ml watercress; 100 ml beet.
* 220 ml tomato; 100 ml carrot; 150 ml spinach.
PERNICIOUS ANEMIA Must be treated by a physician. Vegetarians may

be prone to suffer from it, and therefore should take it on a regular basis
and as a preventive measure:
* 450 ml of comfrey.
Breast ANGINA Natural juices may be useful as a supportive measure.

Avoid stressful situations.avoid all hardened fats.maintain a normal
weight.do regular light exercise. Take one of the following three
combinations:
* 275 ml pineapple; 175 ml papaya.

* 25 ml garlic; 225 ml onion; 75 ml parsley;
100 ml of orange.
* 25 ml garlic; 275 ml orange; 150 ml pineapple.
grated horseradish, 25 g.; 425 ml of carrot.
ANTIBIOTICS Sometimes, in an emergency, a physician will prescribe

antibiotics as a way to preserve health, but they should never be given
lightly for minor ailments.
Antibiotics destroy both good and bad bacteria without the use of
antibiotics.
Page 532
discrimination. Therefore, it is necessary to re-establish a good gastric
flora after antibiotic treatment.
These juices are recommended: * 275 ml of apple.
* 275 ml of cucumber; 25 ml of garlic.
* 275 ml of onion; 15 ml of garlic.
* 450 ml of papaya.
Drink plain yogurt daily.
ARTERIES (Arteriosclerosis) Maintain the correct weight. Use a diet rich

in polyunsaturated oils and low in hard fats. Do regular light exercise;
swimming and jogging or walking are suitable. It is believed that 500 mg
may be valuable. daily vitamin E intake. Do not eat more than one egg
per week. Avoid sugar and refined foods.
Drink one juice from each group every day:
Group A
* 225 ml of carrot; 100 ml of celery; 100 ml of beet.
* 225 ml of carrot; 100 ml of celery; 50 ml of spinach; 50 ml of parsley.
* 225 ml of carrot: 225 ml of nettle.
Group B
* 175 ml of pineapple; 50 ml of garlic; 225 ml of carrot.
* 275 ml of pineapple; 175 ml of papaya.
* 450 ml of pineapple.
* 450 ml of papaya.
Group C
* 25 g horseradish (grated).
* 50 ml of garlic.
ARTHRITIS When bone changes have occurred, inversion is no longer

possible. That is why it is surprising how many people seek and find
relief from arthritis in natural remedies. The fact is that mobility can be
regained if not, AVOID the degenerative process going further. This can
be helped by the healing powers of plants.
Page 533
Drink as much celery as you can; almost a liter a day is ideal.
Celery should be taken with one or more of the following juices: * 275 ml
of cucumber; 175 ml of nettles.
* 450 ml of grapefruit (if available).
* 375 ml of nettle; 75 ml of parsley.
* 225 ml of spinach; 50 ml of parsley; 175 ml of cucumber or nettle.
* 175 ml cucumber; 200 ml beet; 75 ml watercress.
ASTHMA For example, one in ten people suffers from this exhausting
ailment, which produces a nervous spasm of the bronchioles that fill
with mucus. Sometimes the cause can be found and avoided. Try each
combination for at least one full week when attacks are to be expected. If
you find the one that helps you, keep it as long as it is useful to you:
* 550 ml of grapefruit.
* 100 g horseradish (grated); 100 ml lemon; 350 ml water.
* 375 ml of carrot; 200 ml of radish (roots and tips).
* 225 ml of lettuce; 350 ml of celery.
* 350 ml of lettuce; 225 ml of potato.
* 150 ml of carrot; 150 ml of watercress; 75 ml of parsley; 100 ml of
potato.
* 25 ml of garlic every day.
BILIARY ATTACKS Not vomiting, but inability to produce enough bile to

digest the fats you have eaten.
Reduce all fat. Do not drink alcohol, and drink one of the following
juices:
* 100 ml cucumber; 225 ml carrot; 175 ml beet.

* 275 ml of carrot; 175 ml of celery; 50 ml of parsley.
* 225 ml of dandelion; 100 ml of watercress; 175 ml of nettles.
BOCIO This enlargement of the thyroid gland is due to a diet lacking

iodine. Goiter is only common in areas with low natural iodine; the usual
remedy or preventive measure is the use of iodized table salt or, better
yet, cooking with sea salt.
Page 534
The natural way is to add a teaspoon of kelp or dulse to one of the
following combinations:
* 25 ml parsley; 200 ml carrot; 225 ml celery.

* 275 ml of carrots; 100 ml of spinach; 50 ml of watercress.
BRONCHITIS Try to quit smoking. If possible, move to an elevated

location with plenty of clean, fresh air. Keep weight down. To expel
mucus, take every day, at least for two months: * 100 g of horseradish
(grated); the juice of 2 lemons in 350 ml of water and/or:
* 275 ml of onion.
* 275 ml of turnips; 100 ml of lemon.
As an internal disinfectant, take daily:
* 500 ml of cabbage; 50 ml of lemon.
And to regain strength:
* 350 ml carrot; 150 ml dandelion; or: * 275 ml of carrot;
150 ml of beet root and tips; 150 ml of cucumber.
To clear the throat, use pineapple juice.
BILIARY STONES Some doctors say that stones can only be cured with
surgery; and in certain cases they are right. However, good results have
been observed with methods that have
natural. Avoid fatty foods and reduce your weight to normal.
The following juice combinations are useful:
* 275 ml of apple; 175 ml of celery.

* 450 ml of beet.
* 175 ml of nettle; 100 ml of watercress.
* 175 ml of carrot; 150 ml of beet; 150 ml of cucumber.
Celery juice is particularly recommended because it prevents the
formation of new stones.
CANCER Is an umbrella name for several malignant conditions.

Always consult your physician. Raw juices can provide a valuable and
nutritious support to the treatment your physician deems appropriate.
Cancer can be controlled today, especially if preventive guidelines are
followed.
Always adopt a positive attitude and not a pessimistic one. It is
recommended as
Page 535
1000-ChEMICAL FORMULATIONS adjuvant one of
the following: * 1 liter of carrot per day; or:
* 1 liter of beets per day, or:
* 550 ml of carrot; 550 ml of beet; 550 ml of papaya per day.
CATARACTS They need experienced medical advice; but if treated early

they may respond to natural treatments.
Select one of the following juices:
* 275 ml of carrot; 150 ml of celery; 75 ml of parsley; 100 ml of

watercress.
* 275 ml of carrot; 75 ml of parsley; 75 ml of spinach.
* 225 ml of carrot; 150 ml of watercress, 200 ml of tomato.
Eliminate tobacco and all fatty and / or refined foods.

In many cases, 25 ml of garlic per day is effective.
The following juices are also very useful:
* Juice of 2 lemons; 100 ml of grated horseradish; 350 ml of hot water.

* 350 ml of carrot; 100 ml of spinach.
* 175 ml of carrots; 175 ml of celery; 100 ml of radishes.
* 275 ml of carrots; 100 ml of radish; 50 ml of
parsley.
* 275 ml of papaya; 150 ml of pineapple; 150 ml of grapefruit.
* 275 ml of onion.
CIRCULATION To help circulation, exercise daily.

The juices to be used are:
* 100 g. of horseradish (grated)
* 275 ml of carrot.
COLITIS Take a lot of bran and cereal fiber. The soft foods that used to
be recommended are not usually helpful. Take the juice of a lemon in hot
water when you get up, more:
* 275 ml apple; 225 ml carrot; or:
* 175 ml of cucumber; 150 ml of carrot, 250 ml of beet root.
Page 536
It is recommended to drink 500 ml of papaya.
CONVALECENCE This is a time to rebuild your health with exercise and

fresh air.
You can choose one or more juices from these:
* 350 ml of beet; 175 ml of carrot; 50 ml of parsley.
* 175 ml fennel; 225 ml carrot.
* 150 ml of green beans.
DERMATITIS If caused by an external irritant, eliminate the cause. Try to

spread avocado or papaya pulp on top.
In some rare cases, it is due to vitamin A insufficiency. If so, drink some
of the following juices:
* 175 ml of carrot; 175 ml of apple; 175 ml of celery.

* 50 ml parsley; 75 ml watercress; 300 ml carrots.
DIABETES It should invariably be treated by an experienced physician,

because if the disease is controlled the patient can lead a relatively
normal life.
Several low-carbohydrate juice combinations have been found to be
useful, especially for the adult-onset type of diabetes.
One of the best is:
* 275 ml of Brussels sprouts; 275 ml of beans.

Another good mix is:
* 75 g horseradish (grated); juice of 2 lemons; 275 ml water.
Others to try are:
* 225 ml of carrots, 225 ml of spinach.
* 350 ml carrot; 50 ml celery; 50 ml parsley.
* 175 ml of lettuce; 200 ml of green beans; 200 ml of Brussels sprouts.
DIARRHEA If it is persistent, you should consult a physician. There are

several good juice combinations for diarrhea.
Use one of these:
* 450 ml of beets.
Page 537
* 450 ml of cabbage.
* 225 ml of beets; 225 ml of cabbage.
* 50 ml garlic; 225 ml cabbage.
* 50 ml garlic; 400 ml beet.
* 450 ml of nettle.
* 225 ml nettle; 25 ml garlic; 200 ml cabbage.
* 450 ml of papaya.
* 225 ml of papaya; 225 ml of pineapple.
DYSPEPSIA It is called to the difficult and laborious digestion of chronic

character. It can be caused by different factors. Often due to excess
alkaline and lack of acid in the system. The goal should be
normalization, and not to use the potent antacids that are commonly
used. Try these juices until you find the right one for your dyspepsia.
Wait two weeks before taking:
* 450 ml of papaya.
The juice of two lemons with hot water and a little honey.
* 175 ml carrot; 200 ml beet root;
* 75 ml of lettuce.
Ordinary beverages should be replaced by dandelion coffee. If the
fatigue is due to anxiety, use:
* 450 ml of beet root.
Tomato juice produces great relief.
HEADACHES It is a warning of the existence of body tension produced

by stress or toxins. Prevention is better than cure. Persistent headaches
are a sign of illness and a physician should always be consulted. The
remedy is to treat the underlying cause. An elimination diet rich in raw
fruits and vegetables and whole grains is very useful. Try the following
juice combinations:
* 350 ml of cabbage; 100 ml of celery.

* 50 ml of artichoke or elixir every 4 hours.
* 225 ml apple; 225 ml tomato; 50 ml parsley.
* 275 ml of beets; 275 ml of cabbage.
* 450 ml of beet.
* 275 ml carrot; 100 ml beet; 175 ml cucumber.
Page 538
ECCEMA It is more a symptom than a disease. Among its many causes

are heredity and susceptibility. It is often produced by stress and worry.
Try to find and eliminate the cause. Choose a non-stimulating diet.
Vegetarianism is ideal. Try one of the following juices:
* 150 ml of spinach; 300 ml of carrots.

* 175 ml carrot; 175 ml celery; 50 ml spinach.
* 50 ml of parsley.
* 275 ml of lettuce.
* 450 ml of papaya.
* 175 ml of artichoke or elixir.
* 175 ml of nettles.
* 350 ml of potato.
PREGNANCY Be particularly concerned about having a sufficient supply

of iron and vitamins A, B, and C.
Take daily:
* 275 ml of carrot juice; 50 ml of watercress, and one of the following

juices:
* 50 ml of parsley; 350 ml of tomatoes
* 225 ml of carrot; 225 ml of apple.
* 225 ml of carrots; 225 ml of beets.
* 175 ml carrot; 175 ml apple; 100 ml beet.
STRETCH Your diet should have sufficient fiber from whole wheat,
preferably stone-ground. Two tablespoons of blackstrap molasses in hot
water will usually put an end to most people's problems. The -BIO- is
also highly recommended, but make sure it is free of synthetic colorings
and flavorings. The following should be used, individually or in
conjunction with each other:
* 350 ml of potato.
EXCESS WEIGHT If when checking the scales you realize that your
Page 539
If your weight is excessive, drink a glass of water with 2 teaspoons of
apple cider vinegar or lemon juice slowly at every meal, and do not drink
anything else with your meal.
When you feel hungry because of your controlled diet (without it you are
not likely to lose weight), satisfy your need for food by using juices.
Choose from these: * 225 ml carrot, 225 ml celery.
* 225 ml of spinach; 225 ml of beet.
* 100 ml of cucumber; 175 ml of beet; 175 ml of tomato.
Or any other you feel like. One combination to take before a meal that
will help you reduce your appetite is:
* 1 tablespoon of honey; 275 ml of celery.
LACK OF WEIGHT It is not as common as excess, and is rarely a cause

for concern. The problem is that the fat on the body is so thin that
insulation from extreme temperatures is poor. The remedy is to eat
more. A good juice combination is: * 275 ml alfalfa; 275 ml carrot.
FATIGUE After hard work, fatigue is nature's way of telling us that we

need rest, so rest. The stresses weaken the body and make it vulnerable
to disease.
If you are fatigued without having worked hard, either you need more
sleep, or you are not active enough, for laziness itself produces fatigue;
or you are ill, in which case you must find and treat the cause. But most
likely you will need a nutritional "restorative".
For two weeks, take the following:
* Watercress juice diluted with 5 times more water, and/or:

* 225 ml of orange; 225 ml. apple; 25 ml of lemon; 25 ml of lettuce.
FEVER This condition is the body's natural response in its fight to

destroy the infection. Treat the cause. Drink juices that suit you,
especially all citrus, grape and celery juices. To fight infection, use
garlic, cabbage and onion juices.
HAY FEVER As in the case of asthma, hay fever is a
Page 540
produced by a sensitivity to an external influence that has to be
localized and, if possible, avoided. Children usually grow out of it, and it
often becomes milder or ceases to exist as the years go by. Use one of
these juices:
* 225 ml of celery; 350 ml of carrots.

* 175 ml of carrot; 175 ml of beet root; 100 ml of cucumber.
* 225 ml of carrot; 75 ml of celery; 75 ml of spinach; 50 ml of parsley.
* 75 g horseradish (grated); juice of 2 lemons; 350 ml water.
* 200 ml of carrot; 150 ml of beet, 100 ml of lettuce.
FRACTURES To heal fractures, the body must have an abundant supply

of vitamin C, protein and calcium.
The best juice is this one:
* 450 ml of comfrey per day.
FUROUNCULOS Usually, they are external signs of internal toxic waste.

Keep them very clean and make sure your diet is right, with lots of fresh,
raw fruits and vegetables and whole wheat bread. Use papaya pulp as an
external poultice or, if you do not have it, pure honey. Use one or two of
the following juices:
* 200 ml of carrot; 275 ml of beet root and tips; 25 ml of garlic.

* 150 ml of onions; 245 ml of cabbage.
* 150 ml of watercress; 150 ml of nettle; 275 ml of cabbage.
* 50 ml garlic; 150 ml onion; 250 ml beet root and tips.
FLU Flu should not be taken lightly. It can even be fatal for the elderly or
weak. It is a good habit to start the winter with two weeks of good,
nutritious juices that build stamina. It can be repeated one week after
Christmas. Take every day:
* 75 ml of watercress; 50 ml of parsley; 200 ml of carrots; 200 ml of

potatoes. If you have the flu, you need to avoid anxiety about your
insomnia, as this will only make things worse. Try sleeping with one or
two pillows.
Page 541
extras to improve breathing. Do some exercise an hour before going to
bed, even if it is just walking. When you retire, drink a glass of your
favorite hot juice in which you have dissolved a tablespoon of honey.
Lemon is usually good. Drink one of the following juices during the day:
* 225 ml of celery; 225 ml of carrot.

At night, rub the forehead with:
* 25 ml of lettuce and 3 drops of rose oil; Take:
* 100 ml of lettuce.
HEMORROIDS Arise after pregnancy or due to tension or stress. A diet

rich in cereal fiber (bran) almost always prevents the onset of
hemorrhoids, and is essential for their relief. It has not been proven that
sitting on hot things can be a cause.
Always consult with your doctor.juices that can help you are:
* One tablespoon of nettle, three times a day.

* 225 ml of potato; 225 ml of watercress.
* 100 ml of turnip tops; 100 ml of watercress;
100 ml of spinach; 100 ml of carrot.
WOUNDS Protein and vitamins C and K are needed to heal wounds.

Vitamin K is found in alfalfa, and protein in comfrey. Therefore, a good
combination is:
* 175 ml alfalfa; 175 ml comfrey; 100 ml carrot.
HERNIA
This deviation of one turn of the intestines pushing on the wall of the
abdomen may be produced by the pressure on the human body from
having adopted the upright posture. Statistically it is known that 2% of
men suffer from hernia. Women have inherently stronger abdominal
muscles, and are therefore less likely to suffer from hernia.
Prevention consists of lifting heavy objects with the leg muscles rather
than with the abdominal or back muscles, and keeping the abdomen well
exercised and its muscles in good tone. The latter is facilitated by
healthy nutrition and the following juices, which can help:
Page 542
* 175 ml carrot; 150 ml celery; 75 ml spinach; 50 ml parsley.

* 350 ml of carrot; 100 ml of spinach.
* 275 ml of carrot; 75 ml of beet (roots and tips); 75 ml of cucumber.
LIVER
(Alterations) Liver problems are often due to excess alcohol, excess fats
and lack of vitamin B. Take a brewer's yeast supplement. You should
use two of the following juices every day:

* 150 ml of spinach; 300 ml of carrots.
* 250 ml carrots; 150 ml celery; 50 ml parsley.
* 350 ml of apple.
* 50 ml of artichoke or elixir, three times a day.
BONES AND TEETH Both children and the elderly need a lot of calcium,
as this mineral is not usually well absorbed.
Make calcium-rich juices and drink at least half a liter a day.
Among the best are celery, parsley and watercress.
Spinach contains oxalic acid, and there is a possibility that it combines
with calcium, rendering it useless; although some authorities state that
this is not the case with raw juices.
GOUT This disease is very painful, but fortunately it is not common.

Avoid wine, beer and foods rich in nucleoproteins, such as anchovies or
sardines. The best diet is vegetarian. Whiskey can be drunk, as it does
not induce gout.
The chosen juice is:
* 150 ml per day of beans or green beans.
LOST SEXUAL IMPULSE Vitamin E, ginseng, honey and pollen are said
to help with lovemaking. Some good juices can also be used:
* 450 ml of beets.
Page 543
* 225 ml beets; 225 ml carrots; 175 ml. of cucumber.
* 350 ml of celery.
INDIGESTION It can be caused by a number of factors. Often due to

excess alkaline and lack of acid in the system.
The goal should be normalization, and not to use the potent antacids
that are commonly used. Try these juices until you find the right one for
your indigestion. Wait two weeks before changing:
* 450 ml of papaya.
The juice of 2 lemons in hot water with a little honey.
* 175 ml carrot; 200 ml beet root;
* 75 ml of lettuce.
Ordinary beverages should be replaced by dandelion coffee.
If caused by anxiety, use: * 450 ml of beet root.
Tomato juice is a great relief.
LARYNGITIS Treat like chills. Gargle with lemon diluted in warm water.
Use the following combinations:
* 225 ml of carrot; 225 ml of pineapple.

* 175 ml of carrot; 150 ml of beet; 150 ml of beet; 150 ml.
cucumber.
SPRING CLEANSING Every spring, give your body a chance to recover

from the stress of winter and start fresh. Put yourself on a vegetarian
diet low in refined starches and devoid of sugar; then, for two weeks,
take every day before each meal one third of: * 225 ml of nettle; 175 ml
of watercress; 175 ml of dandelion.
LOMBRICES The term anthelmintics is used to refer to remedies that

eliminate the symptoms of anthelminthic
diseases.
worms. Those cited are proven. A two-week cure is advisable, but make
sure that the feces are not recycled in the environment:
* 450 ml of pumpkin.
* 1 tablespoon of garlic juice in 275 ml of water.
BAD BREATH Check that your teeth are clean and free of cavities. Take
bran to maintain normal bowel activity.
Treat any infection you may have in your chest, nose, mouth and throat.
* 50 ml of lemon juice in hot water upon rising plus one of these juices:
* 275 ml of carrot; 150 ml of spinach; 150 ml of cucumber.
* 550 ml of apple.
* 275 ml of apple; 225 ml of celery.
EXCESSIVE MENSTRUATION Take iron. Good juice combinations are:
* 225 ml of fennel; 225 ml of beet.

* 225 ml of nettle; 225 ml of beets.
(See also ANEMIA)**

IRREGULAR MENSTRUATION * 175 ml of parsley per day.
MIGRAÑA
Nervous contraction of blood vessels in the brain may be caused by
worry or allergy. The reason is not often known. The most favorable
juice is fennel juice (350 ml).
PREGNANCY OR BREASTFEEDING Be particularly concerned about

having a sufficient supply of iron and vitamins A, D and C.
Take daily:
** 275 ml of carrot juice; 50 ml of watercress, and one of the following

juices:
Page 545
* 50 ml of parsley; 350 ml of tomato.
* 225 ml of carrot; 225 ml of beet.
* 175 ml of carrot; 175 ml of apple; 100 ml of beet.
NIGHT BLINDNESS Night blindness is a sign of vitamin A insufficiency.

Use some of the juices rich in vitamin A. The following are particularly
good:
* 225 ml of fennel: 225 ml of carrot.

* 75 ml watercress; 25 ml parsley; 275 ml carrot.
* 450 ml of papaya.
* 275 ml of carrot; 175 ml of fennel.
HAIR LOSS It is often an inherited condition for which nothing can be

done. However, it is said to help to rub nettle juice on the scalp once a
day, in addition: * 275 ml of spinach; 275 ml of lettuce, consumed daily
for at least six months.
Another juice combination is:

* 175 ml of alfalfa; 100 ml of lettuce; 175 ml of carrots.
As a general guideline you should use avocado salad and papaya pulp
to help remove blemishes. Lemon and cucumber juices are superb and
effective cosmetics. Do not allow synthetic products to clog pores.
Among the juices and juice combinations that improve the skin are:
* 350 ml of apple.
* 350 ml of beet.
CARDIAC PROBLEMS See a doctor. Make sure your diet is rich in

polyunsaturates, such as corn oil; exercise gently and maintain your
normal weight.
The juices that help are:
Page 546
* 450 ml of beets.
* 450 ml of papaya.
* 275 ml of pineapple; 175 ml of papaya.
* 100 g horseradish; 25 ml garlic; juice of 2 lemons; 350 ml water.
* 175 ml carrot; 150 ml celery; 50 ml parsley; 75 ml spinach.
NASAL SINUS PROBLEMS Can be very painful and make breathing

difficult. In these cases, use horseradish and garlic. Other nutritious
juices are:
* 275 ml of carrot; 275 ml of pineapple or papaya; plus:

* 100 g horseradish (grated); 25 ml lemon juice.
* 175 ml of radishes (root and leaves); 225 ml of carrots, plus 25 ml of
garlic daily.
SUNBURNS Large amounts of vitamin A and calcium are helpful, but it is

best to prevent the burn.
To achieve this, use avocado juice as a sun protection agent.
Above all, be cautious and do not expose yourself to the sun for more
than 15 minutes on the first day. You can then double the exposure time
each day, especially if you avoid the times when the sun is strongest,
between 11:30 am and 2:30 pm.
REJUVENATION The usual valuable support substances are ginseng,

pollen and vitamin E. Besides that, a daily juice of 450 ml of papaya is
very useful.
If possible, persuade the drinker to drink half a liter of water before

going to bed, or better a whole liter.
In the morning you will be afflicted with vitamin B deficiency, vitamin C
deficiency and headache.
Take:
* 2 tablespoons of brewer's yeast, 4 tablespoons of honey and 1/2 liter

of citrus juice or 2 liters of papaya or pineapple.
Repeat every two hours.
Page 547
COLDS Massive doses (1-2 g. every three hours) of vitamin C (at the
onset of symptoms). If you can find it, 10 mg of propolis (the resinous
glue of beehives) is very useful, taken three times a day. Hot lemon juice
soothes; otherwise, take treatment of colds. As a specific, it is a good
idea to drink 500 ml of orange juice.
WATER RETENTION May be the result of various causes that should be

treated, such as poor circulation, kidney problems, etc.
Juices with good diuretic properties (which help to pass liquids) are:
* 175 ml of artichoke daily.

* 175 ml daily of asparagus.
* 450 ml of celery.
* 225 ml cucumber; 225 ml celery.
* 400 ml of dandelion.
* 225 ml of dandelion; 100 ml of asparagus.
* 175 ml of nettle daily.
* 175 ml daily of parsley mixed with another juice.
* 550 ml of pumpkin (or zucchini).
* 100 g horseradish (grated) with hot water.
Those suffering from fluid retention should avoid adding salt to meals
(sodium chloride) and not eat very salty foods.
MUSCULAR RHEUMATISM You have to rebuild your strength and get rid
of toxic waste. Use any of the following juices:

* 225 ml of carrot; 225 ml of orange.
* 175 ml carrot; 175 ml beet; 100 ml cucumber.
* 175 ml of celery; 225 ml of carrot; 175 ml of cucumber.
* 100 ml of watercress; 100 ml of cucumber, 225 ml of beet.
Drink dandelion coffee instead of other beverages.
KIDNEYS
(It is important to drink enough fluids every day. In this case, natural
juice therapy is very useful. Take one or more of
Page 548
the following:
* 175 ml of artichoke daily.

* 50 ml of asparagus, three times a day.
* 225 ml of beet; 150 ml of carrot; 75 ml of cucumber.
* 175 ml celery; 175 ml beet; 100 ml cucumber.
PURIFICATION OF THE BLOOD, Just as the blood carries nutrients, it

also carries toxins. If this does not occur as effectively as it should,
some natural juices are very stimulating for the improvement of the
blood. Try one of the following:
* 450 ml of apple.
* 450 ml of beets.
* 225 ml of beet, three times a day.
* 225 ml of beet; 175 ml of cucumber; 175 ml of carrots.
* 100 ml of nettle; 175 ml of beet.
* 225 ml of spinach; 225 ml of beet.
* 100 ml of watercress; 350 ml of carrots.
NERVOUS SYSTEM There are several juices that powerfully help the
nervous system, but before using them examine your lifestyle to rid
yourself of any unnecessary burdens while rebuilding your health.
You can use any of the following juices:

* 175 ml of dandelion; 100 ml of nettle.
* 75 ml of lettuce; 175 ml of celery; 75 ml of parsley.
* 450 ml of green beans, alone or with an equal amount of Brussels
sprouts juice.
Your doctor should see you often to check your blood pressure, advise
you and tell you if it is high enough to worry about. Do not obsess, do
not smoke and do not drink too much alcohol. Maintain a moderate
weight. Take every day, 25 ml of garlic mixed with 200 ml of carrot juice.
Also drink any of the following juices:
* 225 ml of carrot; 50 ml of parsley.
Page 549
* 550 ml of papaya.
* 275 ml of alfalfa; 275 ml of carrot.
* 550 ml of orange.
LOW VOLTAGE Usually an inconvenience, but not at all a serious

concern, unless it is really low. Drink one of the following juices:

* 275 ml of beets; 175 ml of spinach.
* 75 ml parsley; 50 ml watercress; 175 ml carrot; 150 ml celery.
TOS An expectorant cough, i.e., one that produces the elimination of

mucus, is a necessary protective mechanism. Dry coughs are relieved
by gargling and swallowing afterwards:
* Juice of lemons; 2 tablespoons of honey; 150 ml of hot water.

Find the cause of the cough, such as a cold or a cold, and then treat the
condition. Avoid smoking atmospheres. A good treatment is:
* 275 ml of onion per day.
PEPTIC, DUODENAL ULCER Do not take a bland diet unless there is a

special medical reason to do so. On the contrary, use whole-grain bread.
Drink 450 ml of cabbage; 850 ml per day of pineapple and papaya juices
in the desired form. Also:
* 350 ml of comfrey.
* 450 ml of potato.
VARICES
(VARICOSE VEINS)
They are aggravated by the stress of constipation. Use whole grains, and
drink 225 ml of apple juice every morning. Also use: * 50 ml of
asparagus, three times a day.
* 350 ml of potatoes per day.
Page 550
VOMITS
Nausea. Seek medical advice if the cause is not obvious. If it is due to
careless eating or drinking, rest and one of the following juices are
helpful:
* 350 ml of papaya.
* 100 ml of parsley; 275 ml of tomatoes
126- DULCE DE LECHE

(Yield: 1 Kg)
Ingredients:
• 1 L of pasteurized whole milk

• 3 cups of sugar (720g)
• 100 g butter
• 2 teaspoons of vanilla essence (3ml)*.
• 2 teaspoons of baking soda (20g)*.
• It is available in raw material stores.
Utensils:
• Pewter pot with 2 L capacity

• Cooking spoon or wooden shovel
• Chopping board
• Container with lid
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Add the milk, sugar, butter and vanilla essence to the saucepan and
place over high heat, stirring constantly with a spoon.
2. As soon as the mixture starts to boil, add the baking soda, stirring
constantly, and once it has reached a thick consistency and the bottom
of the pot is visible, remove from the heat.
Page 551
3. Without stopping stirring, it is left to warm until the hands can
withstand the heat of the mixture.
4. To form the candies, the dough is poured onto the chopping board
previously moistened to prevent sticking and the candy is molded with
the hands into small balls.
The candies are placed in the container and covered tightly. Store in a
cool, dry place. Do not forget to label with the name, date of preparation
and expiration date.
Expiration:
Milk candies made using this technology have a shelf life of

Milk is a good source of high quality proteins that are necessary to form
tissues in infancy and adolescence as well as to replace the cells that
wear out in the adult tissues.
Interesting Fact:
Pasteurization is a heat treatment, generally at temperatures below 100C

to prolong the shelf life of foods for several days or even months,
causing the inactivation of enzymes and destruction of microorganisms
relatively sensitive to heat, causing minimal changes in the nutrients of
the food as well as in its physical characteristics.
Benefit:
By manufacturing the product at home, the quality and hygiene of the

product is assured, as well as the flavor and characteristics to the
family's liking. Savings of 50% are obtained compared to a commercial
product.
Recommendations:
Page 552
1. The desired shape can be given to the sweets with the hands.
2. Let the candies rest for a full day to cool completely and take the
desired consistency.
You can garnish the dulce de leche with nuts, pine nuts or peeled
peanuts.
127- TERIYAKI MARINADE AND MACERATION
Ingredients:
½ cup white table wine
½ cup chicken broth
1/3 cup soy sauce
1/8 tablespoon garlic garlic powder
3 tablespoons wine vinegar
2 tablespoons of honey
Pour all ingredients into a bottle, close tightly and shake. Marinate the
meat pieces in this mixture for several hours before grilling.
When the meat is cooking, add this mixture. With the above amounts
128- MEAT MARINATING
Vinegar is perfect for marinating meat, as it softens it naturally.
Mix a little apple or wine vinegar with olive oil or any other vegetable oil
of your choice and marinate the meat. It will be ready to cook!
GINGER WINE VINEGAR MACERATE WITH WINE VINEGAR
Ingredients:
1 cup rosé or white wine
1/4 cup honey''''''''
Page 553
1/4 cup ketchup
1/4 cup olive oil
½ teaspoon of powdered ginger
½ teaspoon garlic salt
1/8 teaspoon pepper
Pour everything into a bottle, cap tightly and shake so that the
ingredients are perfectly mixed. You can marinate lamb, chicken or any
type of meat. You can also add this mixture at the time of roasting,
grilling or grilling on charcoal.
129- VAPORUB
In general for respiratory tract and for mosquito and flea bites.
INGREDIENTS:
100 gr solid petroleum jelly
1-2 camphor tablets
2 floripond flowers, chopped
30 gr of rosemary
10 gr of eucalyptus
½ tablespoon turpentine
PROCEDURE:
Melt the petroleum jelly in a double boiler, add the washed and chopped
plants, cook over low heat until the leaves turn golden brown, add the
camphor and finally the turpentine, remove from heat and let it cool
covered.
130- AVOCADO PIT AND ROSEMARY OINTMENT
For muscular pains, torticollis, rheumatism.
INGREDIENTS: 100 grams of petroleum jelly, 1 avocado pit, 20 grams of

chopped rosemary.
PROCEDURE: Melt the petroleum jelly in a double boiler, once melted,

add the grated avocado pits, let it boil for 10 minutes, add the chopped
rosemary and let it boil for another 10 minutes.
Page 492
Remove from heat, strain and let it cool covered.
131- ALOE VERA OINTMENT
It relieves inflammation, is good for bruises, burns, hemorrhoids.
INGREDIENTS: One teaspoon of petroleum jelly, one teaspoon of aloe

vera, one teaspoon of aloe vera, one teaspoon of aloe vera.
PROCEDURE wash and chop the aloe vera removing the edges, put the
petroleum jelly on low heat, when it is liquid add the aloe vera and let it
simmer for 20 minutes, it is noticed when the foam begins to change to
a light brown color. Remove from heat, strain, pack and label.
132- BRONCHITIS OINTMENT
In general for respiratory tract and for mosquito and flea bites.
INGREDIENTS:
2 camphor tablets
2 cloves garlic
10 g of peppermint
10 gr of floripond flower
20 gr of pennyroyal
10 gr of mastranzo
20 gr of chamomile
40 gr of eucalyptus
2 teaspoons of gomenolate oil
Page 493
PROCEDURE:
Melt the petroleum jelly in a water bath, add the previously washed and
chopped plants, let it cook for 10 minutes, add the turpentine and then
the gomenolated oil, let it cook for 5 more minutes, strain it and let it
cool covered.
133- CUACHALALATE OINTMENT
For skin ulcerations, infected burns, swollen and infected eyelids.
INGREDIENTS:
40 gr of grated cuachalalate
5 ml almond oil
PROCEDURE:
Melt the vaseline in a bain-marie, when it is liquid add the grated

cuachalalate, let it boil for 20 minutes, mix well and remove from the
heat, strain and let it cool covered.
134- ZINC OXIDE AND ALMOND OIL OINTMENT
For scratches, or burns NOT infected, chafing, skin irritation, white

patches of skin, for healing.
INGREDIENTS:
Page 558
Page 559
2 tablespoons of zinc oxide
5 ml almond oil
PROCEDURE:
Melt the petroleum jelly in a water bath, when it is liquid add the zinc
oxide, mix well and remove from the heat, add the almond oil and let it
cool.
RECIPES AND FORMULAS FOR MEMORY
135- Recipes to improve memory

Folk remedies
Remedy to improve memory #1: A natural remedy is to drink an infusion

of sage every day.
Remedy to improve memory #2:: Take an infusion of rosemary

sweetened with honey to improve memory.
Remedy to improve memory #3: Eat three plums, three dried apricots
and three almonds every day.
Remedy to improve memory #4: Eat walnuts for nine days in a row. The
first day with six nuts and so on until 15 on the ninth day.
Remedy to improve memory #5: Add ginger to salads and eat it daily.
Remedy to improve memory #6: A grandmother's remedy to improve

memory is to eat the apple with peel and skin.
Remedy to improve memory #7: Take a tablespoon of brewer's yeast, a
Page 560
little pollen and a tablespoon of soy lecithin for
Page 561
improve memory.
Remedy to improve memory #8: Ginkgo biloba has been used for
centuries in traditional Chinese medicine to activate circulation and
thereby improve brain functions such as memory. Combined with
rosemary, which protects the brain against free radical damage, and
sage, it is an effective remedy (available in our store) to combat the
deterioration of brain functions.
Remedy to improve memory #9: Pour soy milk into a bowl, add a
tablespoon of brown sugar and pollen and stir in royal jelly (1 ampoule
or its equivalent).
Remedy to improve memory #10: Prepare a healing juice with 250 grams
of figs, 125 grams of dates, and 3 carrots. Mix all ingredients in a
blender. Strain and then drink preferably in the morning.
Remedy to improve memory #11: Prepare a healing juice one mango,

three walnuts, one orange, two peeled almonds, and one cup of water.
Extract the juice from the mango and orange and then blend with the
rest of the ingredients. Take it preferably in the morning.
Remedy to improve memory #12: Take five grams of these ingredients:

Mallow, yarrow, raspberries, basil and mint. Let it boil for a couple of
minutes and, after straining the result, drink a small glass every night,
after dinner, for two weeks. Discontinue treatment for the same period of
time and resume treatment after the same period of time.
Remedy to improve memory #13: Add a few drops of rosemary essential

oil to an oil burner and keep it on the table in order to improve memory
when studying or working.
Recommendations
Some recommendations to improve memory are:

Page 496
Active reading It is important to perform mental exercises to keep the

memory in shape. In this sense, one must acquire the habit of reading
actively and deeply by taking notes and reflecting on what one has read.
Make a good image. If you often lose your keys or some other object,
when you put them somewhere try to make a mental image of where you
left them. If it is on the dining room table, look at the table and close
your eyes trying to form an image of it with the object on top.
Talking to oneself. If the above recommendation does not work for you,
you can use, in addition to a visual image, an auditory one, so that both
contribute to remind you. If you are leaving your car in a distant parking
lot, but it is near an apple tree, say aloud, "I am leaving my car near the
apple tree" which will reinforce your memory. If you still have a hard
time remembering, I looked around. Suddenly near the apple tree there is
a ladder. This other aspect can also help you remember.
Relate dates and names to something familiar. For example, if the

birthday of a person is easily forgotten, but Christmas or an important
event is celebrated nearby, it is related to this event so as not to forget it.
Students should be in the habit of making summaries, outlines or

underlining when studying.
Tying a string to a finger Many people, as a technique to reinforce their

memory, tie a string to a finger or change their wristwatch so that they
are able to remember, whether it is an aunt's birthday or that they have
to buy something before they get home.
Make listsIf you have to buy many items at the supermarket, it is better
to write a list on a piece of paper which will help your memory to focus
on more important things.
Group into categories When you don't have pencil and paper, you will
have to make the list in your mind, but to make sure you don't forget,
you should group by category. In other words, if you have to buy 20
different items in the store
Page 563
should think, for example, of five fruits, three vegetables, four items
related to paper, five items related to meat and three items related to
detergents.
Making sets of numbers If you must remember a good number of

numbers, it is advisable to make sets. For example, remembering the
digits 4,5,6,1,1,4,1,4 is probably not easy, but remembering the phone
number 456-1414 is not so difficult, since they are grouped together.
Make associationsIf you must remember someone's name, match their

face or a characteristic of that person with their name. For example: A
gentleman with the last name of Mariscal, associate him with a gallant
uniform.
Search for "indicators". It is important to remember to look for a fact that

serves as an indicator. For example: If you do not remember when you
worked at a financial firm, but you remember that you were dating a
person with whom you went to the movies a lot and that his favorite
movie was "Star Wars," then you can conclude that you worked at the
firm in the late 1970s.
To make a test. Many students complain that when they go to an exam

they forget everything they have learned. One way to help them is to take
a test questionnaire before the test in order to verify whether they have
really learned the subject matter of the exam.
Keep calm. Stress and anxiety can affect memory. Therefore, it is

recommended to remain calm, especially when facing an exam or a
public presentation.
Check both your diet and the medications you takeMany drugs can
contribute to poor memory, such as diet pills, blood pressure pills or
antihistamines. Even drinking a lot of liquor can negatively affect
memory.
Receive medical care, when:

Loses touch with reality. For example: You forget what year you live in
or the name of your spouse.
He is uncomfortable with himself, as he has had recent large memory
lapses.
You are not performing your daily tasks effectively which is affecting
your work and your household's disonviment.
Page 564
136- SWEET FRUIT JAM.
(Yield: 1 kg)
Preparation time: 1 hour 45 minutes.
Ingredients:
• 1 kg of fruit.
• 2 cups of boiled or chlorinated water.
• 1/4 cup boiled or chlorinated water.
• 3 ½ cups plus 1 tablespoon of sugar.
Fruit Amount of grenetin* to add

(tablespoon = 10 gr)
Strawberry and raspberry 2 ¾ tablespoons
Pear, fig, prickly pear, prickly pear, peach,
apricot, pineapple
2 ½ tablespoons
Apple, plum, grape 2 ¼ tablespoonfuls
• It is purchased in large pharmacies or self-service stores.
Utensils:
• Wooden chopping board.

• Knife
• Plastic container to place the chopped fruit.
• Blender.
• Measuring cup.
• Soup spoon.
• Strainer.
• Glass tumbler.
• Stainless steel pot with 1/2 liter capacity.
• Stainless steel pot with a capacity of 3 liters.
• Wooden shovel or large stainless steel spoon.
• Sterilized bottle with 1 kg capacity
Procedure:
1. Wash the fruit very well with soap and water and drain to remove
excess water.
Page 565
2. With the help of the knife we make the reduction in size, as indicated
in the attached table. The obtained hearts and shells are placed in a half-
liter pot with enough water to boil. Then we place them on the stove with
high heat and let them boil until the first boil, and then reduce the heat
so that the hearts and shells continue to boil and leave them for about 10
minutes.
3. After this time, using a strainer, separate the peels and cores from the
liquid, which contains the pectin that has just been extracted, so it
should not be thrown away.
4. In a glass beaker, place 1/4 cup of boiled or chlorinated water, add
the amount of grenetin indicated in the table of ingredients so that it
hydrates.
5. In the blender we grind the chopped fruit with the water and once
ground, we put it in the stainless steel pot.
6. Place the pot on the stove with the ground fruit and let it boil for one
minute. 7. Then add the sugar little by little and dissolve it with the help
of the wooden shovel. Once dissolved, add the water in which the fruit
cores and peels were cooked (if obtained).
8. Stir the mixture continuously until the volume is reduced by one
third.
9. Finally, once the mixture has been reduced, add the hydrated
grenetin in the hot liquid and stir well to dissolve it completely.
TO REDUCE THE SIZE AND OBTAIN THE PECTIN FROM THE FRUIT
Strawberry and raspberry Cut the fruit in halves. From the same fruit.
Pear, peach, apricot, apple, plum and grape. Cut the fruit into squares,
separate the cores.
For pear and apple, the peel and cores are used.
Fig, pineapple. Cut the fruit into squares of the same fruit.
Tuna. Peel the prickly pear and cut into squares. From the same fruit.
Page 566
When the grenetina has dissolved very well, pour the hot jam into the
sterilized jar, leaving a space of 1 cm between the surface of the jam and
the lid. Close the bottle tightly to cause a vacuum. It is important to let
the jam cool to room temperature.
It is very important to let the product cool at room temperature for

approximately 12 to 24 hours before consumption, therefore, it should
be placed in a place out of the reach of children.
When the jam has cooled, label the jar with the name of the product, date
of preparation and expiration date. Store the jam at room temperature in
a cool, dry place.
Expiration:
The jam made with this technology has a shelf life of 8 months and
should be stored in a cool, dry place. Once the bottle has been opened,
it should be kept refrigerated and has a shelf life of 1 month.
Jam provides a high amount of carbohydrates, which are a source of

energy that can be used quickly. It also provides vitamins and minerals
that help supplement the diet, as they are necessary for proper
development.
Interesting fact:
Pectin is responsible for giving firmness to the consistency of the jam

and its concentration varies with the degree of ripeness of the fruit, the
riper the fruit, the lower the pectin content.
Fruits that have a high pectin content are mainly plums, currants and
grapes, followed by apples, lemons, limes and quinces. Fruits that have
a low pectin content are the following
Page 567
cherries, figs, peaches, pears and pineapples.
Benefit:

product is assured, as well as the flavor and characteristics to the
family's liking. In addition to savings in its economy of 30% compared to
a commercial product.
Recommendations:
• The grenetin can be replaced by 1 ½ tablespoons of pectin, which is

mixed with the sugar. Pectin can be purchased in commodity stores or
large pharmacies.
• If you want the product to be sweeter, keep the mixture on the heat for
5 more minutes before throwing it away.
• Similarly, if less firmness is desired in the jam, decrease the time the
mixture is on the stove or, if it is too hard, reheat the mixture and add a
little water until the desired consistency is obtained.
• If you wish to add some coloring to give a better presentation, you can
add some food coloring available in pharmacies or raw material stores.
• If you wish, you can also add some chopped fruit to the jam, i.e., you
can leave as much fruit as you want in the jam without grinding it and
follow the procedure indicated in the formulation.
137- PINEAPPLE JAM (Yield: 2 kg approx.)

Preparation time: 30 minutes approx.
Ingredients:
• 1 ½ kg of the pulp of two pineapples cut in cubes

• 1 ½ kg sugar
• Bagasse from two large lemons
Page 568
Utensils:
• aluminum container with capacity of 4lt

• knife
• 2 glass jars with lids and capacity of 1000 g or 4 of smaller capacity
• string (50 cm)
Procedure:
1. We will use a piece of blanket to place the bagasse of the lemons

forming a bag tying it with a string, this will be to extract the pectin,
which gives us the consistency to the jam.
2. Place the pulp of half a pineapple in an aluminum container over

medium heat for approximately 5 minutes.
3. Then mix the remaining pineapple and sugar with the pulp contained
in the previous container and wait approximately 15 minutes for the
pineapple to release its juice.
4. Once the time has elapsed add the bag of lemons bagasse, and leave
it there, stirring constantly until you notice the bottom of the pan, for
which we introduce a stainless steel spoon, if you see the bottom of the
pan is that the consistency of the jam is adequate, otherwise it is left to
remain on the fire for a longer time.
5. Remove the sachet and allow the jam to cool to room temperature for
later packaging.
The pineapple jam is placed in the jars, which are covered until the jam
has cooled completely. Once the product has been packaged, it is
recommended to place it in a cool place. It is advisable to label the
bottles with the name of the product, date of manufacture and
approximate shelf life.
Page 569
Expiration:
The shelf life of the unopened jam will be one year. Once opened, it is
recommended to be consumed within a period not exceeding six
months, since this is the time in which it can be guaranteed that the jam
is in good condition.
The main ingredients of the jam are fruit (pineapple, which is a

significant source of vitamin C) and sugar, which provides us with a high
amount of carbohydrates, which are the main source of energy for the
human body, which is beneficial for very active people and children
mainly. But do not forget that everything in excess is harmful, so we
must always balance our diet.
Interesting fact:
The pineapple season is from March to May, so it is easily available,

cheap and ripe. A good indicator of maturity is a fruit that feels heavy for
its size with fresh, green leaves and most importantly has a strong,
sweet fragrance.
Benefits:
The elaboration of this jam at home will mean a saving of approximately

50% of the cost of a commercial product.
Lemon-based pectin can be substituted for orange or apple-based

pectin, in the case of orange the same procedure is followed as for
pectins obtained from lemon (3 large oranges), for apple the peels and
cores of two large apples are used.
138- ORANGE OR CITRUS FRUIT MARMALADE
Page 570
(Yield: 1 ½ Kg.)
Preparation time: 1 hour 45 minutes.
Ingredients:
1 3 Kg. orange (lemon, grapefruit, lime or tangerine)

2 2 Kg. sugar (8 cups)
3 6 tablespoons of grenetina* previously dissolved in 1 ½ cups of cold
water
4 1g ascorbic acid** or one vitamin C tablet**.
5 Available in raw materials
6 * It is available in large pharmacies or drugstores.
Utensils:
1 Stainless steel or pewter pot with capacity of 5L

2 2L capacity pot
3 1L capacity pot
4 Large cooking spoon
5 Knife
6 Wooden chopping board
7 Medium strainer
8 Large juicer (manual or electric)
9 Plastic container with 1 L capacity
10 Measuring cup
11 Soup spoon
12 Sky blanket 40 x 40 cm
13 Sterilized flask with lid and capacity of 2 kg.
Procedure:
1. The fruit is washed very well and placed unpeeled in the 5L pot and
covered with water. Place the pot on the stove over high heat until it
boils, lower the heat and leave it for 20 minutes.
2. The oranges are removed and 4 longitudinal cuts are made to the peel
to peel the fruit more easily. The peel is cut into very thin julienne strips).
The peel strips are placed in a pot with enough water so that they do not
burn and put them over high heat, when they begin to boil, lower the
flame so that they continue to boil and count 30 minutes, once this time
has elapsed, the peel strips are placed in a pot with enough water so that
they do not burn and put them on high heat.
Page 571
separate up to six cups of the same.
3. The peeled oranges are cut in half and squeezed. The juice is passed
through the strainer and accumulated in the two-liter pot. The bagasse is
separated by removing the stones and washed with hot water either by
running or immersing it in a container. One by one they are placed in the
blanket forming a sack to drain the remaining water very well and are
tied in a knot. The pot with the juice is put over medium heat and boil for
5 minutes, after this time add the orange peel strips, letting them boil for
2 to 3 minutes.
4. To this mixture add the bag of cleaned bagasse and the sugar,
little by little, stirring constantly with a spoon. Once it boils, count 25
minutes (stirring constantly). The bagasse is then removed.
5. Immediately add the previously dissolved grenetin and allow to stand

for 12 minutes.
minutes more in the fire. Finally, add the ascorbic acid or the powdered
vitamin C tablet, mix well and remove from the heat.

Empty the still hot jam into the sterilized jar with a capacity of 2 kg,
leaving a space of 1 cm between the surface of the jam and the lid.
Close the bottle tightly and let it cool. The bottle is labeled with the name
of the product, date of manufacture and expiration date. Store in a cool,
dry place at room temperature.
Expiration:
The jam made with this technology has a shelf life of 8 months. Once the
jar is opened, it should be kept refrigerated.
Page 572
Jam provides a high amount of carbohydrates, which are a source of

energy that can be used quickly. It also provides vitamin C and minerals
that help improve the body's biochemical functions.
Interesting fact:
Pectin is a type of protein of very low molecular weight, which is found

in some fruits, it is responsible for giving consistency to the jams and its
concentration varies with the degree of maturity of the fruit, the riper the
fruit, the lower the pectin content.
Fruits that have a high pectin content are mainly plums, currants and
grapes, followed by apples, citrus fruits and quinces.
Benefit:

product is assured, as well as the taste and characteristics to the
family's liking. In addition to savings of up to 50% compared to a
commercial product.
Recommendations:
• If less firmness in the jam is desired, decrease the time the mixture is
on the stove or, if it is too thick, reheat the mixture and add a little water
until the desired consistency is obtained.
• If you wish to add some coloring to give a better presentation, you can
add some food coloring available in large drugstores or commodity
stores.
With this formulation you can prepare marmalade of another citric fruit,
substituting the orange for lemon, lime, tangerine or grapefruit, taking
care that at the moment of washing the bagasse it is done perfectly to
avoid that the marmalade becomes bitter.
Page 573
139- MINT JAM

(Yield: 1800 g)
Preparation time: 30 minutes approx.
Ingredients:
• 6 cups sugar
• 6 cups of water
• 6 medium-sized lemons (squeeze them and use only the bagasse,
starting from
These are used to obtain the pectin that will give the consistency to the
jam).
• ½ cup mint leaves (finely chopped)
• ½ cup vinegar (your choice)
Utensils:
• aluminum container with a capacity of 3 L

• knife (preferably with serrated teeth)
• 2 glass jars of 1000 g
• a 30 x 30 cm piece of cloth (preferably a blanket)
Procedure:
1. We will use a piece of blanket to place the bagasse of the lemons,

once placed make a knot to the blanket forming a sack.
2. Mix the water, vinegar and sugar in an aluminum container and stir
vigorously until the sugar dissolves. Then add the mint, previously
washed, and stir with the spoon until the mint is distributed in the
mixture.
3. Place the mixture on a high flame until it boils. Once it starts to boil,
we place the sachet and leave it there, lower the flame to medium heat,
waiting for it to start to gel, for which it is necessary to
do not stir the mixture continuously.
4. After 15 to 20 minutes, the consistency of the jam must be checked
every minute, for which we introduce the spoon, if the bottom of the pan
is observed is that the consistency of the jam is adequate. Another way
to verify that the consistency of the jam is adequate, is to place in a
glass with water a drop of
Page 574
the jam, if it goes to the bottom it is ready, otherwise it has to remain on
the fire for a longer time. Finally, remove the bag and pack immediately.
Place the still warm jam in the jar (perfectly clean and dry), or divide it
into two smaller jars (try to fill up to 1 cm before the rim of the jar). Once
the product is packed, it is recommended to place it in a cool and dry
place. It is important to label the bottle(s) with the name of the product,
date of manufacture and approximate shelf life.
Expiration:
The shelf life of the unopened jam will be one year. Once opened, it is
recommended that the jam be consumed within a period of no more than
six months, as this is the time in which it can be guaranteed that the jam
is in good condition.
The high sugar content in the jam provides us with a high amount of
carbohydrates, which are the main source of energy for the human body,
which is beneficial for very active people and children mainly.
Interesting fact:
Besides providing a pleasant taste and smell, inhaled peppermint is a

memory stimulant. It is used in the production of soaps, mouthwashes,
lotions and creams, among other products.
Benefits:
The elaboration of this jam will allow you to save three quarters of the
cost of a commercial product. Also do not forget that as it is a product
made by you, it is the best guarantee to know its quality. It is worth your
while to try it and be convinced of the good taste and fresh sensation of
this jam.
Page 575
Lemon-based pectin can be replaced by orange or apple-based pectin, in

the case of orange the same procedure is followed as for lemon-based
pectin (3 large oranges), for apple, the peels of two large apples are
used.
You can also prepare with this procedure an exquisite mint marmalade.
140- ALIOLI
INGREDIENTS:
Apple cider vinegar to taste
4 cloves of garlic
2 egg yolks
225 ml corn oil
Sea salt and pepper to taste
Crush the garlic into a paste, or throw it into a blender with the egg yolks
and salt. Add the oil (in the same way as the previous recipes) while
whisking, stop when you have obtained a very thick mixture, add the
pepper and Barrilito apple vinegar and whisk a little more 141- Honey &
Pollen Shampoo
Honey and Pollen Shampoo
1/4 cup honey
1/2 cup glycerin
1 tablespoon of witch hazel
1/4 cup cologne or orange blossom water
1 teaspoon liquid soap
1 tablespoon of alcohol
Put the ingredients in a jar with a lid.
Close and shake, this yields about one cup.
Page 576
142- ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR FOR CITRUS BRUSHINGS

In the country there are different types of base manufacturers for the
realization of these flavors, these formulas are based on the bases
produced by Liquid Carbonic, if you use another brand of base you must
perform the relevant tests to obtain the best results. FOR 100 Lts OF
ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR FOR BRUSHING
WATER 95.00 Lts.
BASE (OF THE DESIRED FLAVOR) 5.00 Lts.
SODIUM BENZOATE 100,00 Grm.
SUGAR 10,00 Kg.
NOTE: This is the flavor that is placed over slush ice, making a kind of
ice cream also known in some parts of the country as Raspado.
143- ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR FOR CITRUS BRUSHINGS

This formula is used for citrus flavors such as Orange, Pineapple,
Tamarind, Lemon, Grape, etc.
FOR 100 Lts: OF FLAVOR FOR CITRIC FRUIT BRUSHING
WATER 95.00 Lts.
BASE (OF THE DESIRED CITRIC FLAVOR) 5.00 Lts.
CITRIC ACID 150,00 Grm.
SUGAR 10,00 Kg.
144- COLD HARD NON CITRUS

Also known as Bambinos, Chupi Chupis, etc., these frozen soft drinks
are packaged in sealed or tied polyethylene bags called "TETAS".
FOR 100 Lts. OF COLD HARD
WATER 97.50 Kg.
BASE (OF THE DESIRED FLAVOR) 2,50 Kg.
SUGAR 10,00 Kg.
Page 577
145- HARD CITRUS COLD

FOR 100 Lts. OF CITRUS-FLAVORED COLD HARD
WATER 97.50 Lts.
BASE (DESIRED CITRIC FLAVOR) 2.50 Lts.
CITRIC ACID 100,00 Grm.
SUGAR 10,00 Kg.
NOTE: The bases of the artificial flavors that we have used in the
formulas C.01 to C.04 contain coloring, if you require or wish to give a
more intense color to your product, add vegetable coloring, according to
the flavor used, remembering to mix it before with part of the sugar for a
better result.
146- NATURAL FRUIT BRUSHINGS

The natural fruit purees are much creamier if, once prepared and frozen,
they are removed from the freezer, beaten for a few minutes and frozen
again.
TO PREPARE 100 Kg. NON-CITRUS BRUSHING
WATER 80,00 Kg.
NON-CITRIC FRUIT LULP 19,90 Kg.
SODIUM BENZOATE 0,10 Kg.
COLORING (TO ENHANCE) A/G
SUGAR A/G
147- NATURAL CITRUS FRUIT BRUSHINGS

FOR 100 Kg. CITRUS BRUSHING
WATER 80,00 Kg.
citrus fruit pulp 19,85 Kg.
SODIUM BENZOATE 0,10 Kg.
CITRIC ACID 0,05 Kg.
COLORING (TO ENHANCE) A/G
SUGAR A/G
NOTE: To add sugar, depending on the quality of the pulp, reduce the
amount of water proportionally.
Page 578
148- ICE CREAM (Vanilla flavor)
(Yield : 600 ml)
Preparation time: 7 hours.
Ingredients:
• 1 can of refrigerated evaporated milk (381 ml)
• 2 medium eggs, beaten
• 2 egg whites
• 5 tablespoons of powdered sugar (75 g)
• 2 ½ teaspoons vanilla extract
• egg yellow vegetable coloring powder, the necessary to give the
desired shade to the ice cream.
Utensils:
• 1 bowl or glass container with a capacity of 1 liter.

• 1 stainless steel saucepan with a capacity of 3 liters.
• 1 balloon whisk.
• 1 extended aluminum mold or container with 1 liter capacity
• 2 molds or plastic or glass containers with 1 liter capacity
• Blender.
• Aluminum foil.
• Adhesive label
Procedure:
1. Add half of the evaporated milk, with the eggs and sugar in the bowl,
place in a double boiler in the 3-liter saucepan over medium heat so that
the water in the bath does not boil, whisking constantly with the balloon
whisk for 10 minutes or until thickened.
2. Pour into the extended container and add the vanilla, beating until
incorporated, cover and let it cool to room temperature, refrigerate for 15
minutes or until completely cooled, and refrigerate the rest of the
evaporated milk.
3. Meanwhile, beat the egg whites with the whisk in one of the plastic
containers.
4. Separately, in the other plastic container, also beat the cooled milk
with the balloon whisk until fluffy.
5. Remove the mixture from the refrigerator and add it to the beaten egg
whites, as well as the milk that was fluffed.
6. Return to the extended mold or container, cover with aluminum foil.
Page 579
and placed in the freezer.
7. One hour later it is removed from the freezer and blended for one
minute, poured into the mold and returned to the freezer for
approximately 5 hours.
8. 20 minutes before consumption, it is transferred to the refrigerator to
soften.
It is packed in the same container where it was frozen and covered,

either with aluminum foil or with the lid of the same container (made of
the same material), and kept in the freezer until consumption. The label
is affixed noting the date of manufacture and expiration date.
Expiration:
The ice cream produced by this Domestic Technology has a shelf life of
three weeks in freezing.
Ice cream provides energy because it contains carbohydrates found in

sugar and milk, which are necessary to carry out daily activities. It also
contains proteins that are indispensable for the development of muscle
tissue, present in egg yolks and milk.
Interesting fact:
Ice cream, as we know it, is the result of a long evolution. Nero is

credited with inventing it by sweetening mountain snow with honey and
adding fruit juices.
In 1777, ice cream made with cream and milk was already being sold in
the United States; in 1851, it began to be manufactured on a large scale
in Baltimore, thus spreading its consumption throughout the world.
(Chemistry and the Kitchen, 1995.)
Cream or milk ice cream is defined as ice cream obtained from animal
fat, and imitations of cream and milk ice cream are considered to be
products made in a similar way in which butterfat (animal) is replaced
with margarine, margarine fats or other fats.
Page 580
vegetable or vegetable cream and shall be called "Vegetable cream ice
cream" or "Vegetable fat ice cream".
(Health Legislation, 1997).
Benefit:
When making vanilla ice cream, through this Domestic Technology you
will obtain a 38% saving in relation to commercial ice cream, besides
being a product free of additives and preservatives, which makes it more
natural. In addition, the hygiene and quality of the raw material are
ensured, and the flavor can be varied to suit the family taste.
Recommendations:
• It is better to freeze the ice cream in an extended aluminum mold,

since this material will keep the product colder and the freezing will be
uniform.
• When serving the ice cream, it can be garnished with chocolate chips
and/or accompanied with cookies and chocolate or strawberry syrup.
• Once thawed, it may or may not be re-liquefied for refreezing.
• You can use previously boiled whole milk instead of evaporated milk.
• Powdered milk can be used, in which case one tablespoon of milk per
glass should be added, as indicated in the product instructions.
• Liquid coloring can be used, if so, add 8 drops or more to obtain the
desired color.
• To obtain a more concentrated vanilla flavor, vanilla extract can be
replaced by vanilla essence.
• If you want chocolate flavor ice cream, just replace the vanilla with 3
tablespoons of previously sifted cocoa powder, adding it at the same
time you add the vanilla, following the same procedure.
procedure and reduce the amount of powdered sugar to three
tablespoons. If cocoa is not available, it is substituted by 4 tablespoons
of powdered chocolate previously sifted, reducing the amount of
powdered sugar to 4 tablespoons.
Page 581
149- WALNUT HAM (1)

4 cups of condensed milk;
2 cups of fresh milk;
2 cups chopped walnuts;
1/4 cup whole walnuts for garnish.
1 Bring the two milks to a boil in a pewter container, while boiling do

not stop stirring with a wooden spoon.
2 Bring to a boil until the paste comes off the bottom of the pan, remove
from the heat and whisk vigorously to warm.
3 In a rectangular mold lined with waxed paper, pour half of the dough,
even it out well. Top with a layer of chopped walnuts and finish with the
rest of the dough. Let stand until completely cool.
4 Unmold on a platter, remove the paper, garnish with whole walnuts

and cut the paper into rectangles. Allow to air for 24 hrs. before serving.
150- MARINADE AND TERIYAKI MACERATE
Ingredients:
½ cup white table wine
½ cup chicken broth
1/3 cup soy sauce
1/8 tablespoon garlic garlic powder
2 tablespoons of honey
Pour all ingredients into a bottle, close tightly and shake. Marinate the
meat pieces in this mixture for several hours before grilling.
When the meat is cooking, add this mixture. With the above amounts of
vinegar on clothes(4)
Page 582
151- GINGER WINE VINEGAR MACERATE WITH WINE VINEGAR

Ingredients:
1 cup rosé or white wine
1/4 cup honey''''''''
1/4 cup ketchup
1/4 cup olive oil
½ teaspoon of powdered ginger
½ teaspoon garlic salt
1/8 teaspoon pepper
Pour everything into a bottle, cap tightly and shake so that the
ingredients are perfectly mixed. You can marinate lamb, chicken or any
type of meat. You can also add this mixture at the time of roasting,
grilling or grilling on charcoal.
Page 583
Page 584

1000 Chemical Formulas - Unlocked

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

1000 Chemical Formulas - Unlocked

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

1000-CHEMICAL FORMULAS

ANY INFORMATION : 315-2814868 ING. ENRIQUE CABAL.

001) SHAMPOO BASE FORMULA INGREDIENTS

001- FORMULA FOR SHAMPOO BASE INGREDIENTS: Quantity for 6 liters: 1.

4. PANTENE PRO-V SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 2 LITERS OF BASE: a) Provitamin B-5

5. SHAMPOO II Y S (HEAD AND SHOULDER) FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

6. SUNZILK SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE a) Pro-vitamin B-5 100

6. SHAMPOO PERT PLUS FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

7. NATURAL SHAMPOO - ALABIA SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

8. 7 HERBS SHAMPOO INGREDIENTS: FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Herbal

9. COLLAGEN SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Collagen Extract 5

11.CHAMOMILE SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Chamomile Extract 5

13. MEDICATED VITAMINIZED SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a)

14.COCONUT SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Coconut Extract 4

16. ROSEMARY AND QUINE SHAMPOO FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: A)

17. FORMULA FOR NATURAL PLACENTA SHAMPOO TO BE ELABORATED IN 4 LITERS

19. PROFESSIONAL HAIR SHAMPOO FORMULA INGREDIENTS: 1. Genapol 250 grams

21. PLACENTA HAIR CONDITIONER AND RESTORATIVE HAIR CONDITIONER

22. ANTI-SEBORRHEIC HAIR LOTION INGREDIENTS: 1. Betaine L-7 15 grams 2.

23. ANTI-DANDRUFF - ANTISEBORRHEIC CREAM INGREDIENTS: 1. Panthenol 5 grams

26. AFTERSHAVE COLOGNE INGREDIENTS: 1. Alcohol 5º. 1 kilo 2. Tween 80 3 c.c. 3.

27. COSMETIC ALCOHOL FORMULA INGREDIENTS:

29. FORMULA FOR ANTISEPTIC ALCOHOL INGREDIENTS: a) Alcohol 95º. 50 liters b)

32. ROSE WATER (ASTRINGENT PERFUME) a) Distilled water 1 kilo

35. DEODORIZED ALCOHOL FOR PERFUMERY INGREDIENTS: a) Ethyl alcohol 125

36. INGREDIENTS: a) Clove 10 grams b) Ethyl alcohol 500 cc.

37. FORMULA FOR THE FIXING GEL IN ALCOHOL INGREDIENTS: a)

39. CRYSTALLIZED GEL INGREDIENTS: 1. H20 1 Liter 2. Carbopol N-40 4 grams 3.

40. FORMULA FOR HAND AND BODY MOISTURIZING CREAMS, ANTISOLAR

43. DERMATOLOGICAL CREAM FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Herbal extract

1000-CHEMICAL FORMULATIONS rashes and spots.

45. COLLAGEN CREAM FORMULA FOR 12 LITERS OF BASE: a) Collagen Extract 3

46. VENUS FOOD CREAM FOR SKIN INGREDIENTS: 1.

49. UNDERARM CREAM (DEODORANT) INGREDIENTS: a) Eumulgil B-2 6 grams b) Cetyl

50. BALDNESS CREAM INGREDIENTS: 1. Cinchona extract 6 grams 2. Tincture of

52. MEDICINAL CREAM FOR RHEUMATISM INGREDIENTS: 1. Petroleum jelly 1,000

53. SPECIAL NATURAL SKIN CREAM INGREDIENTS: 1. Beeswax 5 grams 2. Cocoa

54. FORMULA FOR MEXAN TALCUM FORMULA (ANTISEPTIC) INGREDIENTS: A)

55. FORMULAS TO GRADUALLY BLACKEN HAIR INGREDIENTS: 1. Iron sulfate 3 grams

56. INGREDIENTS: a) Polyvinyl pyrrolidone or luviscol K-30 - 40 grams b) Alcohol for

57. FORMULA FOR CONDITIONING RINSE INGREDIENTS: a) Cetyl alcohol 30 grams b)

62. LIQUID HAND SOAP (CURRENT) INGREDIENTS: a) Texapon No.: 1. 70 12 kilos b)

66. ANTIBACTERIAL SURGICAL SOAP INGREDIENTS: 1. Triclosan 1 gram 2. Genapol

67. AJAX POWDER FORMULA INGREDIENTS: a) Calcium carbonate 1 kilo b) Trisodium

69. FORMULA TO PREPARE LIMPIDO INGREDIENTS: A) Water 4 liters b) Sodium

71. FORMULA FOR SOFFLAN SOFTENER INGREDIENTS: a) Water 3 ½. Liters b) Methyl

72. FORMULA TO PREPARE THE FABULOUS INGREDIENTS: a) Water 50 liters b)

73. INGREDIENTS: a) Universal Solvent (water) 25 liters b) Fragrance 250 grams c)

74. FORMULA FOR LIQUID AIR FRESHENER (SPRITE) INGREDIENTS: a) Deodorized

76. MOUTHWASH INGREDIENTS: 1. Menthol Powder 6 grams 2. Chloroform 8 grams 3.

82. DISINFECTANT FOR CLOTHING INGREDIENTS: a) Turpentine 1 liter b) Water 50 liters

MANUFACTURE OF TOILETRIES AND COSMETOLOGY PRODUCTS

INTRODUCTION: As an introduction to the elaboration of Cosmetology and Toiletry

87- FLOOR DISINFECTANT

RAW MATERIAL: WATER 1000 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 grams

88- GLASS CLEANING LIQUID

89- ACID FOR GRANITE FLOORS

90- LIQUID DISHWASHING SOAP

RAW MATERIAL: WATER 300 c.c. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 gram

91- LAUNDRY SHAMPOO

92- FOOT POWDER

93- LIQUID BODY SOAP

RAW MATERIAL: WATER 750 C.C. COLOR - ANILINE (VEGETAL) 1 Gram

1 50 g of beeswax 50 g of beeswax 50 g of beeswax** 50 g of beeswax